:«»;. 
 
 B \\ 3^ 717 
 
 
 si 
 
 i ■ ' 
 
 :'." 
 
 H*tf 
 
 1 
 
 IS 
 
 J* '' < l-' • S ' 
 
 ffjfffw 
 
 IK 
 
 aa 
 
 .,. U"t 
 
 HH 
 
 sun 
 
 Br 
 
 mi 
 
 Bill 
 
 B3fl 
 
 ffl 
 
 mM* 
 
 wBm8m 
 
 ; i , ■• 
 
 Stiff 
 
 
 ■ | .. m* ■ v '•■ ! '■:-- .'' t 
 
 ■ p^H {'■ U | flfi ■'•' ' ,- 
 
 .)':■■■■• 
 
 . 9 ■■ i .-*'•' 1 V ' ' ; .' , ' ■ "•'' a ■ 
 ' I »JwllliiH5 j - j ■ ; , ■ ... 
 
 tlP^mi; fkjjji 
 
 '■ H ; . :■ ■">;: D U ' •' D ; ') HJ 
 
 >:■...•. . ■ i 
 
 ^9 
 
 lift ami SB ■'■•■", 
 
 moiKMiBiKin 
 
 i 
 
 :RjUl!$uM{Hji 
 
 '< '■' '-• ' ''V v t,) >. '..' ■ 
 
 tfjfi' 
 
 
KWY LIBERT 
 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 GIVEN WITH LOVE TO THE 
 
 OPTOMETRY LIBRARY 
 
 BY 
 
 MONROE J. HIRSCH, O.D., Ph.D. 
 
NEUROLOGY 
 
 AND 
 
 METAPHYSICS 
 
 By CHARLES McCORMICK, M. D. 
 
 Founder and President of McCormick Neurological College, 
 
 the First Non-Sectarian Medical College. 
 
 Editor of "The Ophthalmologist." 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 1 905 
 
 COPYRIGHT, 1905, by CHARGES McCORMICK 
 
•fiPJgMETRY 
 
 7 o. 7*~ 
 
 When people are attacked by "acute" diseases 
 they either die or recover quickly; hence such cases 
 are not safe criterions by which to judge systems of 
 practice, whether they be rational or not* 
 
 But "chronic" cases t the "incurable" ones of 
 the old schools, afford opportunities to demonstrate 
 the superiority of the drugless methods described in 
 this book. 
 
THE DUALITY SYSTEM 
 
 Rc7Z5 
 
 M. 
 
 1. Infinite—Creator— Cause. q 
 
 2. rinite-Created-Effect. £ 
 
 Begin with No. 2 and reason toward No. K . \s i I (/ 
 Then form ideas and plans for practice. 
 The proofs of theories are in their fruits. 
 
 1st law, Mathematics. 
 (Order) 
 
 Chemistry 
 
 Mechanics 
 
 Combination. 
 
 { 
 
 Disintegration 
 
 Form 
 
 \ Motion 
 
 Natural. 
 Artificial. 
 
 Orderly. 
 Disorderly. 
 
 Regular. 
 Irregular. 
 
 Systemic. 
 Locomotor. 
 
 2nd law, Mentality 
 (Theory) 
 
 Inherent. . . 
 (Natural) 
 
 Cultivated . . 
 (Artificial) 
 
 Instinct. 
 
 Reason 
 
 { 
 
 Sensation. 
 Motion. 
 
 (positive^.) 
 (negative.) 
 
 Passive. 
 Active. 
 
 {Truth | 
 Falsehood / SSKfc.. 
 \ Malignant. 
 
 3rd law, Practice . . 
 (System) 
 
 Diagnosis 
 
 Analysis. 
 
 ( Objective 
 
 Dynamic 
 
 Static 
 
 { 
 
 Mental. 
 Physical. 
 
 Subjective / Voluntary. 
 
 l^suDjecTive j involuntary. 
 
 { 
 
 Accommodation. 
 Refraction. 
 
 Double-prism. 
 Neurometer. 
 
 4th law, Limitations 
 (Results) 
 
 Intellectual 
 
 Physiological 
 
 Opportunity { Capacity. 
 
 LX I C Ilia 
 
 Desire 
 
 Congenital 
 
 Acquired 
 
 f Good. 
 \ Bad. 
 
 Mental. 
 Physical. 
 
 Supply. 
 Demand. 
 
PREFIXES AND SUFFIXES 
 
 PREFIXES. 
 
 A-, or an-, or am-, means the same as un-, 
 in-, or im-. 
 
 Ana-, up, through, again. 
 
 Ant-, or anti-, against, or opposite to. 
 
 Apo-, from. 
 
 Bi-, two. 
 
 Contra-, against. 
 
 Dia-, through. 
 
 Dys-, difficult, painful, defective. 
 
 Ec-, ecto-, or ex-, away from, outside. 
 
 Em-, en-, in. 
 
 Endo-, ento-, internal. 
 
 Entero-, intestine. 
 
 Epi-, upon, over. 
 
 Extra-, outside. 
 
 Gastro-, the stomach. 
 
 Haema-, haemo-, or haemeto-, blood. 
 
 Hemi-, half. 
 
 Hetera-, abnormal. 
 
 Hydro-, water. 
 
 Hyper-, over, above, beyond. 
 
 Hypo-, below. 
 
 Hyster-, relating to the womb. 
 
 Im-, in-, negative, as impossible or invol- 
 untary; it sometimes means within. . 
 
 Infra-, beneath. 
 
 Inter-, between. 
 
 Intra-, inside. 
 
 Leuco-, white. 
 
 Lith-, relating to stone. 
 
 Macro-, large, to see with naked eye. 
 
 Melano-, pigmentation. 
 
 Meso-, middle. 
 
 Meta-, with. 
 
 Micro-, small, not visible to naked eye. 
 
 Mon-, single. 
 
 Multi-, many. 
 
 Myelo-, referring to brain or spinal cord. 
 
 Myo-, muscle. 
 
 Neuro-, nerve. 
 
 Odonto-, teeth. 
 
 Oligo-, lack of. 
 
 Ophthalmo-, eye. 
 
 Osteo-, bone. 
 
 Oxy-, oxygen or acidity. 
 
 Para-, through or near. 
 
 Peri-, around. 
 
 Poly-, many. 
 
 Pro-, for, before. 
 
 Pseudo-, false. 
 
 Pyo-, pus. 
 
 Pyr-, or pyro-, fire, inflammation, fever. 
 
 Retro-, backward, behind. 
 
 Sub-, under. 
 
 Super-, or supra-, above. 
 
 Sym-, or syn-, together, the same. 
 
 SUFFIXES. 
 
 -aemia, condition of blood. 
 
 -agogue, to carry away. 
 
 -agra, an attack. 
 
 -algia, pain. 
 
 -cele, a hernia or protrusion, tumorous. 
 
 -ectomy, to cut. 
 
 -graph, to write. 
 
 -itis, inflammation. 
 
 -logy, discourse, 
 
 -malacia, soft. 
 
 -mania, madness. 
 
 -odynia, pain. 
 
 -oid, form. 
 
 -oma, tumor. 
 
 -opia, relating to condition of eye. 
 
 -pathy, relating to diseases and their cure. 
 
 -phobia, fear. 
 
 -plasty, to form. 
 
 -raphy, a suture. 
 
 -rhagia, to burst forth. 
 
 -rhoea, to flow. 
 
 -scopy, to see. 
 
 -tomy, to cut. 
 
 -uria, referring to urine. 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 All things are natural or artificial. Those which are artificial have 
 their models in the natural. Study of things may be either science or art. 
 Much of the so-called science of the past has proved very mediocre art. 
 An insatiable desire to be recognized as authority has been the most bane? 
 ful of mental diseases. Many have reached the goal of their ambitions at a 
 few bounds by way of artful mysteries and assertions which had no founda- 
 tion in fact, but the ego was satisfied. A credulous few paid homage and 
 the mind that lusted for glory passed from its habitation of clay the sub- 
 ject of a flattering obituary — then oblivion. 
 
 Fortunately or unfortunately, according to the point of view, there 
 are two things I have never aspired to: glory and riches. I have seen 
 heroes created, then crucified. I have noted lives devoted to accumulat- 
 ing lucre in payment for sacrificing nearly all natural attributes. I can 
 see nothing in it all. 
 
 The two greatest humbugs of the ages have been and are religion and 
 medicine. Neither is natural; both are artificial. True they must have 
 their originals in Nature, but both have been so distorted by would-be 
 authorities that Nature could not recognize the imitations. The first 
 created gods and devils and consigned souls to the devils to appsase the 
 alleged wrath of the gods. The second, an offshoot of the first, began 
 by treating ills with incantations and blood-letting and has reached the 
 stage of inoculating well people with deadly viruses and the body politic 
 with venal practice acts, thus creating diseases, mental and physiological, 
 which are appalling to thinking people. The purpose of this book is to 
 strike both and hit hard. : . 
 
 EASE AND DISEASE. 
 
 The True Definition of the Last Named. It is a Much Abused Word 
 
 in the Old Schools. 
 Disease- is the effect of a departure from normal of one or more 
 functions. Therefore, in one sense, it is a natural product. The causes 
 of the changes are as varied as the symptoms exhibited. There are mental 
 diseases and physiological ones. It is as impossible to possess an unhealthy 
 mind and have a healthy body as it is for a healthy mind to remain so in a 
 diseased body. Why is this true? Because Nature is a mental and phy- 
 sical demonstration of perfection, of harmony, of ease. How do we know? 
 We reason, rightly or wrongly ; then we assert what we believe, which sets 
 others to thinking, usually antagonistically, and combined reasonings 
 finally develop the truth, or prove the correctness of the original expres- 
 sion. We judge by effects and we study the natural by the artificial means 
 at hand. Effects are the fruit of causes. We reason from effect to cause. 
 We practice from cause to effect. When we attempt to invent causes, 
 
{[ NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 supplant the natural means within our reach by substitution of artificial 
 devices we are liable to err. I do not mean that the artificial is never good, 
 but I do mean that when employed it should comply with natural laws a$ 
 far as possible; and, unless the user understands the principles of those 
 laws, whatever success follows is accidental. 
 
 Man is a product of natural laws and by natural laws he passes 
 through evolutions, good and bad, hence he and his conditions have been 
 set down as natural. When he is well, that is natural; when he is sick, 
 that is natural, too. If he is normal, it is in accord with natural laws that 
 he should be ; but if his condition is abnormal it is evidence that some law 
 of Nature has been violated and it is consistent with law that disintegra- 
 tion should begin. Nature's laws are dual, positive and negative; order 
 and disorder; good and evil; health and disease. If you have a machine 
 of many parts, made to perform certain work, and you remove a portion, 
 the machine may continue to do its work, but it cannot do it so perfectly, 
 unless the part was not necessary to carry out the principle. Man may 
 create such machines, but it is inconsistent with infinite perfection to con- 
 ceive that Nature could or would make such a mistake. The bad effects 
 of a surgical operation may be so much less, considered on the whole, than 
 the good resulting from the removal of a diseased part that the patient 
 and surgeon are enthusiastic. This is because both judged by the relief; 
 from pain and the possible prolongation of temporal life. Both lose, or 
 never had, the sense of perfection from Nature's view point. The patient 
 is not intact and is, therefore, more liable to other disorders. 
 
 Theism and medicine have always been as nearly identical as the prin- 
 ciples of the first could be made applicable to the practice of the second, 
 so that when you tread on the toes of one the other resents it; or, if you 
 tickle one the other laughs. Both have had orthodox dogmas and both 
 have had their heretics. At first the theists put the dissenters to death, 
 but when they became so numerous that such proceedings incited revolu*- 
 tionary symptoms the so-called "irrevocable laws" were modified and the 
 revolution became an evolution — a distinction without a difference. Then 
 there occurred other dissenters from the original ones and even in the new 
 century we have records of heresy trials, excommunications, etc. The 
 medical division, dealing with a more tangible subject, has its orthodox set, 
 but, having no "divine" or "apostolic" head, all want to be popes, hence 
 pandemonium reigns. All are more or less heretical. Codes nor dogmas, 
 nor laws, nor supreme court discisions can hold us in line. The voice of 
 the people is the voice of Nature calling for something better; for closer 
 adherence to her laws; for better understanding; for the simpler thera- 
 peutics. The wise physician no longer dares give evasive replies to the ques- 
 tions of his intelligent patients. There are few wise ones, which accounts for 
 the turn of the tide of patronage to new and more rational methods. The 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Ill 
 
 old priests and old doctors have required their flocks to accept too much 
 on faith that failed to work out satisfactorily, and the truth is dawning 
 on the laity that their leaders have not been explaining because they could 
 not. What an age of books and reason and freedom of thought and ex- 
 pression did for the theists it is doing now for the medics, and it will be 
 only a short time until their "inviolable laws" will be modified, repealed, 
 banished, ridiculed into oblivion along with mercury, vaccination and their 
 ilk, and natural methods will prevail. The intelligent public will dismiss 
 its self-constituted conservators and choose its own doctors. 
 
 Superstition has always been propagated by church and doctor. The 
 edicts have gone forth that you may violate the moral code and be forgiven 
 times without number — if you belong to the chosen and pay your dues; 
 or, you may violate Nature's laws with impunity if you will patronize the 
 orthodox doctor who has one hundred and ninety-five different prescrip- 
 tions for "skin diseases/' according to "Saunders' Formulary," and the 
 same proportion for other diseases ; yet he tells you that orthodox medicine 
 is a science and anyone who disputes him is a "charlatan." A fool public 
 believed it for a long time, and many do now. When they are well they 
 pretend to have little use for medicine, but let them become ill with a 
 simple cold and they imagine all sorts of possibilities. If some sensible, 
 practical person suggests they go to bed, eat lightly and see to it that the 
 nerve supply is not overtaxed, they are insulted and send for the doctor 
 who will give medicine. It is so much easier to take medicine and trust 
 to luck than it is to assume the responsibility of caring for one's own body. 
 If, under the circumstances, there is recovery, the doctor and the medicine 
 get the credit — to such people the fact that they recover is proof positive 
 the two agencies named did it and the doctor grows to believe it himself. 
 When one dies the church man comes to the rescue with his, "The Lord 
 giveth and the Lord taketh away; blessed be the name of the Lord;" and 
 the doctor points with pride to the fact that the mortality in his practice 
 is very low. Of course it is. Few of his doses are lethal and Nature 
 works the case out in spite of them. I have been studying orthodox re- 
 ligions and medicine for thirty years and comparing them with Nature, 
 with the result that I have less use for them each succeeding day. My 
 antipathy is all the more intense because of their cowardly intolerance of 
 rational methods and because I meet, every day, those who are under 
 the blighting influence of dogmas and of opium and other drugs — many 
 of them ministers and physicians, too. 
 
 Some one will ask: "Are there no cases in which medicine is useful?" 
 I have no positive proof that there are. I have seen cases, apparently in 
 death's grasp, to which medicine was given and they recovered. But I 
 have also seen cases, pronounced absolutely hopeless by a consultation 
 of eminent orthodox doctors, in which the "faith cure" was employed an<? 
 
IV 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 the patient recovered. To me there is exactly the same proof that faith 
 did the curing in one case that there is that medicine did it in the other. 
 And, by the same token the doctor ridicules the faith cure I could ridicule 
 the drug cure. I do neither, however. I tell the truth. I do not know. 
 When it comes to the point where rational methods are impracticable, as 
 in the case of acute attacks such that the patient is unfit to receive in- 
 structions and care for himself, I am perfectly willing the other methods 
 be employed. The drug doctors are not so liberal and the faith curists are 
 equally stubborn. 
 
 That drug doctors have not supplanted the methods employed by 
 the old prophets, Christ and his apostles, is proved by the fact that nearly 
 all medical practice acts exempt "those who heal by mental or spiritual 
 means." Superstition still obtains to that extent anyhow, and both the 
 protected factions, while berating each other, unite in a duet against new 
 and rational systems. It is a disgraceful fact that courts will uphold 
 alleged laws in the face of the utter failure of both drugs and faith to re- 
 lieve those chronic ills from which eighty-five per cent, of all people suffer 
 more or less. Justice is blinded by prejudice, unpardonable ignorance or 
 boodle, hence only knows juggled mortuary statistics. 
 
 The dead are beyond the reach of courts or healers, many of them 
 killed by the old-school doctors, (a fact generally known and freely admit- 
 ted by the doctors themselves) ; none by the faith healers. It is in behalf 
 ■of the unfortunate among the living that I enter my protest. I urge them 
 to rise in their might of numbers and demand that legislators cease traf- 
 ficing in public health and repeal the practice acts which seek to make 
 criminals of honest men and women who propose new methods which 
 employ neither drugs nor faith in their application. No crime is so great 
 as that perpetrated by the state against its own when it legalizes and 
 gives a monopoly to systems which have been failures and which seek to 
 force people to suffer themselves to be inoculated with one disease to pre- 
 vent (!) another. 
 
 Drugs and operations have to shoulder the responsibility for the weak- 
 ened bodies that are the spawning grounds for disease. No castrated 
 woman is as able to withstand the inroads of time like she who has all her 
 organs intact; and if it were the law that when a surgeon has so treated 
 ten women he should suffer the same operation none would ever reach 
 his tenth case. No man who has had his abdomen opened ever became 
 the same in health as before; he may live and might have died if the 
 operation had not been performed, but when my surgeon acquaintance 
 have told me the majority of operations are for the fee incident thereto, I 
 am forced to believe them, (for who would joke on so serious a subject), 
 and to express my abhorrence of such a way of getting money. 
 
 A body with subnormal parts which require an extraordinary effort 
 
INTRODUCTION. V 
 
 of the nervous system to maintain the proper functional operation is no 
 more amenable to the faith cure than it is to drugs, and neither faith healer 
 or drug doctor knows how to reach such cases. The following pages will 
 prove this assertion, make others and prove them, and incidentally, teach 
 as much of the rational system as is possible for me outside of personal 
 instruction.. Of course reasonable people know there is but one sure way 
 to get all the ideas of another, and the details of the principles upon which 
 he works. 
 
 IMPOTENCE OF OLD METHODS. 
 Testimony of Doctors Who Have Been and Are Recognized Generally as 
 
 Leaders of Thought in Orthodox Ranks. 
 
 This work would not be begun properly without introducing the con- 
 fessions of eminent old-school doctors, which are commended to legislators 
 and executives who have to meet and act upon demands for "protection" 
 of the dear people, or, in other words, class legislation in favor of the 
 medical trust. 
 
 The originators of the practices denounced in these confessions, yet 
 practiced by the confessors, took the following oath before entering prac- 
 tice. 
 
 "I swear not to malign any of my former masters, physicians, pharma- 
 cists, or others, whoever they may be; to uphold as far as in me lies the 
 honor, glory, ornament, and majesty of medicine; not to disclose to idiots 
 and ingrates their secrets and mysteries ; to do nothing rashly, without the 
 counsel of physicians or in the hope of gain ; to disown and to avoid like the 
 plague the disreputable and entirely pernicious methods of practice now fol- 
 lowed by charlatans, empirics, and dabblers in alchemy, to the great dis- 
 grace of the magistrates who tolerate them. May the Lord prosper me 
 as I observe these conditions." 
 
 The code of ethics, promulgated in 1904 by the American Medical Asso- 
 ciation, and copyrighted by that august body, charges its votaries to "main- 
 tain an air of peculiar reserve toward the public." The confessions follow : 
 
 Dr. Ramage, F. R. C. S., London: "It cannot be denied that the 
 present system of medicine is a burning shame to its professors — if indeed 
 a series of vague and uncertain incongruities deserves to be called by that 
 name. How rarely do our medicines do good! How often do they make 
 our patients really worse! I fearlessly assert that in most cases the suf- 
 ferer would be safer without a physician than with one. I have seen 
 enough of the malpractice of my professional brethren to warrant the 
 strong language I employ/' 
 
 Prof. O. Rosenbach, Berlin : "The history of medicine teaches us that 
 any and every method of treatment has always been followed by a method 
 based on exactly opposite principles; and it further demonstrates that all 
 these differences have been upheld by fanatic adherents with the same 
 
VI NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 fervor, under cover of equally good statistics, so that as a matter of fact 
 every form of treatment, at least in the opinion of its chief supporters, may 
 justly claim identical value as to efficacy and healing virtues." 
 
 Dr. Evans, F. R. C. P., London: "The popular medical system is a 
 most uncertain and unsatisfactory system. It has neither philosophy nor 
 common sense to commend it to confidence." 
 
 Sir John Forbes, Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, London, 
 and physician to the Queen's household, said, "No systematic or theoretical 
 classification of diseases or therapeutic agents ever yet promulgated is 
 true, or anything like truth, and none can be adopted as a safe guidance 
 in practice.' , 
 
 Prof. A. H. Stevens: "The older physicians grow, the more skeptical 
 they become of the virtues of medicine, and the more they are disposed to 
 trust to the powers of Nature." 
 
 Prof. Gregory, of the Edinburgh Medical College, said to his medical 
 class, "Gentlemen, ninety-nine out of every one hundred medical facts are 
 medical lies, and medical doctrines are, for the most part, stark, staring 
 
 nonsense." 
 
 Dr. Alonzo Clark: "Every dose of medicine diminishes the patient's 
 vitality. In their zeal to do good, physicians have done much harm. They 
 have hurried thousands to the grave who would have recovered if left to 
 Nature." 
 
 John Mason Good, M. D., F. R. S., London : "The science of medicine 
 is a barbarous jargon. My experience with materia medica has proved it 
 the baseless fabric of a dream, its theory pernicious, and the way out of it 
 the only interesting passage it contains. The effects of medicine on the 
 human system are, in the highest degree, uncertain, except, indeed, that 
 they have destroyed more lives than war, pestilence and famine combined." 
 
 Dr. Jacob Bigelow, formerly president of the Massachusetts Medical 
 Society, says: "The premature death of medical men brings with it the 
 humiliating conclusion that medicine is still an ineffectual speculation." 
 
 Dr. Coggswell, Boston : "It is my firm belief that the prevailing mode 
 of practice is productive of vastly more evil than good, and were it abso- 
 lutely abolished, mankind would be infinitely the gainer." 
 
 Dr. Abercrombie, Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians of Edin- 
 burgh, says: "Medicine has been called by philosophers the art of con- 
 jecturing; the science of guessing." 
 
 Prof. Jamison, Edinburgh: "Nine times out of ten our miscalled 
 remedies are absolutely injurious to our patients, suffering from diseases of 
 whose real character and real cause we are most culpably ignorant." 
 
 Prof. Henle, the great German pathologist and teacher, says : "Medical 
 
INTRODUCTION. VU 
 
 science, at all times, has been a medley of empirically acquired facts and 
 theoretical observations, and is so likely to remain." 
 
 Dr. Eliphalet Kimball: "There is a doctorcraft as well as priestcraft. 
 Physicians have slain more than war. The public would be better off with- 
 out professed physicians." 
 
 Prof. Valentine Mott, the great surgeon, says : "Of all sciences, medi- 
 cine is the most uncertain." 
 
 Prof. B. F. Parker: "Instead of investigating for themselves, medical 
 men copy the errors of their predecessors, and have thus retarded the prog- 
 ress of medical science and perpetuated error." 
 
 Sir Astley Cooper, the famous English surgeon, says: "The science of 
 medicine is founded on conjecture, and improved by murder." 
 
 Marshall Hall: "Let us no longer wonder at the lamentable want of 
 success which marks our practice, when there is scarcely a sound physiolog- 
 ical principle among us." 
 
 James Johnson, F. R. S. : "I declare as my conscientious convictions, 
 founded on long experience and reflection, that if there was not a single 
 physician, surgeon, man-midwife, chemist, apothecary, druggist nor drug 
 on the face of the earth, there would be less sickness and less mortality 
 than now prevails." 
 
 Dr. Alexander M. Ross, Fellow of the Royal Society of England, mem- 
 ber of the Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons of Quebec and Ontario, 
 Professor of Hygiene and Sanitation at the St. Louis Hygienic College of 
 Physicians and Surgeons, Vice-President of the Association of Hygienists 
 of America, Member of the Ninth Session of the International Medical Con- 
 gress, Member of the British, French, and American Association for the 
 Advancement of Science, etc., etc., says : "I charge that they have encour- 
 aged superstition and humbug by the germ theory of disease. I do not 
 question the existence of infinitesimal micro-organisms; but they are the 
 result, not the cause of disease. They are the scavengers ; their legitimate 
 work is to clean out the sewers of our bodies. Wherever there is decay, 
 pus or decomposing matter these little life-savers are doing their work of 
 neutralization, sanitation and purification. They feast upon effete and 
 decaying animal matter. They are beneficial helpers to an important end." 
 
 H. C. Wood: "What has clinical therapeutics established perma- 
 nently? Scarely anything." 
 
 Dr. Oliver Wendell Holmes: "Mankind has been drugged to death, 
 and the world would be better off if the contents of every apothecary shop 
 were emptied into the sea, though the consequences to the fishes would be 
 lamentable." 
 
 Dr. Talmage, F. R. C S. : "I fearlessly assert that in most cases our 
 patients would be safer without a physician than with one." 
 
 Dr. Cyrus Edson: "After all has been said, it must be admitted that 
 
v iii NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 a proper observance of the rules of personal and public hygiene on the 
 part of every individual belonging to the civilized world would do more 
 to effect a reduction of the death rate and prolong the average duration of 
 life than any discovery in the cure of diseases that at present seems within 
 the bounds of possibility." 
 
 Dr. Horace Green : "The confidence you have in medicine will be dis- 
 sipated by experience in treating disease." 
 
 Dr. Benj. Rush: "The art of healing is like an unroofed temple — un- 
 covered at the top and cracked at the foundation. I am incessantly led to 
 make apology for the instability of the theories and practice of physic. Dis- 
 sections daily convince us of our ignorance of disease, and cause us to blush 
 at our prescription. What mischief have we not done under the belief of 
 false facts and false theories? We have assisted in multiplying diseases; we 
 have done more, we have increased their fatality." 
 
 Dr. A. C. Bernays: "Ninety-five out of every hundred patients who 
 apply at a doctor's office to be treated would get well anyway, if left to 
 Nature." 
 
 Prof. Magendie : "Medicine is a great humbug. I know it is called a 
 science — science, indeed ! It is nothing like science. Doctors are mere em- 
 pirics when they are not charlatans. We are as ignorant as man can be. 
 Who knows anything in the world about medicine ? I know nothing in the 
 world about medicine, and I don't know anybody who does know anything 
 about it. I hesitate not to declare, that so gross is our ignorance of the 
 real nature of the physiological disorders, called disease, that it would per- 
 haps be better to do nothing and resign the complaint we are called upon 
 to treat to the resources of Nature than to act, as we are frequently called 
 upon to do, without knowing the why and the wherefore of our conduct and 
 its obvious risk of hastening the end of the patient." 
 
 In the face of this testimony who dares say it is not an outrage upon 
 the rights of the people to attempt to restrict their opportunities for treat- 
 merit and instruction to a medico-political trust? The so-called medical 
 laws on the statute books are frauds of the most malignant kind. They are 
 clearly contrary to the constitution of the United States, which declares: 
 "The rights of the people shall not be abridged." These alleged laws 
 should be repealed, or the constitution amended. Every person who under- 
 takes to treat human ills should be held accountable for the results. If he 
 or she takes risks without the patient's full knowledge and consent, of 
 without securing advice from colleagues, and evil results follow, the penalty 
 should be the penitentiary. Such a law would protect the people by insur- 
 ing them against wholesale experiments, such as are practiced daily by the 
 old-school doctors, who boast that they can do anything they please with- 
 out fear of prosecution. 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION 
 
 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 
 
 From the Brain to the Procreative Organs— A Convenient Recapitulation. 
 
 The skeleton includes the osseous system from the bones of the skull 
 to those of the feet, and as all writers agree practically, except as to the 
 number, which varies according to the age of the subject, we will not take 
 up space recounting them here, nor will we enter into the histology of 
 the structure because it is largely microscopic, and this book is dealing 
 with the needs of everyday practice. In Fig. i, the spine shown separately 
 presents its outside toward the skeleton. 
 
 As one of the chief objects of this work is to find fault, it is perfectly 
 consistent to say that the anatomies in vogue with the old schools do not 
 differentiate between the important and the unimportant; hence their 
 students are compelled to master or rather to commit to memory a lot 
 of verbiage which is of no earthly use to them in practice. This chapter 
 is designed to supplant the encyclopedic endeavors of other writers by 
 giving in brief space not only the structure but the relation between the 
 several parts, so that the practitioner or even the layman can acquire^ 
 a comprehensive knowledge by repeated readings, and for further details 
 he can apply to the old anatomies and physiologies, accepting with grains 
 of allowance many assertions which are accompanied by no proofs. 
 
 The head contains the cerebrum or intellectual brain from which all 
 voluntary acts are directed; also the cerebellum, or mechanical brain, 
 which is the storage battery from which is supplied sensory and motive 
 power. 
 
 In Fig. 2, showing the left half of a brain, C is the cerebrum; Cb the 
 
NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 cerebellum ; P the pons varolii, or bridge connecting the two lateral halves 
 of the cerebrum; M, the medulla oblongata or beginning of the spinal 
 cord. S marks the fissure of Sylvius which carries the principal cerebral 
 arteries. 
 
 The connections between the cerebellum and the medulla oblongata are 
 
 Fig. 1 
 
 positive and negative as in all other batteries, and the current is constantly 
 ■circulating through forty-three pairs of nerves, twelve pairs running direct 
 to special departments and the other thirty-one being distributed by way 
 of the spinal column. Of the twelve pairs of cranial nerves, the first pair, 
 
PHYSICAL rORTION. <? 
 
 olfactory, supply the sense of smell; the second, optic, the sense of sight; 
 the third, motor oculi, operate all the eye muscles except two, the external 
 rectus, which is operated by the sixth, and the superior oblique, operated 
 by the fourth; the fifth, trigeminus, meaning three branches, supplies both 
 motion and sensation to the jaws and teeth; the ophthalmic division con- 
 nects with the third nerves to the eyes ; the seventh, portio dura, or trifacial 
 as it is sometimes called, supplies the muscles of the face and some of the 
 muscles of the eyelids, the orbicularis palpebrarum and the tensor tarsi ; the 
 eighth, auditory, furnishes the sense of hearing; the ninth, glossopharyn- 
 geal, affords the sense of taste ; some fibres of it connect with the fifth ; the 
 tenth, pneumogastric, supplies the lungs, stomach, heart, and their acces- 
 sories, being assisted by the eleventh, called spinal accessory, and by 
 
 Fig. 2 
 
 branches of some of the spinal nerves; the twelfth, hypo-glossal, supplies 
 motion to the tongue. It will be noted that of these twelve pairs, two pairs 
 go to the tongue and four and one-third pairs to the eyes, the only organs 
 in the body so favored. I sometimes remind my patients that if two pairs 
 of nerves to the tongue can make as much trouble as they do sometimes, it 
 is no wonder that so many of our ills have for the primary disturbing ele- 
 ment defects of the eyes which have thirty-six per cent of the entire^ 
 cranial wires and ten per cent of the entire system in the body. 
 
 The spinal nerves are not only rights and lefts (see Fig. 3), but they 
 have anterior and posterier branches, and these have other branches which 
 interlock in almost every tissue, so that messages may be sent indirectly 
 as well as directly. This interlocking system is the one over which the in- 
 voluntary current connects one organ with another and any disturbance 
 in one department will excite sympathetic action in all the others; hence 
 it has been called the sympathetic system. To read the old anatomies one 
 would conceive the idea that the sympathetic was an entirely separate line, 
 which it is not. 
 
 A person starts in life with a certain amount of energy stored in the 
 cerebellum, and the molecular action of the body creates some by friction, 
 
NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 while the chemical action upon food adds a certain amount, all of which is 
 conveyed over the wires to the brain from whence it is distributed asi 
 needed. The current toward the brain is called afferent, and that from the 
 brain is called efferent. The afferent is really the positive current and 
 efferent the negative, but as we utilize it the efferent takes the positive form 
 
 Fig. 3 
 
 when applied too vigorously, thus producing spasms, irritation and fever, 
 because the two functions of the nervous system are sensation and motion, 
 sensation being exhibited in the special senses and in the warmth of the 
 body, while the motive power is exhibited in the musculo-motor nerves and 
 vaso-motor nerves, the latter working the blood-vessels and lymphatics and 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. r 
 
 *ther tubular systems of the body, such as the esophagus and intestines. 
 It sometimes exhibits inability to perform the duties required, as illustrated 
 in fainting and general debility. The idea of giving stimulants to a depleted 
 nervous system is as abhorrent to us as it would be to require hard manual 
 labor from a sick man. 
 
 The brain is subject to the influence of these positive or negative} 
 exhibits, no matter where they occur, because the various offices in the cere- 
 brum, termed the "faculties" by phrenologists, are highly sensitive, not only 
 to mental disturbances from within or without, but to any physical obstruc- 
 tion. The cerebellum is subject only to physical disturbances such as blood 
 clots, which produce apoplexy, and lack of blood, which produces paresis 
 from want of nourishment to the nervous system. Of course when the 
 mechanical brain is not acting perfectly the intellectual one will be deficient, 
 but this effect on the cerebrum from the cerebellum is indirect rather than 
 direct, and it affords one of the best proofs that all doctors should dissemi- 
 nate information to the public in comprehensive language so that it may 
 apply to them for consultation and advice as a matter of prevention rather 
 than of cure. The doctor should constantly picture ideal states so that all 
 may compare themselves therewith and see wherein they are lacking. The 
 first objection that we hear to this proposition is "will not the doctor run 
 himself out of business?" I answer "Not in your life. There are too many 
 fools in the world who will continue to believe in the curative abilities of the 
 doctors, no matter how loudly they disclaim it. Some will reap great bene- 
 fits and they will send others to the doctor who seems to know his business 
 well enough to be able to tell it." 
 
 The thoracic cavity in the upper part of the trunk is an air tight space 
 containing the heart and lungs. The heart is simply a quadruple pump 
 with the necessary valves to accomplish its purpose under the inspiration of 
 the lungs, which get their motion from the diaphragm, the large muscle 
 which forms the dividing wall between the thoracic and abdominal cavities. 
 This muscle, of course, gets its impulse through the involuntary current 
 from the brain, but is subject to control, to some extent, by the intellectual 
 department, although it would be difficult for one to hold his breath long 
 enough voluntarily to kill him. The function of the lungs as is well known, 
 is to throw off carbonic acid gas and to impregnate the blood with oxygen 
 gas. 
 
 The cause of pulmonary tuberculosis or consumption of the lungs is 
 not what one breathes in, but what is not breathed out. Therefore, the first 
 thing the doctors should teach the public in detail is how to breathe, and 
 one of the principal things is, breathe in through the nose. One may 
 breathe out through the mouth. . In Fig. 4, 1 is the larynx ; 2, is the trachea 
 or wind-pipe ; 3 and 4, are the bronchi ; 5 and 5, are air cells ; 6 and 6, are the 
 bronchial tubes. 
 
NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The circulatory system really begins in the lungs, but the old anatomies 
 started it at the heart, naming all vessels which flow from the heart "arter- 
 ies" and all which flow toward it "veins;'' thus by their arrangement the 
 pulmonary artery which carries the bad blood from the right ventricle of 
 the heart into the lungs becomes a paradox, and the pulmonary veins which 
 carry the blood from the lungs to the left auricle of the heart are another 
 paradox, bcause the word "arteries" refers to aerated blood. The arterial 
 system, then, begins with the aorta which passes upward from the left ven- 
 tricle of the heart, arches over the left lung and distributes branches as 
 follows : From the arch, the two coronary, right and left, to the muscular 
 tissues of the heart; the innominate, which divides into the right subclavian 
 and right common carotid; the left common carotid, internal and external, 
 eight branches each, to the head; left subclavian, with fifty-four branches, 
 
 Fig". 4 
 
 seven vertebral, three to the thyroid axis, eight interior mammary, two 
 superior intercostal, seven axillary, seven brachial, eight ulnar and twelve 
 radial. In the thoracic cavity the aorta gives off three bronchial to the 
 lungs, four esophagal to the esophagus, connecting with branches of it to 
 the inferior thyroid, phrenic and gastric; two pericardiac to the sac which 
 encloses the heart ; twenty intercostal to the ribs, tissues of sides and back} 
 vertebrae and spinal cord; two posterior mediastinal to the glands in the 
 mediastinum ; two phrenic, internal and external, to the diaphragm and front 
 and sides of the thorax; one coeliac axis with three branches, the gastric 
 to the stomach; hepatic to the stomach, liver, pancreas and duodenum; 
 splenic to the stomach, pancreas and spleen. Superior mesenteric with 
 five branches to the pancreas, duodenum, mesentery and the intestines. In 
 the abdomen the aorta gives off twenty-two branches: Two supra-renal, 
 right and left, to the supra-renal capsules; two renal, right and left, to the 
 kidneys, ureters and capsules; two spermatic or ovarian to the testes or 
 ovaries; one inferior mesenteric, three branches, to the descending colon, 
 sigmoid flexure and the rectum ; eight lumbar, with sixteen branches, to the 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. j 
 
 muscles of the back, to the abdomen and to the canal of the spine; one 
 middle sacral to the coccyx ; two iliacs, right and left common, with forty- 
 two branches, supplying the bladder, precreative organs and lower limbs. 
 The venous system has corresponding vessels to bring the blood back to 
 the heart, all of which flow indirectly and directly into the superior and 
 inferior vena cava, which empty into the right auricle of the heart, thence 
 into the right ventricle, thence to the lungs, thence to the left auricle, thence 
 to the left ventricle the place of beginning. 
 
 The venous system is really where the blood originates. The spleen 
 which is attached to the stomach at the left side, takes up certain elements 
 from the food and manufactures the blood in its crude state, then sends it 
 by way of the portal vein, which passes under the stomach to the liver at 
 the right side, it receiving certain additions from the stomach as it goes. 
 The liver extracts the excess of sugar and urea, then sends the blood on 
 through its own vessels which connect with the inferior vena cava, and it 
 goes via the heart to the lungs to be oxygenated before being distributed 
 through the system. From this we know that when the blood lacks the 
 essentials necessary for nourishment it is either because the proper elements 
 did not exist in the food, or they never got into the spleen, or there was too 
 much sugar and urea for the liver to handle properly, or that the nerve sup- 
 ply to the liver was deficient. It follows as naturally as night follows 
 day that the remedy is suggested by the situation. 
 
 The right lung has three lobes and weighs twenty-two ounces ; the left 
 has two lobes and weighs twenty ounces. The reason the right lung is 
 largest is because most of the heart is on the left side and the aorta accupies 
 a good deal of space. The capacity of the lungs is only limited by the 
 capacity of the cavity containing them, and this may be increased by proper 
 exercise, but it should always be done under the direction of one who under- 
 stands how to do it safely. 
 
 The heart is a muscular organ 5x31-2x21-2 inches, lies diagonally, 
 base up, apex down and to the left, in the front part of the thoracic cavity, 
 and the reason we hear it beat is that it strikes against the walls. It weighs 
 from eight to twelve ounces and pumps about sixteen tons of blood daily. 
 Whenever it seems to be weak it is not in itself, but in the power that 
 operates it, which is easily proved by lying down so that the pumping is 
 done on a level instead of up-hill, when it does not require so much force. 
 Weak hearts always mean a weak nerve supply in the cerebellum. It is 
 possible that there are occasional valvular derangements, but they are 
 exceedingly rare, although the old school doctors charge all weak hearts 
 to the valves. 
 
 The abdominal cavity contains practically all the other organs, in the 
 following order: 
 
 The stomach, 13x5x31 -2 inches, a muscular organ with glands which 
 
8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 secrete and extract juices which it works into the food, so that disintegra- 
 tion is both a chemical and mechanical process. Overloading interferes 
 with the mechanical workings, and improper food, with the chemical work- 
 ings, so it is obvious both must be understood. The stomach weighs, 
 empty, from four to five ounces. Its capacity is from three to five pints, 
 depending upon the size of the person and how it has been treated. It 
 secretes from six to eight pints of gastric juices daily when in normal work- 
 ing order. 
 
 The spleen is enclosed in the same folds of the peritoneum with the 
 stomach, and fits around the left end of that organ, being connected by a 
 vascular system and serous walls. It has a capacity of from six to ten 
 ounces, and is one of the four ductless glands in the body, that is, it is 
 neither a secretory nor an excretory organ in the sense that many others 
 are. It simply gathers up certain elements and passes them on to the liver 
 as crude blood. 
 
 The duodenum or second stomach receives food from the stomach 
 through the pylorus, and here is where digestion and assimilation of food 
 is said by the old authorities to begin. It is about ten inches long and 
 curves something like a shepherd's crook laid on its side, running a little 
 upward to the right from the pyloric opening about three inches until it 
 strikes the liver, then curves downward about three inches, then to the left 
 about four inches under the stomach, where it connects with the jejunum 
 or first section of the small intestines. It receives its juices from the pan- 
 creas and gall bladder. 
 
 Fig. 5 
 
 The liver, 12 x 6 x 3 inches, is the largest gland in the body, weighs 
 the same as the brain, secretes from twenty to forty ounces of bile in 
 twenty-four hours, excretes sugar and urea, preventing kidney troubles 
 and auto-intoxication or blood-poisoning from within. If it fails to do its 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. q 
 
 duty for any reason, the only other organ that undertakes the job is the 
 kidneys ; hence it follows that when we find kidney troubles we must begin 
 by treating the liver to a rest and such foods as have little sugar or starch 
 in them. Fig. 5 shows a view of the liver from below: R, right, L, left 
 lobes; V, inferior vena cava; H, hepatic vein; P, portal vein; G, gall blad- 
 der; 1, gall duct; 1, hepatic duct; 3, bile duct. 
 
 The pancreas, 7x2x1 inches, lies just behind the stomach and liver, 
 weighs about three ounces, and secretes twenty ounces of pancreatic juice 
 in twenty-four hours and delivers it to the duodenum. 
 
 The gall-bladder, 3 x 1 1-2 inches, is attached to the lower side of th* 
 liver, has a capacity of about one ounce, but handles from twenty to twenty- 
 four ounces daily, delivering it to the duodenum. 
 
 The kidneys, situated in the lumbar region, 4x21-2x1 1-2 inches, 
 weigh about five ounces each, capacity from forty to fifty ounces in twenty- 
 four hours, in which there is about 1 1-2 ounces solids and from three hun- 
 dred to five hundred grains of urea, one grain of uric acid to thirty-three 
 
 Fig. 6 
 
 grains of urea normally — more is bad. Fig. 6 shows kidney bisected verti- 
 cally. The left kidney is higher than the right because of the size and 
 location of the liver. The kidneys are outside of the peritoneum, the mus- 
 cular lining of the abdomen which encloses nearly all of the viscera, and are 
 held in place between it and the wall of the trunk by it. In great weakness 
 it collapses and we have "floating kidney." 
 
IO 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The supra-renal capsules, i 1-2 x 2 inches, weigh about 1-16 ounce 
 each, are located on top of each kidney, see Fig 6, and either extract toxics 
 from the blood or supply a natural antitoxin. They are such vital organs 
 that if removed death ensues in a short time from blood-poisoning. The 
 alleged scientists of the old school have experimented with supra-renal 
 extracts as antitoxins for diphtheria and other troubles until they have 
 killed more people than the diseases ever did. 
 
 Fig. 7 
 
 The bladder, 5x3x5 inches, capacity about a pint, connected with the 
 kidneys by long tubes called ureters. The liver, kidneys, ureters and blad- 
 der are subject to calculi or stone formations, none of which could form if 
 the liver was not overtaxed, quantitatively or qualitatively by that which 
 passes through it. Fig. 7 shows the kidneys and bladder and their con- 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 IX 
 
 nections, from behind. R, right, L, left kidney; U U, ureters; Bl, bladder; 
 i f aorta; 2, inferior vena cava; 3, right renal artery; 4, right renal vein; 5, 
 neck of bladder. 
 
 The mesentery comprises a double fold of the peritoneum, about four 
 inches wide, extending nearly the whole length of the intestines, connecting 
 them loosely with the spinal column. It contains many blood vessels, 
 nerves, lacteals and lymphatics. Its glands connect with the lymphatico- 
 lacteal system as well as with the blood vessels, hence it is regarded as the 
 great organ of assimilation. 
 
 The intestines. From the duodenum there is the jejunum, eight feet, 
 and the ileum, eleven feet, which constitute the small intestines; then the 
 caecum, a pouch about 2x3 inches in the lower right side, to which is 
 attached the vermiform appendix and out of which arises the colon or large 
 
 Fig. 8 
 
 intestine, which is five feet long, extends straight up almost to the liver, 
 and is called the ascending colon, then it makes a turn called the 
 hepatic flexure, passes transversely to the left, makes a turn 
 called the splenic flexure, then descends on the left side in front, 
 where it makes a turn backward and twisted about like the letter '%" called 
 the sigmoid flexure, and connects with the rectum, which is about five 
 inches long. The capacity of the colon, ascending, transverse and descend- 
 ing, is about a gallon. In Fig. 8, S, is the stomach ; P, the pylorus or open- 
 ing into D, the duodenum ; I, the small intestines ; C, caecum ; A, ascending 
 
12 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 colon ; H, hepatic flexure ; T, transverse colon ; Sp, splenic flexure ; Dc, de- 
 scending colon ; Sg, sigmoid flexure ; R, rectum ; V, vermiform appendix. 
 
 The alimentary canal begins at the mouth, includes the pharynx, esoph- 
 agus, stomach, duodenum, jejunum, ileum, caecum, colon, rectum. The 
 whole is lined with a delicate membrane, which is an internal skin, endowed 
 with secretory glands that keep it lubricated from one end to the other if 
 in a proper state of health. Fig. 9 shows: 1, mouth; 2, nasal passage; from 
 these two canals lead to L, lungs, and S, stomach, the latter continuing on 
 to the anus ; Cb, is the cerebellum ; VV, vertebrae ; Sp, the neural space ; H, 
 heart, K, kidneys. 
 
 Fig. 9 
 
 The generative organs are important, because, not only is a healthy 
 condition thereof necessary to the correct performance of the procreative 
 function, but their abuse from ignorance is one of the greatest causes of 
 both mental and physical ills. 
 
 In these, as in all other branches of our work, there are -f- and — ; the 
 male organs are positive and the female negative, yet each has positive and 
 negative elements. 
 
 In the male the testicles are of glandular structure called semeniferous 
 tubules, of which there are several hundred; they secrete a fluid which is 
 started on its journey through the epididymis, a duct about twenty feet 
 long when unwound ; from this it passes into the vas deferens, another duct 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION". 
 
 13 
 
 about two feet long, which connects the other with the vesiculae semen- 
 ales, two reservoirs each about one and one-half inches long, situated on 
 the inner or posterior surface of the bladder at its base, where the fluid is 
 stored. The ejaculatory duct, about three-fourths inch long is formed by the 
 ducts of the vesicles and the vas deferens ; it enters the urethra along with 
 the tubules from the prostatic gland, 1 1-2 x 1 x 3-4 inches, which surrounds 
 the posterior end and supplies the elements which vitalize the semen. 
 
 In the female the vagina is the cavity between the bladder and rectum, 
 about six inches long, containing the uterus or womb, 3x2x1 inches; at 
 
 Fig. 10 
 
 its base, which is above, the uterus connects with the fallopian tubes, each 
 about 5 inches long and 1-10 inch calibre, which connect with the tubes 
 
14 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 from the ovaries at their extremities. Each ovary is about i 1-2 x 3-4 x 1-3, 
 inch in size, and weighs half an ounce; in these are the Graafian vesicles 
 which vary in size from 1-80 to 1-6 inch and contain ova or eggs. There are 
 many thousands of these vesicles in each ovary. The ova are about 1/120 
 inch diameter. 
 
 In females there is a pseudo prostatic gland surrounding the neck of 
 the bladder; it lacks the male essentials, but is a ring of muscular tissue 
 well supplied with nerves, and, being a sphincter muscle is often involved 
 in spasms from irritation of the nervous system, causing stubborn bladder 
 troubles which old school methods have failed to treat successfully. See 
 chapter on alleged diseases of women. 
 
 There are several hundreds muscles, but Fig. 10 shows the principal 
 ones and tells a very pretty story that needs no supplement in this work. 
 
 THE EYES AS DOUBLE GAUGES. 
 The Neurologist Measures the Nerve and Blood Supplies Through Them. 
 
 What would a steam boiler be worth without steam and water 
 gauges? What would an electric plant be worth with no means to meas- 
 ure voltage and amperage? What would either be worth without someone 
 in charge who possessed an understanding, not only of what they are for 
 and how to use them, but how to protect them from abuse, how to test them 
 to see if they register correctly, and fix them if they do not? 
 
 The eyes are to the human body what the gauges are to boilers and 
 electric plants. With an ophthalmoscope the doctor who knows how can 
 look inside the eyes and observe both the arterial and venous systems, note 
 the quality and quantity of the blood, thus learning what the blood-making 
 and purifying organs are doing without inconvenience to his patient. 
 There are many other things he may learn, too, as will be shown under 
 the proper headings further along in this work. Few oculists, scarcely 
 any physicians and no faith healers know the value of this simple little 
 instrument. So simple, indeed, that an ordinary lens with one side plane, 
 or slightly concave, is a very practical ophthalmoscope. The eyes are 
 therefore, the blood gauges of the body. 
 
 The doctor who knows how can apply dynamic and static tests through 
 the eyes and measure the amount of the nerve supply just as perfectly as the 
 steam gauge or amperemeter tells the pressure of steam or the quantity of 
 electricity being consumed each day, hour or minute. Thus the eyes 
 are the steam gauges and amperemeters of the body. No doctors, ex- 
 cepting my own pupils, have known this because I was the fortunate per- 
 son who discovered it. I have compiled data, tables, etc., and named them 
 "The Neurometer" (nerve measure). They will be found in the regular 
 order of my story, and those who master them will find them so accurate 
 that after a complete examination they can figure, very closely, the patient's 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION". 
 
 15 
 
 Fig. 11 
 
 age. If this sounds incredible, think what a fool I would be to make the 
 assertion if it was not true. 
 
 The schematic eye, Fig. 11, is made to a scale, each five millimeters 
 representing one, so that it represents an enlargement of twenty-five times y 
 the regularly accepted dimensions for an ideal eye being : 
 
 Radius of curvature of cornea, 7.8 millimeters. 
 
 Distance of anterior of lens from cornea, 3.6 millimeters. 
 
 Radius of anterior surface of lens, 10. millimeters. 
 
 Distance of posterior of lens from cornea, 7.2 millimeters. 
 
 Radius of posterior surface of lens, 6 millimeters. 
 
 Distance of posterior of globe from cornea 22.5 millimeters. 
 
 Radius of globe, 10.8 millimeters. 
 
 The normal eye is 9-10 in. long, 8-10 in. wide, 7-10 in. high, approxi- 
 mately 45. units power. 
 
 The reference figures indicate: 
 
 1. Conjunctiva: a delicate membrane composed of minute blood ves- 
 sels and nerves with just enough connecting tissue to complete the struc- 
 ture. It covers the front of the eye, as shown, then laps back inside the 
 
j6 neurology and metaphysics. 
 
 lids, forming a lining, and serves the double purpose of furnishing the soft 
 surfaces, which, when lubricated by the tears, prevent friction from wink- 
 ing, and being highly sensitive, it protects the eye by giving quick warning 
 of the presence of foreign substances. It is a great exaggerator, always 
 declaring the smallest particle is a whole brick. There is much to tell 
 about it which will be found in the chapter on alleged diseases of the eyes, 
 and when you have seen how simple and easily cured they are you will 
 laugh at the oculist's fairy stories. But don't laugh at the oculist. He 
 knows no better because a code of ethics keeps him from finding out facts. 
 
 2. Cornea: the projecting transparent portion forming about one- 
 sixth of the outer wall of the eye. It is of cellular structure with tough 
 surfaces so nearly like horn that its name was given on account of the 
 resemblance. It is transparent so light may pass into the interior, and its 
 radius of curvature is shorter than the main globe in order to give the 
 whole eye more focusing power, for, remember, in all optical literature 
 curvature means power, and the sharper the curve the greater the power., 
 consequently the quicker will rays of light focus after passing it; 
 
 3. Iris: the projections from the margin of the cornea; the space 
 between the two figures represents the pupil, which appears to the ob- 
 server as a black spot in all eyes. Some, even doctors, call it the "sight" 
 of the eye. It is the hole in the iris, or curtain, through which light 
 must pass to get back to the posterior wall, where the "sight" spot is 
 This curtain is formed by combining a great number of straight ligaments 
 with a circular muscle, and the whole thing would be like a lace curtain 
 were it not for the pigment filling, represented by the dashes. This pig- 
 ment gives it color; the more pigment the darker the color. Close ob- 
 servation shows a variety of colors in the same curtain, hence the name 
 iris, which means rainbow. If the nervous connections are normal it is 
 under command of the retina, or optic nerve, and regulates the amount of 
 light admitted. The ligaments run from the edge of the pupil outward, 
 while the circular muscle, sphincter, it is called, being the only one sup- 
 plied with nerves, reduces the pupil by contracting, thus pulling the inner 
 ends of the ligaments together; or, enlarges it by relaxing its efforts. 
 Some very ridiculous stories have been told about this curtain which will 
 also be exposed. 
 
 4. Aqueous humor: fills all the space between 2 and 5 and the iris 
 floats in it. It is briny, cool and is rarely the seat of trouble — a good hint 
 from Nature about salt. 
 
 5. Anterior capsule of crystalline lens: the posterior one is not num- 
 bered because the one figure is enough for both. They enclose: 
 
 6. Crystalline humor, which, while a liquid, is constructed in layers, 
 nearly like an onion. In the chapter on physics the reason for this will be 
 explained. The lens includes the capsules and humor and is held in position 
 
PHYSICAL P011TI0N. 
 
 17 
 
 by a combination similar to that described for the iris, only larger and 
 more powerful, for, instead of a hole, as the iris has, the lens is there 
 to be operated, its power being increased by pressure around its edge which 
 forces shorter radii of curvature. This function was intended for adapting 
 normal eyes to near points. Rays from as far as twenty feet or more 
 distant are so nearly parallel that the normal eye focuses them with very 
 slight effort, but when they come from points nearer they are decidedly 
 divergent, which forces the eye to increase its focal power if it would 
 see distinctly. There is a little canal around the edge of the lens, which I 
 call a bicycle tire, for simplicity of illustration, a hollow tube filled with 
 liquid which makes it very elastic, especially in young and middle aged 
 people; this tire is attached to or rather formed by the suspensory liga- 
 ments, and pulls against them almost enough to overcome them, but not 
 quite, so that the lens remains at its lowest power except when the 
 sphincter muscle comes to the aid of the tire and accomplishes what is 
 called accommodation for near points. When the necessity ceases the 
 sphincter lets go and the suspensory ligaments pull the lens back to its 
 original static or natural condition. As we grow older the tire's contents 
 shrink so that it is no longer so elastic and the sphincter muscle, not being 
 able to do all the work, fails to focus light from near points at the retina 
 and glasses have to be used for reading on eyes which are otherwise per- 
 fect. As this is an incident of old age, it is called presbyopia. When 
 you see people who, after using reading glasses for a while, also put some 
 on for improvement of distant vision, you will know they never had per- 
 fect eyes although they may have had perfect vision. The story of eyes 
 "flattening" from old age is another doctor story that isn't true, as I will 
 prove later. 
 
 7. Hyaloid membrane : a layer with a past. It originally entered the 
 eye at "E" as a canal and passed straight to the center of the posterior 
 capsule of the lens, carrying the material from which the lens was con- 
 structed ; when that job was finished it expanded and enclosed the vitreous 
 humor, (8), which fills the globe. That this humor is nourished by way of 
 the same old channel there can be no doubt, because when patients come 
 complaining of floating specks we change their diet, as is detailed in an- 
 other chapter, when the specks disappear. Those specks have an inter- 
 esting story, too. 
 
 The layer next outside of the hyaloid membrane is the retina, com- 
 prising a network of nerves and blood vessels, the nerves being branches 
 of the optic, or second cranial. Its function is to transmit impressions 
 to the brain, and its structure is complex microscopically, which, however, 
 is not a necessary detail of this part of my story. One of its layers, that 
 of rods and cones, has to do with the next general layer, represented by the 
 dash lines, which is of honeycomb-like structure, the cells being filled with 
 
■i 8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 pigment. This layer is for the purpose of receiving and absorbing excessive 
 light, thus preventing injury to the retina which would interfere with 
 vision. This layer also extends into the iris, giving it its color. 
 
 The next layer is the choroid: it carries the blood vessels and nerves 
 which nourish and furnish motive power to the sphincter muscles of the 
 ciliary body and iris. The ciliary body is composed of folds of the choroid 
 and is marked "9" in the illustration. This affords a hold for the sus- 
 pensory ligaments, marked "10," which support the lens in its position. 
 This drawing shows the lower half of a right eye, as if it was bisected 
 horizontally. The suspensory ligaments marked "10," radiate from the 
 edge of the lens and are rooted firmly in the ciliary body. 
 
 The outside layer, extending from the cornea to "E" is the sclerotic, 
 (hard), a layer of protection, its structure being fibrous and tough; in it 
 are inserted the six muscles which control the motion of the eyeball. 
 All of these muscles have their origin within the orbits, the cavities in the 
 skull in which the eyes are set; four of them pass straight up over, under 
 and on either side branching out until they cover the whole eyeball almost 
 to the edge of the cornea, their function is to move the eyeballs ; the other 
 
 ! 
 
 Fig. 12 
 
 two pass forward on the side next the nose, then turn and pass over and 
 under the globes and a little obliquely backward. Their function is to 
 prevent the eye from rolling on its exis, which is represented by the line 
 drawn through the center. This line is called the optical axis; the old 
 school books teach there is also a visual axis, which crosses this one 
 obliquely, but that story is like many others by the same writers, decidedly 
 oblique, as I will show. 
 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 *9 
 
 "E" is the gateway through which the retinal vessels and nerves enter 
 and emerge. In all eyes the space shown is not sensible to light impres- 
 sions because the retina only begins at its edge, hence it is called the 
 "blind spot." Outside of the space marked "E" is a zone in which the 
 vessels which supply the choroid pierce the sclerotic coat, which has no 
 vessels or nerves of its own. The spot marked "E" is on the inner half 
 of the eye, but is half way between the top and bottom. The field around 
 the posterior pole extending from the blind spot to an equal distance be- 
 yond the axis is more highly sensitive than other parts, because images 
 of all objects seen clearly are formed there; this field has been considered 
 important enough to be named, so it was called "macula," meaning "spot/* 
 and a German who wanted to get ahead of his colleagues imagined he 
 •could distinguish a decidedly yellow color in it, and he added the word 
 "lutea," meaning "yellow." His victims adopted his statement and have 
 ever since reiterated the falsehood, thus affording opportunity for prac- 
 tical students to see how little such writers are worth as authorities. 
 
 Fig. 12 shows the relation between the two eyes and the arrangement 
 of the muscles which arise from a cartilaginous substance in the orbits 
 just behind the eyes. 
 
 i -i. External recti, operated by 6th nerves, turn eyes outward. 
 
 2. Inferior rectus, operated by 3rd nerves, turns eye down. 
 
 3. Inferior oblique, operated by 3rd nerves, prevent eyes rolling in- 
 ward at the top and outward at bottom, around axes. 
 
 4-4. Internal recti, operated by 3rd nerves, turn eyes in, associated 
 automatically with accommodation. 
 
 5. Superior oblique, operated by 4th nerves, prevent eyes rolling in- 
 ward at bottom and outward at top, around axes. 
 
 6. Superior rectus, operated by 3rd nerves, turns eye up. 
 
 7. The optic or 2d nerve, to the retina. 
 
 8. Optic nerve commissure, or switch-yard where the nerves cross 
 over and divide; the right nerve supplies the left half of each eye, and the 
 left nerve the right half of each eye; thus the macula of the right eye is 
 supplied by the left nerve and that of the left eye by the right nerve. 
 
 9. Optic nerve sheath, for protection. 
 
 The lids or palpebrae, comprise superior and inferior tarsal cartilages, 
 areolar or connective tissue, the skin and the conjunctiva. 
 
 The muscles of the lids are : 
 
 Corrugator supercillii; 3d nerves; draw brows down and in. 
 
 Levator palpebrae superioris ; 3rd nerves ; lift upper lids. 
 
 Orbicularis palpebrarum ; 7th nerves ; close lids. 
 
 Tensor tarsi ; 7th nerves ; press the edges of lids to globe, retaining and 
 distributing lachrymal lubrication. 
 
 The meibomian glands traverse the tarsal cartilages and connect with 
 
20 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 ducts to the free margin of the lids. They are most plentiful in the upper 
 lids and their function is to carry off accumulations from the lachrymal 
 fluid which penetrate the conjunctiva. See chapter on alleged diseases of 
 the eyes. 
 
 The lachrymal glands are situated at the upper outer angles of the 
 orbits and supply fluid for lubrication. It passes away through the lachry- 
 mal canals, at the inner angles of the eyes into the nasal duct. See chap- 
 ter on alleged eye diseases. 
 
 The blood supply of the eyes and lids comes from the ophthalmic 
 arteries, which are branches of the internal carotids, branches of innomin- 
 ate and left common carotid, branches of the aorta, from the heart. It 
 leaves the eyes through the ophthalmic veins to canals, in the base of 
 the skull, which connect with the internal jugular, thence to the subclavian, 
 innominate, superior vena cava and heart. 
 
 Fig. 13 
 
 Fig. 13 shows how refraction occurs at the cornea and at both surfaces 
 of the lens. A is the principal axis, R is the ray approaching from in- 
 finity parallel with the axis, P 1 is the perpendicular to the cornea, P 2 the 
 perpendicular to the anterior surface of the lens, P 3 the perpendicular to 
 the posterior surface of the lens. Assuming that the entire eye is of one 
 density and that equal to glass, index 1.50, the angle marked 1 1-2 outside 
 and the one marked 1 on the inside would indicate the course to be on the 
 lower line to the retina ; as a matter of fact the ray follows the upper line, 
 requiring three calculations to carry it through cornea and lens, but I have 
 made both lines to show that as a time and work saver the coincidence 
 is a happy one, because either gives the same result practically. To make 
 the real course the angle outside of the cornea is to the one inside as 4 
 
niYsicAL ronTrox. 
 
 21 
 
 is to 3 because the index of the cornea and aqueous is 1.33 while the air 
 is 1. 00; then the angle outside the lens, in the aqueous, is to that in the 
 lens as 21 is to 20 because 1.40, the index of the lens, is to 1.33, the index 
 of the aqueous, as those figures are to each other. It is found in this way : 
 i'33= = 4/3 :i 4°=7/5; reduced to a common denominator the former is 20/15 
 and the latter 21/15. The larger angle being in the rarer medium the 
 figures reverse, of course. Then in passing the posterior surface of thq 
 lens the angles are as 20 is to 21, the larger angle being in the vitreous 
 
 ^ 
 5 
 
 
 x 
 I 
 
 
 Fig. 14 
 
 humor. Make the drawing on a scale of 1 inch for the millimeter, accord- 
 ing to the figures given on another page and the magnification will make 
 the points clear. 
 
 This is called the static refraction of the eye because the muscles 
 controlling the lens are at rest. As this eye focuses at the retina it must 
 be emmetropic. 
 
 The alleged ''old masters/' who have written great works on the eyes, 
 had a lot of idols they worshiped, because, with them they were able to 
 mystify their readers into accepting them as authorities because they were 
 
2 2 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 incomprehensible. Fig. 14 shows one of these idols, naked. The lines O ax 
 are the optical axes because they pass from pole to pole through all the 
 nodal points; the lines V ax show what they called the visual axes. They 
 insisted these were necessary because when the eyes are completely at 
 rest the optical axes must be parallel, hence we would see double were 
 it not for these visual axes which they described as secondary axes, neces- 
 sarily. Of course their claim was purely theoretical, and, had they given 
 the matter a second thought they would not have made it because no eye, 
 emmetropic or hyperopic, can be at rest absolutely when looking at a 
 distance for the reason that while, for the purpose of illustration, we as- 
 sume the rays approach the eyes parallel when they come from infinity 
 they are really a trifle divergent and for the same reason that a pair of 
 perfect eyes in looking at a point 40 inches distant, accommodate 1.00 D. 
 each and converge .50 each, they must accommodate for an 80-inch point 
 .50 each and converge .25 each and for one mile each would have to accom- 
 modate 1/1600 of a diopter and converge 1/3200. In maintaining the ratio 
 of .50 convergence to 1.00 accommodation for all points, near or far, it is 
 clear that no separate "visual" axes are necessary, and if there were such 
 things they would cause incoordination. Therefore that story is on a par 
 with the other one they tell about the displaced macula, as if it slippd around 
 like a disjointed bone. 
 
 While we are breaking idols, let us smash another. Fig. 15 shows the 
 line X V F as the visual axis ; the line A O the optical axis ; the line X C 
 the "line of fixation;" N N the nodal points; the line N E the "major 
 axis of the corneal ellipsoid," and C the center of rotation. They tell us 
 the angl?. formed by the line of fixation and the optical axis X C A, is 
 the "angle gamma," and that formed by the "visual axis" and the "major 
 axis," X N E, is the angle alpha. That was certainly Greek enough for 
 the most exacting, (Landolt apologizes for it, explaining that his drawing 
 is "very schematic"), but unfortunately it is a false proposition for the 
 reason given with reference to Fig. 14 where it is shown that there is no 
 visual axis separate from the optic axis, because none is needed, hence the 
 smashing of the one idol kills the other. 
 
 The relation of accommodation to convergence causes trouble when 
 there are errors in the dioptric systems of the eyes bcause the hyperopic 
 eyes need the accommodation but not the convergence for distant objects, 
 and they need more accommodation for near points than goes normally 
 with the convergence necessary, while the myopic eyes cannot see at a 
 distance because their far points are nearer than infinity, and when the ob- 
 ject is brought near enough to see they need the convergence without the 
 accommodation that normally goes with it, therefore, in both instances 
 there is in-coordination. In the hyperope the ability to compensate or 
 adapt the organs to the situation is supplied by way of the 6th nerves to 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 23 
 
 Fig:. 15 
 
24 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 the external recti which antagonize the interni to the extent of maintaining 
 parallelism of the axes, so that binocular vision is afforded, but the strain, 
 on the nerve supply is enormous. Each diopter (unit) of accommodation 
 being accompanied by .50 convergence, requires at least .50 negative pull 
 via the 6th nerves, making the total demand on the nerve supply 2. D. 
 Thus a hyperope of 1.00 D, each eye has 4. D. strain. Taking one second 
 as the unit of time measure, 4. D. per second means 240. D. per minute, 
 14,400. D. per hour and 230,400. D. per day of sixteen hours. In order 
 to realize fully what this means we must find out what the average demand 
 is in the case of an ideal person, with normal eyes. An emmetrope, work- 
 ing at 13 inches three hours daily, which is a fair average, would use 
 3. D. each eye for accommodation and 1.50 D. each for convergence, a total 
 of 9. I>. per second, 540. per minute, 32,400. D. per hour, 97,200. D. per 
 day's work. At all other times the eyes are practically at rest. The eyes 
 receive their supply from four and one-third pairs of nerves, and the work 
 figured above only accounts for the branches of the 3d pair which operate 
 the ciliary sphincters and the internal recti. As the other branches of the 
 3d, 2d, 4th, 6th and the ophthalmic branches of the 5th have comparatively 
 nothing to do, and as we are unable to measure what they do, we think 
 it reasonable to grant them enough to make the above figure 100,000, hence 
 we charge 2,800. D. for them. Now, as these four and one-third pairs are 
 36 per cent, of the entire number of cranial nerves and 10 per cent, of 
 the entire number in the body, and as any other four and one-third 
 pairs /will show one or two doing the chief work, we conclude it is 
 not unreasonable to estimate the proportion throughout, and ; 
 multiplying 100,000. D. by 10 gives a grand total of 1,000,000 D. daily as 
 the average needs of the entire system, hence we assume that to be the 
 average capacity. Of course overdrafts may be made occasionally without 
 danger, but the constant drain caused by 1. D. hyperopia shows a daily 
 excess demand of over 23 per cent, and for the purpose of easy calculation 
 we call it 24 per cent. Thus 1.50 D. hyperopia would mean 36 per cent, 
 excess; 2. D., 48 per cent.; 3. D., 72 per cent.; 4. D., 96 per cent. Above 
 that there is comparatively little strain, because the demand is so great 
 there is little effort, except for brief periods. But we do find, as a rule, 
 such cases are dull mentally, although quite hearty physically. When 
 we know that hyperopic eyes are the only organs in the body that can 
 overcome their own defects, it is plain that the strain must be a factor in 
 all the functional derangements such people suffer from. If they are 
 astigmatic it is all the worse, because there is a constant effort to over- 
 come that fault by accommodation and it cannot be done because that 
 effort affects all meridians alike, the astigmatic error being in the cornea 
 and the accommodation in the lens. No point being made on the retina by 
 the effort, it is much like trying to climb a greased pole — lots of work but 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 25 
 
 little result. This is why astigmatism causes more headaches than simple 
 hyperopia does. If the astigmatic error is as much as 2. D. or more, it 
 causes less trouble than the smaller amounts because vision is so bad there 
 is little attempt to improve it. 
 
 Our critics, referring to the nerve strain calculation, say: "According 
 to your own figures only 9.72 per cent, is actual measure and the rest is 
 estimate." Yes, but taking the eyes alone, 97.2 per cent, is actual measure 
 and all of the hyperopic strain is actual measure, while the estimated part 
 is applied equally to both, so that by the law of ratios the conclusion is 
 exact and must yield the same results no matter by what system the cal- 
 culation is made. The neurometer was based on this calculation and it 
 works* Our clinical analyses are based on these figures and they work. 
 
 The hyperope, because of the constant activity of his accommodation 
 develops remarkable strength in that department, even while sacrificing 
 other functions, and he naturally notices the disturbance elsewhere before 
 he does in his eyes, because the extra current of energy only makes the 
 eyes perform their functions normally while other sphincter systems 
 throughout the body, which are normal, receive the extra current too, and 
 it makes them overdo their work, with the result that there will be inter- 
 ference with the circulation of blood, there will be constipation, bladder 
 troubles, the heart, stomach, lungs and muscular action generally will be 
 insufficient or hypersufficient, and women will suffer from menstrual de- 
 rangements. But these are not all. The supply of energy in the cere- 
 bellum being depleted, there will 'be a deficiency in the acid reactions 
 in the stomach and elsewhere, the blood-making and cleansing organs 
 will fail for chemical, as well as mechanical reasons, and then the whole 
 body is subject to any or all the disorders flesh is supposed to be heir to. 
 The abnormal strength of accommodation is also a source of anxiety on the 
 part of the doctor who attempts to analyze the case, part of which analysis 
 is measuring the amount of the hyperopia, hence the necessity for a 
 method of procedure which will enable him to overcome or circumvent 
 spasms, tonic or clonic. 
 
 The need of such method is not limited to the hyperope, for the myope 
 often has spasms from the incoordination of accommodation and con- 
 vergence at near points, although his nerve strain is not great enough to 
 set up other functional disturbances. A myope of 2. D. will rarely read 
 farther away than six or eight inches, although, theoretically, he should 
 read at twenty inches. The reason is that when he holds a paper at 
 thirteen inches the convergence is necessarily 1.50 D. in each eye; this 
 brings with it automatically 3. D. accommodation, which, added to his 
 myopia makes his dioptric system 5. IX, requiring the object to be at eight 
 inches. When it puts it there the eyes must converge 5. D., or 2.50 each 
 and this brings 5. D. accommodation in each eye, which, added to his 
 
26 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 myopia makes 7. D. and puts the first conjugate focus at five and one-half 
 inches. By this time his accommodation, which is not so vigorous as 
 the hyperope's, becomes exhausted and there is a harmony of accommoda- 
 tion and convergent points. But all this tends to make the accom- 
 modation active enough to fool any one who does not understand the 
 physics and physiology of the proposition. Old time opticians fitted 
 such people by having them hold a newspaper as far from the face 
 as they could and read a line, then measuring the distance in inches 
 and giving the number corresponding. They wondered why the purchaser 
 returned complaining, but weakened the lenses time after time until they 
 found comfortable ones. If their patrons developed stomach trouble and 
 headaches later they never thought the eyes had anything to do with it, 
 nor did the wearers, who went to the doctors for medicine. Later in life 
 they found they could see better with weaker glasses and could see at a 
 greater distance with their naked eyes, hence the idea that the eyes flat- 
 ten with age. This was corroborated, apparently, by the fact that hyper- 
 opes, who never wore glasses for distance until long after they had used 
 them for reading, finally found they could use convex glasses to advantage 
 for distance. This was because their accommodation could no longer over- 
 come their defect. Even to-day some oculists will insist the eyes do flatten 
 with age. There are also people who declare the earth is flat. The myope 
 described above would have been given — 6. to begin with and gradually 
 reduced to — 2.50 or 3. when he would have still been hyperopic .50 to 1, 
 and suffering nerve strain, where before he only lacked vision. An inter- 
 esting test for such cases is to have a real myope, or a hyperope made 
 myopic by over-correction with + 5. or 6. D. spheres, hold a paper as far 
 from his face as he can read, then interpose a pair of 5 or 6-degree prisms, 
 bases in, and note how much farther he can extend the paper, thus proving 
 that accommodation is automatic with convergence, because when the 
 prisms stop the necessity for convergence the accommodation lets go too. 
 One of the infirmities of age is a loss of accommodative power, because 
 the lens is held in suspension and at its static condition by a lot of straight 
 ligaments which are almost overcome, in early life, by the antagonism of 
 the bicycle-tire arrangement surrounding the lens, so that comparatively 
 little nerve force is required, but as this tire loses its elasticity, from shrink- 
 age of contents, it leaves more work for the nerves than they can do, hence 
 the need of glasses for near work, even for emmetropic eyes. This is pres- 
 byopia. It is called total when the person accepts a lens equal to the full 
 measure of the distance he works; thus if + 2.50 is accepted for work at 
 sixteen inches he would be totally presbyopic, because he would never need 
 any stronger glasses for that distance. This would be called total pres- 
 byopia even if he could read at eleven inches with the same lenses thus 
 exhibiting 1. D. accommodation. An emmetrope sixty years old would do 
 that, and a hyperope of 1. D. seventy years old would do it. 
 
LIGHT AND REFRACTION 
 
 Elementary Laws Which Reveal the Breadth and Comprehen- 
 siveness of Nature. 
 
 Everything, to our minds, educated by finite things, must have a 
 beginning — and an end. Therefore, let us imagine that there was a begin- 
 ning to this universe; that it is the effect of a cause. It is a well-settled 
 proposition, except among fanatics, that we shall never conceive in what 
 form, if any, that cause existed or exists, other than as we refer to it 
 as an infinite mind, instead of as a person. To me the law, as exhibited 
 in its effects, is far more magnificient than an individual could be possibly. 
 
 It is our privilege to study the laws, if we will, independently of ac- 
 cepted authorities ; and when we see how far some have strayed from facts, 
 which came to light after their theories were exploited, we are admonished 
 to avail ourselves of the privilege. 
 
 As the refraction of light is one of thei primary laws by which neurol- 
 ogy is expounded in this work, it is necessary to define light and I choose 
 the following hypothesis as a beginning : 
 
 Fig. 16 
 
 Let Fig. 1 6 represent the universe, the large central field the sun, 
 the small dots the planets. In the operation of the chemical laws com- 
 
28 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 bination and disintegration, attraction and repulsion, form and motion were 
 produced. Within a certain space the positive and negative qualities of 
 each planet are supreme, so they maintain their respective distances from 
 each other, yet there is one grand center about which they all revolve. The 
 chemical products, or the friction from motion, or both, generates what is 
 known as electricity. First the centripetal effect is to overcharge the 
 center, when a centrifugal reaction obtains and we have the duality com- 
 plete in positive and negative magnetic currents. The lines in the figure 
 show only the negative ones, that is, those from the sun, and only a few of 
 them. The sun being as large in comparison with the planets as the cen- 
 ter field is larger than the dots it is easy to see how these currents reach 
 all the planets, all the time, except when occasionally one planet gets in 
 the way of another enough to shut off the currents from a small portion for 
 a short time, as is illustrated by eclipses. This electricity reaches us in 
 the form of a luminous force and not only enables us to see objects not 
 luminous themselves, but it also vitalizes the earth, making it habitable 
 and oroductive. 
 
 Some writers have asserted that there is no such a thing in nature 
 as a convergent ray. I concede the point and assert further that there is 
 no such thing as a divergent ray. It requires two or more rays to exhibit 
 convergence or divergence, and when we have a multitude, as we have 
 from the sun, there are both convergence and divergence, as is shown in 
 the figure. Of course when we look at a small object some distance away 
 the rays we receive in the pupil of the eye are divergent from each other 
 as they radiate from the same points; but as the pupil is only about one- 
 eighth of an inch in diameter the rays enter it so nearly parallel that they 
 are assumed to be exactly so in our calculations. 
 
 Refraction is the deviation in its course a ray of light suffers in pass- 
 ing obliquely from one transparent medium to another of different density. 
 
 The amount of refraction is governed by a duality, the angle of inci- 
 dence and density of medium ; it is measured according to natural laws. 
 
 Let the line R S, Fig. 17, represent a ray of light passing obliquely 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 2 9 
 
 through air; it suffers no change in its course at the line C D, because 
 there is no change in the density; therefore, the angles 1 and 2 formed 
 by the ray with the line A B, are of equal size. Air being the medium 
 through which all light comes before it can pass any other, and being the 
 rarest of all, it is taken as the standard or unit of density, that is, of resist- 
 ance to the passage of light, and all other mediums are compared with 
 it, the ratio they bear to it respectively is called their index of refraction. 
 The first thing required for the purpose of measurement of the 
 amount of refraction is a line drawn perpendicular (at right angles) to 
 the surface under consideration. If the surface is horizontal, the perpen- 
 dicular will be vertical; if the surface is oblique the perpendicular will 
 also be oblique. An easy way to locate the perpendicular is to make the 
 point where the ray strikes the second medium the center of a circle and 
 put the perpendicular go degrees from the surface. Thus, if the surface 
 is at an angle of 45 degrees the perpendicular will be at 135 degrees. Or 
 if the surface is at 120 degrees the perpendicular will be at 30 degrees. All 
 degrees are numbered from the horizontal and begin at the right. All 
 measurements are at right angles to the perpendiculars and as the denser 
 the medium the slower the speed and the rarer the medium the greater 
 the speed at which the ray travels it follows that in measuring angles we 
 must reverse the figures, therefore, if we bear in mind that we have only 
 two sizes of angles and the small one is always in the denser of the two 
 mediums it will be easy to master the very necessary preliminary work 
 quickly. 
 
 &U LOO 
 
 ffattr Hit 
 
 d^ Im 
 
 Fig. 18 
 
 \ 
 
 Fig. 18 shows what would occur if a ray from R should come in con- 
 tact with a body of water at the point where it crosses the line A. Its 
 
30 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 course would be changed, for the reason that its movement is swifter in 
 the rare medium, and, its lower side, meeting the obstruction first, would 
 be retarded in its progress, while the upper side would continue its speed, 
 thus gaining on the other, so that the course of the ray through the denser 
 medium would be toward D instead of in the direction C. As it passes 
 obliquely through the water, it will be seen the lower side would be 
 released first, and, renewing its original pace, would gain on the other side, 
 recovering what it had lost at the first surface, and would pass toward E, 
 parallel to, but not on the line of its original course.. 
 
 From the amount of deviation as shown by the proportions of the 
 angles formed in the two mediums, we learn the relative density, for 4 is to 
 3 as 1.33 1-3 is to 1. 00, therefore the index of refraction of water is 133 1-3. 
 If we substitute glass for water we would have angles proportioned as 3 
 is to 2, hence the index of glass is 1.50. If we could substitute diamond the 
 angles would be as 5 is to 2, hence the index of diamond is 2.50. 
 
 According to its index of refraction water would cause the ray to 
 change its course so that the angle formed by the ray and the vertical line 
 at 3 would be in proportion to that formed by the ray and vertical line 
 at the same distance 4 above the first surface, as 1 is to 1.33 1-3. 
 
 The same law applies in passing from the dense to the rare medium, 
 below, the angle at 4 below being 133 1-3 times as great at that at 3 2 . 
 
 A ray is called incident before jt enters the denser medium, refracted 
 during its passage and emergent after it has passed. 
 
 The angle formed by the incident ray and the vertical line A, is called 
 the angle of incidence ; that formed by the refracted ray and the same line, 
 the angle of refraction; and that formed by the emergent ray and the line 
 x, the angle of emergence. 
 
 A ray, in making a passage as illustrated, suffers the loss of a portion 
 by reflection at the first surface, and it is a law of optics that the angle of 
 reflection always equals the angle of incidence, hence it follows that the 
 reflected portion would pass toward F forming another angle with the 
 line A, called the angle of reflection. 
 
 It will be observed that the angles of emergence and incidence are of 
 equal size; therefore, a ray starting at E, would pursue the same course, 
 and R would be the emergent ray, which fact gives us another law, viz.: 
 The course of returning rays is always upon the same lines on which 
 they enter. 
 
 If an incident ray forms an angle with the perpendicular greater thar 1 
 about fifty degrees it will suffer total reflection. This is called the limit 
 angle. 
 
 Fig. 19 illustrates the first essentials of refraction. Understand, the 
 word means "to break." Rays passing obliquely from one transparent 
 medium to another of different density suffer refraction. But they must 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 3 1 
 
 Fig. 19 
 
 not approach at too great an angle or they will suffer total reflection. 
 Rays on the lines "P 1 " and "P 2 " would pass straight through the glass be- 
 cause they strike its surfaces perpendicularly. As the density of the air 
 is only i.oo while glass is 1.50 (it is really about 1.53, but we use the 1.50 
 because it is easier to make the calculations clear to the student and the 
 principle is shown as well), it follows that the ray will pass through 
 the air faster than through the glass, hence to get the comparative rate of 
 speed in the two mediums we reverse the figures, giving air the 1.50 and 
 glass the 1.00. Then one inquires what becomes of the quantity of light 
 indicated by the figures as approaching the glass, greater than its evident 
 capacity to receive. It is reflected as perpendicularly as the ray strikes. 
 But when a ray strikes obliquely, as the line R, the reflected portion takes 
 a direction as oblique as the ray approached and on the other side of the 
 perpendicular. The amount lost by reflection increases as the angle of 
 approach increases until the limit angle is reached, which is about fifty 
 degrees from the perpendicular, at the points marked 40 and 140, when 
 total reflection occurs. The ray R, called the incident ray, forms an angle, 
 A, with the perpendicular and it is called the angle of incidence. Imagine 
 there is nothing shown but the two mediums, the line R, the perpendicular 
 and the line A. As the index figure of glass is three halves while that of 
 air is only two, and as the speed of the ray in the air is the greater, we 
 know the angle must be also, hence we take the measure where it is 
 easiest, that is, where it measures three points; (a point may be a 
 
32 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 millimeter, an eighth of an inch, or any other unit one chooses for a cal- 
 culation); then go the same distance below the surface of the glass, 
 B ± and measure two points, because that represents the relative speed in 
 the glass and the relative size of the angle therein; then draw the line 
 R from surface to surface of the glass past the end of the line B 1 , this is 
 the refracted ray and the angle B 1 , is the angle of refraction. Now im- 
 agine the line P 2 has just been drawn perpendicular to the lower surface 
 of the glass where the ray strikes ; we know the small angle is in the glass 
 so we measure B 2 , two points, then go as far on the other side of the 
 surface and measure three points at C, then continue the ray from where 
 we left it at the lower surface, toward E. This is the emergent ray and 
 the angle formed by it with the perpendicular is the angle of emergence. 
 Note that a ray, whether refracted or reflected, always crosses the per- 
 pendicular; that the angle A is to B 1 as 3 is to 2, and the angle B 2 is to 
 C as 2 is to 3. The great angle is always in the rarest medium, therefore 
 if we know the index figures of the two mediums we can find where a ray 
 will go. The angle of reflection is always equal in size to the angle of 
 incidence. The ray R starts toward 1, is broken at the first surface and 
 takes direction of 2, is broken at second surface and takes final course to 
 E. The reason a ray suffers refraction is that as it approaches obliquely 
 the lower side of it strikes the slow speed first and as it leaves the denser 
 medium the lower side resumes the rapid speed first. This is why in 
 entering a denser medium the ray is broken toward the perpendicular 
 and in leaving is broken from the perpendicular. The dot in the middle of 
 the refracted section is to show that if it were the luminous point from 
 which rays started the one directed upward and that directed downward 
 would strike the respective surfaces at the same angles, hence the angle of 
 incidence, A, and the angle of emergence, C, are of equal size. But this is 
 not always true, except in plane surfaces. 
 
 The points of particular interest in connection with this illustration 
 are: 
 
 First. An oblique ray, passing from one transparent medium to an- 
 other of different density suffers a change in its path, but not in its general 
 direction. 
 
 Second. The denser the medium the slower the rate of speed of 
 the ray. 
 
 Third. The reflected portion passes away at the same angle the ray 
 approached. 
 
 Fourth. The small angle is always in the denser medium. 
 Fifth. There is a duality of mediums, a duality of connecting sur- 
 faces, a duality of perpendiculars and a duality of indices. 
 
 Sixth. There is a positive refraction as the ray enters the denser 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 33 
 
 medium and a negative refraction as it leaves; that is, the ray is broken 
 toward the perpendicular on entering and from it on leaving. 
 
 Seventh. There is a double duality of sections of the ray, incident, 
 reflected, refracted and emergent, and corresponding angles formed by the 
 sections and the perpendiculars. 
 
 Eighth. A ray suffers reflection, refraction, dispersion and absorption. 
 
 Ninth. The density of the glass compared with air is as 1.50 is to 1.00, 
 therefore, the angles in the air are always one-half larger than in the glass, 
 and, being given one we can always find the other. 
 
 Ten,th. The comparative angles are always on opposite sides of the 
 perpendicular, as they are on opposite sides of the connecting surfaces of 
 the mediums. 
 
 Eleventh. The amount lost by reflection gradually increases until the 
 limit-angle is reached, when the ray is totally reflected. 
 
 Twelfth. The limit-angle, where total reflection occurs, symbolizes 
 one's limit of endurance, of patience, of capacity, etc., metaphysically and 
 physically. 
 
 1 
 
 ) 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 % 
 ait/" 
 
 
 
 1/ 
 
 yT 
 
 Wo&l l<H '!> 
 
 
 v/ 
 
 PC 
 
 
 &l*U /So 
 
 // 
 
 1 
 
 
 ISO 
 
 s/ A 
 
 V 0/ — 1 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 *,I.W 
 
 Fig, 20 
 
 In order to make indices clearer, Fig. 20 is given at the risk of confus- 
 ing the student. Here the ray, R, starts toward S but is refracted by 
 
34 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 several mediums and finally passes away on the line O. The indices given 
 are all in comparison with air, so that in the refraction which occurs 
 as the ray passes from water to glass and from glass to diamond, we 
 must find the relation they bear to each other, which is easy because 
 all we have to do is to find the ratio the figures given bear to each 
 other; thus 1.33 1-3=4-3 an d 1-50=3-2; then multiplying the denominators 
 to get the common denominator, we get 6; as 4-3=8-6 and 3-2=9-6, the 
 relation between water and glass is as 8 to 9, and if 8 is 100 per cent, 
 9 is 1. 1 2 1-2 per cent, hence the last figure is the index of glass when com- 
 pared with water. The figures for glass being 1.50=3-2 and for diamond 
 2.50=5-2, there is already a common denominator, and they bear the rela- 
 tion of 3 to 5; if 3 is 100 per cent, 5 is 1.66 2-3 per cent, and is the index 
 of diamond compared with glass. The lengths of lines in the cut bear out 
 the respective indices in their proportion to each other. The line 4 is 
 to 3 as 1.33 1-3 is to 1.00; the line 9 is to 8 as 1.50 is to 1.33 1-3; the line 
 5 is to 3 as 2.50 is to 1.50; the line 1 is to 2 1-2 as 1.00 is to 2.50. The ver- 
 tical lines 1, 2, 3, 4 are the perpendiculars to the surfaces where refrac- 
 tions occur. 
 
 Fig. 21 
 
 Fig. 21 shows how to find the index of a medium if both the incident 
 and refracted sections and the index of the rare medium are given. Know- 
 ing that the index of air is 1.00 all that need be done is to erect the per- 
 pendicular, P, measure the angle at 1 and go as far outside the globe, 
 along the line P, as the first angle is inside, measure the angle at 2, which, 
 being 2.22 times as great as 1, proves the index of such a medium would 
 be 2.22. 
 
 A globe of glass, with 1.50 index focuses beyond itself, as is shown in 
 Fig. 22. 
 
 If the globe were a diamond the focus would be as shown by the 
 dotted lines, Fig. 22, the angle of incidence 21-2 and angle of refraction 1. 
 I do not like to make one drawing tell too many things, but it is not 
 desired to give too much prominence to practically useless features, which, 
 nevertheless, are valuable theoretically. 
 
PHYSICAL POKTIOX. 
 
 35 
 
 Fig. 23 shows what happens to a ray in passing a prism. In Figs. 
 19 and 20, the surfaces were parallel, so that had rays approached perpen- 
 dicular to the first surface,, they would have also been perpendicular to 
 the second and would have passed through without refraction. By this 
 figure it will be seen no ray can pass without refraction, for if it came to 
 
 r 
 
 Fig 
 
 the first surface at a perpendicular it would be refracted by the second 
 surface, because it is not parallel with the first. A ray starting from A 
 toward C would be refracted by the first surface toward 2, and by the 
 second surface toward B ; and a ray starting from B toward O would first 
 be changed to the direction X, then toward A. Thus an eye at A would 
 see at C an object really situated at B, and an eye at B would see at O 
 an object really located at A. Rays are always refracted toward the base 
 of a prism and objects seen through a prism always appear nearer the apex. 
 
 Fig. 23 
 
 As there is no transparent material having the index indicated by Fig. 
 21 and as glass would only focus as shown by Fig. 22, if we wanted a 
 glass apparatus that would focus at its posterior pole we would have to 
 make the anterior curvature from the center C, Fig. 24, instead of from the 
 center, N, thus making up in angle of incidence what is lacking in density. 
 The refraction of R 1 having been measured, and the surface being spher- 
 ical, we know where R 2 would go without measuring. 
 
36 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 These apparent objects are called virtual objects because we do not 
 see the real thing. As a matter of strict fact all who wear glasses only- 
 see virtual objects, for convex lenses magnify and concave ones minify. 
 
 Fig. 24 
 
 This is compensated for, however, by the facts that those who need convex 
 lenses have eyes that do not magnify as much as normal ones and those 
 who need concave lenses have eyes that magnify more than normal, thus 
 nature takes care of her children. In figure 22 the lines P 1 and P 2 are 
 perpendicular to the surfaces, and the lines N N and K K show where the 
 angles were measured. 
 
 Fig- 25 
 
 Fig. 26 
 
 Prisms in multitudinous quantities form all lenses of every descrip- 
 tion. If placed bases together as shown in Fig. 25, there will be posi- 
 tive effects, hence such lenses are known as +. If the prisms are reversed 
 as shown in Fig. 26, the effects are negative, hence lenses having this 
 general form are known as — . 
 
 Observe in both Figs. 25 and 26 the central lines pass through without 
 refraction; this is because the two surfaces are in such relative position 
 that they are parallel at these lines and the rays, being perpendicular, pass 
 without refraction; hence the lines are called axes and the rays are axial 
 rays. 
 
 Note in Fig. 25 that while parallel rays meet on the axis after passing 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION - . 
 
 37 
 
 the prism, they do not meet at a point common to all. In order to utilize 
 the principles of refraction for optical purposes it is necessary to grind 
 curved surfaces so that there will be the effects of a multitude of prisms 
 of different angles in order there may be at least approximately one focal 
 point for all rays that come parallel with the axis or divergent from the 
 same given points on the axis. If the rays approach parallel with the axis 
 they meet at the nearest possible point on the axis after passing the lens ; 
 this is called the principal focus. 
 
 P 
 
 Fig. 27 
 
 In Fig. 27, R and R approach parallel to the axis but at different dis- 
 tances from it, but the angles A and B bear the same relation to each 
 other in both instances and the result is that the rays focus at the same 
 point on the axis. Observe that the lower set of angles are longer from 
 base to apex than the upper ones, because the upper ray strikes the sharper 
 curvature. The fact that the curvature would, if continued, form a per- 
 fect sphere, caused the name spherical to be given such lenses. They may 
 be either convex or concave, and each class is subject to three forms of 
 construction as shown in Fig. 28. 
 
 Fig. 28 
 
 Fig. 28 illustrates the positive (+) and negative ( — ) structure of 
 spherical lenses, one set is cut from the globes and one set so that globes 
 would fit in them. Particular attention is directed to understanding the 
 little essentials, which, I have found in school work, are often neglected. 
 Fig. 29 shows edge views of lenses corresponding to Fig. 28. 
 
3§ 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 These are the popular forms, but there are many others embodying 
 the same principles, such as the lenticulars, as they are called, for which 
 a piece of plane glass is used to get the size, and in the center a small space 
 
 Fig. 29 
 
 is ground to desired curvatures in — and for + a small piece is cemented 
 on. Fig. 30 shows first the front, then the edge views of such lenses. 
 Then there are lenses ground like Fig. 30 on + lenses 1, 2, 3, Fig. 29, for 
 the purpose of making strong lenses without the thick edges of 4, 5 and 6, 
 Fig. 29. Then there are alleged toric lenses and real torics and sphero 
 torics. The American standard periscopic or meniscus lenses are ground 
 with fixed amount of concavity on one side and with enough convexity on 
 the other to give the desired focal power. During the past few years opti- 
 
 ^ss^ss^ 
 
 tyM%MM^<y<r2: ™y?s2:?/-/ss"/s ■//)}/'/.■>■» 
 
 Fig. 30 
 
 cians who are not content with reasonable prices for ordinary lenses, 
 foisted upon gullible people, including some oculists, what they call a toric 
 lens, but which is nothing more or less than a deep concavity on one side of 
 a meniscus. They are not only of no benefit, but are really harmful, because 
 they intensify spherical and chromatic aberration in the stronger numbers, 
 and oculists who endorse them advertise their culpable ignorance of op- 
 tical principles and physical laws generally. Before explaining the toric 
 lens I must give some preliminary facts: 
 
 Chemically glass belongs to the class called salts. Common glass is 
 made by melting together silica, (sand), calcium carbonate, (limestone), 
 and sodium carbonate, (soda). If potassium be substituted for sodium, 
 and lead for calcium, the quality is finer; in other words the finer the 
 material used the better the product. Flint is clearer than crown glass 
 because there is more lead in its composition, but it is softer, which gives 
 it a peculiar quality to be described.. 
 
 It is well known that natural light is composed by a combination of 
 all the spectral colors. The passage of a ray through any medium which 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 39 
 
 reduces its original speed causes a derangement of its components, the 
 medium absorbs a portion, while it also makes an attempt to disperse it 
 into its elementary colors; so, any ray, in passing from one transparent 
 medium to another of different density, suffers from reflection, dispersion 
 and absorption ; and, if it passes obliquely, it also suffers refraction. 
 
 Were it not for reflection we could not see objects which are not 
 luminous; and, were it not for dispersion and absorption the power of the 
 reflected light would be so great as to be painful to the nerves of vision. 
 
 Red/ 
 
 InoLiqo 
 violet- 
 
 Fig. 31 
 
 Fig. 31 illustrates the dispersive power of glass, with the ray passing 
 from A toward R, at such an angle of incidence that the greatest possible 
 effect from the prism, C, is shown. 
 
 Flint glass, with a refractive power about equal to, has twice as much 
 dispersive power as the crown glass from which spectacle lenses are 
 made, so that a prism of half as great angle as the cut shows, would, if 
 made from flint glass, exhibit as much dispersion. It was the discovery 
 of this which enabled the makers of the finer grades of optical and mathe- 
 matical instruments to attain their present approximate to perfection. Pre- 
 viously two factors interfered with the successful use of lenses with more 
 .than about twenty-five diameters magnifying power. These were chro- 
 matic and spherical aberration. No single lens will focus absolutely, be- 
 cause while the density is constant the angles at which the rays strike 
 the surfaces increase steadily, as they are farther from the axis, so that 
 the effects illustrated by Fig. 31 are exhibited by the lens as shown in Fig. 
 
 Axt 
 
 Fig. 32 
 
 32, the rays 1 and 1 show no aberration, while rays 2 and 2 illustrate, 
 first, that the edge rays meet on the axis just a little sooner than the more 
 central ones, thus, in high power lenses causing indistinct images to be 
 formed; second, the dispersion would also cause color disturbances. The 
 
4 o 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 discovery of the difference between crown and flint glass enabled the 
 manufacturers to overcome both of these factors and thus utilize the whole 
 field of the lens. Formerly it was necessary to rough-grind the marginal 
 field to even partly overcome the difficulties. 
 
 3 
 
 Fig. 33 
 
 Fig. 33 shows the dispersion of the ray from R in the crown glass, C, 
 and the contrary effect in the flint glass, F, which reunites the parts, 
 and the emergent ray becomes white again. The flint glass, 3, being 
 half as strong in refractive power as the crown, 6, and of the same dis- 
 persive power, the result is a refractive power of 3 in the combination, 
 without any dispersion. It is upon this principle that achromatic and 
 aplanatic lenses are made. The first means the chromatic aberration is 
 corrected, and the second is a lens in which all faults are overcome. 
 
 Fig. 34 
 
 Fig. 34 shows how an aplanatic lens is constructed; the center piece 
 being of the formula C, while the two outer pieces are of the formula 
 F, each having one-fourth of the refractive power of the inner piece. 
 It would work just as well with reference to the dispersion if the two outer 
 pieces were one, half as strong as the other, but by making two pieces 
 and putting one on either side another defect was overcome, namely, 
 spherical aberration, caused by the edge rays focusing sooner than the ones 
 which pass through the lens near the center. Remember there are two 
 laws which govern the amount of refraction by lenses: that of density 
 and that of angle at which rays strike the surfaces. 
 
 Now we may see, with the aid of Figs. 35 and 36, the objects of a toric 
 lens. First, understand that in architecture a tore is an ornament placed 
 on pillars; it would be well illustrated by putting a bicycle tire around 
 a large pillar, showing its long curve around the pillar and its short curve 
 around itself ; hence a toric lens is so named because it has not a spherical 
 curvature but is curved in all meridians. It also illustrates aptly a natural 
 law that in non-spherical surfaces the two principal meridians are always 
 
 -• -■ 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 r4i 
 
 Fig. 36 
 
 Fig. 35 
 
 at right angles to each other, and when they are taken care of the other 
 meridians are also provided for without further attention. Yet there 
 are alleged scientific oculists and opticians who prescribe and make cross- 
 cylinder lenses with axes not at right angles to each other, and when criti- 
 cized declare, "Well, I get better results from them anyhow," thus clinch- 
 ing the proof they do not know their business. 
 
 Fig. 35 shows how a sphero-toric lens is made where the two principal 
 meridians are + n. and + 8. respectively. Add all three figures together 
 to get the maximum power and add the + 5.50 and + 2.50 to get the mini- 
 mum power. When the student is familiar with prescription writing, as 
 detailed later, this will be more comprehensive. Fig. 36 shows how a 
 sphero-toric can be and often is made, which aborts the purpose for which 
 nature gave the principle. By first grinding — 5. on one side there was 
 caused' a necessity for +16. curvature in the meridian of maximum need, 
 to get the +11. required, and for + 13. in the meridian of minimum need 
 to get the + 8. when the facts illustrated by Fig. 34 prove that the whole 
 object in making lenses as flat as possible to get the desired effects is 
 because the nearer flat they are the nearer perfect they are. Nature made 
 the crystalline lens of the eye on the same principles as the aplanatic lens 
 shown here, and, I believe, for the same reasons, hence I assert that the 
 rod-and-cone theory of color-blindness is wrong, that most cases of color- 
 blindness are color ignorance and the remainder are due to homogenity of 
 the lens structure. 
 
 Fig. 37 shows how a plano-convex lens focuses parallel rays at the op- 
 posite side of the circle of which the lens is a segment. This would be 
 true of any size circle or globe of glass and from this fact the system of 
 numbering lenses was evolved. The word "meter" means "measure," 
 hence a circle one meter in diameter was chosen as the standard and all 
 lenses are numbered inversely as their focal power in inches equals meters 
 or parts of meters. The numbers apply to — lenses as they neutralize their 
 
42 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Fig, 37 
 
 equivalents in +, for the — are only positive by reflection, as shown in 
 Fig. 1 6. Thus having a standard, 
 
 No. i. oo curvature equals i meter focal power. 
 
 No. 2.00 curvature equals 1-2 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 3.00 curvature equals 1-3 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 4.00 curvature equals 1-4 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 5.00 curvature equals 1-5 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 6.00 curvature equals 1-6 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 7.00 curvature equals 1-7 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 8.00 curvature equals 1-8 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 9.00 curvature equals 1-9 meter focal power. 
 
 No. 10.00 curvature equals 1-10 meter focal power. 
 
 The metric system is a decimal system of weights and measures used 
 almost universally. Its unit is 1 meter, the ten-millionth part of one- 
 quarter of a meridian circle of the earth. 
 
 1,000 meters = 1 kilometer. 
 
 100 meters = 1 hectometer. 
 
 10 meters = 1 decameter. 
 
 1 meter = 1 meter. 
 
 .1 meter == 1 decimeter. 
 
 .01 meter = 1 centimeter. 
 
 .001 meter = 1 millimeter. 
 
 As many are not familiar with the metric system, except as we use it 
 in money, and few know it is subdivided metrically, I would explain that 
 a meter is 39.368 inches, or, for mental calculations, call it 40 inches. Then 
 
 No. 1. 00 curvature equals 40 inches focus. 
 
 No. 2.00 curvature equals 20 inches focus. 
 
 No. 3.00 curvature equals 13 inches focus. 
 
 No. 4.00 curvature equals 10 inches focus. 
 
 No. 5.00 curvature equals 8 inches focus. 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 43 
 
 and so on. Having the number, to find the focus, divide it into 40 ; or, hav- 
 ing the focus, to find the number, divide it into 40. Thus, 15 inches focus 
 divided into 40 goes 2 2-3 times. Express it decimally as 2.66, leaving 
 out the small fraction. Then remember the standard is not quite 40 
 inches, but is exactly 1.00 and that 1.00 cut into eighths would be .12 1-2, 
 .25, .37 1-2, .50, .62 1-2, .75, .87 1-2, 1. 00. We arbitrarily call the 2.66 
 a 2.62 because lenses are ground only to eighths. A No. .50 would go 
 into 40 just 80 times, hence the focus of a + .50 lens would be twice as 
 far as + 1.00 and that of a + 2.00 would be half as far as plus 1.00, or 20 
 inches. Thus having any figure in one column, to find its equivalent in 
 the other, divide it into 40. Or, to be more exact, divide it into 39,368. 
 
 The rule of calculation of indices, curvatures and focuses is: Having 
 the focus desired and the index of refraction, to find the radius of curva- 
 ture necessary, multiply the focus by the index less 1.00. Thus the focus 
 of a No. 1.00 lens is 39.368 inches; the index of refraction of glass is 1.53. 
 The .53 being in excess of the standard, air, is what we use. 39.368 X -53 
 equals 20.86504 inches or the radius of curvature upon which the lens must 
 be ground. Or, being given the radius and index, to find the focus, 
 divide the radius by the index less 1.00. Or, being given the focus and 
 radius, to find the index, divide the radius by the focus and add 1.00. If 
 a biconvex is wanted the two radii must be twice as great as for a plano- 
 convex; or if a meniscus is wanted the radius must be shortened; thus 
 if + 10 is to be made meniscus form, with — 1.25 on one side, the radius 
 of the + curvature would have to be shortened to make + 11.25 effect, 
 so the — 1.25 would be neutralized and leave the full + 10. 
 
 Figf. 38 
 
 P'ig. 38 shows the principal points and planes of a bi-convex lens. 
 The points are all on the axis and the planes are the vertical lines crossing 
 the axis at the points. A and A locate the principal points and planes: 
 
44 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 B and B, the principal focal points and planes ; C and C, the optical nodal 
 points and planes; D, the optical center and its plane. N and N are the 
 true nodal points, or centers of curvature of the respective surfaces, from 
 which the perpendiculars are drawn. The lines R and R x show how rays 
 approaching parallel to the axis will be focused at the principal focal points. 
 The line X to X 1 shows how the secondary axial rays suffer refraction, 
 and locate not only the optical nodal points, but the optical center; X 
 passing in the direction O is refracted, crosses the principal axis at the 
 optical center and passes away to X 1 as if it came from O 1 . The nodal 
 points are where the rays X and X 1 would cross the axis if they did not 
 suffer refraction. It is of no great importance, but is of passing interest. 
 
 ^WcTr 
 
 Fig. 39 
 
 Conjugate foci are those points on either side of a + lens at which 
 are situated an object and its image. If an object be placed at the point 
 on the left, Fig. 39, and the ray of direction drawn to the lens L through 
 the principal focal plane P, then a guide line be drawn from the point 
 where the ray crosses the focal plane through the optical center of the lens, 
 then the ray continued parallel to the guide line, the point where it meets 
 the axis will be the location of the image. It makes no difference where 
 the ray of direction is made so it hits the lens. The reason this works 
 exactly is that any ray starting divergent from the axis at the point where 
 the line P crosses, will be refracted and pass away parallel to the axis, 
 and any ray starting from any point on that plane, divergent from its 
 secondary axis, represented by the guide-line, will be refracted and pass 
 away parallel to that axis. 
 
 A 
 
 1 -*£= 
 
 Fig. 40 
 
 Fig. 40 shows how the law of conjugate foci works in producing the 
 
PHYSICAL P01ITI0N. 
 
 45 
 
 image. The direct rays from i to i and from 3 to 3 are secondary axes 
 and the divergent rays from each converge to the corresponding figure 
 on the other side for the same reason that those from the principal axis 
 
 2 converge to it again at 2 on the other side. The fact that the secondary 
 rays cross the principal axis at the optical center accounts for the re- 
 versal of the image. There is a multitude of secondary axes, but the 
 extreme ones given show how they all act. If an object be placed at twice 
 the principal focal distance from any lens the image will be formed at the 
 same distance on the other side; if the object be at three times the focal 
 distance the image will be nearer and half size; if object is at four, five, 
 six, etc., times the principal focal distance, the picture will be nearer and 
 proportionately smaller until the object is at infinity, when the image 
 will be at the principal focal point on the other side. Infinity is the dis- 
 tance sufficient so that any greater one makes no perceptible change in 
 the location of the image; fifteen or twenty feet fairly expresses it. If 
 the object be placed nearer than twice the focal distance the image will 
 be farther away and enlarged. If the object be placed nearer the lens than 
 the principal focus, the rays will be divergent after passing it and there 
 will be no image. The point upon the principal axis where the ob- 
 ject is placed is the first conjugate focal point, and the corresponding 
 point on the other side of the lens, where the image is formed, is the second 
 conjugate focal point, and the distances between each of those points 
 and the lens are, respectively, the first and second conjugate focal dis- 
 tances. A rule to locate where images will be formed is to multiply the 
 first conjugate focal distance by the focal length of the lens and divide 
 the product by the difference between the two first figures; the result will 
 be the second conjugate focal distance, which, in + lenses is always on 
 the opposite side of the lens. The word "conjugate" means "yoked to- 
 gether, ,, and it is applied to the points described because they are movable, 
 the position of the second being always dependent upon the first. A better 
 rule is to express the first conjugate focal distance in diopers, deduct it 
 from the power of the lens and convert the remainder into inches. Having 
 both conjugate foci to find the power of the lens, express both in diopters 
 and add them. 
 
 Fig. 41 shows how a — lens forms images by reflection. Rays 1 and 
 
 3 are reflected as 2 and 4, while the principal axial ray is reflected back 
 on its own line; 5 is reflected as 6, and others, not shown in the cut, 
 fall in between, forming the image reversed. Other writers have misled 
 readers by showing with Fig. 40 that + lenses form "real images re- 
 versed," and by Fig. 42 that — lenses form "virtual images erect," which 
 is not true, as the student may determine readily if he will take two lenses, 
 one + and one — , look through each at some object, preferably a light at 
 some distance, when he will see a "virtual" erect object with either, en- 
 
46 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Fig. 41 
 
 larged with the + and reduced with the — . Then by holding a piece of 
 blank paper with the + lens between it and the light he will find a "real" 
 image inverted; next hold the paper between the light and the lens but a 
 
 Fig. 42 
 
 trifle lower and tilt the lens so it will reflect on the paper and he will see 
 another "real" image, inverted, too. 
 
 If the effect of the combinations of spheres, placed some distance 
 apart, is wanted, make a drawing like Fig. 43. L 1 and U represent the 
 
 Fig. 43 
 
 lenses; P 1 and P 2 represent the respective focal planes. In this cut the 
 lenses are each + 3.25 and 1-16 inch represents an inch, thus the lenses are 
 6 inches apart. The incident ray A approaches L 1 divergent and crosses 
 its principal plane P 1 , in its course. For the reasons shown in Fig. 39 the 
 ray would be refracted by L 1 and pass toward L 2 parallel to the guide line 
 
PHYSICAL POltTION. aj 
 
 X drawn from the principal focal plane through the center of L 1 ; then pro- 
 jecting it backward on its new course until it strikes the plane P 2 , draw- 
 ing a guide line X from there through the center of the second lens, and 
 continuing the ray parallel to it until it strikes the axis, there will be the 
 conjugate focus with the point from which the incident ray, A, started. 
 
 If the ray A approached parallel with the axis and the power of the 
 lenses is known its course from the first to the second lens may be drawn 
 arbitrarily, then proceed as above. 
 
 Fig. 44 shows another class of lenses, in which the prisms are arranged 
 on either side of a line, instead of around a point; bases are at the line for 
 + and apices at the line for — . These are called cylindrical lenses, be- 
 cause, if the curvature of the + were continued they would form cylin- 
 ders. Rays passing through on the lines marked "axis" suffer no refrac- 
 tion, but all others do. A + cylinder refracts all rays on either side of its 
 axis, toward the line, thus what is termed the "focus" of a cylinder is 
 
 Fig 44. 
 
 merely causing a lot of rays to form a wedge, the thin part being on the 
 axis and the wide part being equal to the extreme width of the lens. 
 A — cylinder refracts rays from its axis, hence can only form a wedge 
 of light by reflection. Cylinders are numbered as spheres are because 
 in the meridian of greatest power of each they are equal to spheres of the 
 same curvature. They are made only in the forms plano-convex and 
 plano-concave because of the frequent necessity of combining them with 
 sphericals to make what are called sphero-cylinders, or compound lenses. 
 In toric lenses the sphere and cylinder are ground on the same side of 
 the lenses. The points to be noted particularly with reference to 
 cylinders are that there are two principal meridians, at right angles to 
 each other; one is the axis, the other the meridian of maximum power; 
 therefore in combining them with spheres, they impart that quality to the 
 combination, the sphere furnishing all the power on the axis and both sup- 
 plying power on the opposite meridian, where, if both have the same sign 
 they must be added, and if of opposite signs they must be subtracted; 
 if of opposite signs and of the same power they neutralize each other 
 and the combination can be duplicated with a simple cylinder. See next 
 chapter for this work. 
 
 Hold a prism, base down, a few inches from the eye, and look through 
 it at some fixed object; there will be an apparent displacement of the ob- 
 ject toward the apex of the prism, because the rays are broken toward the 
 
48 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 base. Move the prism from right to left and reverse, when there will be 
 no movement of the object. Rotate the prism and the object will move 
 in a circle with the apex of prism. 
 
 Hold a + sphere in the same manner and there will be no displace- 
 ment, because there are a great many prisms arranged around a center. 
 The object may appear enlarged more or less, governed by the distances. 
 Move lens to and fro and the object will be displaced in the opposite di- 
 rection. Rotate the lens and the object will remain stationary. 
 
 A — sphere treated in like manner causes the object to move with it, 
 otherwise it will be just like the +. 
 
 A + cylinder, held axis 90 and moved up and down will not displace 
 the object; but when moved to and fro will displace the object in the 
 opposite direction. Rotate it and the vertical meridian will go against the 
 movement, while the horizontal meridian will go with it. This is because 
 the apices of the cylinders are down on one side and up on the other. 
 
 A — cylinder, axis 90, will cause no motion of object when moved up 
 and down, but moved sidewise will cause a movement with the lens. Ro- 
 tated it will cause the vertical meridian of the object to move with its 
 motion while the horizontal will reverse, for the same reasons given for 
 the + cylinders. 
 
 The prisms being reversed the effects are also as a matter of course. 
 
 Knowing the peculiarities of each lens in its simplest form it is easy 
 to find how many departments to a lens. For example, if a lens be shaken 
 and objects move in every direction it is proof there is a sphere; if, in 
 addition there is greater movement in one principal meridian than in the 
 other it tells there is a cylinder, or if rotating distorts objects it tells of a 
 cylinder; while if rotating moves the object in a circle, but does not distort 
 it, a prism is present. If all the effects are there, all the causes are also. 
 
 This exhibition of law affords us a lesson in practice. We must know 
 what symptoms, objective or subjective, mean, then if we find several 
 symptoms we know there are several causes. Our symptoms are not like 
 those of the old schools, a sort of guide to diagnosis only, but to complete 
 analysis. 
 
 PRESCRIPTION WRITING. 
 
 Analysis and Neutralization of Lenses Prove a Simple Natural Law. 
 
 A + lens which brings parallel rays to a focus at one meter (39.368 
 inches) beyond it is taken as the standard of measure and is numbered 1.00. 
 When the power is increased the focus is shortened ; thus + 2.00 will focus 
 at 1/2 the distance -f- 1.00 does; + 3-°o at 1/3; + 4-oo at 1/4, etc. For mem- 
 tal calculations, remember + 1.00 equals 40 inches focus. 
 
 As + 1. 00 is the number, and 40 inches the focal length, of the unit of 
 measurement, if we have the number of a lens and want to know its focal 
 length we divide the number into 40, and the result is the figure desired. 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 49 
 
 If we have the focal length and want the number, we divide 40 by the focal 
 length and the result is the number. + 2 -5o 1S oi 16 inches focal length, 
 because 2.50 is contained in 40 sixteen times. A lens of 10 inches focus 
 would be + 4.00 because 10 is contained in 40 four times. 
 
 Lenses are not made in smaller fractions than eighths, so that when a 
 figure is divided into 40 and the result is not in eighths we put it in th« 
 class to which it is nearest. For example, a 15-inch focus would give num- 
 ber 2.662/3 when the calculation is made thus: 40 divided by 15 equals 
 2.66 2/3. As 2.625 is the nearest, we so class it. It is customary to ignore 
 the third figure in the decimal expression, so the number would be 2.62 
 or 2.63. 
 
 In practice it is rarely ever necessary to use smaller fractions than 
 quarters, because, if the eye is below normal, so that + lenses are required, 
 it should be given full correction, or a little more; and if it is above, 
 normal, so that — lenses are used, it should be undercorrected. That is, 
 if -f- 1. 12 is called for by the test, give + 1.25; if — 1.12 is the test, give — 
 1.00. 
 
 The word "Dioptre" means "to see through," hence it was chosen as 
 the name for the unit of measure. 
 
 As has been shown in the chapter on refraction, — lenses are negative 
 quantities, made by reversing the order in which prisms are used for +1 
 therefore, the numbering applies to both. Also to cylinders. 
 
 It is easy to tell + from — , because if a + lens is held between the 
 eye and an object and moved back and forth to right and left, or up and 
 down, or moved back and forth between the eye and the object, the object 
 will appear to move in the direction opposite to that in which the lens is 
 moved, and the stronger the lens the more decided the motion. Take — 
 lenses and the motion is with the movement of the lens. 
 
 Spherical lenses have equal power in all meridians, while cylindricals 
 have power only when moved across the line corresponding to the axis, 
 To find the axis of a cylinder, hold it between the eye and some straight 
 
 Fig. 45 
 
 object and rotate it. The object will appear distorted in shape except when 
 either the axis or the meridan at right angles to the axis is on the line cor- 
 responding to the correct position of the object. Having found that posi- 
 tion, move the lens sidewise and up and down, the meridian where there 
 is no motion to the object is the axis. Make a mark on the edge of the lens 
 showing where the axis is, then lay the lens flat on Fig 45, center over cen- 
 
5o 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 ter, and read the meridian from the figures. The inside of the lens must be 
 down if the axis is oblique, otherwise an axis which is really 60 will regis- 
 ter 120, or as far on the other side of 90; axis 45 would register 135; axis 
 15 would register 165, etc. 
 
 Sphero-cylinders will cause the object to move in all directions, but in 
 one meridian there will be the greatest, and in the one at right angles to 
 it, the least motion. Locate the two principal meridians as described in 
 the case of cylinders. 
 
 Sphero-cylinder-prism or sphero-prism lenses will cause, not only the 
 movement described for sphero-cylinders, spheres or cylinders, but the 
 prism will displace the object toward its apex. The prism, base reversed, 
 which replaces the object, is the measure of the prism in the lens. If the 
 prism in the lens is base in it will require the same degree of prism, base 
 out, to neutralize it. 
 
 A prism alone will not distort or move objects seen through them, 
 except as the prism is rotated it will hold the virtual object in perfect 
 shape, constantly in line with the apex. 
 
 To ascertain the number of a lens use lenses of the opposite kind which 
 have the numbers on them, to neutralize the one unknown. If a + lens 
 of unknown power be neutralized with a — 1.00 sphere we know it must 
 be + I - 00 - If a + I - 00 cylinder axis 90 stops all motion in a — cylinder 
 we know it must be — 1.00 axis 90. If we have a -f- compound (sphero- 
 cylinder) and — 1.00 — 1.50 axis 45 neutralizes it, we know it is -j- 1.00 + 
 1.50 axis 45. If it is a compound and + I ' 00 — 2 -5° axis J ^° neutralizes 
 it we know it is — 1.00 -f- 2 -5° axis 180. There are such things as crossed- 
 cylinders, but people who understand their business never have any use for 
 them, except in the very rare instances where the astigmatic error is so 
 great that a sphero-cylinder would give more spherical and chromatic aber- 
 ration. Even then, the sphero-toric lens (one in which there is a spherical 
 curvature on one surface, and both a spherical and cylindrical curvature 
 on the other) is better in most cases. It is a fact, however, that all com- 
 pound lenses are cross-cylinders in effect. 
 
 One of the most important features of optical work is the writing of 
 prescriptions correctly, yet more errors are committed in this respect than 
 in any other, except, possibly, the prescribing of — lenses where -f- should 
 be used. 
 
 The incorrect writing does not affect the result so far as the patient is 
 concerned, but it frequently involves more work for the optician who grinds 
 the lenses. For example: a combination written -f- 2 -°° — 2 -5° ax. 180 
 means a + spherical lens is combined with a — cylindrical with its axis at 
 180, or the horizontal meridian. 
 
 In analyzing this we must remember that the 180 is not a lens, but is 
 the particular meridian upon which the axis of the cylinder is placed, and 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 51 
 
 signifies that the cylinder has no power there. Next, we must remember 
 that spherical lenses have power in all meridians equally, so the power of 
 the combination on the horizontal meridian is furnished entirely by the 
 spherical, and is, of course, + 2.00. Next, the other principal meridian is 
 always at right angles to the first, which makes it the 90th meridian; on 
 this line both lenses have power, and as one is -f- while the other is — , 
 the real effect is only the difference between them. The — being 2.50 
 while the + is only 2.00, the balance is in favor of the — ■ by 50, so, when 
 the combination is made into a lens the power in its two principal meridians 
 will be represented by Fig. 46. 
 
 -*0 
 
 
 +2.00 
 
 Fig. 46 
 
 Had the prescription been written — 50 -f- 2.50 ax. go the effect 
 would be the same, because now the axis of the cylinder is vertical, and 
 it has no power on its axis, while the — sphere, having power in all 
 meridians takes full effect on the vertical, and on the opposite meridian 
 the -f 2.50 neutralizes the — .50 and has + 2 -oo remainder. 
 
 Manufacturing opticians carry what they call blank cylinders in stock ; 
 that is, a square piece of glass with the cylinder ground on one surface, and 
 grind whatever sphere is desired on the other side, then lay a pattern on 
 and cut the lens so the axis of the cylinder is at the proper meridian. 
 In the prescription as written first it would require the grinding of + 2 « 00 
 while as written last it would only require — .50, a saving of three-fourths 
 of the work. If all practitioners would observe these points it would facili- 
 tate greater speed in filling their prescriptions and often result in lighter 
 weight lenses. 
 
 1. 00 + i- 00 ax - 9° 
 
 .50 + 1.50 ax. 45 
 
 + 1.00 + .75 ax. 60 
 
 — 1.00 — 2.00 ax. 120 
 
 — 2.00 — 1.50 ax. 75 
 
 — 1.00 — 1.00 ax. 150 
 4- 1.00 — 2.00 ax. 135 
 
 — 1.00 + 2.00 ax. 165 
 + 100. — 3.00 ax. 180 
 
 — 1.50 + 4 00 ax * I 4° 
 
 or any other axis, would 
 be correct, because the 
 signs are alike; or, dif- 
 ing, the cylinder is at least 
 twice as strong as the 
 sphere. 
 
52 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 + i -oo — .50 ax. 
 + i-5o — 2.00 ax. 
 
 — 1.00 + 75 ax. 
 
 — 1.00 + 1.50 ax. 
 
 60 
 
 180 
 
 90 
 
 45 
 
 t 
 
 or any other axis, are 
 wrong, because the signs 
 differ, and the cylinder 
 is less than twice as 
 strong as the sphere. 
 The meridian given as the location of the axis of the cylinder is called 
 the first principal meridian and the one opposite to it is the second principal 
 meridian. 
 
 As lenses are to supply deficiencies and neutralize over-developments 
 of the dioptric systems of the eyes, it is in order to explain some of the 
 physical qualities of those organs here. Normal and defective eyes are 
 named, respectively, emmetropic and ametropic. The latter are divided 
 into two classes, the deficient ones are hypermetropic, or hyperopic, while 
 the over-developed ones are myopic. The first are sometimes called far- 
 sighted and the latter near-sighted. The reasons will be found in the 
 chapter devoted to refraction and accommodation of the eyes. 
 
 Fig. 47 
 
 Fig. 47 shows how the retina of the emmetropic eye is situated at the 
 principal focus of the dioptric system. This eye requires no lens because 
 its focus is right without it. 
 
 Fig, 48 
 
 Fig. 48 shows the retina of a hyperopic eye in front of the principal 
 focus, because the eye is too short on its axis, or because the cornea or lens, 
 both, are of deficient curvature. This eye needs a + l en s to shorten the fo- 
 cus by increasing the power of the apparatus. 
 
 Fig. 49 
 
 Fig. 49 shows the retina of a myopic eye behind the principal focus, 
 because the eye is too long on its axis, or because the cornea or lens, or 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 53 
 
 both, are of too great curvature. This eye needs a — lens to lengthen the 
 focus by neutralizing the excess power of the dioptric system. 
 
 In many cases the cornea is not of spherical curvature, but is not 
 irregular, and it is one of Nature's laws that all non-spherical, regular 
 curvatures have two principal meridians, at right angles to each other. In 
 architecture such a surface is called toric. It is well illustrated by a bicycle 
 tire which has a long curve around the wheel and a short one around the 
 tire. Imagine a piece of glass like that and it is easy to see the shortest 
 curve would focus sooner than the long one, hence if light was permitted 
 to pass through the whole surface of a lens at once there would be no focus. 
 
 
 Fig. 50 
 
 Let Fig. 50 represent the curves of the two principal meridians of a lens 
 A being the vertical and B the horizontal. The rays 1 and 1 would focus 
 at 1 and the rays 2 and 2 would focus at 2. This lack of common focus is 
 called astigmatism, meaning without a point. When an eye presents such 
 a surface to rays, vision is, of course, more or less impaired, owing to the 
 amount of the difference between the two principal meridians; sometimes 
 there is so little difference it is not worth correcting, as will be shown in the 
 chapter on measuring errors of refraction. 
 
 S. Hij^st. 
 
 S, My. fist 
 
 CoM.Hy. f{st. 
 
 Com My. f\ st. 
 
 Mixed Hst. 
 
 + Cul. 
 
 -Cyl. 
 
 •f-Spk. + Cyl. 
 
 -Suh. -Cut. 
 
 -Sph. + Cyl. 
 ♦ 5pK. - Cy t. 
 
 Fig. 51 
 
 There are five different forms of regular astigmatism: Simple and 
 
54 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 compound hyperopia simple and compound myopic and mixed. Fig. 51 
 shows the principal focal points of the two principal meridians in each case; 
 the myopic meridians focus too soon, the normal ones at the line R, and 
 the hyperopic ones beyond the lines; the first ones require — lenses, the 
 second, none, and the third, -f- lenses; the amount of astigmatism is the 
 distance between the two points. In mixed astigmatism one meridian is 
 myopic and the other hyperopic. 
 
 Having seen that a cylindrical lens has no power on its axis, we have 
 a law by which we analyze compound prescriptions, and it is essential to 
 practice that it be understood perfectly, because by our method of fitting 
 with or without clycloplegics we must nearly always transpose the pre- 
 scription, as it comes from the trial frame, to get it in its simplest form. 
 Sometimes it comes from the frame a compound and we transpose it into 
 a simple cylinder. The two principal meridians, when drawn on paper 
 form a cross, hence, in proceeding by the law we do one step at a time. 
 If we take care of the two principal meridians. Nature will take care of the 
 rest. 
 
 1st step : Draw a line representing the meridian designated as the axis 
 of the cylinder. 
 
 2nd step: Write at one end of that line the sign and power of the 
 sphere, because it is the only part of the combination that has power, 
 (viz., curvature) there. 
 
 3d step : Draw a line representing the other meridian which is always 
 at right angles to the first and is 90 degrrees from it on the circle ; if the first 
 is below 90, add 90 to find the degree; if the first is above 90, subtract 
 90. Thus if the first is 40 the second will be 130; if the first is 120, the 
 second will be 30, etc. 
 
 4th step: Write at one end of the second line the effect of the two 
 lenses; if both are 4- or both are — , add the figures and give the sign; 
 if one is -f- an d the other — , subtract the less from the greater and use 
 the remainder, giving the sign of the greater; if the signs differ but the 
 power is equal of course there is nothing to be recorded and we put it o. 
 
 5th step: Make a diagram of the focal points of the two meridians 
 as shown in Fig. 51. 
 
 6th step: Begin writing the new prescription by writing, for the 
 spherical part, -f- or — , whatever is needed for the meridian nearest normal. 
 
 7th step : Change the focal point to the line R, as the lens would do 
 it, and change the focal point of the other meridian the same amount in 
 the same direction. 
 
 8th step : Write for the cylindrical part, -j- or — cylinder of sufficient 
 power to put the other meridian on the line R also and write for the axis 
 the number of the meridian corrected by the sphere. 
 
 This law always works. If a prescription is written correctly it will 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 55 
 
 prove it, and if wrong it will correct it. To prove the correctness of a 
 transposition put the new prescription on a cross by steps i, 2, 3, 4, then 
 if it corresponds with the cross made from the original prescription and the 
 cylinder is still of the same power, it is proved. 
 
 A short way to transpose a prescription that needs it is to take the 
 difference between the powers of sphere and cylinder for the new sphere, 
 then use the power of the old cylinder, but change the sign and reverse 
 the axis. 
 
 No prescriptions need transposing unless the signs differ and the cylin- 
 der is less than twice as strong as the sphere. 
 
 It is always a case of mixed astigmatism when the signs differ and the 
 cylinder is the least bit stronger than the sphere. 
 
 It is always a case of simple astigmatism when the signs differ and 
 the cylinder is of the same power as the sphere. 
 
 It is always a case of compound astigmatism when the signs differ and 
 the cylinder is weaker than the sphere. 
 
 The following examples will show the process of working out transpo- 
 sitions: Some people, who want to be mysterious, write a prescription 
 like this: 
 
 -f- D. S. 1.00 C+ D- C. 2.00 ax. 90. 
 D. for diopter, S. for sphere, 3 for combined with, D. for diopter, C. for 
 cylinder. We know that the first lens, having no axis written, must be a 
 sphere, and the other having an axis, is a cylinder. Being written together, 
 a compound is intended, thus, + 1.00 -j- 2.00 ax. 90. 
 
 fffeetg ieas. 
 
 • * 
 
 4-3.00 
 
 Condition of eye \ 
 
 R 
 
 Fig. 52 
 
 v 3.00 
 
 Following the law, step by step, the prescription comes out as it went 
 in, hence must be correct, and by Fig. 52 we see it is compound hyperopic 
 astigmatism. 
 
 L. + 3.50 — 3.50 ax. 180. 
 Another, 
 
 R. + 4.00 — 5.00 ax. 30. 
 
56 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 + 3.iT0 
 
 -//>o /?/'«7>t. 
 
 ijo 
 
 + U.0O 
 
 Fig. 53 
 
 The left eye shows (Fig. 53) the 90 meridian is normal, so we write 
 for it a simple cylinder, + 3.50 ax. go, because we must have the power 
 at 180 and the power of cylinders is always across the axis. For the right 
 eye we write — 1.00, which puts the 120th meridian on the line but 
 drives the other 1.00 farther away so it must now have + 500 cylinder, 
 ax. 120, hence the prescription will read — 1.00 + 5-oo ax. 120. That for 
 the left eye shows simple hyperopic astigmatism, while the right shows a 
 case of mixed astigmatism. 
 
 Another, — 2.00 — 1.00 ax. 180. 
 
 fffect of /e/zj 
 
 Condition of eye 
 R 
 
 —2&0 
 
 Fig. 54 
 
 Analysis shows the original to be correct and Fig. 54 shows compound 
 myopic astigmatism. 
 
 Another, + 2.00 — 3.00 ax. 135. 
 
 fffect Of h??s 
 
 Condition of ~ eye, 
 
 . Ji.oo 
 
 Fig. 55 
 
PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 57 
 
 Analysis, (Fig. 55) shows — 1.00 + 3.00 ax, 45., a case of mixed astig- 
 matism. 
 
 Another, . — 5.00 ax. 180. 
 
 — £00 
 
 -£00 
 
 
 
 Fig\ 56 
 
 Being a simple cylinder of course there is no transposition, 
 of simple myopic astigmatism, Fig. 56. 
 Another, L, + 1.50 — 3.00 ax. 155. 
 R. -f- 1 -oo — 1.00 ax. 180. 
 
 A case 
 
 left 
 
 -f is-'* 
 
 -is* 
 
 /?;'<ytt 
 
 -■ft.Oo 
 
 -M.S*'> 
 
 +/.P< 
 
 Fig, 57 
 
 Corrected, Fig. 57, L. — 1.50 + 3.00 ax. 65. 
 
 R + 1. 00 ax. 90. 
 Don't forget that transposing prescriptions and neutralizing lenses are 
 two different propositions. In neutralizing, change signs but not axes. 
 
 There is always something to be learned. 
 
 Original ideas will always command a premium. 
 
 To lend a book is bad. To borrow one is worse. 
 
 No man ever knew so much that he couldn't learn more. 
 
 When you get near the "limit angle" look out or you'll lose your 
 bearings. 
 
 People who are anxious to have the world look up to them ought 
 to climb. 
 
 Speaking of theory and practice, a good many people seem to think 
 any old notion is a theory. 
 
CONDENSED ANATOMY. 
 
 Head. 
 
 \ 
 ) 
 
 Weighs 4 lbs 
 
 i Cerebrum ^ 
 ( Cerebellum y, 
 
 Thorax . 
 
 f Right, 3 lobes; weighs 22 oz. 
 
 Abdomen 
 
 { 
 
 Cerebrum, Mental. . . 
 Cerebellum, Physical 
 
 "^ un £ s \ Left, 2 lobes; weighs 20 oz. 
 
 Heart, 5x3^x2^ in.; weighs 8 to 12 oz.; capacity 16 tons daily. 
 Stomach, 13x5x3^ in.; weighs 4 to 5 oz.; capacity 3 to 5 pints; secretes 6 to 8 lbs 
 gastric juice daily; coarse digestion; extracts elements for crude blood 
 and delivers to spleen and portal vein. 
 Spleen, 5x3x2 in.; capacity 6 to 10 oz.; makes crude blood. 
 Duodenum, 10 in. long, shaped like a shepherd's crook laid on its side, 
 short end up, where it is attached to the stomach at the pylorus; il 
 is a second stomach and is assisted by the pancreas and gall-bladdei 
 secretions. . 
 Liver, 12x6x3 in.; weighs 4 lbs.; secretes 20 to 40 oz. bile in 24 hours; excretes 
 sugar and urea from crude blood sent from stomach and spleen b} 
 portal vein, preventing kidney troubles and auto-intoxication. 
 Pancreas, 7x2x1 in.; weighs 3 oz.; secretes 20 oz. in 24 hours. 
 Gall-bladder, 3xi^ in.; capacity 1 oz.; secretes 20 to 24 oz. in 24 hours. 
 Kidneys, 4x2^x1^ in.; weigh 5 oz. each; capacity 40 to 50 oz. in 24 hours; \ l / 2 
 oz. solids; 300 to 500 grains urea; 1 grain of uric acid to 33 grains 
 urea. More is bad. 
 Supra-renal capsules, 1^x2 in.; weigh 1-16 oz. each; extract toxics fron 
 
 the blood; located on top of kidneys. 
 Bladder, 5x3x5 in.; capacity 1 pint; handles product of the kidneys daily. 
 Mesentery, folds of peritoneum attached to the intestines; organ of assimilation. 
 
 Jejunum, 8 feet. 
 
 Intestines . 
 
 Small 
 
 Large . 
 
 Procreative Organs. . 
 
 Male 
 
 \ 
 
 Female . 
 
 Ileum, 11 feet. 
 
 Caecum, 2x3 inches. 
 
 Colon, 5 feet; capacity 1 gallon. 
 
 Rectum, last 6 inches of the intestines. 
 
 Semeniferous tubules, in testicles. 
 
 Epididymis, 20 feet duct wound in smal 
 
 space on top of the testes and connect 
 
 ing them with the 
 Vas deferens, 2 feet long, which deliver* 
 
 the semen to the 
 Vesiculae semenales, two pear-shaped bodies 
 
 2 inches long, on the inner surface o: 
 
 the badder, next the rectum. 
 Ejaculatory ducts, %" inch long into 
 Urethra, 7 to 8 inches long. 
 Prostate gland, i^xix^ inches; weighs % 
 . oz. ; secretes vitalizing fluid for semen 
 
 Vagina, 5 to 7 inches. 
 
 Uterus, 3x2x1 inches. 
 
 Fallopian tubes, 5 inches each; calibre i-k 
 inch. 
 
 Ovaries, i^x^x^ inch; weigh )/ 2 oz. each 
 
 Graafian vesicles, 1-80 to ye inch, contain 
 
 Ova, each 1-120 inch. 
 
 Pseudo prostate gland, a ring of muscl< 
 structure around the neck of the blad 
 der in which is often found stricturi 
 and inflammation, similar to prostati 
 tis, causing polyuria. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION 
 
 THE EYES AS FACTORS IN ANALYSIS 
 
 licCormick Neurological College Methods Compared With Those of the Old 
 
 Medical Schools. 
 
 The necessity for better general knowledge of eyes, their treatment 
 and maltreatment is exemplified daily in the work of oculists and opticians. 
 The public should be educated to know how to judge the service it gets* 
 I have before me, as I write, a pamphlet entitled "A Symposium of Diseases 
 of the Conjunctiva, by a professor of ophthalmology in Illinois Medical 
 College.". It is a reprint from a medical journal and is being circulated 
 at this time with no other evident view than that of advertising the 
 author, which I hold is legitimate, if he chooses to do it ; but it is certainly 
 a violation of the code of ethics, which forbids advertising, therefore it is 
 inconsistent. But that is not the worst of it. Its contents are about as 
 old as the hills and the practices advocated have been disproved abundantly. 
 I also have before me a copy of "Diseases of the Eye/' by W. Lawrence, 
 F. R. S.," bearing date 1834, and comparison of the two documents fails to 
 note any difference between the old school methods of today and those 
 employed seventy-one years ago, calomel for the stomach and bowels, 
 with nitrate of silver and bichloride of mercury lotions being the principal 
 treatments advocated in both. The older one used venesection, electricity, 
 cupping and blisters applied to the nape of the neck, leeches, etc., while 
 the younger only adds such philosophy as this: "The physician's judg- 
 ment must be relied upon, for I can conceive of a word, even of caution, 
 dropping into the ear of the skeptical, being capable of arousing grave 
 suspicion in the patients' minds, producing endless annoyance to the physi- 
 cian. In this, as at many other times in the physician's life, 'A closed 
 mouth maketh a wise head.' " 
 
60 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. * 
 
 The younger one writes glibly of the varieties of conjunctivitis as 
 catarrhal, phlyctenular, trachoma, contagious, epidemic, purulent, gonor- 
 rhoea!, croupous, vernal, follicular, diphtheretic, etc., and cites as causes 
 everything from ' 'staphylococcus pyogenes aureus" to a simple "cold in the 
 head," which he hastens to explain is "coryza" lest some one will conclude 
 he lacks education. But the elder leads him by several points, with "con- 
 junctivitis catarrhalis," "conjunctivitis puro-mucosa atmospherica," etc. . 
 
 That their treatment is experimental is proved by the younger in these 
 words: "In some cases of trachoma, unfortunately, the recurrences are 
 so numerous and so stubborn that time and opportunity permit the use 
 of all the approved methods of treatment, and yet the diseases progress 
 to ultimate loss of vision of one or both eyes." The older one testifies: 
 "Under the head of chemical stimuli, or irritants, it would not be proper to 
 omit the mention of numerous matters applied to the eye under the name 
 of remedies. It would seem as if the most delicate and sensible organ of 
 the body had been selected for the most violent applications. Powdered 
 glass and sugar, wine and tincture of opium, electricity and galvanism, 
 spirituous and ammoniacal vapors, are the mildest of the ordinary local 
 stimuli. Subacetate of lead, white and red precipitate, nitrate of mercury, 
 oxide of zinc, alum, the sulphates of zinc and copper, nitrate of silver, and 
 oxymuriate of mercury, are applied daily to the eye in the form of solution 
 and various other shapes." 
 
 That the profession has retrograded is proved by many things but 
 this one illustration will suffice. Today, for overflow of tears, the oculists 
 probe the nasal duct and call it a modern invention. It is as old as the 
 devil. Dr. Lawrence, of seventy-one years ago, says: "I have never seen 
 obstruction of the lachrymal canals except as a consequence of injury, 
 operation, or the pressure of tumors; the use of probes, therefore, in ref- 
 erence to these canals, is unnecessary." 
 
 Neither of the writers referred to, and very few of the current books 
 and periodicals ever refer to errors of refraction as even a possible cause of 
 these wonderful (?) diseases. With them everything is "specific" cause 
 and "specific* remedy, and out of their own mouths they are convicted of 
 culpable ignorance of the anatomy and physiology, chemistry and mechanics 
 of not only the eyes, but of the entire body. 
 
 The neurologist utilizes electricity in his practice, but not that of a 
 galvanic battery or of an artificial dynamic current. He knows the 
 nervous system of his patient is a natural dynamic and galvanic current 
 and he knows that only mechanical or chemical causes can exist. He 
 knows the mechanism of the accommodation and of the nervous system 
 generally, and, as the true mechanic and chemist should, he looks for the 
 most likely cause first, and goes along the line until he finds the cause or 
 causes, removes them, when he knows the symptoms will disappear, with 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 6 1 
 
 reasonable care. He uses on the inflammations named so strenuously and 
 treated so vigorously by the old and young fossils, nothing stronger than 
 cold salt water and rest, with hot water applications in cases of suppura- 
 tion, to keep the parts clean. And he gets good results every time. The 
 water and salt are not used as treatment, in the sense the others use boric 
 acid, mercury, etc., but in the sense that rest is prescribed ; a simple matter 
 of cleanliness and opportunity for the natural electric current to resume 
 or assume a normal distribution. 
 
 It should be understood that the circulation of the blood, the action 
 of the heart, lungs, and every function of every part of the body is pro- 
 duced and maintained by the action of the nervous system, positively and 
 negatively. There must be a supply of nerve force equal to the demands, 
 and its circulation must be rythmic, otherwise there will be the opposite, 
 discord, and the symptoms will be as varied as the classes of people exhib- 
 iting them. 
 
 Normally the eyes require no nerve force other than the passive cur- 
 rent which should be present at all times, to complete the functions 
 of sensation and involuntary or subconscious motion, except when they 
 are being used for near work, where, the average distance being thirteen 
 inches the demand for voluntary purposes is 4.50 units in each eye. The 
 unit having been called diopter elsewhere, will so be called here: The 
 number of minutes devoted to near points, during the waking hours, aver- 
 ages three hours, therefore, a person with normal eyes uses for this purpose, 
 
 For Accommodation, L. 3.00 
 
 R. 3.00 6 D. 
 
 For Convergence, L. 1.50. 
 
 Automatically, R. 1.50 3 D. 
 
 9. D. per second. 
 
 9 X 60 X 60 X 3 = 97,200 D. for 3 hours. 
 
 This is all used by the branches of the third cranial nerves to the 
 ciliary sphincters and the internal recti; the other branches of the same 
 nerves and the second, fourth, sixth, and ophthalmic divisions of the fifth, 
 require so little during the entire day that nature adapts them to the 
 situation and they suffer little or no irritation from the temporary increased 
 current, merely increase their tension during the time, so we ascribe to 
 them, in the absence of facilities to measure it exactly, a consumption of 
 2,800 D. daily, which makes the total demands of the normal eyes 100,000 
 D. daily. As they receive their currents through four and one-third pairs, 
 36 per cent of the twelve pairs of cranial nerves, or 10 per cent of the 
 entire number of nerves in the body, it is a fair estimate to place the 
 normal demands of the entire body at ten times as much, or 1,000,000 D. 
 daily. This, if true, must represent the average capacity of the producing 
 apparatus. In some people the demands are more and in some less thar 
 
62 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 the average, but in the first class there is danger of irritation and in the 
 second of atrophy of parts from non-use. This is why the over-active 
 person breaks down suddenly and the lazy person grows lazier slowly until 
 he gets too lazy to breathe. 
 
 More than 99 per cent of all people are lacking in development of 
 some part, and at least 90 per cent are deficient in the eyes. But, the 
 eyes have an advantage over all other organs in that they can use the 
 machinery placed therein for natural purposes, to conceal the defect, at 
 least so far as vision is concerned, although it is a decided general sys- 
 temic disadvantage as will be seen by the description of the defect known 
 as hypermetropia or farsightedness and the effects of the efforts of ac- 
 commodation. 
 
 The hypermetrope of 1.00 D. is one whose eyes are deficient to the ex- 
 tent they require -j- 1.00 lenses to make them emmetropic, or ideally per- 
 fect.. In such cases, in order to see at a distance the accommodation is 
 called into play i.oo D. in each eye. Under natural conditions this de- 
 mand would also require a convergent effort of .50 D. in each internal 
 rectus, and it, therefore, comes automatically; but, as it is not needed in 
 this* instance it would create diplopia, so the controlling center in the 
 brains sends to the external recti, by way of the sixth nerves, sufficient in- 
 nervation to prevent the convergence, which, of course, must be .50 D. 
 each. Therefore the demands of this hyperope are: 
 
 For accommodation, L. 1.00 
 
 R. 1.00 2.00 D. 
 
 For Automatic Convergence, L. .50 
 
 R. .50 
 
 Negative pull through 6th L. .50 
 
 nerves to external recti. R. .50 2. D. 
 
 4. D. per second. 
 
 4 X 60 X 60 X 16 = 230,400 D. for 16 hours work. 
 
 All this only succeeds in accomplishing emmetropia, when the reg- 
 ular daily quota of 1,000,000 must be furnished for the average person. 
 If the reader knows anything of the law of ratios and will observe that the 
 estimates applied to the first are applied to the second without change, 
 he will see at once, that while part of the figures are hypothetical, they 
 are based on absolute fact in the first instance and the excess demand for 
 hyperopia, being all fact, makes the ratio absolute so that no matter what 
 future developments in the facilities for taking nerve measurements may 
 occur, they cannot fail to establish the ratio, because mathematics is law, 
 natural law, which reaches but one conclusion: A hyperope of 1.00 D. re- 
 quires 23 per cent, above normal nerve supply. 
 
 Now for the effects: It will be admitted that no set of machinery 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 63 
 
 made by man could stand 23 per cent excess demands upon its capacity 
 for any length of time and some may even declare that no infinitely made 
 machine can do it either. With the latter I agree, but not to the extent of 
 a general smash-up such as we would expect of an implement because 
 Nature has arranged compensatory emergency apparatus through which 
 not only are sent such danger signals as fever, pain, pallor, flushing, etc., 
 but in extraordinary cases she suspends locomotion, or some other func- 
 tion sufficiently to incapacitate and intimidate the mentality in charge of 
 an individual so that, at least temporarily, the excess demand ceases, when 
 by natural processes the supply is recuperated. 
 
 The mental exhibits of nerve strain to the point of irritation, from any 
 cause, are irrascibility, unsteadiness of thought and action, lapses of mem- 
 ory, suspicion, insomnia, suicidal insanity. If the strain has reached the 
 point of partial or complete exhaustion, the exhibits range from the above 
 named in milder forms down to melancholia and imbecility. 
 
 The physiological exhibits are : Derangement of the digestive apparatus 
 from simple acidity of the stomach to biliousness, constipation, piles, diar- 
 rhoea, intussusception or appendicitis, albumenuria, enuresis, amenorrhea, 
 dysmenorrhoea, chlorosis, incontinence, impotence and any of the old 
 schools so-called bad diseases, beside headache, ophthalmia and the milder 
 ills. 
 
 I do not believe anyone will have the temerity to deny these facts, 
 although I am not so sure they will accept the following with com- 
 placency, nor do I care. I am ready for a clinical contest any time the 
 objectors want it, making only one provision, viz.: that the public shall 
 have the benefit of the results. 
 
 First, hyperopia is the primary cause, or one of the primary causes of 
 nearly all human ills. Second, the ignorance of the general practitioner in 
 this matter is disgraceful ; that of the oculist, criminal. 
 
 The constant effort of the accommodation in hyperopia during waking 
 hours, contrasted with the state of comparative rest in emmetropia, is, in 
 itself, enough to cause irritation of the entire ciliary body in addition to 
 the extra demands on the nerve supply. But that is not by any means the 
 worst it does ; and this the oculists do not appear to understand. 
 
 Electricians use the terms, volt, ampere, watt, ohm, etc. An ohm is 
 the unit of resistance ; a volt is the unit of electro-motive force ; an ampere 
 is the unit of measure of current, and a watt is one volt-ampere, signify- 
 ing that two units are expressed in one. The ohm is based upon the re- 
 sistance of a piece of pure silver wire one meter long and one millimeter 
 thick. It is a law of electricity that the current varies directly subject to 
 the electromotor force and inversely subject to the resistance. In the 
 nervous system we have no department that is poised so delicately as the 
 sphincter muscles and peristalic apparatus. Therefore it is plain that ex- 
 
64 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 cess wattage in the nervous system will always take the course of least 
 resistance, which is in the departments named, because their natural elas- 
 ticity tends to contract and they encourage the impulses toward them- 
 selves. This more particularly when the original demand is from one 
 of them as it is in hyperopia. The constant demands of the accommoda- 
 tion keep a constant excess wattage on all wires and it finds its way 
 to the nerves which operate the openings throughout the body, such as 
 the mouth, the uterus, the anus, the bladder, the lachrymal glands, all 
 secretory systems, and also to the canals such as the esophagus, the in- 
 testines, the lymphatics and the blood vessels. Now herein lies the secret 
 of the troubles and the proof of the law referred to above : The direct or 
 positive current goes out along the muscular walls of the arteries, subject 
 to the electromotor force, but the return current being the subject of a 
 weakened force behind it and a sustained and even increased resistance 
 by way of the walls of the veins is retarded, thus blood is sent to the 
 periphery faster than it can be returned and congestion of the vascular tis- 
 sues in the vicinity of the sphincter nerves and muscles is only a natural 
 result. Hence conjunctivitis, prostatitis, metritis, ovaritis, fallopianitis, 
 amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, menorrhagia, and so on down to the operat- 
 ing room, one of the most damnable and at the same time most beneficial 
 places on earth. Not only that, but like all other -j- elements, this path 
 of least resistance becomes a negative quantity after it passes its limit 
 angle and the spasm, which produced the conditions above, involves per- 
 istalsis of the intestines, interferes with egestion, this affects digestion, 
 this, in turn, refuses to accept the products of the liver, it becomes clogged, 
 leaving more for the kidneys than they can do and the results are nephritis 
 blood poison and other symptoms termed, ridiculously, diseases. I say 
 ridiculously, because disease is merely a state or condition, an effect, while 
 old school doctors insist upon viewing diseases as causes. As I have 
 shown elsewhere in this work, they make them the sole object of treatment 
 while neurologists use them only as guides to the causes. 
 
 The best proof we could ask for our philosophy lies in the fact that 
 while they confess conjunctivitis often discomfits them with all their drugs 
 and appliances we declare it is because they do not correct the hyperopia, 
 which we always do, and have never failed to save the eyes and vision, 
 except where they were either neglected so long, or were so maltreated by 
 oculists that they were hopeless cases from the first. But we have also 
 taken many that appeared hopeless, right from Chicago hospitals and ocu- 
 lists, and recorded their recovery in two. weeks. A case in point is : F. H. 
 Carstens, of Peotone, 111., aged 14, came to me November 11, 1904, having 
 been treated by Dr. Starkey, oculist, for catarrhal conjunctivitis for twc 
 years without relief. Intense congestion of conjunctiva, many phlycten- 
 ules, much photophobia, proving cyclitis and retinitis, pain in eyeballs, 
 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 65 
 
 proving tonic spasm. His father said Dr. Starkey always contended the 
 boy did not need glasses. I gave him -f- 2.00 on general principles to stop 
 accommodative possible effort until I could get him in shape for examin- 
 ation, instructed the father to see that he kept the eyes clean with warm 
 water in the mornings, followed by cold salt water compresses about tf*ree 
 times daily for twenty minutes, one of them being at bedtime, ordered him 
 to snuff strong salt water up his nasal passages four or five times a day, 
 sleep all he could and remain indoors until congestion disappeared. He 
 reported on December 3d, just twelve days later, sound as a dollar and 
 seeing 20/30 -f- with the -f- 2.00 which careful examination revealed to 
 be the full correction for hyperopia, which Dr. Starkey, oculist, could not 
 find, or at least did not find. I give names because if I did not the medical 
 trust would say I am a liar. As it is they will say I am unethical. I am 
 satisfied, if the trust is. 
 
 It is not only the sins of omission I condemn but those of commission 
 as well. When they attempt to fit glasses it is without a comprehensive 
 knowledge of either optics, ophthalmology, neurology or anything else 
 that is absolutely essential. Here is one of Dr. Harper's cases, he who, 
 once upon a time, conducted an optical college in Chicago: 
 
 Mrs. G., of Earlville, came to me on April 14, 1904, a long time suf- 
 ferer from indigestion, dysmenorrhoea followed by menorrhagia, prolapsus 
 uteri, treatment by local doctor, and eye trouble for which Dr. Bergeson, 
 now of Boston, treated her a long time, then turned her over to Dr. H., who,, 
 she said, operated three times. She came to me wearing: 
 
 L. + .25 + -75 ax - 9° 2 */ 2 degree prism, base in. 
 R. + .25 + .75 ax. 90 3 degree prism, base in. 
 
 A hasty examination revealed an acute irritation of the nervous system, 
 so I gave temporary lenses, + 1.75 and a dietary, directing her to return 
 in three weeks. As her nerve supply measured, it indicated quick recuper- 
 ative powers, I assured her she would have no further trouble and I would 
 complete my work with one more visit. She had been menstruating every 
 three weeks, and when I informed her she would go to the regular term she 
 naturally doubted, but did not expose it until two days before the date ■ 
 fixed for her second visit when I received a letter saying she would prefer 
 to wait a week as the date fell on her "sick-time." I replied no harm 
 could come from waiting a week, which she did. Then she confessed 
 that her menses delayed until the Saturday before her visit, but added 
 that instead of going to bed, as usual, she took the train for Chicago 
 shopped all day, spent Sunday visiting parks, etc., with friends, and re- 
 ported to me Monday, May 16. My final correction was: 
 
 L + 1. 00 + .50 ax. 90. 
 L. + 1.00 + -50 ax - 9°- 
 
66 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 She has been perfectly well of all her troubles ever since and knows, 
 not only why she recovered, but how to keep well. 
 
 Analysis of the eye measurements shows the following : 
 
 fl,0V 
 
 ViK 
 
 JZJL 
 
 Fig. 58 
 
 with Dr. Harper's alleged correction the condition produced was 
 
 t-rr 
 
 L+{ 
 
 4rSo 
 
 Fig. 59 
 
 requiring a nervous effort equal to the maximum amount of uncorrected 
 hyperopia with its associated demands. 
 
 For Accommodation, L. .75 
 
 R. .75 1.50 
 
 For Automatic Convergence, L. .37V2 
 
 R- -37V2 i-50 
 For Negative Pull, L. .37V2 
 
 R- -3772 
 
 Total, 3. D. per second, 
 to which must be added some increased negative pull for S 1 // prism base 
 in which averages 8,640 D. daily for each degree, or 47,520 D. daily, which 
 in turn had to be counterbalanced by a convergent pull through the internal 
 recti, making another 47,520 D. or a total of 95,040 D. to be added to the 
 172,800 D. caused by the uncorrected hyperopia, making a grand total of 
 267,840 D. daily strain.. Her real error, as indicated by my prescription, 
 caused 345,600 D. daily strain, or 34 1 /- P er cen t above the normal demand; 
 but all his operations and glasses still left 26 3 / 4 per cent still draining, so 
 it is easy to see why she did not get well. 
 
 This through her eyes alone; then her habits of diet were just the re- 
 verse of what they should be and with the quality and quantity regulated, 
 her mind freed from worry by a clear understanding of what we were do- 
 ing, why we were doing it, and how it was done, she could not have failed 
 to make the recovery she did. 
 
 Incidentally this case is a good illustration of the operation of the 
 neurometer in affording corroboration of our work. At the first examina- 
 tion she accepted only -\- 1.25 but as she showed 2 -f- impulse by the 
 
 Jlfe^ 
 
 Ik 
 
 
 
CLINICAL PORTION* fa 
 
 static test I added -f .50 arbitrarily, making -f- 1.75. The dynamic test 
 before attempting to measure the error was 6.50 D., with -f 1.75 it was 9; 
 this 9 D. indicates, by the neurometer. 23 years, 4 months; adding 6 years, 
 
 4 months, for her error, made a total of 29 years, 8 months ; then I added 
 
 5 years for the intellectual development, making a grand total of 34 years, 
 8 months. I made no deduction for her history because of the presence 
 of the + symptoms which offset the — ones. She said she was 35 ex- 
 actly. Hence I knew I was right all the way through, and when I gave 
 final correction I left .25 hyperopia uncorrected to give her splendid vision, 
 because, while it causes 6 per cent excess demand on the nerve supply, she 
 knows how to save it in other directions. Those who are disposed to apply 
 my own criticisms to this must remember not only the reasons above, but 
 also that I had not figured it against Dr. Harper; if I had I would have 
 shown his treatment as saving exactly the same per cent (7 3 / 4 ) of the real 
 amount, just as it does as figured.. More proof of the law of ratios. 
 
 ALLEGED DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 A Criticism of Old Methods and Offer of a Better System of Treatment. 
 
 Nothing perpetrated in the name of medicine by the old schools is so 
 reprehensible as their diagnosis and treatment of the disorders peculiar to 
 the female sex. In efforts to keep their profession as mysterious as theologi- 
 cal dogmas, doctors have strayed from the path of simplicity and direct- 
 ness so far it is doubtful if many ever return. They have magnified non- 
 essential details until they are unable to differentiate between the important 
 and the obscure. They have puffed themselves up so they have forgotten 
 Nature's part. If a patient recovers under their treatment it was purely 
 skill ; if one dies, it is an act of providence. If an operation is performed, 
 it is always successful ; if the patient succumbs, it was the fault of the 
 nurse. The unsexing of women has become so common that in the large 
 cities it is done at least half a dozen times daily. 
 
 Statistics show that of castrated women, about 75 per cent subsequently 
 suffered loss of memory ; 60 per cent were troubled with flashes of heat and 
 vertigo ; 50 per cent confessed to a change in their character, having become 
 more irritable, less patient, and some of them so changed as to give way to 
 violent fits of temper; 42 per cent suffered from mental depression, and 10 
 per cent verged upon melancholia. In 75 per cent there was diminution of 
 the sexual desire, and some had none; 13 per cent were not relieved of the 
 pains from which they suffered; 35 per cent became abnormally fat. Some 
 complained of deficient vision; 12 per cent noted a change in their voices to 
 a masculine quality; 15 per cent suffered irregular attacks of skin affec- 
 tions; 25 per cent had severe headaches, and as many complained of night- 
 mare ; 10 per cent suffered from insomnia. In a few cases there was a sexual 
 hyperexcitability not present before the operation. Gastric reflexes were 
 
68 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 common, such as fermentation and its consequent effects, gastralgia, sour 
 stomach, flatulency, etc. 
 
 Neurologists have taken a great many of these cases and have relieved 
 them of much of their trouble ; in quite a large number they were restored 
 to camparative health, but, of course, it would be foolish to attempt to 
 make perfect women of such cases, because Nature has been outraged ; they 
 are not all there. Our great hope is that we may get them before the 
 crime has been committed, when we can not only render such aid to 
 Nature that she will restore health, but we avoid the possibilities of anes- 
 thetics, operations and unnecessary suffering. 
 
 Fig. 60 shows the arrangement of the uterus, ovaries, etc., and the 
 following brief explanation will be sufficient to understand: The vagina, 
 
 not shown in the cut, is the cavity into which the uterus empties; it also 
 protects the latter from exposure to atmospheric changes and traumatic 
 injuries; its secretory glands, like the salivary glands of the mouth, lubri- 
 cate its mouth and walls so that when the proper preliminary excitement 
 has occurred between male and female the male organ enters easily without 
 friction, hence no possible laceration. In cases of rape of children and even 
 of mature females there is usually laceration of the lining membrane of the 
 vagina because of its dryness and the force used. It is no proof of con- 
 sent, however, to find no laceration, for, even under the pressure of fear, 
 especially in married women, there would be automatic lubrication. 
 
 Referring to the figure: A is the body of the uterus, U the neck, B 
 the fundus, and Os the mouth ; C 1 and C 2 are the ovaries ; T, T, are the tubes 
 connecting the ovaries with F and F, the fallopian tubes ; G and G, are the 
 ligaments of the ovaries ; D and D are the round ligaments which balance 
 the uterus; H and H are the broad ligament which is formed by folds of 
 peritoneum and encloses the uterus, ovaries, tubes, etc. ; E and E are called 
 the pavilions of the fallopian tubes, because they enclose the mouths of 
 the tubes from the ovaries and receive the eggs when they start on their 
 journey to the uterus. 
 
 All organs and tubes being of more or less muscular structure it follows 
 that they have nerves, for without them muscles would be nothing but 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 69 
 
 ligaments, having power only in passive elasticity; these nerves are 
 branches of the 3d and 4th sacral with supplementary power from the local 
 plexuses. 
 
 C 2 , in the figure, shows one ovary laid open showing the corpus lutea 
 or yellow bodies, developed from the ovasacs or Graafian vesicles. When 
 they have reached maturity their contents are expelled by the contractions 
 of the ovaries, passed into the tubes and on to the uterus. These things 
 are constantly maturing in some people, in others they are irregular and in 
 none is there any certain time when they are not at work, therefore all 
 stories about there being times when there is no liability of impregnation 
 are false. It is true that just before menstruation in some, just after in 
 others, and both immediately before and after in others, there is greater 
 activity, and more of the vesicles develop, so there would naturally be more 
 liability at those times. 
 
 Now, here is where my old fogy friend, the old school doctor is going 
 to sneer and ridicule, but I anticipate him with a proposition: I have 
 proved what I am about to say, so abundantly that I will take any case of 
 the class described, that has not been operated, and fix it so Nature will 
 effect a cure in ninety days or less or I will forfeit a thousand dollars to the 
 doctor who brings the case. 
 
 In hypermetropia, where the demands upon the nervous system, for 
 accommodation, are excessive, the extraordinary current thus made neces- 
 sary is distributed, as described in the chapter preceding, to the points of 
 least resistance. The os uterus being one of them which is most suscepti- 
 ble because of its intermittent periodic activity, suffers stricture. The 
 natural effects are: first, amenorrhoea, because in the immature female, 
 when the function of menstruation has not yet begun it is arrested in its 
 attempts and if auto-intoxication does not follow in acute form there will, 
 at least, be interference with the growth of the child and in many cases 
 there is general debility, followed by atrophy which is known as tuberculo- 
 sis, hasty consumption, etc.; second, dysmenorrhoea in those in whom the 
 function obtains, and for which the old schools prescribe the curette and 
 hysterectomy, or in a lewd manner suggest marriage; third, dysmenor- 
 rhoea plus menorrhagia and shortening of the period between the menses 
 which, of course, produce anaemia, neurasthenia and often melancholy; 
 fourth, the peristalic action of the fallopian tubes becomes involved and 
 cramp of the ovaries follows, producing pains, sometimes dull, sometimes 
 sharp ; fifth, the vesicles mature and the ova, being retained, decay, forming 
 cysts or tumors; sixth, the hospital, the anesthetic, the surgeon, castration 
 and possibly death from shock or sepsis, or, escaping these, an unhappy 
 life, because all good women's supreme happiness is found in motherhood. 
 
 Of the associated ills the versions and flexions, prolapsus, metritis, 
 leucorrhoea and bladder troubles are the most common. 
 
JO 
 
 XEUUOLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 When the nerve strain, from whatever cause or combination of causes, 
 has continued until the limit of endurance is reached, the natural result 
 is collapse ; the muscles of the "broad ligament" relax from ennervation 
 and down comes the womb; as it falls it must either protrude from the 
 mouth of the vagina, tilt obliquely across that canal, usually forward or 
 backward on account of the round ligaments, or double on itself. In any 
 of these false positions there is pressure on the bladder or rectum, or both,, 
 causing constipation, a frequent desire to urinate, bearing down sensations, 
 accompanied by hot and cold flashes from the pressure upon the heat 
 nerves; the internal effects on the uterus are bad, either hypertrophy or 
 atrophy. These all combine to make the patient uncomfortable, interfere 
 with the machinery generally, and make mental and physical wrecks. They 
 have an able ally in the patent medicine advertisements and even in the old- 
 school doctors who would not depart from their beaten patns for anything 
 short of a general catastrophe, the which I hope to create with this work. 
 
 Frequent urination is not always a symptom of pressure on the out- 
 side of the bladder. It is often the product of stricture of the muscular ring 
 around the neck of the bladder, which I have named elsewhere a "pseudo 
 prostate," and exhibits in the spasm stage which precedes ennervation, 
 only yielding enough to reduce the contents, not sufficiently to empty the 
 bladder. I have had many cases of it in which relief was permanent after 
 wearing the correction for hyperopia, and it came in less than a week. Of 
 course the dietary, rest, etc., were strong factors in the matter of perma- 
 nency. 
 
 Leucorrhoea is often due to the general weakened conditions from the 
 other derangements, but is also found in women who eat too much plus 
 food, and in those who, having been taught that the vagina must never be 
 washed except with physicians' prescriptions, at so much per, are simply 
 unclean. Imagine one neglecting to wash the mouth daily. After each 
 menstrual period the vagina should be washed thoroughly with hot soap- 
 suds, followed by a rinsing with tepid water containing about one to two 
 tablespoons of common salt to two quarts of water. A fountain syringe 
 and corrugated nozzle should be used, and the salt dissolved before putting 
 it in the fountain ; the latter should be used once daily. The mother who 
 fails to inform her daughter of the nature of her organs and their proper 
 care is a criminal, or an idiot. The worst case of leucorrhoea will yield to 
 such treatment in a week, provided it is supplemental to the correction of 
 errors of refraction, diet, habits, etc., as detailed in other chapters. 
 
 It is rarely that it is necessary for the doctor to give manual treatments 
 to his patients. As a rule if they follow instructions as to rest, etc., Nature 
 does the curing in short order, but for the acute pains of dysmenorrhoea, if 
 the patient is laid on her back in a comfortable position, while the doctor 
 applies pressure to the sacrum with one hand while he titilates the clitoris 
 
 1 1 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 7* 
 
 gently with the other for about twenty minutes or even longer, he will find 
 his patient growing more and more comfortable and finally dropping off 
 in sleep. The chronic objector will say, "Why that is merely creating 
 sexual excitement." I answer, "Certainly, that is one of the most natural 
 conclusions in the world." The rhythmic action of the nervous waves is 
 thus restored, the positive action is followed by the negative reaction and 
 the crisis of convulsions is averted. It is one of the essentials of a good 
 physician to be able to utilize Nature's own methods to set her machinery 
 right when it becomes deranged. Other objections only occur to lewd 
 minds. The treatment is never needed after the first month, and often 
 only at the time of menstruation which occurs so soon after the patient is 
 received that the general system has not had time to relax from action of 
 our methods. 
 
 The menorrhagia following dysmenorrhoea ; or from weakness, even to 
 pcst-partum hemorrhage, may be arrested instantly by taking a good hoid 
 of the hair around the os and giving a quick jerk. This, I believe, is an 
 osteopathic trick, is painful, but only for a moment, and is effective in 
 establishing inhibition. It is reasonable and is worthy of recognition as is 
 also the matter of luxations of the vertebrae. Of the latter I have had one 
 remarkable case: A young woman, aged 22, school teacher, cross-eyed 
 (divergent squint), anaemic, neurasthenic, prolapsed uterus, and all the 
 accessories. Incidentally she told me she never could wear a corset, saying 
 it smothered her. I found one of the lower dorsal (or upper lumbar, I 
 never could tell which, because I fixed it so quickly I forgot to get its 
 name), vertebra decidedly out of place, and without a word I put my left 
 arm around her and pulled her backward, as she stood, over my right 
 thumb, when, snap! it went into place. She gave a little shriek, but that 
 was all. In two days she reported the soreness all gone and in three 
 months came to say she was a well woman, wore a corset, like other folks, 
 and had gained nineteen pounds. Of course her eye correction, her dietary 
 and the rest she took contributed in accomplishing what the fixing of the 
 back never could have done alone, but I want to recognize it as a con- 
 tributing cause and treatment. At the same time I have no hesitancy in 
 comparing osteopathy, chiropractic and similar "schools" with the prohibi- 
 tion political party — their single objectives will not do. 
 
 Neurology is neither a "pathy," an "ism," nor an "ic." It is a rational 
 procedure from start to finish. It opposes the use of drugs and operations, 
 where they can be dispensed with, and simply seeks to broaden that field. 
 It recognizes the surgeon as one of the necessary evils of this world and 
 the drug doctor as a complacent receptacle (metaphorically, of course) for 
 the few cases that are beyond the limit angle of analysis where one man's 
 guess is as good as another. 
 
72 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 THE FITTING OF GLASSES. 
 Cycloplegics Are a Humbug Suitable Only to the Oculists Who Use Them. 
 
 The emphatic assertions of some writers with reference to the value of 
 cycloplegics are unwarranted by the facts. I assert as emphatically the 
 drugs are not only worthless, but inconvenient and dangerous. I will 
 tender a few reasons for my claims. 
 
 The chief reason is that not one in a thousand users know how to use it, 
 as is proved by their utter ignorance of how to tell when the accommodation 
 is paralyzed; and if it is incomplete their method of applying lenses could 
 not possible do more than approximate the spherical part of the correction 
 and very rarely even do that much with the astigmatism, hence their asser 7 
 tion that "astigmatism is an elusive imp of mischief and it requires great 
 keenness and patience to hunt him down. His hiding place is the ciliary, 
 muscle and his disguise amblyopia. He hates atropia as his father was said 
 to hate holy water." Let one of the partisans of atropine instill the drug 
 until he is satisfied the accommodation is at rest, then, if he can, let him 
 fit his patient. When that is done, add + 3.00 for the 13-inch point. If 
 the atropine is in absolute control there will be no difficulty in reading 
 ordinary print, of course. Then let him direct the patient to hold the 
 print as close to his face as he can read, measure the distance in inches, 
 convert it into diopters and whatever it amounts to over 3.00 is the unsup- 
 pressed accommodation. If any demands greater proof than that he must 
 apply to me personally. 
 
 Another reason is that anyone who really knows how to fit glasses 
 can do it as well, or better, without a cycloplegic than with it, as will be 
 shown in this chapter. 
 
 Another is that when the drug is used it partly disables one of our 
 greatest allies in proving our work. 
 
 Another is that it causes great inconvenience to the patient, at least 
 temporarily, and often permanently if repeated too often — a common fault 
 among users, who thus prove they are not sure of their work from the 
 results of one test, else repeating it is dishonesty toward the patient. 
 
 Another is that after the work is done under atropine they dare 
 not prescribe the full correction found because the patient cannot see 
 well ; hence their rule : "Under the age of twenty give one-fourth full cor- 
 rection; over twenty and under thirty, give one-half, and over thirty, give 
 three-fourths of the full amount. 
 
 Another is that we want to show our patients exactly the condi- 
 tions we are going to put them in at first, and why, then we have no diffi- 
 culty, except when some wiseacres interferes, and we caution patients 
 against all such. 
 
 Oculists merely treat eyes (most of them maltreat), while neurologists 
 use the eyes to measure the condition of the nervous system and must, of 
 
CLINICAL POETION. 
 
 73 
 
 course, be able to measure their defects exactly without creating any unnat- 
 ural conditions. For our convenience and to facilitate explanations, we 
 classify the several cases we meet into the following : 
 
 First — Those with good vision. 
 
 Second — Those with medium vision. 
 
 Third — Those with bad vision. 
 
 Fourth — Cross-eyes. 
 
 Fifth — Those with spasm of accommodation. 
 
 Sixth — Those with asthenopia. 
 
 Seventh — Children and illiterates. 
 
 Eighth — Old people. 
 
 Fig. 6 1 shows the proportions of the letters in the Snellen Test Chart. 
 The patient being seated at 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 120, 160 or 200 
 feet from it should read the type corresponding to that distance, as marked 
 on the card. The usual working distances are 15 and 20 feet. Visual 
 
 Fig. 61 
 
 acuteness is expressed in fractions, the numerator being the distance and 
 the denominator the number of the type patient reads; thus, if seated at 
 20 feet and number 30 type is the smallest that can be read without error, 
 vision would be recorded 20/30; if number 20 is read it would be 20/20 
 which equals normal; if number 15 is read it would be recorded 20/15. 
 Sometimes it is necessary to have the card only a few feet away; one eye 
 may have 20/20 vision and the other only 2/200, that is, can only read the 
 largest type at 2 feet. For very small rooms the 15 or 20 feet distance 
 may be obtained by using a mirror and a card printed backwards so it will, * 
 
 appear correctly in the mirror. In fitting eyes we look for : 
 
 First, + spheres. 
 
 Second, — cylinders. 
 
 Third, — spheres. 
 
 The only possible results are: 
 
 First, + spheres = simple hyperopia. 
 
 Second, + spheres, — cylinders^ simple hyperopic astigmatism, or 
 compound hyperopic astigmatism, or mixed astigmatism. 
 
 Third, — cylinders = simple myopic astigmatism. 
 
 Fourth, — cylinders, — spheres = compound myopic astigmatism. 
 Fifth, — spheres = simple myopia. 
 
 i 
 
74 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The second are the only ones that ever need correction by transposi- 
 tion. If the cylinder is weaker than the sphere it is really a case of com- 
 pound hyperopic astigmatism and the prescription will transpose to a + 
 sphere and + cylinder. If the cylinder is of the same power as the sphere 
 it is a case of simple hyperopic astigmatism and the formula will transpose 
 to a simple cylinder. If the sphere is the stronger, ever so little, it is a 
 case of mixed astigmatism, but unless it is at least twice as strong as the 
 sphere it needs transposing to get it into its simplest form. 
 
 A short way to transpose a prescription that needs it is: Take the 
 difference between sphere and cylinder for the new sphere, then use the 
 power of old cylinder, changing sign and axis. Thus the three possible 
 cases above would be: Originals Transposition. 
 
 -f- 1.50 — .50 ax. 180 = -j- 1. 00 + -5° ax - 9°* 
 
 + 1.50 — 1.50 ax. 45 = + 1.50 ax. 135. 
 
 -|- 1.50 — 2.50 ax. 30 = — 1.00 + 2.50 ax. 1.20. 
 
 We proceed, subjectively (tests with retinoscopes, refractometers, 
 ophthalmoscopes, ophthalmometers, stigmatometers, etc., are merest guess- 
 work), as follows: 
 
 First, Get the visual acuteness of each eye, separately, and record it. 
 If it is normal it proves there is no myopia ; if it is a line better than normal 
 it proves there is hyperopia of at least 1.00 D. and that there is no astigmat- 
 ism worth looking for; if it is not as good as normal it may be hyperopia 
 with insufficient accommodation, or it may be astigmatism, or it may be 
 myopia, or it may be the optic nerve is affected. 
 
 Second, Get the maximum power of accommodation and record it. 
 If the patient's age is known and this is excessive it indicates hyperopia, 
 unless there are no evidences of nerve strain, when it mavrnean myopia, if 
 vision was bad according to the first test. I j£ 
 
 Third, Test the muscle balance, which is really ecstatic nerve test, 
 with the double prism on one eye, adjusted so a light at fifteen or twenty feet 
 appears as two, one above the other, and with a colored glass on the fellow 
 eye. The colored light should be in line with and midway between the 
 white ones. If it is the nerve distribution is either normal or there is spasm 
 in both the 6th nerves and internal recti branches of the 3d. In either case 
 it is orthophoria. If the lights are not in line it is heterophoria. If the 
 colored light deviates toward the nose it is esophoria and means nervous 
 spasm, exhibited in the internal recti, and it will also be found in the accom- 
 modation when we try the refraction tests. If it deviates from the nose it 
 is exophoria and signifies weakness of the nerve supply, exhibited in the 
 interni and of course it will be found in the accommodation during the 
 refraction test, unless it be a clonic spasm, which will make its presence 
 known very quickly. If the deviation is up or down in connection with 
 
 SwilfH 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 75 
 
 either of the above, it is hyperesophoria or hyperexophoria and means the 
 disturbance is more general. If it simply deviates up or down, it is hyper- 
 phoria, and means an erratic distribution of nerve force. 
 
 Fourth, Put in front cell of trial frame + spheres, just strong enough 
 to blur vision until the largest type on the test card is seen dimly, then 
 put the next weaker in the rear cell, remove the first ones and repeat 
 the operation, using the next weaker at each change (unless the patient 
 shows signs of spasm by not improving in vision with each change, when it 
 is proper to cheat the accommodation by leaving the same lenses in while 
 pretending to change), until vision is good enough so patient can pick 
 out a few letters on the line he read easily without lenses. Stop at this 
 point and cover each eye, alternately, to see if vision is practically equal. 
 If it is not, put more + on the good eye, then continue as before until the 
 same point is reached. 
 
 Fig. 62 is intended to illus- 
 trate that part of the fogging 
 system which relates to 
 measuring errors of refrac- 
 tion without cycloplegics. 
 The space between the lines 
 C and R is the eye ; the line 
 2 the cornea ; the line R the 
 retina ; the space 1 is the rear 
 cell of trial frame ; the space 
 2 is the front cell; convex 
 figures are -j- spheres; con- 
 cave figures are — spheres 
 and cylinders; — lenses in 
 front of space 2 are held in 
 the operators' hands. If 
 more than -f- 3. is needed to 
 fog, use it, of course. C H 
 stands for compound hyper- 
 opia; S H A, for simple hy- 
 peropic astigmatism ; Mx. A, 
 for mixed astigmatism ; C M 
 A, for compound myopic 
 astigmatism. Simple myopic 
 astigmatism would be found 
 by locating the good meridi- 
 an with the slot, then reverse 
 
 v5/*/-»£/. £#?-/■ *-//?*> 
 
 Fig-. 62— Concluded on next page. 
 
76 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Sfa«f& 
 
 S&tfcf- ?* § 
 
 $/*£-/ 1. &/ -J a*/ fa 
 
 u 
 
 i 
 
 $f«f*\ 
 
 2£. 
 
 C/AA 
 
 P^Hc4 
 
 
 I 
 
 (Hff **y 
 
 it and hold — spheres in 
 front until vision is almost 
 as good as in the other me- 
 ridian ; get cylinder indicated 
 and prove. Simple myopia 
 is fitted by first giving — 
 sphere strong enough to give 
 20/80 vision then try slot and 
 finding all meridians equal 
 in visual acuteness, remove 
 slot and increase the spheres. 
 Simple hyperopia is found by 
 fogging and unfogging to 
 20/30, then try the slot and 
 when no astigmatism is 
 found, treat the other eye in 
 the same manner; then try 
 both together and if vision 
 is not 20/20 it can be made 
 good by reducing the 
 
 "Fig. 62— (See preceding page,) SpherCS. 
 
 In the diagram the dotted lines indicate the meridian shut off by the 
 slotted disk. In space devoted to C H vision with sphere should not be 
 quite as good as with naked eye. This is left out of S H A and M A for 
 want of space, and it is not needed in C M A. 
 
 Fifth, Direct attention to the astigmatic chart, Fig. 63 is usually the 
 best, and require the patient to tell which line if any is plainest. If there 
 
 Slef^f/fe \ 
 
 
 $/*¥*>?/* % 
 
 
 
 ~/$" 
 
 sirfcffo ifr JJ 
 
 £^/a/ /Jfjjfo 
 
 ~ts* 
 
 -f.S' 
 
 SfUrtso c 2$-/.s-o <** fgo 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 K 
 
 is 
 
 1 
 
 
 Fig. 63 
 
 is one, it indicates astigmatism and that the meridian at right angles to 
 the plainest line is the one corrected by the sphere. To prove this, put the 
 slot on that meridian and have him read the smallest letters possible, 
 then reverse the slot and vision should be worse. If it is hold weak — 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 11 
 
 spheres in front of the slot, increasing the power gradually until vision 
 is almost as good as in the other meridian ; then substitute a cylinder of the 
 power indicated, for the slot, placing the axis on the meridian where the 
 slot showed best vision through the sphere. To test the correctness of 
 the cylinder, first direct attention to the astigmatic chart and let the patient 
 tell whether the lines are all equally distinct. If the ones which were plain- 
 est before are still most distinct the cylinder is not strong enough; if the 
 opposite ones are plainest, it is too strong. If he says they all appear 
 alike, reverse the axis and if that spoils the equality of vision on the chart 
 put its axis back where it was, refer him to the letters again and take a + 
 .25 cylinder in one hand and a — .25 cylinder in the other, then try them 
 alternately, the + first, axis on axis; if vision is just as good with the 4-, 
 the — cylinder in the frame may be reduced ; if it is not as good, try the — 
 cylinder, and if it improves vision compare it with a — .25 sphere, when, 
 if the sphere gives best vision, the original cylinder is proved. In the lat- 
 ter instance do not reduce the sphere, as appears to be indicated by the 
 improvement in vision, but wait until the other eye is finished, when 
 the accommodation may relax a little more, making reduction of the 
 sphere unnecessary. There are cases in which the cylinder, being — .75 
 or less, may be stolen without impairing vision on the letters, although 
 the astigmatic chart will not be perfect. The manner in which this is 
 accomplished is to remove the cylinder from the trial frame, holding It 
 in one hand and alternating it with a — .25 sphere in front of the eye, and if 
 vision is best with the sphere of course the cylinder should be discarded; 
 or, if a — .50 sphere gives better vision than a — .50 or — .75 cylinder, 
 we often discard the cylinder. Fig 64 shows the principle : Let the plane 
 
 Fig. 64 
 
 i show the focus of the vertical meridian and the plane 2, that of the 
 horizontal meridian ; the plane 3 shows where the circles of diffusion would 
 form a round spot, but not a perfect focus. Suppose the hyperopia in 
 the vertical meridian is 1.00 D. and in the horizontal is 1.50 D., + 1.35 
 sphere would put the plane 3 at the retina, the vertical meridian would 
 be a little over-corrected and the horizontal a little under-corrected, but the 
 saving of nerve strain would be five-sixths of the total, and vision would 
 be as good as with the naked eye. Such corrections are evidences of skill 
 and judgment on the part of the operator. 
 
 If, in beginning the test for astigmatism, the patient sees no difference 
 
78 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 in the chart Fig. 63, it is not proof there is no astigmatism and the slot 
 is used to find the meridian of best vision, when it is reversed and the pro- 
 ceeding continued as described above. 
 
 If, in proving cylinder reversing the axis spoils astigmatic chart but 
 makes letters clearer, there is not enough -f- sphere. Increase before pro- 
 ceeding. 
 
 Sixth. After testing the other eye for astigmatism, both eyes are 
 used to prove the spherical corrections. Cover the eyes alternately and 
 proceed as per the last sentence in first paragraph of rule four. 
 
 Seventh. Get the maximum acommodation with correction on. If the 
 patient is under twenty yeats of age and in good condition, it will not 
 be any greater than at the first test, and probably less, because the glasses 
 interfere with the limit-angle of convergence ; if it is increased, it means 
 the patient needs rest. Between twenty and thirty-five years the increase 
 should approximate the power of the -f- spheres; if it is not so much, it 
 means a good condition; if it is more, it indicates weakness. If the age 
 is over about thirty-five but the patient is not yet presbyopic, the increase 
 should be equal to twice the strength of spheres; if it is not, it means 
 general weakness until after forty-five years, when it usually means pres- 
 byopia. If any patient has not been wearing constantly a correction of his 
 errors of refraction and appears to need additional spherical power for close 
 work under forty-five, do not give it, but require the correction worn con- 
 stantly and rest from all work for a week or two when he will be able to 
 do his close work without addition. 
 
 Eighth. To find the proper amount to add for close work, have pa- 
 tient hold a newspaper at the farthest point he expects to work, measure 
 the distance in inches, take its equivalent in diopters, -f- spheres, and offer 
 them, holding in front of both eyes at once, (be sure to hold them in good 
 position over the other lenses) ; if he cannot read with them reduce them .25 
 at a time until he can read dimly at the original point, then tell him to 
 draw the paper to the usual position, when he will declare it perfect. This 
 saves changing the reading glasses so often and insures best results from 
 the lenses. If, as will be found occasionally, in cases where the hyper- 
 opia is so great that vision is poor even with best correction obtainable 
 by the distance test, the patient requires an addition for reading of greater 
 amount than the working distance represents, increase the lenses for con- 
 stant wear the amount of that difference. For example, a patient accepts 
 4- 6.00 for distance, but for reading at 13 inches + 4.00 must be added; it 
 follows that as only -j- 3.00 is required by law the other -f- 1.00 must be 
 added to the lenses for constant wear; they will be accepted readily, too. 
 
 Ninth. Test the muscle balance as before; the cylinders may be re- 
 moved for this purpose because they are always — , but the spheres must 
 remain. If the frame has three cells it is not necessary to remove the cylin- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION, 
 
 79 
 
 ders. If there was esophoria before and it remains to the extent of i° to 3% 
 we know there is still .50 hyperopia concealed by a tonic spasm; if there 
 is 4 to 6°, .75 hyperopia is concealed; if it is 7 to io°, there is 1.00; if it 
 is 11 to 13°, there is 1.50 and if it is 14 or more there is 2.00 D. concealed, 
 and we add these respective amounts to the correction accepted, regardless 
 of vision, because constant wear will cause natural relaxation, and when 
 the spasm is broken we retest and make whatever changes may be found 
 necessary to be exact. In many cases we are able to prove the correction 
 at once by the use of the neurometer. For example, a patient accepted 
 + 2.00 with 20/20 vision, showed an accommodation of 9.00 IX, indicating 
 23 years, 4 months, by the neurometer, he showed esophoria of 2 ° by this 
 lest, so -j- -5° was added arbitrarily. Reference to the neurometer table 
 of additions to age for hyperopia indicated 4 years, making 27 years, 4 
 months; then for his professional work, which develops the intellectual 
 brain and makes the nervous system more responsive to demands, there was 
 added 7 years, 6 months, making a grand total of 34 years, 10 months. 
 He said he was 35 years, 3 months and 5 days. By changing our cor- 
 rection to -|- 1.75 he saw 20/20 well, and adding the + -5° f° r esophoria, 
 made + 2.25, for which the table says add 4 years, 5 months, 10 days to 
 the showing by accommodation and profession. Thus 23 years, 4 months, 
 plus 7 years, 6 months, plus 4 years, 5 months, 10 days, equals 35 years, 3 
 months, 10 days, and we decide to prescribe + 2.25 instead of + 2.50. 
 which proved correct by later tests after his nervous irritation subsided. 
 
 Tenth. Nearly all cases should wear spectacles, at least until the 
 nervous system recovers its normal status; it is essential for appearance as 
 well as comfort that the measurements be taken properly and the pre- 
 scription filled as written. A common fault among manufacturing opti- 
 cians is they do not exhibit ordinary intelligence, or honesty, in their work ; 
 they take a pair of pliers and bend a nose-piece until it corresponds to the 
 measures given, with the result that the patient looks like a caricature 
 when he puts it on. They call this "prescription" work, which is a mistake. 
 
 Fig. 65 
 
 Fig. 65 shows what is called a "saddle" bridge, or nose-piece, by opti- 
 cians. The shanks extending from 1 and 2 to the lenses are for the 
 
8o 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 purpose of changing the pupillary distances with a simple twist of the 
 wrist; it is a convenient thing for the mechanic, and is not always hideous 
 in its results because some noses require little or no change and it does 
 fairly well, but there are a great many cases where the bend for the shank 
 should be just where the temples cross the bridge in Fig. 65, and the 
 spectacles shown in the cut would look neater on any face. They should 
 be made "saddle," but more like the old-fashioned "C" bridge. Hoping 
 that this may come to the notice of opticians, I suggest they adopt the 
 idea when a prescription comes with the injunction "make this bridge of 
 as little material as possible." The intent of the saddle is to permit the 
 operator to adjust a trifle if necessary. The optician should make frames 
 to the measures, not bend to them. 
 
 The following measurements are all that are necessary: Distance be- 
 tween pupils, X to X, in Fig. 65, (to find it exactly in a pair of glasses, 
 measure from A to B, in the cut), height of bridge from where temples 
 cross, as shown in cut, to inside of top ; width bridge at base, 1 to 2 in the 
 cut ; position of crest or top of bridge with reference to a plane correspond- 
 ing to the side of the lenses nearest the face ; sometimes it is on the plane, 
 sometimes back of it, and sometimes in front, the latter most rarely, the 
 object being to regulate the distance of the glasses from the eyelashes. 
 The angle of the crest of the nose will take care of itself if the optician 
 follows my suggestion with reference to the shanks; it is a law of nature, 
 (as absolute as is the law of nonspherical curvatures, that the two prin- 
 cipal meridians are always at right angles to each other). The temple 
 distance is not measured, but is regulated by the size of the lenses. A 
 very small face would require i-eye lenses, while a very broad one would 
 need oooo-eye. The length of the hook temples should be given, and 
 make them so long that the ends are just concealed by the lower part of 
 the ears as the observer stands in front. Great discomfort results from 
 making them too short. 
 
 Have a set of frames as follows for convenience in fitting: 
 
 NOSE. 
 
 Size of Eye. 
 
 P. D. 
 
 High. 
 
 Wide. 
 
 Crest. 
 
 Temples. 
 
 1 
 
 2}i 
 
 1-16 
 
 V* 
 
 1- 16 Back 
 
 Short 
 
 
 
 2*A 
 
 X 
 
 9-16 
 
 On plane 
 
 Med. 
 
 
 
 2 5-16 
 
 3-16 
 
 H 
 
 On plane 
 
 Long 
 
 
 
 23/^ 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 On plane 
 
 Long 
 
 
 
 23/^ 
 
 % 
 
 5 /8 
 
 y% Back 
 
 Long 
 
 00 
 
 2V2 
 
 1-16 
 
 H 
 
 V% Back 
 
 Long 
 
 If skeleton lenses are wanted, order a size larger than the fitting 
 frame. 
 
 Never order skeletons for children. 
 
 If eye glasses are wanted, they should be of the same size as the fitting 
 frame. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. gj 
 
 The foregoing applies to the first and second classes enumerated at 
 the beginning of this chapter, except that for the second class it is usually 
 best to take each eye separately all the way, except in the final proving of 
 the spheres. In doing this unfog with — spheres .25 and .50; then .50 
 and .75; then .75 and 1.00, etc. 
 
 The third class is seldom difficult if there is any vision at twenty 
 feet. If there is not, move patient closer until two or three lines of the 
 test type are visible, then try the pin-hole disk and if it improves vision 
 there is just that much encouragement. Next try the slot, whether the 
 pin-hole improves or not. If one meridian is better than the other, leave 
 the slot there and put such strong + spheres in the rear cell that they 
 make vision worse, then neutralize gradually with — .25, — .50, etc., until 
 the vision is as good as it was through the slot without the lens. Put in 
 the -j- spheres indicated, if any has been accepted, then reverse the slot 
 and vision should be worse. First offer -f- spheres in front of the slot and 
 if they are accepted, with improvement of vision, continue increasing until 
 the best possible vision is obtained, then give enough more to blur to the 
 top line and neutralize away as before. If + spheres are not accepted, 
 try — , and when that meridian sees as good as the other, stop and put on 
 the cylinder indicated, prove it and proceed to get vision as good as possible 
 by weakening the + sphere if necessary. In other words, find the best 
 meridian if there be one, which locates the two principal meridians. Use 
 the slot to isolate all but one at a time and treat it as simple hyperopia or 
 myopia. Then put the results on a cross, diagram them and write the 
 prescription, put it on the patient and prove it. 
 
 The fourth class is so important in many respects that a chapter haa 
 been devoted to it, which see. 
 
 The fifth and sixth classes need temporary sphericals. The fifth 
 should be fogged to 20/80 as a rule, until the spasm breaks down, while the 
 method described in connection with Fig. 63 is best for the sixth. 
 
 The seventh class, children, can often read the letters and is compara- 
 tively easy, except that nearly all have a clonic spasm of accommodation 
 and must be handled carefully. Illiterates are comparatively easily han- 
 dled by using the clock-face chart, fogging at twenty feet until the chart 
 blurs, then unfogging until it is clear. If there is astigmatism so that 
 patient sees one line plainest, fog and unfog until the opposite line appears 
 plainest, then put in the + sphere indicated and finish with — cylinders : 
 axis opposite the black lines. Unless there is much astigmatism do not 
 correct it. If addition for reading is necessary, let patient be the judge of 
 what is best. 
 
 For the eighth class permit 20/20 vision with distance glasses, and 
 add all the spheres they will accept for the near work. Remember in 
 adding for reading the cylinder is not changed. Increasing the sphere 
 gives what the eye needs. 
 
82 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 THE NEUROMETER. 
 Method by Which We Prove the Accuracy of Our Analyses. 
 
 One of the best ways to study a subject is to fix an ideal, then compare 
 the real with it and keep statistics. This is the method I practiced in con- 
 structing the Neurometer (nerve measure). Prof. Donders printed, many 
 years ago, the following table of accommodation, to show how it weakens 
 from youth to old age and used it as a basis of calculation for the power 
 
 of glasses for presbyopia. ^ 
 
 10 years, 14.00 D. 
 
 20 years, 10.00 D. 
 
 30 years, 7.00 D. 
 
 40 years, 4.50 D. 
 
 50 years, 2.50 D. 
 
 60 years, 1.00 D. 
 He claimed that after 40 years, when the person with 4.50 D. accom- 
 modation, or less, used 3.00 D. for reading at 13 inches it took so nearly 
 all that the eyes soon tired. Of course, it was the nerve supply in the 
 cerebellum that gave out, but it exhibited in the eyes, so he was partly 
 right; but he was mistaken in another important particular: he often pre- 
 scribed more than -f- 3.00 for work at 13 inches and because the patient 
 could see distant objects perfectly without glasses he assumed there was 
 emmetropia, hence his table of numbers for glasses to be used at different 
 ages in presbyopia is wrong, for any eye that is emmetropic will focus 
 parallel rays at the retina without accommodation, hence would never 
 need more than -f- 3.00 for 13 inches. Or, an ametrope, with 
 exact correction, will never need more than -j- 3.00 added for work at 
 13 inches. He will not need all of that when he begins to require addition 
 for reading, as he will be able to do some of the work for a long time. 
 
 However, the professor's table gave me an idea for which I am duly 
 thankful, and I elaborated it into an ideal standard for ideal persons with 
 ideal eyes. It is assumed that the ideal day's near work amounts to 
 three hours' actual application at about 13 inches. On applying this 
 standard to several hundred cases I found many persons work more than 
 three hours at close work, and such were invariably older than the table 
 indicated for their accommodation, so I made allowances for the extra 
 development from the extra work as will be seen. Then I found that 
 hyperopes, whose accommodation is constantly at work during waking 
 hours, also showed overdeveloped power in the eye department, even when 
 they exhibited weakness in other parts of the body. This necessitated 
 more allowances, not only for the hyperopia, but for extra hours' work at 
 near points and for the effects of the extraordinary demands upon the 
 nerve supply as found by examinations and tests, all of which follow and 
 have been proved abundantly by myself and my pupils, who understand 
 my methods of taking measurements. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 83 
 
 For the dynamic test we use the ordinary type in vogue with the daily 
 newspapers of our time, have the patient read aloud, holding the paper as 
 near as possible to read a line by straining. We measure the distance 
 from paper to the principal plane of the eye, which is at the apex of the cor- 
 nea and express the amount in dioptres. 
 
 For the static test we use a double prism before one eye and a red 
 glass before the other; it makes no difference which eye the red glass is 
 on, but I put it before the eye nearest to me. The three lights should 
 be in a vertical line, the red, of course, in the middle. If the red devi- 
 ates toward the patient's nose it indicates a + impulse, that is, an irri- 
 tation of the nervous system to such an extent that it is in a state of tonic 
 spasm throughout the body. We know by this there is not only hyperopia 
 but that the spasm of accommodation is so great we will have a fight to 
 control it, and, after we have made the refraction test and got on all the 
 + we can, if the static test repeated shows the -f- impulse remaining we 
 have proof we did not get all the hyperopia — the neurometer tells how 
 much is lacking. If the red light deviates from the nose it indicates 
 a — impulse, or exhaustion of the nerve supply to such an extent that as 
 soon as the eyes are thrown out of gear (which is practically what the 
 test does), it exposes the truth even if the dynamic test deceived us. We 
 know, then, that there will not be a great deal of resistance during the 
 refraction test, although we are equally as vigilant as when dealing 
 with a state of irritation; and if the static test, applied after correction 
 shows some deviation or none, the neurometer tells what it means and what 
 to do. If the red light deviates toward or from the nose and above or 
 below the mid-line between the white lights, it indicates an erratic nerve 
 distribution as well as the -f- or — impulse; or, if the red deviates up or 
 down, but neither to right or left, it indicates an erratic state of the 
 nerves, either clonic or tonic spasm. The static test is of no use on one- 
 eyed or cross-eyed people. 
 
 Four points are worthy of especial mention in this connection : First., 
 our 4- impulse is esophoria, that is the eyes tend inward from spasm of 
 the nerve supply, exhibited through the internal recti muscles of both 
 eyes. My opponents, who claim the eyes deviate opposite to the direc- 
 tion the lights are seen, call it exophoria, meaning eyes turning outward. 
 Second, our — impulse is exophoria, eyes tending outward from weakness 
 of the nerve supply exhibited through the internal rectus muscles. My 
 opponents call this esophoria by the same token they call the other exo- 
 phoria. They also declare the eyes turn in from weakness of the external 
 recti muscles and turn out from weakness of the interni. They say I am in- 
 consistent. I retort they are chumps. Third, they say muscles are at 
 fault when there is deviation with the test on, even if the patient controls 
 the two eyes and holds them in perfect balance with the test off", which 
 is nearly always the case. I say it is the nerve supply away back in the 
 
8 4 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 cerebellum, which is at fault. They operate and if the nerve supply is 
 sufficient to overcome the damage, they claim a victory for operation; if 
 the nerve supply is insufficient to act properly, in spite of the operation, 
 they admit no blame, but the victim has troubles galore. I never operate 
 and always have good results. Fourth, the amount of prism required to 
 set the red light in the middle is not the measure of the degrees of devia- 
 tion, but is an indication of the intensity of the spasm if prism required is 
 base in, or of the extent of the exhaustion if it is base out. The prisms 
 are merely artificial substitutes for the natural impulse which is supplied 
 under the direction of the controlling center in the brain, when the test 
 is off. I would give a patient half a dozen grains of strychnine ss quickly 
 as I would a prism for constant wear. See chapter on prisms. 
 
 THE NEUROMETER. 
 
 Near Point. 
 2i/i in. 
 3 
 
 3 X A 
 4 
 
 4-K 
 
 4 3 A 
 5 
 
 6 
 6*A 
 
 6% 
 
 7 
 
 1% 
 
 8 
 
 sy 2 
 
 9 
 
 9 X A 
 io 
 
 ii 
 
 12 
 
 '•3 
 
 H 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 26 
 
 32 
 40 
 
 Diopters 
 
 . . 14.00. 
 . . 13.00. 
 ..12 00 . 
 . . 11.00. 
 . . 10.00. 
 . . 9.00 
 . . 8.50. 
 . . 8.00. 
 .. 7.50, 
 . . 7.00. 
 ... 6.75. 
 . . 6.50. 
 .. 6.25. 
 . . 6.00. 
 
 •• 5-75- 
 
 • • 5-50- 
 
 .. 5.25. 
 
 . . 5.00. 
 
 •• 4-75- 
 . . 4.50. 
 
 -• 4-25- 
 . . 4.00. 
 
 .. 3-75- 
 . • 3-5o. 
 
 • • 3-25 
 . . 8.00. 
 
 •• 2.75 . 
 
 . . 2.63. 
 
 . . 2.50. 
 
 .. 2.25. 
 
 . . 2.00. 
 
 .. 1.75. 
 
 . . 1.50, 
 
 .. 1.25. 
 
 . . 1. 00. 
 
 Years. 
 
 10. 
 
 12 . 
 
 15 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 23- 
 
 25- 
 26. 
 
 28. 
 
 30 
 3i 
 32 
 33 
 34 
 35 
 36 
 
 37 
 28 
 
 39 
 40 
 41 
 
 42 
 43 
 
 45 
 46 
 
 47 
 48 
 
 49 
 50 
 
 5i 
 53 
 
 55 
 56 
 
 58 
 60 
 
 Age. 
 Months. 
 
 o 
 6. 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ,0 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 9 
 o 
 
 3 
 6 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 ,8 
 
 4 
 o 
 
 Days. 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 .0 
 ,0 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 ,0 
 
 o 
 
 ,0 
 
 o 
 
 O. - 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ,0 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 ,0 
 
 15 
 
 .0 
 
 o 
 
 .0. 
 .0. 
 .0. 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 85 
 
 If our patient is an emmetrope but works extra hours over the average 
 three upon which this table is based, we would add to his showing by the 
 dynamic test: 
 
 For 6 hours extra, 10 years, o months. 
 
 For 5 hours extra, 8 years, 4 months. 
 
 For 4 hours extra, 6 years, 8 months. 
 
 For 3 hours extra, 5 years, o months. 
 
 For 2 hours extra, 3 years, 4 months. 
 
 For 1 hour extra, 1 year, 8 months. 
 
 If the patient is a hyperope and is working extra hours, too, it is evi- 
 dently just that much worse for him, so we figure the extra hours equal 
 to more error, thus: 
 
 6 hours extra, equals 1.00 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 5 hours extra equals .75 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 4 hours extra equals .75 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 3 hours extra equals .50 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 2 hours extra equals .50 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 1 hour extra equals .25 D. more hyperopia. 
 
 For intelligent people who apply themselves diligently, thinking and 
 reading, we add from 5 to 10 years for the mentality and its effect on the 
 accommodation. 
 
 All calculations where errors of refraction exist must include the fol- 
 lowing table with variations, unless especially exempted : 
 
 ADDITIONS FOR HYPEROPIA. 
 
 Years. Months. Days. 
 
 For 1. 00 D. add 
 
 10 
 
 For .75 or 1.25 ' 
 For .50 or 1.50 ' 
 For 1.75 
 For 2.00 ' 
 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 6 
 
 5 
 
 For 2.25 ' 
 For 2.50 ' 
 For 2.75 
 For 3 00 ' 
 
 
 4 
 4 
 3 
 3 
 
 For 3.25 
 For 3.50 
 For 4.00 ' 
 
 
 3 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 For 4.50 ' 
 For 5.00 ' 
 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 .0 
 
 •9 
 .6, 
 
 •3- 
 .0. 
 
 -7 
 
 .2. 
 
 .9. 
 
 .4. 
 
 o. 
 
 •9. 
 ,6. 
 
 3- 
 
 ,0. 
 
 .0 
 .0 
 .0 
 .0 
 .0 
 .0 
 ,o 
 .0 
 ,0 
 20 
 , 10 
 o 
 o 
 o 
 
 This table is subject to alterations for conditions found by the exam- 
 inations and tests : 
 
 First, if the static test, without glasses, showed a -j- impulse and it 
 remained after the correction of the errors of refraction, we would 
 increase the spherical part of the correction -f- .50 for 1 to 3 degrees, 
 increase the spherical part of the correction -(- .75 for 4 to 6 degree?., 
 increase the spherical part of the correction -f- 1.00 for' 7 to 10 degrees, 
 
g6 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 increase the spherical part of the correction -f- 1.50 for 11 to 13 degrees, 
 increase the spherical part of the correction + 2.00 for 14 to 18 degrees, 
 regardless of the vision, because the showing indicates spasms of the ner- 
 vous system which is concealing approximately that amount of hyperopia, 
 as the results after wearing constantly for a few weeks will show. 
 
 Second, if the static test, with correcting glasses on, showed a — 
 impulse, we would not add as much to the age for the error as if there 
 were no symptoms of breaking down in the nervous system : 
 
 For 2 to 4 degrees we would deduct 25 per cent. 
 
 For 5 to 8 degrees we would deduct 50 per cent. 
 
 For 9 to 12 degrees we would deduct 75 per cent. 
 
 Then there are other things to make allowance for, such as partial 
 presbyopia, previous corrections of errors of refraction — or partial cor- 
 rections, and other features of the case not exhibited by the static test 
 but by the patient's story, by the ophthalmoscope, by the general appear- 
 ance, etc. Sometimes there is not enough in one symptom to warrant much 
 allowance, but the total showing does, so we make it that way. This is 
 a point which is dim/cult to make clear except by personal instruction, 
 over clinics. However, the bright student will catch the idea and soon 
 work it out himself. 
 
 As a safe and simple basis to work on, we take the dynamic test, with 
 the correction of errors of refraction, and add to its showing the amount 
 indicated for the hyperopia, (we made no addition if there is myopia), then 
 if the patient is younger than he figures, his condition is below the stand- 
 ard of the class to which he belongs; and if he is more than half way to 
 the showing by the first table he is below the danger-line. Any person 
 who is younger than the first table indicates is practically dead and will 
 need the undertaker very soon. 
 
 For example, a patient requires a correction for hyperopia of 1.50 and. 
 with that correction on, shows, by the dynamic test, 8.00 D; we refer to 
 the first table and find the age 26 years, 8 months, and adding 7 years, 
 6 months, for the error, as required by the other table, gives 34 years, 
 2 months, as the standard of his class; if his real age is below that he is 
 on the down grade ; if it is more than half way down to 26 years, 8 
 months, he is below the danger line ; if he is below the lowest age given it 
 is a hopeless case. 
 
 The whole object in figuring out the ages without the aid of the 
 patient is to place the true value on the symptoms found and to prove 
 to ourselves and the patient the accuracy of our system of analysis. 
 
 The relation between the dynamic and static tests and the correction 
 of errors of refraction affords a nice little lesson in delicacy of work: 
 First, the dynamic test being voluntary, the patient is liable to deceive 
 us, so the static or involuntary test follows and if they dispute each other 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 87 
 
 we believe the static, because all positive impulses induced by the defects 
 in the eyes are removed, except when there is tonic spasm; even then we 
 have either the positive exhibit by the static test or there will be so much 
 pain in the eyeballs that we are not in doubt. Second, the dynamic and 
 static tests, with the subordinate ones are constant checks on each other. 
 Third, in persons under 20 years we expect to find great power by the 
 dynamic test whether they are a little weak or not, but if the dynamic 
 test with the correction on shows more power than it did before, we have 
 proof of weakness sufficient to require absolute rest as a part of the treat- 
 ment, because the near-point of convergence is so close to the face that 
 the limit-angle is reached at the first test. We add the power of the 
 lens to the showing by the first test to get the full dynamic power because 
 the patient must have been accommodating just the amount of the hyper 
 opia more than he showed at the first test. Between 20 and 35 the dynamic 
 test should show exactly as much more power with the correction on 
 than before as the lens represents; if he shows less there is either a mis- 
 take in the test or he is in excellent condition — which we would usually 
 be inclined to doubt from the fact that he came for help — but if he shows 
 a greater increase than the lens amounts to it is proof that he is in a 
 weak condition. After 35, until presbyopia begins, the dynamic test 
 should show an increase with correction on equal to at least twice the 
 strength of the lens used; if he does not it is either weakness from causes 
 requiring rest as a part of the treatment or from presbyopia, and we are 
 able to tell which it is by the general showing. No one under 45 should 
 be presbyopic and if we find one we always order rest until he recuperates, 
 when he will not need reading glasses if he will wear his correction con- 
 stantly — and if he does not he will wish he had when the consequences 
 arrive. He will not be able to secure comfort with any glasses. After 
 50 presbyopia comes gradually, requiring occasional changes of the read- 
 ing portion of the glasses, until the full dioptric number for the work- 
 ing distance is accepted, when no more changes will be necessary. After 
 this point is reached the dynamic test will not work until, after completing 
 the correction of the errors of refraction and adding -f- 3.00 for reading., 
 we require the patient to hold the paper as near to his face as he can 
 read a line, take the measure in inches, express it in diopters, just as in all 
 other cases, but we must deduct the 3.00 we supplied; the remainder will 
 be the showing by the dynamic test, and we get his age from the first 
 table, adding nothing for his error, unless he has worn a correction many 
 years; and even then we would be more liable to add something for his 
 intelligence and education than for any other reason. Fourth, in begin- 
 ning an examination, when we try the dynamic test, if the patient shows the 
 power of a younger person, according to the first table, we diagnose hyper- 
 opia and a vigorous nervous system; but if the static test, which follows, 
 
88 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 shows a — impulse, it tells us the nerve demand has weakened the supply, 
 and, at worst, we will only have to contend with a clonic spasm; if the 
 static test shows nothing there may be either tonic spasm or neurasthenia 
 and only the complete examination will settle the question ; it is very rarely 
 however, that the dynamic and static tests fail to tell their stories, and, 
 as I have said, the other tests tell which is right when they differ, I may 
 add that when they do fail we still have the others to help us. 
 
 The neurometer is not only an invaluable aid in analyzing the condi- 
 tion of the nerve supply but by it we are able to ascertain the seat of the 
 primary cause with reference to whether it is mental or physical or both* 
 
 Case I. G. A. M. ; a Swede; mechanic, neurotic temperament; height, 
 5 ft., 9 in.; weight, 130 lbs.; history of malnutrition as child; varicocele 
 since seventeen years old, for which he was operated six weeks previous 
 to examination; appearance, anaemic and neurasthenic; habits, good; diet, 
 — , without much appetite; dynamic test, 6.50; static test, 2 — ; vision, 
 Lr. 20/20, R. 20/15; correction, L. + .75 R. + 1.00; dynamic test, with 
 glasses, 6.50; static test, with glasses, o. k. The fact that the dynamic 
 test, when repeated shows no increase with correction on, indicates power- 
 ful control of his accommodation, with a tendency to clonic spasm, so we 
 regard it as a + symptom. We analyze his case as follows : 
 
 Dynamic test, 6.50 = 32 years ; as left eye fixes, add for -f- .75, 8 years, 
 9 months; for mentality, 10 years; total 50 years, 9 months. 
 
 This gives a range between the accommodation of an emmetrope at 
 32 years, and that of G. A. M. amounting to 18 years 9 months, the mid- 
 point between the two being 41 years 41/2 months. If he is above it he 
 is in pretty good shape to win perfect health. Speaking strictly physically, 
 if he is above 40 years 9 months he is in good shape and if below 40 years 
 9 months he is in bad shape, but not dangerous unless he is as young as 
 half way down to 32 years, which would be 36 years 41-2 months, "' Speak- 
 ing strictly mentally, he must not be less than 40 years 9 months or he 
 would collapse; while his maximum possibility is 50 years 9 months; the 
 mid-point between these two is 45 years, 4 months, 15 days, which we will 
 assume to be his age on account of -f symptoms found ; if he is older he is 
 in better shape than we figure him; if he is younger he is in worse shape 
 than we figure him, and we will be governed in our prescription by the 
 result of this calculation. A shorter way to make the same calculation, so 
 far as practical results are concerned, is to take his 6.50 D accommodation, 
 which equals 32 years, by table No. 1 of the neurometer, add for the error 
 in his fixing eye 8 years 9 months, as per table No. 2, less 33 1/3 % for his 
 history, leaving 5 years 10 months, then split the difference between the 
 minimum (5 yrs.) and maximum (10 yrs.) adding 7 years 6 months for his 
 mentality, making a total of 45 years 4 months. He was on the date of 
 examination 45 years 4 months 11 days old; showing by the first caicula- 
 
CLINICAL rORTIOX. 
 
 89 
 
 tion, four days to the bad, and by the second calculation eleven days to the 
 good. All of which proves the greatest drain on the nerve supply has been 
 in his mental department. Part of it is accounted for by his abilities as a 
 mechanical inventor, and part by the trouble from which he suffered so 
 long. 
 
 Case 11. Dr. Walter, an oculist, practiced for twenty years; history, 
 indigestion, headaches and "catarrh" of gall bladder; difficult to get story 
 as he insisted on ridiculing the neurometer, and afterwards beat the college 
 out of a son's tuition fee; arteries, o. k., veins a trifle dark; dynamic test 4.25 
 static test 4 — impulse ; vision, L. 20/30, R. 20/20 ; never wore glasses and 
 declared he had no defects in his eyes ; correction, L + .50 + -5° ax. 90 ; R. 
 -f- .50 4- .50 ax 90; dynamic test, 5.25; static test i° — . The neurometer 
 indicates 37 years for 5.25 D. accommodation and his meridian of greatest 
 hyperopia was 1.00 D., for which we add 10 years, because his — symptoms 
 were offset by the -f- symptoms, making him 47 years old. The examina- 
 tion was made on the 18th of December, and one of my pupils who did it, 
 threw off one month for the i° — symptom by the static test, after corrrec- 
 tion, so that it figured 46 years 11 months, and as the patient admitted he 
 would be 47 January 24th, the calculation showed him to be six days to the 
 bad. Note, we add nothing for his mentality. He had none worth men- 
 tioning. 
 
 Case III. C. M., teacher; temperament -\-; appearance, healthy; 
 complained only of tired feeling and sleepiness when trying to do close 
 work; formerly had dyspepsia, headache, catarrh; had worn glasses many 
 years which proved the proper correction; dynamic test, 1.75; static testi 
 7 — impulse; correction, + 2.50 + .50 ax. 90, each eye; dynamic, 5.25; 
 static test, 4 — impulse. In this case, glasses having been worn con- 
 stantly, and the dynamic test showing less than 7.00 D., we suspected 
 presbyopia which was corroborated by the fact that the increase in the 
 showing, by the dynamic test, after correction was only slightly greater 
 than the amount of the error in the worst meridian; that he was short on 
 .xervv. mpply is shown by the static — impulse after correction and by 
 the fact that he accepted readily + 1.50 addition for close work. The 
 fact that he had been wearing his correction several years, thus being prac- 
 tically an emmetrope, made it necessary to make calculation as follows: 
 He worked at a near point about nine hours daily, six of which are extra 
 for which the neurometer says add 10 years to his showing, because, under 
 such conditions the nerve demands about equal those of 1.00 D. hyperopia, 
 but we deduct 25% for — impulse by the static test and 25 % for partial 
 presbyopia, leaving only 5 years to be added for his close work. His 
 5.25 D. accommodation showed 37 years, to which was added 3 years 4 
 months for his error, and 5 years for extra work, making him 45 years 4 
 months on the date of the test, and he was 45 years, 4 months, 28 days, 
 
9° 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 or 28 days to the good. His mentality was figured in his eiitra hours* 
 work. 
 
 Case IV. Miss B., clerk; appearance, fairly good; complaints, dysmen- 
 orrhoea, headaches, difficult urination, up a dozen times nightly, and 
 more often during the day; hyperopia, 3.25; dynamic test, 4.00 D. before 
 correction and 7.00 D after, static test, 4 — before and 4 — after; her accom- 
 modation after correction indicated 30 years, her error called for 3 years. 
 1 month, 15 days to be addded, and, on account of the + symptoms shown 
 in the general examination no allowance was made for the — ones except to 
 add the minimum for her work, which is 5 years, aggregating 38 years, 1 
 month and 15 days. She was 38 years, 3 months, thus showing 45 days to 
 the good. 
 
 Case V. Father B., priest; appearance, fair; complaints, catarrh, 
 indigestion, headaches ; dynamic test, 8.00 and 9.00 ; static test o. k. ; error, 
 hyperopia, 1.25. The neurometer shows 23 years, 4 months for his accom- 
 modation, 8 years, 9 months for his error, and the minimum of 5 years was 
 added for profession to allow for his — symptoms, which were not serious, 
 inasmuch as he did little close work; total 37 years, 1 month; he was 37 
 years, 2 months, 17 days. 
 
 Case VI. Mrs. T. ; wife; tired from doing nothing but the society 
 drag; prolapsus and "adhesions ;" in general the -f- symptoms almost 
 equalled the — ones; accommodation, 5.50, indicating 36 years, to which 
 was added 6 years, 3 months, less 10% for her mental disturbances over 
 old school doctors' stories, or 5 years, 7 months, 15 days; making a total 
 of 41 years, 7 months, 15 days. She was 41 years, 8 months, or 15 days tq 
 the good. 
 
 Case VII. Mrs. P., trained nurse; anaemic and neurasthenic; history 
 of endometritis for nineteen years; came from hospital where she had 
 four weeks' rest after a curettement; had been operated for "floating kid- 
 ney" two years before; rheumatism in arms and feet; cold feet and hands; 
 weighed 119 1-2 lbs; had worn -|- 1.50 for several years; error -f- 3.00 
 accommodation 8.00 D., equals 26 years, 8 months; adding 3 years, 4 months 
 for the entire errors, and 7 years, 6 months more for mentality made a total 
 of 37 years, 6 months. She was 38 years, 3 months, or nine months to the 
 good, on account of her rest at the hospital, which was the reason no 
 allowance was made for her symptoms, except in adding for the mentality. 
 After twenty days further rest, on strict diet, she went to work, stronger 
 than she had ever been, and weighing 137 1-2 pounds. 
 
 Case VIII. Miss C, teacher; divergent squint; anaemic, neurasthenic, 
 sore spot in back, couldn't wear corset, headaches, constipation, indigestion ; 
 measured 8.00 D., or 26 years, 8 months, and 1.50 hyperopia, for which was 
 added 7 years, 6 months, making 34 years, 2 months. Deducting for her — 
 symptoms, 25% for the squint, 50% for the anaemia and neurasthenia, 25% 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. OI 
 
 for the sore back, and 50% for the headache, indigestion, etc., aggregating 
 one and one half times the amount added for the error, or 11 years, 3 
 months, from 34 years, 2 months left 22 years, 11 months, and when she 
 said she was only 22 years even, I informed her if she recovered it would be 
 a triumph for neurology as she was below the dead-line. I fixed her back 
 in half a minute, straightened her eyes in two days, and when she showed 
 amazing improvement in four days I let her go home where she would 
 have absolute quiet. In three months she reported well, gained 21 pounds 
 and was wearing a corset with comfort. 
 
 A MUCH MOOTED QUESTION. 
 
 How to Treat Cross-Eyes and Alleged Muscular Insufficiencies. 
 
 It is more than passing strange how the medical profession accepts 
 assertions from self-constituted authorities without putting them to tests 
 Long ago some writer declared that cross-eyes are caused by paralysis of 
 one of the sixth cranial nerves which operate the external recti, and it has 
 been taken as indisputable, when if the author of the assertion, or those 
 who read after him had possessed a modicum of knowledge of the mechanics 
 of anatomy and of the possible causes of derangements they could have 
 proved in one minute, or less, that the assertion had no foundation in fact. 
 The test is a simple one : cover the fixing eye and direct the patient to fix 
 with the other, without turning his head. If he does it, and I never found 
 one who could not, unless the eye was blind, it is positive proof that the 
 nerve is not paralyzed. Then it ought to occur to a thinking doctor that it 
 would be a queer state of affairs if one of a pair of nerves should be para- 
 lyzed and no others suffer the . slightest. It is not impossible, but is highly 
 improbable. 
 
 Again, it is a common fault among doctors to be satisfied with one 
 theory of cause and not look for others. They wait for the leaders to 
 make discoveries while they maintain the code of ethics' "air of peculiar 
 reserve" toward the laity and talk about the progress "we" are making. 
 I have never seen a case of convergent cross-eyes that were not produced 
 by one of two causes, ametropia or operation. It is true many cases appear 
 after the spasms of whooping cough or irritation or exhaustion from other 
 disorders, but the primary cause was defect in the physical proportions of 
 the eyes. .This has been proved hundreds of times by myself and my 
 pupils by correcting the defects, or overcorrecting them for a time, when 
 the eyes straightened without further assistance. It is very rarely that 
 operation is needed and when we are a little wiser I am sure it will never 
 be done. 
 
 In cases of cross-eyes, from other cause than operation, both eyes de- 
 viate, but the necessity for vision impels the fixing of one eye by the con- 
 trolling center, (one of the most perfect illustrations of Nature"s power 
 of adapting herself to circumstances), while the other is permitted to do 
 
92 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 all the turning. , Sometimes the eyes alternate in fixing and as such are 
 the easiest to straighten by our method we have learned that it is a good 
 idea, in other cases, to first create this tendency by covering the fixing 
 eye and compelling the other to fix. In little children we are often able 
 to straighten the eyes without glasses by using such tactics and strength- 
 ening the general nerve supply by a positive diet. Of course, if that fails 
 we know it is because we did not remove the cause, and we resort to 
 glasses. The only reason we do not put glassses on in the beginning is 
 that while we know the error of refraction is there, we know that if a sys- 
 tem is in perfect order, in. every other particular, the excess nerve de- 
 
 Fig. 66 
 mands of the eyes can be supplied without danger to health, at least for sev- 
 eral years, and it is to let the little one go without the inconvenience of 
 glasses if possible. Of course, if there are complications, such as headache, 
 constipation, fits, etc., we use every precaution to insure winning from the 
 beginning. Then, occasionally, when the child has grown strong, we try 
 laying aside the glasses, always remembering and informing the guardian j 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. Q ~ 
 
 that in so doing there is some risk of the eyes crossing again ; but if they do, 
 we can do the work over. 
 
 The manner in which hyperopia causes convergent strabismus will be 
 understood best by first comprehending the normal relation between con- 
 vergence and accommodation. 
 
 Fig. 66 shows the two eyes fixed on a point, A, say 13 inches distant, 
 the axes of the two eyes each turning in to the median line, and the ac- 
 commodation working so that A and B B are in conjugate focus. The lat- 
 ter, being two independent duties, each requires 3.00 D. effort from the 
 nervous system, while the former, being a joint duty, only requires a total 
 of 3.00 D., or 1.50 each, delivered through the internal recti muscles from 
 branches of the third nerves that operate the accommodation. All is under 
 direction of the controlling center, C, back in the brain; it, in turn receiv- 
 ing its impulses from the nerves of sensation, the second or optic nerves. 
 As this is the natural situation, and as such functions belong practically 
 to the sympathetic or involuntary system, let us express it as follows: 
 An emmetrope working at 13 inches requires from the nervous system: 
 
 L..3.00.D. 
 For Accommodation Total 6.00 D. 
 
 R. 3.00 D. 
 L. 1.50 D. 
 For Convergence Total . 3.00 . D. 
 
 R..1.50.D. 
 
 Grand Total 9.00 D. 
 
 In order to put this in still more comprehensive form, let one second 
 be the unit of time in our calculations. Thus, if it requires 9 D. for one 
 second at the 13 inch point it will require 60 times 9 D* per minute or 540 
 D., and 60 times that per hour, or 3240 D. ; the average number of minutes 
 close work daily averages only about three hours, so that the total demands 
 of these two functions is only 97,200 D. daily. 
 
 Now take a hyperope of 3 D., who must use his accommodation unnat- 
 urally on account of the defect in the form of the eye-balls, but who has 
 exactly the same anatomical relations between accommodation and con- 
 vergence. He cannot accommodate without converging and while the ac- 
 commodation only brings his retina in conjugate focus with objects at in- 
 finite distances, his convergence brings the axes to a point 13 inches away. 
 The only things left for the controlling center to do are, either fix with one 
 eye and let the other turn in toward a point 61/2 inches from the face, or 
 send enough energy to the external recti, over the sixth nerves, to hold 
 the axes parallel in spite of the convergent pull. Thus, there is a two- 
 fold strain on the hyerope: First, his demand is all in excess of normal; 
 second, it forces nerves . which . ordinarily work alternately to work at the 
 
94 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 same time. It follows, naturally, that when the nerve supply under con- 
 trol of C becomes weakened, the first place the innervation is withdrawn 
 will be from the sixth nerves, thus after an attack of acute disturbance, 
 such as typhoid, scarlet fever, diptheria, or weakening from other cause, 
 the eyes are liable to cross. Or, if there be spasms, such as from whooping 
 cough, the irritation would give the third nerves an advantage over the 
 the sixth and the eyes may turn. 
 
 The nerve demand in a hyperopia of 3.00 D. would be as follows: 
 
 L 3.00 D. 
 For Accommodation Total 6.00 D. 
 
 R. 3.00 D. 
 L. 1.50 D. 
 For Automatic Convergence Total 3.00 D. 
 
 R. 1.50 D. 
 R. 1.50 D. 
 For negative pull, via Total 3.00 Dt 
 6th nerves, to prevent L. 1.50 D. 
 convergence 
 
 Grand Total — 12.00 D. 
 
 Therefore, 12 D. for one second means 720 D. for one minute, 43,200 D, 
 per hour, and 691,200 D. per day of 16 hours, which is the average time 
 people are awake daily. Then if this person is required to do the average 
 number of hours close work daily his total demand is 788,400 D. daily 
 against the normal demand of only 97,200 D. Is it any wonder he becomes 
 cross-eyed? Is it not remarkable that there are not more cross-eyed ones? 
 Is the assertion that eye strain is one of the chief causes of human ills 
 a claim to be ridiculed or disputed? It is only done nowadays by utter 
 ignoramuses. 
 
 The philosophy of my treatment of convergent squint should be clear 
 now: Simply correct the error that requires the accommodation thus do- 
 ing away with the cause of convergence, which in turn makes the diver- 
 gent pull unnecessary. This is the proof that every 4- sphere, worn con- 
 stantly for the correction of hyperopia, saves twice as many nerve units 
 per second as the lens has units of power. But it is not so simple a propo- 
 sition when it comes to the solving practically. The operator must not 
 only know the anatomy and physiology of the eyes particularly and of the 
 system generally, the sympathetic relationship between organic functions, 
 etc., but he must know physics and mechanics and have a natural tact and 
 adeptness, not possessed by everyone, to measure the errors correctly. 
 The assertion by some would-be oracles that none but physicians are com- 
 petent to fit glasses to the eyes is foolish in view of the fact that very few 
 physicians ever used a set of trial lenses or received any instruction what- 
 ever about eyes, except possibly something about pathology of the eyes, 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. g ,- 
 
 and that was false. Ask the first ten physicians you meet; be practical. 
 The assertion is on a par with another, by the same wiseacres, that no one 
 can get an eye correction without first using a cyclopegic. They are the 
 same individuals who declare that the old schools of medicine have patent 
 rights on all discovered or undiscovered methods of relieving human ills, 
 and expose themselves to ridicule and fear for their sanity by saying: "It 
 is better that a patient die in the hands of a regular physician than recover 
 under the ministrations of an empiric." It is the favor new schools are 
 meeting in the estimation of an intelligent public that drives them frantic, 
 
 A neurologist, treating convergent squint, begins by disregarding vi- 
 sion to the extent of prescribing, for temporary wear, such + glasses as 
 will blur the vision of the fixing eye for distant objects until it is worse 
 than the other, provided, always that the other has enough to enable the 
 patient to see sufficiently to take care of himself. Often, on returning in 
 a few days, vision will have improved very much ; then we blur some more* 
 until the spasms in the ciliary nerves and those of the interni have relaxed 
 and the eyes are straight, when, if vision is not perfect, we give the correc- 
 tion that will make it as nearly so as is possible. Sometimes the blurring 
 process is not successful because the temperament of the patient is such 
 that he adapts himself too readily to any situation. In such instances we 
 reduce the blur for a few days to excite the desire to see, and thus set up 
 influences for reaction. If one eye is totally blind it makes little difference 
 in the proceeding; we blur the good eye to about 20-50 or 20-60, stop all 
 close work and get the system in good condition by diet, rest, etc., as we 
 should do in all cases, when the blind eye will straighten, affording the 
 best possible proof our philosophy is correct. If one eye turns up or down, 
 treat in the same manner. 
 
 If the deviation is outward it is from deficiency to the point of exhaus- 
 tion at the time it occurred, or from blindness in one eye which dis- 
 connected it from the controlling center. Theoretically the practice sug- 
 gested for convergence should not work, but by modifying it a little we 
 are often able to get fine results, provided the deviating eye can see. If 
 the patient's nerve supply measures below normal we blur the good eye 
 and barely correct the other, to force it into action, then tone up the 
 system with dietary, rest, etc. In all cases no harm is done by having the 
 patient turn the deviating eye to the opposite side as far as possible, the lids 
 being closed, then the operator holds it by gentle, firm pressure, while 
 patient tries to turn it back; teach the patient to do it himself at frequent 
 intervals. 
 
 The length of time required to complete the work of getting cross-eyes 
 to work together, straight, varies, from a few seconds to several months. 
 Something depends on the mentality of the patient and something on the 
 physical temperament, just as in all other things. The operating fiend ob- 
 
96 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 jects that it takes too long. We reply that operations made unnecessarily 
 are a crime, hence nearly if not quite all cross-eye operations are crimes. 
 He says, "But your patients have to wear glasses." We reply, "So do 
 yours; if they do not they soon require another operation, and another 
 until the eyes are finally worthless." Almost half of the total number 
 of divergent squint cases I have met testified their eyes formerly turned 
 in but were operated, then turned out, and they were afraid to let the al- 
 leged surgeon do any more cutting. There is also more or less danger of 
 blood-poisoning after operations. 
 
 But cutting muscles for cross-eyes is a mild crime compared with the* 
 slashing oculists do for that myth "muscular imbalance/' I have made an 
 assertion and the proof is due. First, let me make others and I will then 
 proceed to prove all at once : They all apply what they call muscle tests. 
 The first one comprises the Maddox rod, or double prism on one eye and a 
 colored glass on the other. Let the colored glass be on the right eye for 
 this illustration. When adjusted properly and looking with both eyes the 
 patient should see the colored light in line with and midway between 
 the other two, all in a vertical position, and when he does it is called ortho- 
 phoria or a normal state; but if the red light is seen to the right they say 
 the right eye is turning in from a weakness of the external rectus muscle, 
 and as esophoria means a tendency inward they apply that word to the con- 
 dition and declare they must cut the internal — because the external is 
 weak! If the red light appears to the left it means to them that the in- 
 ternal rectus of that eye is weak — and they cut the external! They call 
 this exophoria, because they think the right eye turns out. If the red 
 light appears above the mid-point they call it left hyperphoria, and if below 
 that point, right hyperphoria — one of them calls it left "cataphoria," but 
 as catoptrics is the science of reflections we pass him. They apply the term 
 heterophoria to all deviations. To recapitulate briefly, they say that irl 
 all imbalances the fault is in the muscles, that it is always weakness of 
 the muscle on the opposite side of the eye from the way it turns and that 
 the eye turns opposite to the way the light deviates. I say, both eyes turn, 
 which is easily proved, theoretically, by the anatomical and physiological 
 relationship existing between them, and practically by reversing the prisms 
 and colored glass, the latter being on the left eye will show as much devia- 
 tion as was shown by the first. I am almost afraid to tell them this lest they 
 cut the muscles of that eye too. And, lest someone be misled by a differ- 
 ence in the amount of deviation when the test is made, let it be remem- 
 bered that repeated tests with the first arrangement will often show dif- 
 ferent amounts of prism required to get the lights in line, just as the pa- 
 tient grows more passive or more irritated by the test. I say, further, that 
 in the so-called heterophoria the eyes deviate the same way the lights 
 appear to, hence what they call esophoria is really exophoria and what 
 
CLINICAL PORTION". 
 
 97 
 
 they call exophoria is really esophoria, while what they call right hyper- 
 phoria, that is, right tending upward, is really a downward tending, and 
 when they say it turns downward it is really tending upward. Also what 
 they call hyperphoria is often a vertical squint or hypertropia, as they 
 would call it, to class it with cross-eyes. Finally, I say what they call 
 muscular imbalance is not muscle trouble at all, but is due solely to irri- 
 tation or weakness of the nerve supply in the cerebellum. All of which, if 
 true proves their operations to be crimes, committed through ignorance 
 or willfully. The reason I added the word "willfully" is because, if they 
 find the eyes in perfect balance by the test described they have another 
 called the deduction test, which they apply, after having fixed an arbi- 
 trary standard of power each set of coordinate muscles should exhibit and 
 if one set shows more power than the standard they cut it; if it shows 
 less, they cut its antagonist. They put on strong prisms, apices over 
 the muscles to be tested and 
 
 The interni must overcome not more than 24 or less than 20 . 
 
 The externi must overcome not more than 8° or less than 6°. 
 
 The superior must overcome not more than 4 or less than 3 . 
 
 The inferior must overcome not more than 4 or less than 3 . 
 
 Thus they discover what they call "latent" muscle troubles. One 
 of my students, aged 60, exhibited by this test, 8° with the interni, 3^ 
 with the externi, and i° with the superior and inferior, so I wrote one of 
 the partisans of the test to find which muscles to cut, inasmuch as by his 
 theory they all should catch it, but I never received a reply. I did not 
 expect one. 
 
 Now for the proofs: None will deny that motor nerves are the sole 
 source of power to move muscles voluntarily. All will admit a certair 
 elasticity of the fibrous structure, but it is always negative in straight 
 muscles. Hence muscles are only the mediums through which nerve force 
 is applied, just as engines are only the mediums through which steam and 
 electricity are applied. Then, if we have a case of spasm of accommoda- 
 tion it is irritation of the nervous system at being called on to work 
 overtime, and it is but natural that other branches of the same nerves 
 would feel the extra current, particularly those operating the coordinate 
 function with accommodation, namely, the convergence, and, when the 
 double prism and colored light test is applied we would expect the eyes 
 to deviate inward as soon as control was taken from C, (Fig. 66), and if 
 the eyes carry the lights in the same direction they turn, the red light, 
 on the right eye, should appear to the left of the others, while the others 
 should appear to the right of the red; in other words the lights should 
 cross over because the axes do. Now let us see if they do. 
 
 First take a vigorous person with no presbyopic tendency and put the 
 double prism on the left eye, the other being covered, and have him look 
 
■ 9 8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 at a small spot, say as large as a pin head, on a piece of white paper at 
 about six inches from his face, and adjust the prism so he sees two spots 
 in a vertical position. Note how the eyes are converging, then uncover 
 the right eye, when he will tell you the middle spot is decidedly to the 
 left. Then take a person with a presbyopic tendency, but who can still 
 accommodate some, and try the same test, when his right eye will fail 
 to bring the middle spot even with the others. Then draw a line through 
 
 f 
 
 Fig. 67 
 
 the spot and repeat the test on both, when, unless the first one has a tonic 
 spasm, or cramp, he will see all the spots on the line, and, the second will 
 do the same, unless his presbyopic tendency is very strong. This experi- 
 ment proves two things: First, that the object devitates the same way the 
 eyes turn; second, that the dot-and-line test as they use it, to find "heter- 
 ophoria at the near point," is worse than worthless. 
 
 Fig. 67 shows an esophoria, or inward tending of the eyes, under the 
 test. I have drawn the deviation all in one eye in order to make the illus- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 99 
 
 tration simpler. The left eye, with the double prism, sees two lights at 
 twenty feet, one above and the other below the axis at the macula because 
 the prisms are of equal strength ; and its axis is in direct line with the real 
 light, because we permit the patient to fix before uncovering the other 
 eye. The other, when uncovered, gives way to the positive or negative 
 impulse present because the two eyes are thrown out of gear and the con- 
 trolling center, not being able to fuse its image with the other two, simply 
 lets it drift with general conditions. In this case it is a positive impulse, 
 also exhibited by spasm of accommodation and of sphincter nerves through- 
 out the body, so the axis A turns in from the normal line X which is the 
 exact direction of the object. The turn is so slight, however, that the ray, 
 X. crosses the axis, A, before reaching the lens, and is broken back toward 
 the axis so that it strikes the macula as nearly the center as either of the 
 images in the other eye can be, and, as the direction from the lens to M 
 is as if the ray came from O. the light appears to be at O. If from weakness 
 of the supply to the third nerve branches the eyes deviate apart when 
 thrown out of gear, the lines O and A would be on the other side of the 
 line X. The prism, apex toward the position where the center light should 
 be, which puts the deviating lights in line, does not, as they think, meas- 
 ure the amount of the deviation in degrees. It merely indicates the rela- 
 tive intensity of the spasm or the extent of the weakness in the nervous 
 system, as is proved readily by measuring the distance of the deviation 
 in inches and observing that while it may remain the same at different 
 tests the amount of prism required to supply the impulse to put the lights 
 in line is variable. Also, one person, with a deviation of twelve inches, 
 may require a 12 prism while another with greater deviation may need 
 lebs. The best way to take these measures is to have a strip of white 
 paper several feet long on the wall, with the light hanging exactly in the 
 middle, and through the middle of the paper have a plain, black line, 
 half an inch wide, with vertical lines drawn through it every few inches. 
 This will appear in duplicate through the double prism ; then have the pa- 
 tient tell where the red light is with reference to these lines. 
 
 The neurologist uses this test, not as a muscle or eye test, but as a 
 static test of the state of the general nerve supply. He would no more 
 think of prescribing prisms for such deviations than he would think of cut- 
 ting muscles, and he would no more cut muscles than he would cut throats. 
 We never supplant nature, and we never try to assist her unless we know 
 exactly why we do what we do. When this test is off. the eyes are in 
 gear and the controlling center supplies all the impulse necessary. 
 
 Then there is another "phoria," called cyclophoria, in which the eyes 
 turn on their optical axes and present oblique astigmatism when the prin- 
 cipal meridians should be vertical and horizontal. If there is a spasm of 
 the nervous -system it may exhibit in the inferior oblique muscles and 
 
IOO 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 pull the eyes inward below, rolling the tops outward, or, if there is nerve 
 exhaustion, the inferior oblique will be enervated, letting the superior 
 oblique pull in at the top, from its elasticity, when there is less resistance 
 than usual, rolling the lower parts outward. The reason in both cases 
 is that the inferior oblique is operated by the same nerves that supply the 
 accommodation and the internal recti, hence the tension, or lack of it, on 
 all muscles operated by the same nerves. A test for cyclophoria, which is 
 not reliable, however, is to put the double-prism on one eye and adjust it 
 so that a patient looking at a horizontal line, about half an inch wide and 
 fifteen or twenty feet away, will see two ; then uncover the other eye when 
 he should see a third, midway between and parallel with the two seen by 
 the first eye. If the nasal ends tilt downward, the principal meridians 
 nearest horizontal are tilting upward, indicating a spasm of the nervous 
 system, exhibited in the inferior oblique muscles; if the nasal ends tilt 
 upward it indicates the principal meridians are tilting downward from 
 nervous weakness, exhibited through the inferior oblique muscles. This 
 is just opposite to the indications by the test with cylinders, when there is 
 
 Fig. 68 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 IOI 
 
 astigmatism, because then we have the positions of the principal meridians 
 indicated by the axes of the cylinders. The reason the prisms and line 
 test is worthless is the same that makes the dot-and-line test a nullity, 
 viz.: the lines offer the controlling center a guide and it often takes the 
 hint disclosing no disturbance because the parallelism of the lines is main- 
 tained. In all cases where there is doubt about the location of the axes, 
 prescribe temporary -f- spheres. It is proper to say that when astigmatism 
 is great enough to impair vision seriously it rarely creates nervous effort 
 enough to upset the system. 
 
 The treatment indicated by -f- impulses is stop the cause of spasm 
 by correcting the hyperopia and the symptoms dynamic and static will 
 soon disappear. If there are — impulses they mean rest in addition to 
 the correction. In connection with both we find, often, other causes of 
 disturbance and we remove all of them without operation, except a few 
 hopeless cases who must be content to take the chances of operation, 
 which, if successful, can only keep alive what is left ; they are never whole 
 afterward. We send them to those who boast they would rather operate 
 than eat — we prefer to eat and think we are greater surgeons when we 
 can save a person whole than those are who take chances wholly unne- 
 cessary and refuse to investigate our methods, but, nevertheless, condemn 
 them even to libeling us. 
 
 "But," you say, "how did your opponents get the idea that in hetero- 
 phoria the eyes deviate opposite to the way the lights do?" All right, I'll 
 answer that too. 
 
 Fig. 68 shows two eyes fixing on a point six, or eight, or more inches 
 away, and X X represent rays coming from a light fifteen or more feet 
 distant. While only one image of O will be conveyed to the brain, there 
 will be two of the distant object ; they will be imperfect, that is, not clear, 
 because the eyes are in conjugate focus with the nearer point and because 
 the retinal impressions are not made on a highly sensative part — some of 
 the image falling on the blind spot — and as refraction by both cornea and 
 lens is in the outer hemisphere the lights appear in the directions X 1 X 1 
 on the dash lines. This is because the convergence of the two eyes is be- 
 yond the limit angle. The reader may try this and will find it true that 
 when the eyes' axes turn so much with reference to a line toward a dis- 
 tant object, the object will exhibit the opposite deviation. 
 
 Fig. 69 shows a left eye fixing and the right doing the turning per- 
 ceptibly, so that a ray from the object O appears as if located at O 2 . If 
 the eye turned out the lines Ax and O c would be reversed. When we are 
 working with cross-eyes and the patient complains of seeing double we 
 know we are getting along with the case nicely and as soon as the con- 
 trolling center gets a hold the eyes will straighten and remain straight. 
 Usually the deviating eye turns enough to let the image fall on its blind 
 
102 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METArilYSICS. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Fig. 69 
 
 spot so it does not send any image to the brain, which relieves mental 
 worry. 
 
 Fig. 70 shows another situation which the reader may try. Fix the 
 eyes on the distant object so that the axes are parallel, as are X X in the 
 cut, then hold a pencil, or the finger, a few inches away, when there will 
 appear to be two, the right eye seeing the one on the left and the left eye 
 seeing the one on the right, as shown by the dash lines. This is because 
 the visual axes are beyond the limit angle for rays from the near point. 
 This shows how, if the eyes turn out a distant object would bt seen as 
 two, deviating opposite to the direction the eyes turn, except when they 
 turn so far one does not participate in vision at all. 
 
 My answer then, is: My critics think because the lights deviate op- 
 posite to the turn of the eyes in strabismus it must be true in all cases, 
 whether the eyes turn perceptibly or not, which proposition is false as I 
 have proved, anatomically, physiologically, physically and clinically here, 
 while several hundred pupils and myself have proved it in practice so long 
 that it seems almost absurd to give it so much space at this time. 
 
CLINICAL TORTION. 
 
 IO3 
 
 Fig. 70 
 
 So long as the deviation of the eyes does not disfigure the appearance 
 there is no squint and when there is squint there is no need for a muscle 
 test to tell which way the deviation is. When there is no deviation except 
 as exhibited by the test the eyes always deviate in the same direction the 
 lights do. I think that is stated plainly enough, and proved by the figures. 
 
 Vertical deviations show squint and exhibit diplopia with less amount 
 of turn than in any other direction because the superior and inferior recti 
 are operated by the same nerve branches and thus reach their limit angles 
 quicker as is illustrated by the duction test. 
 
 SOME PRISM FIGURES. 
 
 Which Prove the Fallacy of Claims for Them as Therapeutic Agents. 
 
 As refracting mediums and therapeutic agents prisms offer two dis- 
 tinct propositions. The first has been treated in the chapter on physics 
 and the other is due to receive attention. < 
 
 Take an emmetrope, or an ametrope, in good condition, so that the 
 static test shows the three lights in line, and watch his eyes as you drop 
 
io4 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 in front of one of them a io-degree prism, base out. You will see them 
 turn in perceptibly. The one on which the prism is placed will turn in 
 at once while the other will turn out first, then in, as soon as it finds the 
 first stops. This is because the first impulse to the other eye was transmit- 
 ted by way of the optic commissure and the second by the controlling 
 center when it discovered the situation. Now make a long horizontal 
 line on the wall, in the middle of it hang a light ; on either side of the light 
 draw short vertical lines about two inches apart, making them plain enough 
 to be seen readily ; then, with the two lights seen through the double prism 
 and the red one seen by the other eye, all in line, suddenly impose a 
 4-degree prism base out in front of the red glass and have the patient 
 state the amount of the deviation caused by locating the position of the 
 red light with reference to the short vertical lines, which will of course 
 appear as two sets through the double prism (have patient ignore all seen 
 with the red eye, excepting the light) . Remove the trial frame and take two 
 strings, each long enough to reach from the patient to the wall: have him 
 hold two ends, one under each pupil, while the operator takes the other 
 two ends and holds them taut at the points where the light is and where 
 the displacement located it, the string from what was the red eye running 
 to the displaced position and the other to the real position. These repre- 
 sent the true visual axes of the two eyes under the test and the distance 
 from the face to the point where they cross shows the exact angle of con- 
 vergence caused by the prism. It will be found to be approximately one 
 meter in tests of normal eyes, hence we know that a 4-degree prism base 
 out causes practically one meter-angle of convergence, requiring .50 D. 
 effort in each eye. Inasmuch as when such effort is caused in a natural 
 way by a demand for accommodation, and as putting prisms on emmetropic 
 eyes (or on fully corrected ametropic eyes), causes dimness of distant 
 vision, we know the impulse to converge, even when caused artificially, 
 brings with it the proportionate amount of accommodation, we have the 
 figures for the nerve strain which would be caused by such prism as follows : 
 
 Convergence L .50. 
 
 R .50. Total 1. 
 Automatic Ace, L 1.00. 
 
 R 1. 00 Total 2. 
 
 Grand Total 3 D. per second. 
 
 60 
 
 180 D. per minute. 
 60 
 
 10800 D. per hour. 
 16 
 
 172,800 D. per day of 16 hours. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 I05 
 
 In a hyperope of 1.00 D. the same prisms could be used to advantage 
 because they would save one-fourth of the abnormal demands, thus: 
 Accommodation L 1.00 
 
 R i;oo Total 2. 
 Auto-convergence L .50 
 
 R .50 Total 1. 
 •50 
 
 Negative pull by L 
 external recti to 
 prevent convergence. R 
 
 .50 Total 1. 
 
 4. D. per sec. 
 60 
 
 240 D. per min. 
 60 
 
 14400 D. per hour. 
 16 
 
 86400 
 14400 
 
 230,400 D. Daily 16 hrs. 
 
 The prisms, making the convergence a necessity while the accommoda- 
 tion adapts the focus, the negative pull is not needed, and, as it consti- 
 tutes one-fourth of the total the prisms save 57,600 D. daily. But would not 
 a doctor be a chump to save that when he could, with a simple pair of 4- 
 spheres, save the whole 230,400? 
 
 Here is another notable thing: If the prisms be prescribed in com- 
 bination with the sphere the effect would be just the same as with the 
 prisms alone, for, the prisms alone save 57,600 out of 230,400, leaving the 
 net strain 172,800, while in the combination the lenses would make the eyes 
 emetropic and we have shown that the strain on an emmetrope is 172,- 
 800. 
 
 Here is another: A pair of -f- .75 lenses each ground in combination 
 with 2 base out, would be exactly neutralized therapeutically, except the 
 psychic effect. 
 
 Accommodation 
 
 L 
 
 •75 
 
 ■ 
 
 • 
 
 R 
 
 •75 
 
 Total 1.50 
 
 Auto-convergence 
 
 L 
 
 •37V 2 
 
 
 
 R 
 
 •37V2 
 
 Total .75 
 
 Negative pull, . . 
 
 L 
 
 •377 2 
 
 
 6th nerves. 
 
 R 
 
 •377 2 
 
 Total .75 
 
 Grand Total 3. D. per sec. 
 
 3x60x60x16 = 172,800 D. daily. 
 
Iq6 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The correction makes patient emmetropic and saves the above amount* 
 but then the prisms come in and cause : 
 Convergence L .50 
 
 R .50 Total 1. 
 L 1. 00 
 Automatic Ace. R 1.00 Total 2. 
 
 Grand Total 3. D. per sec. 
 
 3x60x60x16 = 172,800 D. daily. 
 Then take a hyperope of 1.00 D. and correct the error, but combine 
 4 prism, base out, with each lens, and the effect would be: The spheres 
 make an emmetrope and save 230,400 D. daily, but the prisms cause two 
 meter-angles convergence and total nerve strain, thus: 
 
 L 1.00 m 
 Convergence Total 2. 
 
 R 1. 00 
 L 2.00 
 Automatic Ace. Total 4. 
 
 R 2.00 
 
 Grand Total.. 
 
 6. D. per sec. 
 
 60 
 
 
 360 D. per min. 
 60 
 
 
 21600 D. per hr. 
 16 
 
 * 
 
 129600 
 21600 
 
 345,600 D. daily, 
 or exactly the equivalent of the strain caused by 1.50 hyperopia. The same 
 result could have been obtained with a pair of — .50 spheres. 
 
 Take a hyperope of 3.00 with a total strain of 691,200 Di. daily and 
 give him + 2.00, C 2 ° base out, each eye, and the lenses will save 460,800, 
 while the prisms save one-fourth of the rest or 57,600, a grand total of 
 518,400 out of a possible 691,200; but if + 1.00 had been added to the 
 lens instead of the prism, the whole would have been saved. 
 
 Take the same case and combine with the + 2.00 lenses 4 prism each 
 and the effect will be that the lenses, leaving 1.00 D. hyperopia uncor- 
 rected, would mean nerve strain 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 L. 1. 00 
 
 For Accommodation total 2. 
 
 R. 1. 00 
 
 L. .50 
 Auto-convergence total 1. 
 
 R. .50 
 
 L. .50 
 Negative pull total 1. 
 
 R. .50 
 
 107 
 
 Grand total 4. D. per second. 
 
 But when the prisms get in their work the result is different. They cause 
 a strain as follows : 
 
 L. 1. 00 
 For convergence total 2. . 
 
 R. 1. 00 
 L/. 2.00 
 Auto-accommodation total 4. 
 
 R. 2.00 
 
 Grand total 6. D. per second. 
 
 There would be some benefit even from this combination because the orig- 
 inal strain, from the error, was 12 D. per second and half of it would be 
 saved; but if the prisms were left out two-thirds would be saved. 
 
 The whole matter resolves itself into this: If 4 base out causes 
 172,800 D. daily strain on an emmetrope, whether naturally so or made 
 that way artificially, i° would cause 43,200 D. daily up to the limit of 
 capacity to overcome prism degrees, and to find the damage any amount 
 of prism base out will do, multiply the above figure by the strength of 
 prism. The reason prisms do not always do harm is because the doctor un- 
 wittingly leaves part of the hyperopia uncorrected or the benefit from the 
 spheres is so much greater than the damage done by the prisms that the 
 net result is good. But neither the prisms nor the doctor deserves any 
 credit. 
 
 We are not yet able to measure the exact strain when the prism is 
 base in, but it is a resasonable estimate to put it at about one-fifth as 
 much as if base out, because it bears on the 6th nerves which have no 
 branches, while the 3d have five principal ones, therefore each degree, 
 base in, would cause 8,640 D. daily strain, up to the limit of capacity to 
 overcome them. Base up or down, would bear on 3d nerves again and we 
 estimate the strain at one-third as much as if base out, or 14,400 for 
 each i° 
 
 The capacity of the interni rarely exceeds 20 ; that of the externi 6° ; 
 that of the superior and inferior recti 3 . 
 
I08 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 To test the pulling powers of prisms within the limit, and the non- 
 pulling powers of those which exceed the limit, take a 2°, hold it base 
 down in front of one eye, both being open, and look at a light several feet 
 distant, when it will appear as two; fix on it until it appears single, then 
 withdraw the prism. If it does not pull when put on it will as it leaves. 
 Then try a io° in the same manner and there will be no pull because the 
 job is such a big one there is no effort to do it. 
 
 Possibly some eye doctors who have been prescribing prisms with 
 varying . results will now be able to see why they won when they won 
 and why they failed when they failed, which was frequently. 
 
 "But," someone says, "What are you going to do about the muscles 
 when tests indicate prisms are needed?" I deny there are any such cases, 
 with the possible exception of a lack of ability in some old people to 
 converge or in a myope who tires at close work or without correction, 
 when prisms, bases in, might be used for reading only, in connection with 
 the additional spheres required in the case of the presbyope and without 
 lenses for the myope; I never saw but one person who required them 
 even for that purpose. In case of such need, however, here are the 
 figures : 
 
 For i meter-angle 4 base in, part in each eye. 
 
 For 2 meter-angle 8° base in, part in each eye. 
 
 For 3 meter-angle 12 base in, part in each eye. 
 
 For 4 meter-angle 16 base in, part in each eye. 
 
 For 5 meter-angle 20 base in, part in each eye. 
 
 One meter-angle is 40 inches. 
 
 Two meter-angle is 20 inches. 
 
 Three meter-angle is 13 inches. 
 
 Four meter-angle is 10 inches. 
 
 Five meter-angle is 8 inches. 
 BYE INSTRUMENTS AND MACHINES. 
 Saving the Ophthalmoscope the Remainder Are Valuable Only to Bluffers. 
 The ophthalmoscope is easily the most important objective instru- 
 ment used in examinations of cases, but few realize the fact as is proved 
 by the manner in which they use it. The indirect method of observation 
 consists of throwing light into the eye from a point ten or twelve inches 
 away and interposing a strong + sphere ; this may be imposing in appear- 
 ance but it is mostly humbug on the part of the operator because he can 
 not hold all the points necessary to be in line to see anything of the retina 
 and when he is able to do it he only gets an inverted aerial image. If one 
 insists upon that method he should get one of my instruments. Fig. 71, 
 because it keeps all points in line and gives the best results possible 
 indirectly. It is comparatively inexpensive, is portable, weighs only seven 
 pounds and is lighted directly instead of by mirrors. 
 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 IO9 
 
 The best method is the direct one, because the operator sees the 
 retina instead of its picture, and sees it upright instead of reversed, be- 
 sides the facilities it affords for exploring parts not possible by the indi- 
 rect method. The Loring, nineteen-lens instrument, Fig. 72, is the best 
 because it is simplest. It comprises in one disk fifteen lenses, from 1. D. 
 
 Fig". 71 
 
 to 7.D. -f- and from 1. D. to 8. D. — ; then a second disk carries four lenses 
 4- .50 and -f-16. D. and — .50 and — 16 D. If more than the highest num- 
 ber in the lower disk is wanted turn on the 16. D., + or — , then rotate 
 the under disk until the desired number shows. A + J 6. on -f- 7. would 
 register -f- 23. of course, but by rotating the lower disk the -f- 7. is dis- 
 placed and — 8. is combined with the + 16. giving + 8., then further rota- 
 tion brings it on up to + 16. and still more turning add + 1., 2., 3., etc., 
 up to 23. D. again. The — works in the same manner, up to 24. D. 
 
 Fig 72 
 
 Books on the use of the ophthalmoscope are misleading in two im- 
 portant directions: First, many of them convey the idea, either directly 
 or indirectly, that the authors measure errors of refraction with it, which 
 is an impossibility, because not only the patient but the operator would 
 have to be atropized so thoroughly that neither could work the accommo- 
 dation, and were that possible, the skill required to get the same focus 
 
no 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 on the vertical and horizontal vessels, the vertical being much larger^ 
 would be impossible of attainment; hence such claims are either foolish 
 or deliberate lies. Second, they illustrate diseases and alleged diseases 
 and the student abandons the instrument because he finds nothing tc 
 correspond with the pictures. The real value of the ophthalmoscope lies 
 in the facility it affords for the study of the quality and quantity of the 
 blood in every case. It is of little value to the oculist because he is 
 strictly an eye doctor, and has no idea of the relation of the eyes to 
 general ills. When the general practitioner learns what he should there 
 will be nothing left for the oculist or optician, while the neurologist will al- 
 ways be in demand because of his drugless creed and general utility. 
 
 The things to learn about ophthalmoscopic practice are: First, how 
 to place the patient; second, how to get the best view of the fundus; 
 third, what are the variety of appearances of the normal retina; fourth 
 how to differentiate between physiological freaks and true pathological 
 conditions; fifth, the relation between exhibits and causes; sixth, what to 
 do for them. 
 
 The patient should be seated comfortably and look straight ahead. 
 The optic disk is always the chief objective point and as it is located about 
 fifteen degrees from the posterior pole, on the nasal side, the operator 
 must throw light into the pupil from a point about the same distance on 
 the temporal side; the light, if a mirror without electric attachment is 
 used, should be about two feet behind the patient and far enough on tho 
 side so that it will shine past the edge of the orbit to the mirror, leaving 
 the eye in the shadow. If the luminous instrument is used it is easier to 
 get light into the eye, but, on account of an awkward crook in the handle 
 to make room for the small electric globe, it is not so convenient in mak- 
 ing wide explorations. The light, the patient and the operator must be 
 on the same plane, which may be either horizontal or oblique ; if oblique, 
 and the operator is shorter than the patient, the light must be higher; 
 if he is taller than the patient, the light must be lower; if on a level, the 
 light must correspond. If the first attempt fails to give a good view, try 
 again. A good guide is to imagine the patient has two eyes in the back 
 of his head, and if looking into the right, aim so the light would pass 
 through the middle head and out through the imaginary right eye on the 
 opposite side of the head. If the blood-vessels are seen, but not clearly, 
 twist the handle of the instrument a trifle so as to change the direction 
 of the light ; if the disk and vessels are seen, but dimly, turn on — spheres 
 to offset the operator's accommodation. Unless the operator has much 
 astigmatism it is best to work without glasses because the need can be 
 supplied from the battery of lenses in the instrument. Learn to use 
 either eye, allowing the other to remain open. Do not twist the neck; 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 Ill 
 
 sit erect, except that it is necessary to lean forward slightly. The back 
 of the operator's chair should be even with the front of that occupied by 
 the patient. A piano stool or other adjustable chair is convenient. 
 
 Fig. 73 shows an average normal retina, except that the veins, th<$ 
 darkest lines, are a little too dark; there should be a faint light streak 
 in them, as shown in the arteries, represented by the lighter lines, which 
 are a trifle too light. The white spot in the center is the optic disk, or 
 blind spot, where the retinal arteries and nerves enter and the veins leave 
 
 Fiff. 73 
 
 the globe; the solid field shows the capillary system, which, combined 
 with the nerve branches by delicate connective tissue, constitute the 
 retina which extends from the edge of the disk forward to the edge of the 
 ciliary body. The vessels should be of regular sizes, gradually smaller 
 toward the periphery as they divide into branches. The currents of the 
 arteries are from the disk and those of the veins toward it. Examination 
 of a dozen or two pairs of eyes of healthy persons will give the student 
 a better idea of what the average condition is than a whole volume of 
 pictures could do. He will discover that in healthy children the con- 
 tents of the arteries and veins is so nearly the same color that it would 
 
112 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 be difficult to distinguish them were it not for the extra size of the veins ; 
 while in youth and middle age the difference is marked, and in old people 
 quite decidedly so, partly because of diminution in the arterial supply and 
 partly because of lack of tension in the walls of vessels which permits 
 them to flatten under the pressure of the vitreous humor against them, 
 In brunettes the blood is usually darker than in blondes. There may be 
 
 Fig. 74 
 
 deposits of pigment partly or all around the edge of the disk; or there 
 may be great patches of pigment or even a deposit as white and shiny 
 as the sclerotic, without inflammation, interference with the vascular sys- 
 tem, or diminution of vision. The number of visible vessels varies frorr 
 six to as high as thirteen. The vessels may not come so near to each other 
 in the center of the disk as shown in Fig. 73 and some may disappear at 
 the edge of the disk as shown in Fig. 74. These appearances are caused 
 by a cupping of the disk and have no particular significance. Fig. 74 
 was drawn from an eye alleged to be glaucomatous, but + 2 -5o lenses 
 removed all the other symptoms and the patient is still happy after nine 
 years. The fairy stories about glaucoma, its causes and cures, are 
 enough to make angels weep. One writer declared he caused it in one 
 wee k with atropine and cured it the next week with eserine. A reputa- 
 ble ophthalmic paper printed the story too. 
 
 In myopia the vessels often turn abruptly toward the nasal side of 
 the disk before disappearing and at the temporal edge of the disk is a 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. j j ? 
 
 white crescent, caused by partial detachment of the retina and choroid, 
 showing the sclerotic; this suggests the possibility of progressive myopia 
 and should be watched. 
 
 In high amounts of hyperopia the disk is often very small and the 
 vessels correspondingly insignificant; vision is usually poor and chances 
 of improvement slight. 
 
 If there are several diopters of astigmatism the disk may appear 
 blurred in one meridian but clear in the opposite one, when turning the 
 lenses of the instrument will reverse the appearance. 
 
 Retinitis begins at the edge of the disk so far as appearance goes and 
 is sometimes so intense as to obscure the edge as shown in Fig. 75, which 
 also shows the choking of the vessels often associated with dysmenor- 
 rhoea. In ordinary cases, such as albuminuria, there is inflammation 
 without the choking. Vision is usually affected and light is painful. 
 Occasionally there is retinitis with a center independent of the disk, 
 caused by pressure from an obstruction in the choroidal vessels behind, 
 when there will always be a little blood-clot marking the point of pres- 
 sure. 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 Fig. 75 
 
 In advanced stages of Bright's disease there will be found, in addi- 
 tion to the diffuse inflammation, first small pus-patches followed by a 
 dry, white appearance (Fig. 76), which in turn is succeeded by blacft 
 patches (Fig. 77), due to disintegration of retinal tissue exposing the 
 pigment; in the last stage all three exhibits are present. 
 
 In syphilitic retinal affections there are black fantastic figures, like 
 
ii4 
 
 KEUBOLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 spider webs, fern leaves or ink splashes, with no inflammation unless 
 there chances to be kidney trouble, which is rare. 
 
 Wart-like dilations on the sides of vessels are tumors of the walls, 
 
 Fig. 76 
 
 Fig. 77 
 
 m*. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 115 
 
 sometimes found in persons excessively fat and correspondingly weak: 
 they are called aneurysms and are dangerous because if in the eyes they 
 are elsewhere, and the danger from hemorrhage is great. 
 
 Obstructions in vessels show congestion as in Fig. 78. Pressure is 
 liable to rupture the vessels when the extravasated blood would spread 
 out and coagulate, at least temporarily destroying vision. In time, how- 
 ever, reabsorption may occur and vision be restored. 
 
 ff 
 
 Fig. 78 
 
 In diabetic conditions the retina presents no inflammation, but a 
 decided dappled or greenish-black streaked appearance; the patient will 
 complain of floating particles in the visual field and will confess to a 
 negative diet. Floating specks are also seen by cases of general debility 
 from age or chronic neurasthenia and anaemia. 
 
 In chlorosis, although the cheeks may be rosy, the internal view 
 discloses pale arteries and dark veins, with a lack of quantity in both. 
 Such cases complain of general tired feelings and confess to attacks of 
 faintness. 
 
 Dark arterial blood means the liver is not working, and even when 
 the arteries are pretty good color, if the veins are unusually dark, look 
 for a coated tongue. 
 
 Be sure to look for the "yellow spot of Soemmering," in every case. 
 If you find it, I am a liar. If you don't find it, Soemmering and his tribe 
 are. The posterior pole has a field around it upon which images must 
 
n6 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 be formed to be seen clearly, but there is no more color to it than there 
 is to any of the other parts. It is more free from large vessels, but there 
 is no other distinguishing feature. Some other German professor should 
 come along and tell us he sees the pole. 
 
 Do not take anyone's word for anything except where it is exclusively 
 a matter of veracity — and go slow on that. Learn by practice what con- 
 stitutes a normal retina, and when there is departure, you will know it 
 without pictures as guides. 
 
 Fig. 79 
 
 Retinascopy, skiascopy, skiametry, pupiloscopy, koroscopy, and the 
 shadow test, are synonymous. It is an objective method. While they 
 work well on schematic eyes, which are fixed dioptric systems, it is a 
 physiological impossibility for them to, be used with any degree of ac- 
 curacy in fitting glasses, because the intense light thrown in the eyes sets 
 the accommodation and iris to work at once, the pupil becomes smaller 
 and the dioptric system is changed decidedly, decreasing hyperopia, in- 
 creasing myopia and making emmetropia myopia. 
 
 Fig. 79 will be of service in explaining the action of the principle. 
 The three lines crossing the axis at A represent three positions of the 
 mirror. Fig. 80 is a mirror, it being in this instance a plane one. The 
 
 light being reflected from the mirror M 1 at A Fig. 79 
 would focus at B if it could get there, but; as the retina 
 is in the way there are circles of diffusion formed at V 
 and the light comes back from those circles over the 
 lines upon which it entered, also along the dotted lines 
 O and X and in all the space between them, so that the 
 entire pupil is illuminated. By tilting the mirror back 
 to M 2 the dotted line O becomes the line V A, and the 
 original line, with all the rest, drops below the axis at 
 the peep-hole so the only illumination comes from the 
 upper part of the pupil, the rest being in eclipse — this 
 is the shadow that follows the movement of the mirror 
 in hyperopia, emmetropia and myopia of less amount 
 than the equivalent of the working distance. If the 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 117 
 
 mirror be tilted to the position M 3 the line X will become the line B A, 
 and all the rest will be above the axis at the peep-hole. The -j- lens 
 which will bring the dotted lines down the black lines' course to A is 
 the measure of the defect plus the working distance. The light may 
 be thrown across the pupil vertically, horizontally or obliquely, and if 
 the shadow moves with the operator's movement of the mirror + lenses 
 will be required. If too much is put on it will cause the movement of 
 the shadow to be against the mirror movement because the rays O and 
 X will cross before they reach the peep-hole. 
 
 W, 1 fef'fttj 
 
 Fig. 81 
 
 Fig. 81 shows how the same mirror works on highly myopic eyes. 
 The rays reflected from the mirror M 1 at A focus at B, and form circles 
 of diffusion at the retina. The rays return along the black lines, the 
 dotted lines, and from all the space between the black lines at the retina 
 to all space between the dotted lines at the mirror. Tilting the mirror to 
 M 2 raises the illuminated field at the retina and lowers the field at the mir- 
 ror so that the ray O falls into the peep-hole while the rest drop below, but 
 as this ray comes from the lower part of the pupil, which is the illuminated 
 portion, the shadow movement is against the mirror. Tilt the mirror to M 3 
 and all the rays returning to the mirror will rise and X will fall into the 
 peep-hole, the shadow will move up as the light is turned downward at 
 the eye. The > — lens which will cause the dotted lines to diverge until 
 they only meet at the peep-hole will be the correction, minus the working 
 distance. After finding the lens which stops the shadow, or in other 
 words brings the observed retina in conjugate focus with the observer's, 
 if the lenses are -j- they must be reduced the equivalent of the working 
 distance and if — they must be increased that amount. That is, if the 
 working distance is 20 inches the + lenses will be 2.00 D. too strong, and 
 the — lenses will be 2.00 D. too weak. If the -f- lenses are less than 2.00 
 D. the eye is myopic the amount of the difference between the power of 
 the lens and 2.00. Or, again, after getting the correction, -f- or — , hold 
 a — sphere equal to the working distance, in front of the lens or com- 
 bination, to give good distant vision. 
 
 If the' concave mirror is used the effects will be reversed, the shadow 
 will move against the mirror movement in hyperopia, emmetropia and in 
 
n8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 myopia less than the working distance. Fig. 82 will give a pretty clear 
 idea of how the light gets into and out of the eye by this method. It is 
 decidedly more complicated than with the plane mirror, but the result is 
 the same because it is the light coming out that the operator has to deal 
 with. Rays from the light L, to the mirror are reflected to the point I 
 where an image is formed which becomes the real light so far as the eye 
 
 Fig. 82 
 
 is concerned, the rays from which would focus at B, if they could get 
 there, but they form circles of diffusion from C to C and the light its 
 reflected as shown from lower C along the dotted lines 1-2, and from 
 upper C along the dotted lines 3-4. It will be seen that with the light! 
 I below the axis the circles of diffusion between G-C will be above tne 
 axis and all the light that strikes the peep-hole in the mirror must come 
 from the vicinity of lower C and follow dotted lines 1 and 3 and all in the 
 space between. Turning the mirror so that the light I is above the axis 
 will put the circles C-C below and the rays from C-C at their new posi- 
 tion will follow the dotted lines 2 and 4 and all in the space between as 
 they are raised toward the peep-hole. Of course the shadow is on the 
 opposite side; and as shown in the cut, the shadow comes up as the mir- 
 ror is turned down. 
 
 Fig. 83 
 
 If the eye is highly myopic a new feature presents itself. The 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 II 9 
 
 mirror forms an image in front of the eye, the dioptric system forms an 
 image of the first one, which has become the real light to it, then the rays 
 pass back to the retina and form circles between C-C. (Fig. 83.) The 
 dotted lines 1-2 and 3-4 show the course of the emergent rays. In the 
 position shown the mirror is throwing the light just below the axis and 
 the image in the eye is just above the axis; the light that gets in the peep- 
 hole follows the line 4-4-4, hence the illumination is below and the shadow 
 moves with the mirror movement Turn the mirror up so it forms the 
 image above the axis, the one in the eye will be below, the circles will 
 drop down and the illumination will follow the line 1-1 which will then 
 be in the same position above the axis that 4. is below, as shown in cut, 
 thus the illumination will come from the upper part of the pupil and the 
 shadow follow from below, with the mirror movement. 
 
 I have given space to this story because it has never been told In 
 detail before. As a means of measuring errors of refraction retinoscopy 
 is worthless on account of the physiological obstacles mentioned in the 
 beginning. When anyone says he can fit eyes by the method he is a 
 humbug, and the worst of it is, he humbugs himself. 
 
 Fig. 84 
 
 The prisoptometer, Fig. 84, is a subjective method of attempting to 
 measure errors, but it is very unreliable, for two reasons: First, the 
 operator is compelled to rely on what the patient tells him, with reference 
 to the targets; second, the test is a monocular one and there is a con- 
 stant tendency to induce rather than suspend accommodation 
 
 The ophthalmometer, Fig. 85, is an objective test and is an imposing 
 appearing instrument to those who are in awe of apparatus, but it at- 
 tempts a geometric impossibility in its principle, proposing, with a fixed 
 spherical curvature in itself, to measure a variety of spherical and ellip- 
 soidal curvatures in others. Its makers only claim it will register the 
 axis exactly and approximate the amount of astigmatism. When one 
 considers the fact that oblique astigmatism is sometimes exhibited by 
 spasm or exhaustion of the nerve supply to the oblique muscles; that 
 approximates to the amounts of astigmatism are not what a good doctT 
 is looking for; that all work done by it has to be done over by subjective 
 
120 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 methods; that it is expensive and that it is monocular, the conclusion is 
 reached quickly that the price of it would be better employed in some 
 other manner. 
 
 The stigmatometer is both an objective and subjective instrument^ 
 it embodies many excellent physical principles, and is a compliment to 
 its young inventor. The only faults i find with it are: First, it is 
 monocular; second, it is expensive; third, it is not practical for many pi 
 
 Fig. X5 
 
 the same reasons other machines are not. It may do for opticians o: 
 oculists, but neurologists and ophthalmologists, who are worthy of thi 
 name, have no use for such things, as they take valuable time that can be 
 devoted to more effective methods which only cost money as education is 
 paid for. 
 
 Phorometers, optometers, refractometers, and all similar devices are 
 worth more to the makers and sellers than to anyone else. 
 
 The perimeter is all right in a school room or for experimental pur- 
 poses, but in the doctor's office it is of less value than a retinascope. 
 
 A good platform scale is worth more than a cart-load of the instru- 
 ments enumerated after the ophthalmoscope, which is really a necessity. 
 
 According to various "authorities'' to sleep is a waste of time, to eat 
 is foolish, to work is a crime, to live is to worry and to die is hell. 
 
 When you learn that diseases of the kidneys have increased 24 per cent 
 in ten years, maybe you will be a little more careful about what you eat 
 and drink, and how, and when and where. 
 
 Please note that the death rate, from consumption, in this country 
 decreased over 20 per cent in the last ten years. Then when some "cure" 
 makes the claim in future that it did it, just class it with such humbugs as 
 vaccination. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION'. I2I 
 
 ABOUT ALLEGED DISEASES. 
 Old School Methods Compared With the New Drugless System. 
 
 There can be no greater proof of the humbuggery of the old school 
 medicine than is found in an expose of their methods as detailed by 
 authorities. If any dare challenge the accuracy of the following, all that 
 is necessary to settle the matter is to write me for a list of the aforesaid. 
 It will be observed by the intelligent reader that they do not mention 
 causes, but proceed to treat the exhibits on the general "scientific" prin- 
 ciple that if the doctor does not get results the first attempt he has the 
 license to proceed on down the line. If patient survives the experiment 
 nothing out of the extraordinary will kill him. 
 
 Abortion : Tincture opium in starch water, by rectum. 
 
 Acidity of the stomach (also called pyrosis ; also heartburn) : Car- 
 bolic acid, hydrogen sulphide, bicarbonate of soda, alkalies, ammonia, 
 atropine, bismuth, calcium carbonate, charcoal, lime water, potassium, 
 magnesium, mercury, nux vomica, silver nitrate and oxide, sodium, tannic 
 acid and many others. 
 
 Acne or Acne Rosacea (Pimples) : Alkalies, arsenic, belladonna, 
 berberis, bismuth, borax, boracic acid, calcium sulphide, carbolic acid, 
 cod-liver oil, hydrastis, mercury, nitric acid, phosphorus, potassium, qui- 
 nine, sodium bicarbonate, strontium, iodine, sulphur, zinc, salts and patent 
 medicines. 
 
 Actinomycosis (An inflammatory pus-forming condition found in the 
 jaws and elsewhere) : Iodine, potassium iodide, sodium salicylate, etc., 
 by injection into the affected spot or by mouth. 
 
 Addison's Disease (Tuberculosis of the supra-renal capsules) : Ar- 
 senic, cod-liver oil, creosote, glycerine, iron, nux vomica, opium, phos- 
 phorus, extract from other supra-renal capsules, hypophosphites. 
 
 Adenitis (Inflammation of a gland) : Calcium phos., calcium sulph., 
 carbon disulph., cod-liver oil, iron, and patents. 
 
 Adynamia (Loss of vital power) : Arsenic, alcohol, acids, calcium 
 phos., caffeine, camphor, hydrastine, iron preparations, nux vomica, phos- 
 phorus, quinine, oil turpentine, valerian. 
 
 Albumenuria (Nephritis, Bright's Disease) : Gallic acid, aconite, alco- 
 hol, alkaline diuretics, mercury chloride, acetate of ammonuim, arsenic, 
 amyl nitrate, belladonna, caffeine, calcium, col-liver oil, copaiba, croton oil, 
 elaterium, eucalyptus, fuchsine, gold trichloride, sodium chloride, hydras- 
 tis, hyoscyamus, iron, jaborandi, juniper oil, lead, lithium bromide or ci- 
 trate, nitroglycerine, nitrous ether, oxygen, pilocarpine, potassium, sodium 
 arsenate, strontium, acetate, tartrates, turpentine, etc. 
 
 Amaurosis or Amblyopia (Impaired vision) : Amyl nitrite, anti- 
 pyrine, arnica, calomel, digitalis, electricity, emmenagogues if menstrual 
 
X 22 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 difficulties are present, mercury, operation on muscles, nux vomica, pilo- 
 carpine, potassium, strychnine, veratrine, and many patents. 
 
 Amenorrhoea (Absence of menses) : Acids, aconite, alcohol, aloes, 
 ammonia, arsenic, asafoetida, cantharides, cimicifuga, cclocynth, cotton 
 root bark, croton oil, electricity, ergot, eupatorium, iron, phosphorus, 
 manganese, myrrh, nux vomica, pennyroyal, potassium, quinine, sodium, 
 savin, rue, silver nitrate, tansy, sitz baths, curettements, etc. 
 
 Anaemia (Deficiency of blood) : Acids, alkalies, aloes, arsenic, bitters, 
 calcium, calomel, copper arsenite, ferropyrine, hypophosphites, iron, man- 
 ganese, mercury bichloride, nux vomica, oxygen, pancreatin, phosphorus, 
 quinine, sodium, strychnine, wines and liquors. 
 
 Angina Pectoris (Strangle heart) : Aconite, amyl nitrite, antipyrine, 
 arsenic, atropine, cactus grandiflora, chamomile, chloral, chloroform, co- 
 caine, convallaria, digitalis, ether, morphine, sodium nitrites, potassium, 
 oxygen, phosphorus, bromides, quinine, strophanthus, strychnine, tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 Anorexia (Lack of appetite) : Hydrochloric acid, berberis, calomel, 
 capsicum, china phila., cinchona, gentian, nux vomica, quassia, strychnine. 
 
 Aphthae (Sore mouth) : Boric acid, carbolic acid, hydrochloric acid, 
 nitric acid, salicylic acid, sulphurous acid, tannic acid, alum, bismuth, 
 chlorine, copper sulphate, creosote, formaldehyde, glycerine, mercury, 
 potassium chlorate or iodide, quinine, rhubarb, nitrate of silver, sodium. 
 
 Asthma or Emphysema (Periodical attacks of difficult breathing) : 
 Acids, aconite, adrenalin, alcohol, alkalies, alum, ammonia vapor, amyl 
 nitrite, antimony, apomorphine, arsenic, asafoetida, belladonna, bromides, 
 caffeine, camphor, cannabis indica, chloral hydrate, chloroform, cocaine, 
 coffee, colchicum, creosote, duboisine, ether, electricity, gelsemium, grin- 
 delia, hyocine, iodine, ipecac, lobelia, menthol, mercury, morphine, nux 
 vomica, eucalyptus oil, amber oil, opium, oxygen, pepsin, physostigma, 
 pilocarpine, potassium bromide, iodide or cyanide or nitrite or nitrate, 
 quinine, resorcin, sodium in all its forms, stramonium, strychnia, sulphur 
 and tobacco. 
 
 Backache (Lumbago) : Actanilid, carbolic acid, salicylic acid, aconite, 
 antipyrine, atropine, camphor, capsicum, chloroform, cimcifuga, cod-liver 
 oil, electricity, massage, mustard plaster, oil wintergreen, opium, phena- 
 cetin, pitch plaster, potassium, quinine, rhus tox, sodium, turpentine, ver- 
 atrum. 
 
 Bed-wetting (Enuresis) : Camphoric acid, ammonium acetate or cit- 
 rate, antipyrine, atropine, buchu, cantharides, chloral hydrate, collodion, 
 ergot, iron iodine, juniper, potassium all forms, quinine, rhus aromatica, 
 rhus toxicodendron, sodium arsenat, spirits nitrous ether, strychnine, oil 
 of turpentine. 
 
 Biliousness (Liver disorder) : Acids, aconite, alkalies, aloes, ammon- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 123 
 
 ium chloride or iodide, bromides, chloral hydrates, calomel, colocynth, 
 hydrastis, ipecac, leptandra, manganese, iodide of mercury, yellow oxide 
 of mercury, mustard plasters, opium, podophyllum, rhubarb, sodium phos- 
 phates or sulphates, stillingia, strychnine. 
 
 Bladder troubles: Benzoic acid, belladonna, buchu, cannabis indica, 
 cantharides, capaiba, ergot, eucalyptol, gelsemium, hyoscyamus, stigmata 
 mays, potassium acetate, strychnine, electricity, nicotine, or patents. 
 
 Calculi, biliary, renal and vessical (Stones in gall-bladder, kidneys, 
 etc.) : Nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, anesthetics, belladonna, chloral, chlo- 
 reform, iron, chlorine, mercury, morphine, oils, radium in all forms, ether, 
 turpentine, alkalies, ammonium calumba, cotton root, ergot, lithium salts, 
 magnesium, potassium, patents. 
 
 Caries or Necrosis (Decay of bones) : Carbolic and phosphoric acids, 
 calcium carbonate or chloride, cod-liver oil, gold, iodides, iodine, phos- 
 phorus, potassium, sarsaparilla, sulphuric acid, patents. 
 
 Catarrh (Inflammation with pus discharge) : Acids, aconite, bella- 
 donna, ammonia, arsenic, bismuth, camphor, chloral, chloroform, cocaine, 
 codeine, cubeb, eucalyptol, formaldehyde, ipecac, iodoform, jaborandi, men- 
 thol, nux vomica, oils, opium, pilocarpine, potassium, Pulsatilla, quinine, 
 resorcin, sanguinaria, silver nitrate, sodium, sugar, tartar emetic, verat- 
 rum viride, sulphate of zinc, patents. 
 
 Cerebral anaemia (Deficient blood in head) : Ammonia, amyl nitrite, 
 arsenic, caffeine, camphor, chloral, digitalis, electricity, euquinine, glonin, 
 glycerine, gold, iron, nux vomica, phosphorus, quinine, zinc phosphate. 
 
 Cerebral congestion (Excess of blood in head) : Hydrocyanic acid, 
 aconite, arsenic, belladona, bromides, cathartics, chloral, colchicum, colo- 
 cynth, croton oil, digitalis, elateria, ergot, gelsemium, bromides, potas- 
 sium, veratrum, patents and venesection.. 
 
 Chlorosis (Anaemia from menstrual suppression) : Acids, arsenic, 
 iron, berberis, calcium, cocculus indicus, ergot, manganese, nux vomica, 
 pancreatin, potassium, sodium, zinc, and all the other alleged remedies 
 for anaemia from any cause. 
 
 Chorea (St. Vitus' Dance) : Acetanilid, ammonia, amyl nitrite, an- 
 timony, antipyrine, apomorphine, arsenic, belladona, bismuth, bromides* 
 calcium, camphor, cannabis indica, chloral, chloroform, cimicifuga, co- 
 caine hydrochlorate, cocculus, cod-liver oil, conium, copper, duboisine, 
 ether, hyoscyamus, iodides, iron, lobelia, morphine, musk physostigma, 
 picrotoxin, potassium, quinine, silver, sodium, strmonium, strychnine, 
 valerian, veratrum, zinc in all forms. 
 
 Conjunctivitis (Inflammation of the eyes) : Acids, adrenalin, alum, 
 atropine, bismuth, blisters back of ears, cadmium, calomel, castor oil, co- 
 caine, copper, eserine, formaldehyde, hydrastis, hamamelis, iron, mer- 
 cury, opium, silver nitrate, sodium, tannin, zinc. 
 
124 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Constipation (Deficient action of bowels) : Aloes, ammonium chlor- 
 ide, arsenic, belladonna, calomel, cascara sagrada, castor oil, chloral hy- 
 drate, cocculus, cod-liver oil, colocynth, croton oil, "dinner pills" com- 
 posed of aloes and iron or with nux vomica, belladonna or hyoscyamus, 
 ergot, eserine, frangula, gamboge, glycerine, guaic, hydrastis, ipecac, jo- 
 lap, leptandrin, lime, licorice compound, magnesia, muscarine, manna, nux 
 vomica, opium, ox-gall, physostigma, podophyllin, potassium, prunes, rhu- 
 barb, sodium, senna, soap, stillingia, strychnine, tobacco, turpentine oil, 
 patents. 
 
 Debility (General weakness) : Acids, alcohol, arsenic, berberis, bit- 
 ters, calcium salts, cinchona, cod-liver oil, digitalis, eucalyptus, euquin- 
 ine, malt extract, hydrastis, hypophosphites, manganese, morphine, nux 
 vomica, potassium, quinine, sanguinaria, sarsaparilla, patents. 
 
 Diabetes insipidus and mellitus (Kidney trouble) : Acids, acetanilid, 
 alum, ammonium valerianate, antipyrine, arsenic, atropine, codeine, cre- 
 osote, ergot, chloride of gold, iron, jaborandi, muscarine, opium, pilocar- 
 pine, potassium, supra-renal capsule, strychnia, valerian, zinc, alkalies, 
 calcium, hydrogen dioxide, iodoform, quinine, rhubarb, sodium. 
 
 Dysmenorrhea (Difficult or painful menstruation) : Acids, acetani- 
 lid, aconite, aloes, ammonium, amyl nitrite, antipyrine, arsenic, atropine, 
 berberis, borax, cajuput oil, camphor, cannabis indicia, chloral, chloro- 
 form, cimicifuga, codeine, copper, ergot, ether, gelsemium, ginger, guaiac, 
 hamamelis, hydrastis, ipecac ,iron, manganese, mercury, morphine, nux 
 vomica, opium, picrotoxin, quinine, strychnine, viburnum. 
 
 Dyspepsia (Indigestion) : Acids, alkalies, aloes, ammonium, arsenic, 
 belladonna, berberis, bismuth, bitters, bryonia, calabar bean, calcium, 
 calomel, calumba, cannabis indica, capsicum, cardomoms, cascara sagrada, 
 castor oil, charcoal, chloral, chloroform, cinchona, cocaine, cod-liver oil, 
 colchicum, creosote, eucalyptus, euquinine, gentian, ginger, gold, hops, 
 hot and cold water, hydrastis, hydrogen peroxide, ipecac, iron, lime, 
 magnesia, malt, morphine, nux vomica, opium, orexine, pancreatin, pep- 
 per, pepsin, picrotoxin, podophyllin, potassium, ptyalin, quassia, rhubarb, 
 sanguinaria, serpentaris, silver, sodium, stramonium bromide, strych- 
 nine, terebene, wahoo, xanthroxylum. 
 
 Eczema (A skin disease) : Acetanilid, carbolic acid, ammonium, 
 arsenic, belladonna, benzoin, bismuth, blisters, borax, calcium, camphor, 
 cantharides, chloral, cinchona, cocaine, cod-liver oil, collodion, conium, 
 copper, eucalyptus, hamamelis, iris, iron, jaborandi, lead, lime, mercury, 
 menthol, nutgall, croton oil, phosphorus, Phytolacca, potassium, rhus tox, 
 silver nitrate, soap, sodium, arsenate, sulphur, tannin, tar, yolk of egg, 
 zinc. 
 
 Epilepsy (Falling sickness) : Acids, adonis vernalis, ammonium, 
 amyl, nitrite, antipyrine, apomorphine, arsenic, asafoetida, belladonna, 
 
CLINICAL 1'ORTION. 
 
 125 
 
 bismuth, bromides, calcium, camphor, cannabis indica, chloral, chloro- 
 form, cod-liver oil, conium, copper, digitalis, duboisine, gold, hydrastis, 
 hyoscyamus, ignatia, iron, lobelia, mercury, opium, phosphorus, physos- 
 tigma, picrotoxin, potassium, quassia, quinine, rue, silver nitrate, sodium, 
 stramonium, strychnia, supra-renal capsule, turpentine oil, valerian, zinc. 
 Flatulence (Intestinal bloating) : Acids, alkalies, ammonia, asafoe- 
 tida, belladonna, bismuth, calcium, calumbo, camphor, capsicum, char- 
 coal, chlorofrom, creosote, ether, eucalyptus, ipecac, oils, manganese, 
 mercury, muscarine, nux vomica, pepper, physostima, picrotoxin, podo- 
 phyllin, potassium, resorcin, rue, sodium, terebene, oil of turpentine, va- 
 lerian. 
 
 Gastralgia (Pain in stomach) : Same as dyspepsia. 
 Gastritis (Inflammation of stomach) : Same as dyspepsia. 
 Headache: Acetanilid, acetic acid, hydrobromic acid, nitro-hydro- 
 chloric acid, phosphoric acid, salicylic acid, aconite, aloin, ammonia, an- 
 tipyrine, arsenic, atropine, berberis, bismuth, bromides, bryonia, caffeine, 
 cajuput oil, calomel, camphor, cannabis indica, capsicum, chloroform, 
 cimicifuga, coffee, colchicum, croton oil, digitalis, ergot, ether, eucalyp- 
 tus, gelsemium, heat, hydrastis, hyoscyamus, ice-bag, ignatia, magnesia, 
 morphine, mustard, amyl nitrite, nitroglycerine, strychnia, phenacetine, 
 picrotoxin, podophyllin, potassium, quinine, sanguinaria, sodium bicar- 
 bonate, bromide, phosphate or salicylate, strontium, tea, valerian. 
 
 Heart disease: Amyl nitrite, cocaine, digitalis, ergot, morphine, ni- 
 troglycerine, sodium, arsenic, cod-liver oil, cimicifuga, strophanthus, 
 strychnine, aconite, bromides, electricity, potassium, veratrum, hydro- 
 cyanic acid, belladonna, camphor, lead, nux vomica, senega, ether, va- 
 lerian, barium, iron, jalpa, veratrum. 
 
 Hysteria (Nervous excitement) : Acetanilid, acids, aconite, alcohol, 
 aloes, ammonia, amyl nitrite, antipyrine, apomorphine, arsenic, asafoe- 
 tida, atropine, bromides, camphor, cannabis indica, chloral, chloroform, 
 cimicifuga, cocaine, codeine, cod-liver oil, ergot, ether, eucalyptus, gold 
 chloride, hyoscyamus, ignatia, iron, morphine, musk, nux vomica, oil am- 
 ber, oil wormseed, opium, paraldehyde, phosphates, Pulsatilla, tartar em- 
 etic, valerian, water, zinc. 
 
 Insomnia (Sleeplessness) : Same as hysteria. 
 Intermittent fever: Same as hysteria, practically. 
 Leucorrhoea (White discharge from vagina due to weakness) : Bor- 
 ic acid, carbolic acid, chromic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, alkalies, 
 aloes, alum, ammonium, arsenic, belladonna, bismuth, borax, catechu, co- 
 paiba, copper, creosote, cubebs, ergot, glycerine, hamamelis, hematoxy- 
 lon, hydrastis, iodine, iodoform, iron, lead salts, oil turpentine, potassium, 
 tannin, zinc. 
 
 Liver troubles: Acids, aconite, ammonium, calomel, glycerine, io- 
 
I2 6 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 dides, iron, mercury, nux vomica, ox-gall, phosphorus, potassium, quin- 
 ine, rhubarb, sodium phos., sulphur, teraxicum, oil turpentine, alkalies, 
 colchicum, tartar emetic. 
 
 Metritis (Inflammation of womb) : Carbolic acid, nitric acid, acon- 
 ite, aloes, creosote, ergot, euquinine, gelsemium, gold and radium, chlor- 
 ide, iodine, iodoform, mercury bichloride, opium, potassium, silver ni- 
 trates, oil of turpentine, hydrastis, etc. 
 
 Nephritis (Inflammation of kidneys) : Gallic acid, aconite, alcohol, 
 alkalies, ammonia, amyl nitrite, arsenic, belladonna, broom, caffeine, cal- 
 cium, calomel, cannabis indica, cantharides, chloral, cod-liver oil, copaiba, 
 croton oil, digitalis, elaterium, ergot, eucalyptus, fuchsine, gadnol, gly- 
 cerine, gold trichloride, hydrastis, hyoscyamus, iron, jaborandi, juniper 
 oil, lead, lithium bromide, nitroglycerine, ether, oxygen, pilocarpine, po- 
 tassium salts, sodium arsenat, tartrates, turpentine, water and patents 
 galore. 
 
 Neuralgia (Nerve pain) : Acetanilid, aconite, acids, alcohol, ammo- 
 nia, amyl nitrite, antipyrine, arsenic, atropine, berberis, bismuth, brom- 
 ides, cactus, caffeine, camphor, cannabis indica, cantharides, capsicum, 
 chloral, chlorofrom, cimicifuga, cocaine, cod-liver oil, colchicum, conium, 
 creosote, digitalis, dogwood, ergot, ether, eserine, eucalyptus, euquinine, 
 gelsium, hyoscyamus, ignatia, iodides, mercury, morphine, nitroglycer- 
 ine, nux vomica, croton oil, mustard oil, clove oil, peppermint oil, opium, 
 phenacetin, phosphorus, potassium, pullsatilla, quinine, sodium, stramon- 
 ium, turpentine, valerine, veratrum, zinc, patents. 
 
 Neurasthenia (Nervous debility) : Arsenic, bromides, codeine, co- 
 caine, euquinine, hypophosphites, iron, strychnia, phosphorus, potassium, 
 zinc, aconite, ammonia, caffeine, camphor, chloral, chloroform, electrici- 
 ty, ergot, ether, ignatia, morphine, opium, pullsatilla, sodium bromide, 
 supra-renal capsule, sweet spirits nitre, valerian. 
 
 Rheumatism: Acetanilid, acids, alkalies, alcohol, amber oil, ammonia 
 in many forms, arnica, arsenic, atropine, blisters, bryonia, cactus, caf- 
 feine, cajuput oil, camphor, cannabis indica, capsicum, chaulmoogra oil, 
 chloral hydrate, chloroform, cimicifuga, cocaine, cod-liver oil, colchicum, 
 conium, creosote, digitalis, Dover's powders, dulcamara, eserine, euca- 
 lyptus, euquinine, Fowler's solution, gadnol, gelsemium, gold and radium, 
 chloride, guaiac,, ice, iodides, iodoform, iron, jaborandi, lithium in several 
 forms, magnesia, menthol, mercury, morphine, mustard plasters, croton 
 oil, turpentine oil, opium, phenactine, phytolacca, pilocarpine, potassium 
 in a dozen forms, poultices, quinine, rhus tox, sodium, stramonium, sul- 
 phur, veratrum, valerian. 
 
 Tic douloureux (See neuralgia). 
 
 Torticollis^ (Wry neck) : Acetanilid, aconite, arsenic, atropine, capsi- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 \2f 
 
 cum cimicifuga, opium, gelsemium, menthol, nux vomica, opium, potas- 
 sium, strychnine. 
 
 Following is our method of procedure without drugs or surgery 
 as commonly understood. The dollars appended indicate a fair price for 
 our services. It is always to be understood that strict obedience to in- 
 structions is part of the fee. We recognize old names for convenience, 
 but deny they are diseases. 
 
 Abortion. In prescribing glasses for highly nervous women during 
 pregnancy, do not fog, lest the sudden relaxation which sometimes fol- 
 lows cause miscarriage. 
 
 Abcesses. Due to wrong diet and nerve strain. General treatment 
 by dietary, etc., as described in another chapter. $50. 
 
 Acidity of stomach. Due to foolish eating and nerve strain. One- 
 half to a teaspoonful of dry salt with water enough to wash it down, for 
 immediate relief. Then follow with general treatment. For the bloat- 
 ing of abdomen sometimes present, manipulate the intestines. $100. 
 
 Albumenuria. Due to ignorant eating and drinking. Strict diet and 
 general overhauling of machinery; rest. $100. 
 
 Alcoholism. First our general treatment. If it fails, an asylum. It 
 is a species of insanity that is highly dangerous. 
 
 Amenorrhoea. Absence of menses due to nervous derangements. 
 General treatment to develop perfect nutrition. Manipulate limbs. Let the 
 procreative organs alone. $100. 
 
 Anaemia. Lack of blood due to malnutrition and nerve strain. Gen- 
 eral treatment with special attention to fresh air and breathing. $100. 
 
 Angina Pectoris. (Strangle Heart.) Due to nerve strain from phy- 
 siological causes. Regulate the nerve supply and distribution; rest. $50. 
 
 Apthae. (Sore Mouth.) Due to nervous derangements affecting 
 the liver. General treatment; salt, dry in the mouth as local help to 
 remove the soreness as the cause of inconvenience. $50. 
 
 Apoplexy. (Cerebral Hemorrhages.) General treatment, very 
 strictly. $100. 
 
 Asthma. (Affection of bronchi from nerve strain.) General treat- 
 ment. $100. 
 
 Appendicitis. (Stricture of bowels from neglect of nature's calls, and 
 nerve strain.) Manual treatment with rectal injections of hot salt water 
 to evacuate the colon; a tablespoonful of spirits turpentine to half gallon 
 of water, if there is bloating. $100. 
 
 Atrophy. (Wasting.) Applies mostly to nerves, but may describe 
 dead tissue. May be arrested by general treatment, but damage done can- 
 not be' undone. $50. 
 
 Biliousness. (Liver disorder due to overworking it with — foods.) 
 
!28 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 General treatment. Restrict to rest and fruit diet until the liver shows 
 signs of being ready for work, then proceed to feed lightly $50. 
 
 Bladder Troubles. These are always due to spasm or exhaustion 
 of the nerve supply or to hypertrophy or atrophy of structure. Stick 
 to general treatment and have patients avoid liquors and sexual excite- 
 ment. Rest is imperative. $100. 
 
 Bright's Disease. (See Albumenuria.) An acute form of albumenuria. 
 If there are pus patches, white or black spots at the retina it is beyond 
 the limit angle. Let the old school doctors have it. $250. 
 
 Bronchitis. (Related to asthma; usually due to colds, however.) 
 Strict confinement, hot baths and sweating with a very light but powerful 
 fruit diet. Lemon juice in all water used for drinking. $100. 
 
 Calculi. (Stones in liver, kidneys, etc.) Strict + diet and not much 
 of it until the stones disappear. Absolute rest to avoid irritation. $100 to 
 $500. 
 
 Catarrh (A meaningless word, used villainously.) All so-called ca- 
 tarrh, except of the nose, throat and ear, are humbug, as anyone may prove 
 readily by following our general treatment. The nose, throat and ears 
 being open, are exposed to foreign bodies, dust, etc. ; they should be kept 
 clean; the nose and throat particularly should be douched by snuffing 
 and gargling strong salt water daily until all symptoms have disappeared, 
 then the mouth should be so cleansed every morning and the nose at 
 least twice a week, as the same causes will produce the same effects again. 
 For the ears, let several drops of the salt solution run into the ears twice 
 a day until suppuration and "ringing" ceases. Do not fear injury. The 
 old doctor who tells you it will do damage is either a fool or a knave. $200. 
 
 Chancre, and all other vile diseases, due to immorality or accident, 
 send to our friends the old drug doctors. They are a great convenience 
 and need the money. 
 
 Chlorosis. (Debility of girls from general nerve strain.) General 
 treatment, lots of fresh air, stop all school work and close application. 
 Watch lungs and mentality. Keep careful note of conditions of blood by 
 ophthalmoscopic observation. $250. 
 
 Cholera Morbus. (Poisoning due to overeating unripe fruit or vegeta- 
 bles.) Treat same as appendicitis. Give salt by mouth to relieve pains in 
 stomacji. $25. 
 
 Chorea. (An exhibit of nervous irritation from constant excess de- 
 mands. Known as St. Vitus' Dance.) Pay strict attention to diet and 
 correction of the eyes. Stop, close work and violent exercise. $200. 
 
 Colic. See cholera morbus. 
 
 Conjunctivitis. See chapter on eye diseases (?) 
 
 Constipation. (Suspended action of the bowels, usually due to errors 
 of refraction in the eyes and other excessive demands on the nerve supply 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 129 
 
 that interfere with the rhythmic motion of perisitalsis, cause strictures in 
 the sphincter muscles and interrupt the action of the digestive and assimi- 
 lative machinery generally.) Begin at the eyes and work down, stopping 
 all leaks or strains, regulate the diet, manipulate the abdomen, (often 
 once is all that is necessary) and see that patient follows orders. $200 to 
 $500. 
 
 Consumption. See tuberculosis. 
 
 Convulsions. These are emergency cases. They are, of course, due 
 to shock or strain on the nervous system, but treatment depends on the 
 cause. Usually it is best to give hot baths. After the spasm subsides a 
 general examination will disclose the causes which, when known, are 
 usually easily removed. $100 to $500. 
 
 Coryza. (Cold in head.) Pull neck. 
 
 Debility or Neurasthenia. A general breaking down of the system. If 
 it comes to the very young it is due to congenital causes or malnutrition ; 
 when found in the youth or middle aged it is usually due to physiological 
 or mental strain or both; in old people it is a natural wearing out of the 
 machinery. The first class requires tender care because children do not 
 know how to look after themselves ; the second need watching or those who 
 are in active life will violate orders as if they expected they could purchase 
 health with money; the older ones usually follow instructions but results 
 are more unsatisfactory than in the others who obey the doctor. $200 to 
 $1,000. 
 
 Diabetes: A disorder of the blood caused by overworking the liver 
 with — foods. In the first stage it exhibits by excessive secretion of urine, 
 and in the more advanced stage, by a thickening of the fluid from the excess 
 sugar which clogs the kidneys, causes uraemic poisoning and death. 
 Strictly + foods until all symptoms disappear. 
 
 Diarrhoea. Absolute rest, salt water rectal injections, manual treat- 
 ment of 1 2th dorsal vertebra and such food as blackberries in small quanti- 
 ties. Lemon juice in all drinking water. Seat patient on chair, put knee 
 against lower dorsal vertebrae, pull back gently but firmly on shoulders for 
 two minutes, then put to bed. $10 to $25. 
 
 Dysentery. See Diarrhoea. 
 
 Dysmenorrhoea. General treatment between menstrual periods. For 
 the convulsions sometimes attending the menses, manual treatment, one 
 hand on the sacral nerves and the other titilating the clitoris. This directs 
 the entire nerve current locally to the uterus, starts the natural rhythmic 
 action and utilizes the sexual instinct to good purpose. Our general meth- 
 ods afford permanent relief so quickly that it is rarely the pains return after 
 the first month or two. $150 to $500. 
 
 Dyspepsia. (See Constipation. 
 
 Earache. For emergencies, a pledget of cotton in a goosequill with a 
 
130 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 drop of chloroform; breathe gently in one end of the quill while the other 
 is in the ear. This is merely a local anesthetic and is not treatment. While 
 it is effective, instill warm water and wash ears, then a few drops of salt 
 water and confinement for the day in even temperature. $25. 
 
 Eczema. General treatment to get the machinery in working order, 
 of course, but for the annoyance of the eruption apply coarse cloths kept 
 soaked with cold salt water, two drachms to the pint. Keep on all day, 
 wetting occasionally. It will hurt like blazes, but the good nights of rest 
 which follow will be a reward and the permanent relief from the entire 
 course of treatment makes grateful patients. $50 to $250. 
 
 Emissions. See Incontinence. 
 
 Emphysema. See Asthma. 
 
 Enuresis. (Bed-wetting.) See Epilepsy or Chorea. 
 
 Epilepsy. See Chorea, as both belong to the same class, practically. 
 $200 to $500. 
 
 Epistaxis. (Nosebleed.) A good thing for stout people, as it has often 
 prevented apoplexy. Reduce flesh by dieting and keep quiet until the walls 
 of vessels get strong from the + food. $25 to $100. 
 
 Erysipelas. Butter-milk used as salt water is for eczema. General 
 treatment for the causes. $100 to $500. 
 
 Fetid Breath, body or feet. Use salt water as for catarrh, bathe freely, 
 especially the feet, and to keep the latter from getting too tender rinse them 
 in salt water. General treatment. As long as feet are confined in shoes 
 they will be fetid. 
 
 Fevers. Stop eating, drink lemon juice, diluted, to quench thirst, sweat 
 _rtd remain in bed.If bowels are bad, use salt water injections for antiseptic 
 purposes. 
 
 Floating kidney. See Prolapsus. 
 
 Flatulence. See Constipation. $25 to $200. 
 
 Gall-stones. See Calculi. 
 
 Gastralgia. (Neuralgia of the Stomach.) A half teaspoonful of salf, 
 repeated in fifteen minutes if pain does not cease. Stop eating and treat 
 for acidity. 
 
 Gonorrhoea. (A venereal product exhibited in inflammation of the 
 uretha and exudation of pus.) Stop liquors, all sexual excitement, diet, 
 keep quiet, and let it alone. It is not proof of association with sporting 
 women, but is acquired so frequently in such manner that it behooves hus- 
 bands and wives to be temperate in their sexual relations if they would 
 avoid possible doubt of each other's fidelity. $100 to $500. 
 
 Gout. A form of neuralgia resulting from excessive indulgence in club 
 life, wines, etc. $100 to $500. 
 
 Headache. See Constipation. Pull neck. 
 
 Heart Disease. (There is no such thing. It is general nerve derange- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 131 
 
 ment.) See debility. The old school doctors make a great ado over 
 "tobacco heart" and 'mitral valve disease." We laugh at such "diseases," 
 but go after the real situation, which is serious sometimes. 
 
 Hemorrhoids. (Piles.) General treatment and rest. Get bowels 
 clean and active, when piles disappear. $100 to $250. 
 
 Hiccough. Pull the neck; startle; feed pounded ice or ice cream, then 
 adjust the nervous system by general treatment. $50 to $100. 
 
 Hydrocephalus. (Water on the brain.) Send to old school doctors or 
 asylums. 
 
 Hypochondria. (Mental collapse from nerve shock or strain.) The 
 worst condition we have to meet. Strict general treatment, isolate from too 
 much sympathy, or an entire lack of it. Get the mentality aroused. $200 
 to $1,000. 
 
 Hysteria. (Mental and physiological spasm from nerve shock or 
 strain.) A comparatively easy class of cases if patient can be controlled, 
 and for the latter purpose should be treated much as hypochondria. The 
 advantage in this instance is it is more hopeful. $200 to $1,000. 
 
 Impotence. (Loss of sexual ability.) General treatment; particularly 
 restricting liquor, tobacco, etc. Absolute rest. $250 to $1,000. 
 
 Incontinence. This is the result of general weakness from long con- 
 tinued nerve strain, from injury or from excessive venery. It may affect 
 only the bladder, but often involves the prostatic gland and nightly emis- 
 sions. See debility. 
 
 Insomnia. Sleeplessness from nervous irritation. General treatment, 
 light diet, rest and open air just before bedtime; pull the neck. $100 to 
 $500. 
 
 Intussusception. A telescoping of the small intestines into the catcum. 
 See appendicitis. 
 
 Iritis. See chapter on alleged eye diseases. 
 
 Kidney diseases. See albuminuria. 
 
 Leucocythemia. A blood disorder in which there are too many white 
 corpuscles, indicating by the ophthalmoscope a nervous debility even before 
 it affects the patient's endurance. See debility. 
 
 Leucorrhoea. A vaginal discharge due to nervous exhaustion and lack 
 of observation of laws of cleanliness. After menstruating the vagina should 
 be washed with hot soap-suds, rinsed with tepid salt water and douched 
 once a day with the latter. General treatment to get system in perfect 
 shape. See dysmenorrhoea. 
 
 Locomotor Ataxia. (Tabes Dorsalis.) Said to be a product of syph- . 
 ilis. No remedy has yet been found. We have some patients who stopped 
 taking potassium iodide seven years ago and are in as good shape as they 
 were then, by simply watching the diet. They are unable to perform any 
 business duties, however. 
 
132 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Lumbago. This affliction of the loins, exhibiting by pains in the small- 
 of-the-back, requires general treatment applied strictly, and sometimes man- 
 ual treatments to adjust such vertebra as impinge on the nerves. Some- 
 times almost instant relief is thus rendered. $50 to $200. 
 
 Mania. See hysteria. 
 
 Melancholy. See hypochondria. 
 
 Menorrhagia. (Menstrual flooding.) Usually preceded by dysmenor- 
 rhoea. Manual treatment for the emergency is to grasp a wisp of hair 
 around the vulva and give it a quick, short jerk. It will make the patient 
 angry, but it gives results. Then follow with absolute quiet, lying down 
 and a light but vigorous -f- diet. They are all right in a month as a rule. 
 $50 to $200. 
 
 Mentritis and Endometritis. (Inflammation of the womb.) See 
 menorrhagia for treatment, except manual, which is not needed. 
 
 Morning Sickness. The vomiting of pregnancy or from general de- 
 bility. Neither should exist. See debility. 
 
 Myalgia. Literally means muscle pain, which is an impossibility It 
 might be called myo-neuralgia. Pull the neck and order general treat- 
 ment. $50 to $100. 
 
 Nephritis. See Albuminuria. 
 
 Neuralgia. Nerve pain, which is, in fact, the only possible kind of 
 pain. Is a frequent sequel to surgical operations, which must be taken 
 into account in our analysis. Pull the neck and follow with general 
 methods. $100 to $500. 
 
 Nymphomania. Sometimes called Priapism. Excessive sexual de- 
 sire in females; its synonym applied to males it satyriasis. The simplest 
 and most logical treatment would be the satisfaction of the desire ad 
 nauseum, then mental education and general treatment. $100 to $500. 
 
 Obesity. (Too much fat.) Strict diet. $50 to $500. 
 
 Ophthalmia. See chapter on alleged eye diseases. 
 
 Orchitis. (Inflammation of the testicles. Rest and same procedure 
 as for gonorrhoea. 
 
 Otitis and Otorrhoea. (Ear troubles.) See catarrh. 
 
 Ozoena. (Discharge from the nose.) See catarrh. 
 
 Paralysis. (Loss of nerve supply or derangement of distribution.) 
 Absolute rest, general treatment; pull the neck. 
 
 Peritonitis. (Inflammation of the lining of the abdomen.) Requires 
 absolute quiet and evacuation of the bowels, strict diet and general 
 methods.. 
 
 Pneumonia. Inflammation of lungs. Pull neck and keep cold salt- 
 water cloths on chest. 
 
 Prolapsus. (Falling.) Refers to uterus, anus and kidneys. Treat 
 same as debility. $100 to $500. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 J 33 
 
 Prostatitis. See gonorrhoea. 
 
 Prostatorrhoea. See gonorrhoea. 
 
 Prurigo. (Also called psoriasis.) Itch. See eczema and erysipelas. 
 
 Pyrosis. See acidity. 
 
 Renal diseases. See albuminura and diabetes. 
 
 Rheumatism. A fool word meaning rhubarbism, used to denominate 
 certain forms of neuralgia. There are two kinds: musculo-motor and 
 vasculo-motor; the first is restricted to the arms, legs and neck; is painful 
 and can be reached by neck pulling and manual handling of the limbs, 
 rotating and assisting to relieve the pressure which certainly exists; the 
 second involves the circulation of the blood and lymphatic systems and 
 causes swelling as well as acute pains ; general treatment alone is all that 
 will be tolerated. Let the old schools have it. $100 to $500. 
 
 Sciatica. See Rheumatism. 
 
 Scrofula. See Tuberculosis. 
 
 Skin Diseases. Symptoms of general nerve derangements and blood 
 disorders. Treat generally. See eczema and erysipelas. 
 
 Tetanus. Pull neck. 
 
 Tinitus Aurum. (Roaring in ears.) See catarrh. 
 
 Uraemia. See Albuminuria. 
 
 Uric Acid. See gout. 
 
 Vertigo. See constipation. 
 
 Wounds. For fresh cuts immerse in spirits turpentine, then wrap 
 in coarse muslin or linen cloth and keep well soaked. 
 
 Zymolysis. See acidity. 
 
 THE MATTER OF DIET. 
 A Couple of Hours With My Pupils in McCormick Neurological College. 
 
 In the institution named above the constant endeavor is to be brief 
 and use simple language, so that none may fail to understand. The fol- 
 lowing are specimens of our method of teaching dietetics. There are 
 many ways of telling the same truths, and when the subject has been 
 treated from many standpoints and under different circumstances during 
 the course, the students become very familiar with the essential prin- 
 ciples, when the details take care of themselves as they arise. 
 
 ONE HOUR'S WORK. 
 
 After we have built our ideal man and denominated the functions of 
 the various departments, we must remember that there are two possible 
 situations: First, the influences over which we have no control; second, 
 those which are within reach. Of the latter, the matter of sustaining 
 vitality and avoiding over-taxation of the reserve supply of nervous energy 
 are the greatest, in fact they are the whole thing. 
 
134 
 
 NEUIiOLOGY AND METAN1V8IC8. 
 
 Ht**Tjteja&. S>aj; 
 
 tf< 
 
 0%*J 
 
 yj> Hs/r^SS &**: 
 
 
 Fig- 86 
 
 The diagram above, Fig. 86, showing the diet as commonly practiced, 
 with reference to quantity, and that which should be practiced, will at- 
 tract interest, and when simple reasons are given, there is a better chance 
 of being effective. B stands for breakfast, D for dinner, S for supper. All 
 machinery works strictly in accordance with natural laws, and the ma- 
 chinery in man is no different from any other, except in being dominated 
 by mentality, which has been perverted from the beginning of history, 
 which is the principal proof if there is any, of the existence of a devil, and 
 it follows logically that when he wants to take advantage of us he would 
 naturally want to allay any suspicions we might have, hence he teaches 
 that there is a God who will forgive any mental slips, and a mysterious 
 doctor with mysterious drugs, who can perform miracles if we indulge phy- 
 sical appetites, thus violating law. Neurology teaches that he is a liar in 
 both cases. 
 
 In the morning when the day's labor is about to begin, the machinery 
 should be started gently by eating a little fruit, a drink of pure, cool water, 
 then a little turn in the open air, avoiding hurry, getting up early enough 
 so that from one-half to one hour elapses before breakfast. Of course 
 the first essential is to go to bed on a comparatively empty stomach; and 
 right here we have the first reason for inconvenience to our patients. In 
 physics we have plus and minus lenses in which the prisms are exactly 
 reversed and their effect upon light typifies exactly the effect of inverting 
 habits. 
 
 A good breakfast, when the stomach is ready for it, not only starts 
 the current of nervous energy, but creates an equal demand, hence, he 
 gets an equal distribution. No one is liable to eat too much in the morn- 
 ing, hence he gets a natural example as to quantity. At noon he has a 
 natural appetite and gratifies it with about the same quantity, and in the 
 evening there is possibly an equal appetite, but he is given brains, a mind, 
 with which to reason that there are two things which make a good supper 
 unnecessary: First, he is about to enter upon a period of comparative 
 rest ; second, it is therefore necessary to supply only enough fuel to main- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 135 
 
 tain the pressure for the light work. Man is slightly different from a 
 boiler and engine, although theoretically the same, because, to get a good 
 fire, combustion must be perfect to insure the chemical reactions, and in 
 the stomach hydrochloric qualities need replenishing just as chemical bat- 
 teries do. but after the chemicals are put in a reasonable time should elapse 
 before they are asked to go to work if we want the best effects. This is 
 principally what we use lemon juice for, and, being a natural food it may 
 be continued indefinitely, without possible harm, just as the engineer 
 closes his drafts and covers his fire at night' without damage. 
 
 Of course the doctor must have brains as well as the patient, and if 
 his patient is working nights he should have his big meal in the evening, 
 a medium one at midnight, and a light one in the morning. Or, if a per- 
 son who has worked all day is also going to work at night, he can eat more 
 Supper ; but in that case he should eat only a light lunch at noon because 
 in all cases, working or not working, the overloaded stomach fails in its 
 duties. 
 
 tfto~.J P. 
 
 Fi.?. 85 
 
 The next thing to consider is the quality, and we have another diagram 
 for that, Fig. 87 showing the old school proportions of carbon, to nitrates 
 and phosphates. 
 
 The accepted authorities have taught for generations that the body 
 needs three to four times as much carbon as it does nitrates end phos- 
 phates. Observation of the diet of our patients has shown that they nat- 
 urally use a diet running in the proportion of two to one. but when under 
 the treatment of old school methods they had to take care of a lot of drugs 
 also, and when those failed, the chronics took up advertised foods which 
 increased the proportion of carbon. While those who went to sanitor- 
 iums, such as Battle Creek, gained in weight and apparently in strength, 
 it was only because they were resting from other labors and digested the 
 food, which, having little else than carbon and water, could make little else 
 than fat, and v/hen they returned to their occupation they broke down 
 quicker than before. 
 
T^5 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 For such patients we reverse the order of things to at least the extent 
 of a proportion of two N and P to one of C, and often more, for at least thirty 
 days, often ninety days, and by that time the patient has learned 1 enough 
 so he rarely ever lets the carbon more than equal the other. 
 
 One of the remarkable but very natural results is that with the same 
 diet, administered judiciously, the fat person reduces rapidly while the lean 
 one increases in weight, slowly but surely, until he reaches his natural 
 standard. The reason is that the material being denied the fat man, except 
 sufficient to maintain his natural proportions, he has to come down to it, 
 and while he is doing this the demands upon his circulatory and nervous 
 systems are being diminished, while the elements necessary for the mus- 
 cles and nerves are increased and the reserve is replenished rapidly. Here 
 we have the explanation of why the stout person, with average duties and 
 responsibilities to perform, is nervous and sick and is treated brutally be- 
 cause he appears so well he gets no sympathy. 
 
 On the other hand, the thin peron who is sickly will always be found 
 to have a greater combination of causes, needing a more careful analysis 
 and treatment, more rest and more detailed explanation of his case in 
 order to persuade him to follow instructions strictly. He certainly has 
 no excess weight to carry and although he may be eating all the fattening 
 foods the other did, and he usually is, he does not get fat because he does 
 not digest it and assimilate it and he does not get strong because he is 
 using more energy than he is creating. We put him upon the + diet, 
 watch him carefully that he does not overload, because he is often inclined 
 to, particularly at noon and evening, which is one of the reasons it didn't 
 fatten him. We first supply the energy to fill the tank, after which the 
 process of digestion and assimilation is more vigorous and will soon begin 
 to show increased strength, although it will be some time before he be- 
 gins to fatten. 
 
 The objection has been offered by thoughtless people that the doctor 
 who instructs his patients so thoroughly will lose business in one of two 
 ways, if not both. First his patient will go out and use the same treat- 
 ment for others, thus beating the doctor out of just dues; or, second, he 
 will try it and fail to succeed when he will declare that the method is no 
 good because of said failure. We answer both at once: The dietary and 
 other treatment, instructions for which are also given the patient, are 
 not the only things. The chief essential is lacking, and only the doctor 
 can supply it, which is the analysis of each case, that must always 
 precede treatment. Hence only fools would accept treatment from lay- 
 men, and that is one of the ways in which the fool-killer operates. 
 
 The manner in which such bold people can do harm is that they de- 
 lay securing skilful services in an effort to save a few dollars, until the 
 final expense is more than double, because the neurologist charges for 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 137 
 
 the value of his services, which is measured by the benefits to his pa- 
 tients. Those who willfully delay rational treatments and experiment 
 with patent medicines, diagnosis, operations, etc., are charged in propor- 
 tion to the difficulties they have added to their cases. 
 
 While we are able to make and do make deliberate figures upon the 
 principal articles of diet, there are many which have not been analyzed 
 and so many that are used in such small quantities that it counts for lit- 
 tle, if we have the following classification and remember the matter of 
 quantity we cannot make mistakes. 
 
 Foods which grow underground entirely, like potatoes, peanuts, etc., 
 and those which have the fruit upon the end of a hollow stalk like 
 wheat, rice, etc., contain the most carbon, hence when eaten at all 
 should be accompanied by fish, oysters, chicken, veal, mutton, ham or 
 game, with fruits, such as apples, cranberries, gooseberries, strawber- 
 ries, olives, figs, oranges, pineapples, tomatoes, etc., which are all highly 
 nitrogenous and phosphatic. 
 
 Such vegetables as turnips, beets, radishes, celery, rhubarb, melons, 
 cabbage, etc., are chiefly water, having a proportion of carbon and ni- 
 trates and phosphates of about two C to one N and P, but both in small 
 quantities, not averaging over 6% in the aggregate. 
 
 Peas, beans, corn, etc., are in about a proportion of one to one. 
 
 Nuts are good food, because their oils are fattening, easily digested, 
 and the nerve and muscle elements are in good proportion. The pecu- 
 liar oil is such that too great quantities have reverse effects quicker 
 than almost any other + food. 
 
 Milk, cheese and water are all good. 
 
 One of the essentials to success in dietary is variety and it is not 
 advisable to give a patient more than two days' diet at a time, when he 
 should return for dynamic and static tests and further instructions. In 
 order to avoid an apparent sameness, if treating two cases in the same 
 family, at different times, be sure to keep records and make such changes 
 as will show that it is the doctor who is prescribing. If there are two 
 cases in the family at once, it is all right to prescribe the same diet, 
 explaining that it is done for convenience, and that the dietary, while 
 an essential, is only so in a general way. 
 
 There is considerable difference in fruits, for unknown reasons, but 
 experiment has shown that as a rule those with many seeds or compart- 
 ments are superior to those with a single seed. For example, the cherry, 
 with a tough, smooth skin like a grape, is not as good food as the grape, 
 the latter being all right for almost everybody, provided they are washed 
 before eaten. The sugar is chiefly upon the outside. Peaches are large- 
 ly water, but having a rough seed and a quality peculiar to themselves, 
 are better than pears, which have small seeds but are chiefly water. 
 
138 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 A common fault seen in every home is that they eat soup first, 
 and fruit and pastry last. A very palatable and excellent dinner of 
 chicken, beans, corn and potatoes may have its effect entirely neutralized 
 by adding the pastry which is eaten either for politeness or because it is 
 attractive to the taste, and the natural result of such a combination is 
 first, too great a quantity; second, the quality is destroyed. A proper 
 arrangement would be to eat a little fruit first, then the soup, then the 
 pastry, then the dinner, because the intense tasting foods cause the 
 others to pall soon and we have thus stopped quantity and struck a 
 pretty good average in quality. 
 
 For breakfast, ham, veal, mutton or chicken, with corn, peas or 
 beans and tomatoes, may make a little more work, but having the boiled 
 dinners, roasts, etc., at noon, the saving of work after supper by eating 
 cold meats, green vegetables, like lettuce and sliced tomatoes, with 
 cheese and other things easily prepared, revolutionizes house work, be- 
 cause even the dishes may be left and washed before breakfast in the 
 morning.. Put the dishes to soak in cold water in the evening and they 
 will wash easily in the morning. In this way the dishes won't dry and 
 wife who does her own work will have more time with the family in the 
 evening, which is as it should be. 
 
 Cold meats are not palatable to some people, but are really better 
 and if eaten with plenty of salt, cranberries, apple sauce or stewed 
 fruits, jams, jellies, etc., together with observing the other details of diet 
 and hygiene, the appetite feature is soon changed because the system is 
 in such shape that any thing tastes good. 
 
 It is against our principles to force patients to eat when not hungry. 
 It is our business to create an appetite, and while doing it the meals 
 are liable to be a little irregular, especially for children, and we advise 
 keeping fruit convenient, particularly apples and oranges, with berries 
 in season, so that if the patient is hungry at bedtime, or awakes hungry 
 in the night, a few bites of fruit and a cracker may be eaten without 
 harm. 
 
 If a patient has been under medical treatment and has taken medi- 
 cine within forty-eight hours, we do not begin dieting except as to quan- 
 tity, until another day has passed. 
 
 We do not starve anyone; that is, even in the most rigid cases, we 
 do not allow the pangs of hunger to annoy. Often those who have been 
 voracious eaters will insist that they cannot live on what we prescribe 
 for the first few days, but in three weeks will volunteer the information 
 that they never before realized what a comfort the stomach could be, a 
 common expression being, "I really don't want the extra food I used to 
 eat." 
 
 In treating males who smoke or chew, we do not permit it after 
 
CLINICAL TORTION. 
 
 *39 
 
 supper, while under our instructions; while bad tastes in the mouth come 
 from bad teeth or deranged liver, our dietary will ascertain which, if not 
 interfered with by tobacco, candy, etc., eaten after supper. The last 
 named applies chiefly to children and women. 
 
 ANOTHER HOUR. 
 
 When I assert that by our system of dietetics we can take off excess 
 fat or increase the weight of lean people with the same articles of food, 
 some readers will be disposed to doubt my sanity or my veracity. But I 
 only ask a hearing and a trial to convince the most skeptical. There are 
 so many fads in food that half of the population of America is devoted to 
 one or another of them, while the other half ignores them all, and both 
 classes are constantly reminded they have stomachs. The last named 
 are the most tolerable because they are not everlastingly worrying others 
 with their troubles, as those comprising the first class do. The reason 
 they are faddists is because not one of all their many so-called systems 
 has the least scientific basis. 
 
 The first essential of a dietary system is an understanding of the 
 chemistry of the body; the second is the chemistry of food ;the third is 
 the quantity to eat; the fifth is when not to eat; the sixth is how to eat. 
 
 The fourteen principal elements in the human body are oxygen, car- 
 bon, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur, chlorine, silicon, hydrogen, calcium, 
 sodium, potassium, iron, fluorine and magnesium. The first eight are 
 classed as acids and the other six as alkalies by the authorities, and are 
 given the signs — for acids and + for alkalies. 
 
 Analysis of the body is one thing; analysis of food is another; the 
 reactions of the fluids of the body on the food is a third; and the effects 
 of the new combination on the body is a fourth proposition. The first 
 tells us that what the body comprises it must have to sustain it; the 
 second tells us the proportions of elements in foods, enabling us to select 
 those which promise to supply what we find deficient; the third must, of 
 necessity, be empirical, because the fluids of the body are exceedingly 
 inconstant in their proportions, hence the need of a doctor who knows 
 what exhibits mean, with reference to the reactions, and what to do 
 when they are not normal; the fourth is like the third to a degree, be- 
 cause, for the same reasons, one not devoting his time to the study could 
 not hope to choose a diet successfully. 
 
 In applying the signs + and — we ignore the chemical laws by 
 which the signs are given to the fourteen elements named, because they 
 become inoperative when we have added the second duality in the last 
 paragraph above ; also for the reason that it is intended to make the story 
 as simple as possible. 
 
 The drug schools of medicine have no system of dietetics, except 
 starvation and the old carbo-hydrate theory, because they have attempted 
 
140 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 to supply the elements needed by way of their prescription cases, in 
 order to earn a fee. Neurologists never write a prescription that cannot 
 be filled in the family kitchen or at a grocery, and they feel that they 
 doubly earn their fees because they are taking absolutely no risks with 
 their patients. 
 
 Popular writers on the subject have all declared that from three to 
 four times as much carbon is required as there is of nitrates and phos- 
 phates combined. This is the carbo-hydrate theory in the abstract. Ob- 
 servation and experiment have proved it a false proposition and found 
 why it is false. 
 
 The body receives its nourishment by way of the blood, the lym- 
 phatics, the mesenteries and the nerves; the first two not only carry good 
 material into its labyrinths but they also carry out refuse. If you have 
 ever observed the "feed-wires" of the trolley on an electric railway you 
 will understand that the nerve ganglia and plexuses, plentifully distrib- 
 uted about the body, play important parts not only in taking on nerve 
 elements but in distributing heat and power. 
 
 Of the fourteen elements we ascribe greatest importance to that 
 class which not only furnish building material but have a preservative 
 quality, and we give them as a group the positive sign (+), while to 
 the others, which are only auxiliary, we give the negative sign, ( — ). 
 These signs are used in the same sense they apply to lenses, for the rea- 
 sons that + lenses, while having a positive effect to their focal points, 
 become negative thereafter, and — lenses, while always negative, except 
 jn the matter of reflection, are sometimes necessary in cases of excess 
 positive development in the eyes. Thus we receive a physical hint from 
 Nature that the principle may be applied physiologically, mentally, diete- 
 tically and in many other ways. 
 
 The -f- foods are, as a rule, not so palatable as the — , so that there 
 is always a tendency to take too much of the latter and not enough 
 of the former. Therefore we follow the same rule in prescribing diet 
 that we do with glasses, giving plenty of -j- and as little — as will ac- 
 complish what we desire. It is a more complex proposition, however, 
 because, if we give too much -j- glass no harm is done but the good in- 
 tended is not accomplished, while if we give too much -f food we do 
 harm by not doing good. Nature guides us in the matter of prescribing, 
 by the reactions. If just the right quantity is taken it is palatable and 
 is assimilated, giving quick benefits; if too much is taken it first loses its 
 attractiveness to the palate, next it sets the teeth "on edge" or nauseates. 
 The — foods are always palatable; one will overload with them, because 
 they taste good, even when experience has taught that the effects will 
 be bad; witness the boy who wanted a second piece of pie, and when his 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 141 
 
 mother denied him, saying it would make him ill, he replied, "Give me 
 another piece and send for the doctor." 
 
 Before prescribing a dietary we must make a complete analysis of 
 the case and classify it. We may find the patient using a + diet Dut 
 not getting the full benefit of it because of physiological strain from tak- 
 ing it, or from physical defects which require more nerve supply than his 
 machinery can furnish, or from negative habits which tend to neutralize 
 whatever positive effects he may be receiving from other directions. 
 
 A case is said to be in the -f- class when there is a good showing in 
 the history and by the dynamic test, but if the static test shows + symp- 
 toms it means he is in a state of irritation and that is sufficient evidence 
 that it is time to regulate the demands upon the nerve supply; in such 
 cases, however, we may expect to find constipation, or in women, dys- 
 menorrhea, with a bilious tendency. In these cases if we succeed in 
 suppressing the spasm during the first refraction test, the static test, with 
 correction on, may register zero or even a little — , and that symptom 
 then becomes merely a compliment to our work, but if the + impulse 
 remains after correcting errors of refraction, it is nature's way of tell- 
 ing us that we have not controlled the spasm in the eyes or anywhere 
 else, and that we have not the full measure of the errors. If such a case 
 with a + history and a + dynamic test shows — by the static test we 
 would suspect something wrong with the history, because the static 
 test rarely deceives. 
 
 A good history with weak dynamic and static tests would still be 
 considered in the + class and would be described as a + case with — 
 symptoms. 
 
 If the history is bad, such as constipation, biliousness, dysmenor- 
 rhea, headaches, the dynamic test registers poorly and the static regis- 
 ters zero, we still put it in the -f- class, with average impulses, although 
 these are the rarest cases we get hold of. 
 
 A negative history, with strong accommodation but showing — by the 
 static test, would be classed as a — case with -f- symptoms, we would 
 expect to find clonic spasm during the refraction test, and among the 
 auxiliary symptoms would be less constipation than in the -j- cases; 
 in women there would be dysmenorrhoea but with too frequent menstru- 
 ation, often accompanied by flooding. This class of cases, while causing 
 the most concern to the old school doctors, is our very best reputation 
 maker. 
 
 A bad history, with a strong accommodation but the static test regis- 
 tering zero, is recorded as a — case with average symptoms. We are not 
 liable to have much resistance during the refraction test as this class is 
 usually of presbyopic tendencies. 
 
 A bad history with a weak accommodation (which is indicated by 
 
142 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 nausea following the effort, even though the dynamic test registers 
 well), and the static test shows — , we register it as a — case with — 
 impulses. This case very often has constipation, indigestion and their 
 complementary ills, from sheer lack of nerve supply. 
 
 A recapitulation of the above puts it in the simple form of dualities, 
 as follows : Dualities 
 
 i. -f- cases with + impulses. 
 
 2. + cases with -f- — impulses. 
 
 3. -f- cases with f- impulses. 
 
 4. + cases with — impulses. 
 
 5. — cases with -f- impulses. 
 
 6. — cases with -| impulses. 
 
 7. — cases with 1- impulses. 
 
 8. — cases with — impulses. 
 
 The principal combinations of these dualities are: 
 
 First, the extremes, 1 and 8. One is dangerous locally only, while 
 eight is general neurasthenia, dangerous to life. 
 
 Second, 1 and 4; the extremes of the -f- class. 
 
 Third, 1 and 2 of the + class, showing the downward tendency. 
 
 Fourth, 2 and 3, of the + class, showing when the — symptoms 
 begin to dominate. 
 
 Fifth, 3 and 4 of the -f- class, when it is almost ready to be put in 
 the — class 
 
 Sixth, 4 and 5, which is difficult for the beginner to distinguish from 
 the fifth combination; but as both are treated in the same manner it is 
 only as a test of judgment that we suggest attempt at differentiation. 
 
 Seventh, 5 and 6, showing decided decline into the — class. 
 
 Eighth, 6 and 7, showing how the symptoms are in the ascendancy. 
 
 Ninth, 7 and 8, showing how the -f- symptoms have disappeared and 
 the case has no promising features. 
 
 Tenth, the + and — cases exhibit mental symptoms positive and neg- 
 ative, from the extreme violence of insanity to mild hysteria in the + 
 class and from the latter to extreme hypocondria in the — class. 
 
 Reference to the table shows that human milk contains 7% carbonates 
 to 3 1/2% nitrates and phosphates and 89 1/2% water, which tells us that 
 the four vital departments are fat, muscle, nerve and blood. Too much 
 importance has been attached to the fat because it was supposed to furn- 
 ish heat elements, which is easily disproved by the fact that excessively 
 fat people suffer more from cold than any other class of well people. 
 Indeed they are rarely perfectly well because they lack the nerve supply 
 to carry the weight and heat it, circulate blood and carry off the waste. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 Carbon- Ni- 
 
 ates. trates. 
 
 (Fat) (Muscle) 
 
 Asparagus 5-4% 0.6% 
 
 Barley 52.1 12.8 
 
 Beans 40.0 24.0 
 
 Beef ...'. 14.0 19.0 
 
 Buckwheat 53.0 8.6 
 
 Butter 100. o .... 
 
 Cabbage 6.2 1.2 
 
 Carrots 12.2 1.1 
 
 Cauliflower 4.6 3.6 
 
 Cheese 28.0 30.8 
 
 Chicken 1.9 21.6 
 
 Chocolate 88.0 8.8 
 
 Corn (Northern) 67.5 12.3 
 
 Corn (Southern) 39 . 2 34 . 6 
 
 Eggs (White) 13.0 
 
 Eggs (Yolk) 29.8 16.9 
 
 Ham 32.0 35.0 
 
 Lamb . 14 . 3 19.6 
 
 Lard . ...100.0 .... 
 
 Milk (Cow) 8.0 5.0 
 
 Milk (Human) . ... 7.0 3.0 
 
 Mutton 14.0 21.0 
 
 Oats .' 56.0 17.0 
 
 Onions 5.2 0.5 
 
 Parsnips .* 1. . 14.5 2.1 
 
 Peas 41.0 23.4 
 
 Pigeon 1.9 23.0 
 
 Pork 16.0 17.5 
 
 Potatoes (Irish) , 15.8 1.4 
 
 Potatoes (Sweet) 21.8 1.5 
 
 Radishes ...... 7.4 1.2 
 
 Rice 82.0 5.1 
 
 Rye ) 75.2 6.5 
 
 Suet : ....ioo.o .... 
 
 Turnips ^ 4 • ° * • 2 
 
 Veal 14-3 17-7 
 
 Venison ', 8.0 20.4 
 
 Vermicelli 38 . o 47 . 5 
 
 Wheat ,..66.4 14.6 
 
 H3 
 
 Phos- 
 
 
 phates. 
 
 Water. 
 
 (Nerve) 
 
 (Blood) 
 
 0.4% 
 
 93-6% 
 
 4.2 
 
 14 
 
 35 
 
 14.8 
 
 2.0 
 
 65.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 14.2 
 
 ♦ • • 
 
 0.8 
 
 . . • • 
 9i -3. 
 
 1.0 
 
 82.5 
 
 1.0 
 
 90.0, 
 
 4-7 
 
 36.5 
 
 2.8 
 
 73-7 
 
 1.8 
 
 • • • • 
 
 1.1 
 
 14.0 
 
 41 
 
 14.0. 
 
 2.8 
 
 84.2 
 
 2.0 
 
 51.3 
 
 4.4 
 
 28.6 
 
 2.2 
 
 63-9 
 
 • • • 
 
 1.0 
 
 • • • • 
 
 86.0, 
 
 05 
 
 895 
 
 2.0 
 
 63.0 
 
 3.0 
 
 136 
 
 0.5 
 
 938 
 
 1.0 
 
 79-4 
 
 2-5 
 
 14. 1 
 
 2.7 
 
 72.4 
 
 2.2 
 
 643. 
 
 0.9 
 
 74.8 
 
 2.9 
 
 675 
 
 I.O 
 
 89.1 
 
 0.5 
 
 9.0 
 
 0-5 
 
 135 
 
 0.5 
 
 90.4 
 
 23 
 
 65-7 
 
 2.8 
 
 68.8 
 
 1.7 
 
 12.8: 
 
 1.6 
 
 14.0 
 
144 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 In adding the tabulated figures horizontally, whatever they lack of 
 ioo is waste. 
 
 Refer again to the table and see that cows' milk contains 8% car- 
 bon and 6% nitrates and phosphates, three-fourths as much of the lat- 
 ter as of the former, an increase in nitrates and phosphates, of about 42% 
 and an increase of only about 14% in carbonates, over mothers' milk. 
 
 Or, in a baby's first food we find half as much nitrates and phos- 
 phates as there is carbon, and in its second food, three-fourths as much. 
 Another hint from Nature. Then, when we find nearly all patients living 
 on the — foods which contain about two to four times as much carbon as 
 nitrates and phosphates combined, we conclude they have considerable to 
 do with the troubles. 
 
 The following cases were not only coincident in the matter of time 
 of their calls upon me, but in the quality of food in relative proportions to 
 their capacity, and their treatment was identical, so they will serve to il- 
 lustrate the reasonableness of my assertion at the beginning of this chapter. 
 Dr. S., a physician, graduate of Jefferson Medical College and a prac- 
 titioner of sixteen years, came complaining of weak ankles, a tired, fright- 
 ened sensation, excessive perspiration, and general weakness. He weighed 
 269 pounds, had an enormous appetite, except in the mornings, and ate 
 fairly well then; height about 6 feet 2 inches; age about 40. 
 
 Miss C, aged thirteen, of large frame but of very light weight, 65 
 pounds; appetite good, except for breakfast; anaemic, neurasthenic and 
 inclined to melancholy. 
 
 I classified the doctor as + with — symptoms dominating, and the 
 
 girl as — with ■ 1- symptoms. Their diet was practically the same; 
 
 the doctor ate it because he liked it, and the girl because her parents were 
 trying to fatten her as they believed that fat gave off strength. Follow- 
 ing is their list: 
 
 Carbon Nitrates Phosphates Water 
 
 Beef , 14.0% 19.0% 2.0% 65.0% 
 
 Pancakes 53.0 . 8.6 1.8 14.2 
 
 Wheat Bread 66.4 14.6 1.6 14.0 
 
 Potatoes , 15.8 1.4 £.9 748 
 
 Eggs (White) 13.0 2.8 84.2 
 
 Eggs ( Yolk) 29.8 16.9 2.0 .51 .3 
 
 179 o 73.5 1/1 3<>3.5 
 
 Practically twice as much carbon as of nitrates and phosphates com- 
 bined. The girl had been wearing concave glasses, — 1.00 cylinders fitted 
 by a pretentious oculist, for which I substituted -f- 1.50 spheres which gave 
 perfect vision. The doctor had 1.25 hyperopia but as he was in the -f- class 
 I did not insist that he wear the correction. I put them both on a diet of 
 which the following is a specimen; of course) it was changed occasionally 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. j^j- 
 
 to give variety and secure the proper proportions of other elements neces- 
 sary, which, by the way, take care of themselves if we take care of thq 
 principal features, just as the other meridians of a compound lens are taken 
 care of if we attend to the two principal ones: 
 
 Carbon Nitrates Phosphates Water 
 
 Fish ..., 0.8% 16.9% .4.3% .78.0% 
 
 Oysters 12.6 0.2 87.2 
 
 Chicken 1.9 21.6 2.8 73.7 
 
 Cabbage 6.2 1.2 0.8 91.3 
 
 Peas 41.6 23.4 2.5 14.0 
 
 Cauliflower . 4.6 3.6 1.2 90.0 
 
 54-5 79-3 1 1 -8 434- 2 
 
 Almost twice as much nitrates and phosphates as carbon. 
 
 To this was added the juice of a whole lemon without sugar, in a glass 
 
 of water at bedtime; a salt water mouth wash in the morning, followed 
 
 by a glass or two of water, then fruit to precede breakfast and all other 
 
 meals. 
 
 In one month, to the day, the doctor reported having lost 71 pounds, 
 
 and feeling so well he exhibited his agility by jumping over a couch in my 
 
 office. Later his weight increased to 223, when he became alarmed and 
 
 ceased his carelessness with the result that when I saw him several years 
 
 later he had reduced himself to 186 and was holding it. 
 
 The girl reported occasionally but was not discharged for three months, 
 when she was perfectly well and weighed no, having gained 45 pounds. 
 
 Now the reason she gained weight while the doctor lost is simple. First, 
 the food she had been eating had no nerve or muscle elements in it worth 
 counting and she was unable to digest it, particularly when piled into 
 her apparatus in excess quantities, but by our adjustment of quantity as 
 well as quality she soon recuperated so that digestion and assimilation 
 were perfect; then as there was some carbon in my dietary she used it to 
 increase her weight in proportion to her strength. 
 
 Second, the doctor lost weight because we cut down the extraordin- 
 ary supply of elements, hence it had to come down to the same level. He 
 had been digesting his food but as there were not enough -J- elements to 
 keep the nerves and muscles up to the standard required to carry the fat 
 he became weak. By our system we reversed the situation and brought 
 his load within his capacity, while in the other case we started the machin- 
 ery with small loads until it got under good headway, then increased until 
 desired results were obtained.. It took longer in the girl's case because 
 she was in the ■ — class while the doctor was in the +• All he needed was 
 to prevent overtaxing his nerve supply, but she required the building up 
 of a sufficient amount to keep her machinery going. 
 
j A 6 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The + class of foods comprises such meats as chicken, game, mutton, 
 veal, pork and beef, except that in beginning with a weak case we omit 
 the last named because it is of more fibrous structure and slower to dis- 
 integrate. Fish, oysters, turtles, clams, etc., are all strictly +, having 
 practically no carbon, hence with a meal of fish we allow bread and 
 butter. Of vegetables, beans, cauliflower, peas, tomatoes, southern corn, 
 with relishes like olives, lettuce, cold cabbage-slaw, radishes, onions, tur- 
 nips, etc., occasionally. Eggs, cheese, milk, coffee, tea or beer, the last 
 three once or twice a day, do no harm and often encourage the patient in 
 following other instructions. Strawberries and other products of vines 
 and shrubs are nearly all + ; grapes carry too much sugar for people who 
 are already too fat, and pumpkins, cucumbers and melons are chiefly 
 water. Tree fruits containing one seed are, as a rule, in the — class, but 
 apples, oranges, lemons, pomgranates, etc., are -|-. Nuts, in limited quan- 
 tities, are good, but it is not necessary to live on fruits, nuts and water 
 when there are so many other good things. I do not think Nature in- 
 tended we should slight them. 
 
 The — class includes all breakfast foods chocolate, cocoa, potatoes, 
 most cereals, peanuts, sweets, pastry, butter, lard, suet, pancakes, wines 
 and liquors. 
 
 In objection to this list my attention has been called to the alleged 
 fact that the Japanese live on rice almost exclusively, yet they are strong 
 and healthy. The statement is as false as that the Chinese subsist on rats. 
 It is true the Japanese use a great deal of rice, but they use as much fish 
 which is more -(- than the rice is — , then they have an abundance of 
 fruit. It is also to be remembered to their credit that they are a deliberate 
 race, doing nothing hastily or excessively. We can eat almost anything 
 if we are reasonably observant of quantity and avoid overloading. After 
 we get our patients in good condition we allow them to eat anything they 
 like. 
 
 Now, as to how to eat and drink: Some insist that food should be 
 eaten very slowly, chewed to fine pulp and saturated thoroughly with 
 saliva before swallowing. I suggest, by the same token, that several chew 
 it, passing it around for half an hour or so. Nothing irritates me more 
 than to see an ignorant faddist prop a paper on the table in front of him 
 and endeavor to read — usually he carries a little box of pills and takes 
 half a dozen of them first. Then comes the hot water fiend and he who 
 swallows a section of hose daily and washes out his stomach. I have 
 never seen one of them who ever amounted to much mentally or physic- 
 ally. It is really better to not chew the food too much, and if thrown 
 into the stomach in chunks it is all the easier disintegrated. Of course 
 there are rules of decency to be observed, but aside from those we 
 care not how fast the food is taken nor how little it is chewed provided 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. T" ~*V j.^ 
 
 the amount is kept within limits of ability to take care of it. The stomach, 
 in this respect, is like a coal stove; if a fire is wanted no one would be so 
 foolish as to fill the magazine with slack coal, but by putting on a few 
 lumps at a time combustion is better because the air has a circulation ; so 
 it is with the stomach ; if it be loaded full of finely chewed food the gastric 
 juices are unable to penetrate it and the muscular action cannot help be- 
 cause it is restricted by the quantity, thus the mass lies like lead, while 
 if it were in chunks the liquid could attack it much more readily even if 
 the stomach were so full that muscular action was interferred with. But 
 if the quantity is regulated, even the pulp can be handled better, and, as 
 disintegration is a condition precedent to digestion, that function will 
 be practically assured. I have always eaten fast, talked fast, worked fast, 
 and been rather rapid on general principles, but since I learned how to 
 regulate the quality and quantity of my food I have never known I pos- 
 sessed a stomach, except that I keep reasonably fat and strong in spite 
 of the fact that I do more work than any three average men. I am five 
 feet six and weigh 145 to 150 pounds. 
 
 Nearly every patient reports no appetite for breakfast, a fair one at 
 noon and a big one in the evening. Then they wonder why they have 
 acidity of the stomach, bloating and other disturbances. I tell them the 
 only marvellous thing about it is that they do not explode. The drug 
 doctor prescribes for the effects, acids, alkalies, and a dozen other things, 
 with only temporary results, which would come anyhow if the victim would 
 wait awhile. We go after the cause, stop eating, then, if the immediate 
 effects are distressing, we tell patient to take half a teaspoonful of dry salt, 
 followed by a swallow of water to wash it down so it will be dissolved by 
 the gastric juices. Sometimes the salt acts as an emetic — all right, no 
 harm done ; it was not sufficient to make the hydro-chloric condition neces- 
 sary for the work to be done, but was enough to help it unload. 
 
 Next we order light suppers, principally of fruit. When a patient 
 declares he cannot stand the acids in the fruit, and that he has too much 
 acid already, we ask where he got his information and usually find he 
 guessed at it. We explain that he is correct in one respect, which is that 
 he is full of lactic and butyric acids from the fermentation of the material 
 in his stomach, but the reason it is there is because he has not enough 
 of the natural acids to accomplish the work necessary for digestion. Not 
 long since an ex-U. S. navy surgeon came to my office, just before noon, 
 in great distress, and wanted to see me immediately. I left my class- 
 room and found him doubled up with pain. I gave him a dose of salt and 
 returned to my work. Fifteen minutes later I came out and he was happy 
 as a clam. He asked what wonderful remedy that was. I asked what it 
 "tasted like, and he replied that it was salty. I said it ought to taste that 
 way to a live man because it was salt. He was astonished. Then I 
 
148 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 gave his paunch a manual turn or two and told him to drink a glass of 
 sour lemonade with a small piece of cheese for lunch. Then he had 
 another mental spasm. The idea of acid for him! and cheese! why, that 
 would bind his bowels tighter than ever. I denied that anything, except 
 quantity, in the way of food, is binding, and he followed instructions with 
 the finest results. Doctors do not get all their wisdom in the medical 
 colleges ; some of it is absorbed from the laity, and his ignorance is a 
 specimen. 
 
 After the light suppers we prescribe lemon juice in water at bedtime. 
 This is for the purpose of finishing the work of digestion, cleaning out the 
 liver, kidneys, etc., and to get the gastric juices ready for breakfast. If 
 they are ready, the appetite will be present. If they are not ready we 
 advise against eating. "But, ,, someone says, "How about working on an 
 empty stomach?" We do not allow such patients to work; but they 
 would better work on an empty stomach than on a full one that is not in 
 working order. In a very few days we have aroused the liver and digestive 
 apparatus, when we proceed with a list patterned after the following : 
 
 MORNING. 
 
 NOON. 
 
 NIGHT. 
 
 Orange. 
 
 Mutton chops. 
 
 Chicken. 
 
 Applesauce. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 Stewed tomatoes. 
 
 Toast. 
 
 Cranberry sauce. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Poached eggs, salted. 
 
 Buttermilk. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Berries. 
 
 Sliced tomatoes. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Bread and butter. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Fish. 
 
 Ham. 
 
 Pork tenderloin. 
 
 Peas. 
 
 Peas. 
 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Toast. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Cantaloupe, salted. 
 
 Veal cutlet. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Berries. 
 
 Cranberries. 
 
 Vegetable soup. 
 
 Fried corn meal mush. 
 
 Medium boiled eggs. 
 
 Chicken. 
 
 Tea. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Tea or coffee. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Ham and eggs. 
 
 Chicken. 
 
 Sliced tomatoes. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Beans. 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Stale bread. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 / 
 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Cold chicken. 
 
 Fish. 
 
 Mock turtle soup. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 149 
 
 Stewed peas. 
 
 Cabbage slaw. 
 
 Egg plant. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 Eggs. 
 
 Lettuce. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 Coffee or tea. 
 
 Bread. 
 Milk. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Medium boiled eggs, 
 
 Nuts. 
 
 Fish. 
 
 Toast broken in. 
 
 Ham. 
 
 Sliced tomatoes. 
 
 Mutton chop. 
 
 Cauliflower. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Peas. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Tea. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Pork chops. 
 
 Fish. 
 
 Mush and milk. 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Succotash. 
 
 Stale bread. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Lettuce. 
 
 Apple sauce. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fish. 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Oyster soup. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 Chicken. 
 
 Cauliflower. 
 
 Stewed tomatoes. 
 
 Vermicilli. 
 
 Peas. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Brown biead. 
 Tea. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 Game. 
 
 Beefsteak. 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Eggs. 
 
 Peas. 
 
 Poached eggSv 
 
 Oysters. 
 
 Tomatoes. 
 
 Brown bread. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Bread and butter. 
 Lemonade. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Fruit. 
 
 • Fruit. 
 
 Vegetable soup. 
 
 Turkey or duck. 
 
 Sardines or salmon. 
 
 Cold turkey or duck 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Brown bread toast. 
 
 Cauliflower. 
 
 Sliced tomatoes. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Corn bread. 
 
 Coffee. 
 
 
 Tea. 
 
 V 
 
 If everybody minded his own business gossip would be unknown. 
 
 There are very few real students in the world, and they make mighty 
 little noise. 
 
 "The weight of opinion" has suppressed many a good thing. It has 
 also supported lots of things it should have killed. 
 
jcq NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 CLINICAL HINTS. 
 
 Have a private office and when admitting friends and relatives of 
 patients have the seat they are to occupy screwed to the floor. Never 
 have more than one extra person in at a time and have a strict understand-' 
 ing at the beginning that they are not to speak unless spoken to, explain- 
 ing that the nervous system is a delicate thing which is liable to go + 
 or — from causes produced by the operator, to say nothing of outside in^ 
 terference. 
 
 It pays to have a large and cheerful reception room with magazines 
 and papers for the entertainment of guests and patients, and a neat recep- 
 tion girl to receive them. 
 
 Spend less time in your own reception room than anywhere els 2. If 
 not busy with patients your work room is your place during work hours. 
 
 Free consultation is. proper, but limit it to fifteen minutes, during 
 which you can make an estimate of the case, state the amount of your 
 fee, and how it is to be paid; require a portion of it paid at once to 
 bind the appointment for the examination, stating to the patient that you 
 have been compelled to make this arrangement to apply to all equally for 
 two reasons: First, to insure promptness in keeping the appointment; 
 second, because some people will make an appointment when they know 
 they cannot pay the fee and do not want to, hence have no intention of 
 keeping it. 
 
 Have a distinct understanding that when you take a case and have 
 specified the time they are to be in your care, the patient having agreed, 
 you will tolerate no interference or suggestions from relatives, alleged 
 friends and others commonly known as "buttinskies." 
 
 Impress the patient that you expect to be frank, concealing no detail, 
 taking it for granted he or she is honest in a desire for health and intelli- 
 gent enough to know that strict obedience to instructions is an absolute 
 essential that Nature may cure, hence any neglect must not be charged 
 to you unless you are the guilty one. 
 
 When a patient attempts to argue or to persuade you to change your 
 methods to suit his convenience after you have made ?n analysis and found 
 what is necessary, show the risk that both of you assume by it, and explain 
 that these calculations are not the fads of a school of medicine, but are 
 direct from infinity. If any fail to see the point, dismiss them; they are 
 breeders of trouble. 
 
 Omit nothing in the examination that will give you information con- 
 cerning the mentality or physical body, from eye strain to corns. Be 
 particular to examine the nose and ears for catarrh; the lungs for the 
 habit of breathing ; the heart for the best index to the involuntary current, 
 except possibly the static test; the stomach, liver, etc., by questions, and 
 occasionally, but rarely, a digital examination of the uterus and rectum. 
 
CLINICAL rORTION. 
 
 151 
 
 The average heart-beats, forward and back, in the adult are about 80 
 per minute; in children they are somewhat more frequent, and in the aged 
 are slower. Therefore, when we find a grown person's heart running rap- 
 idly it indicates irritation of the nerve supply, and if we find that of a child 
 running slowly it suggests weakness or an unusual slowness for physiolog- 
 ical reasons; such children are usually termed phlegmatic, opposed to 
 nervous. When the heart is unusually slow or rapid, keep the ear to the 
 chest for several minutes to see that the rhythm is perfect, which is the 
 main thing. The very rapid hearts often drop a beat in five or ten and 
 usually begin strong and taper down until they drop a beat; those a«*e 
 positively not mitral valve troubles, nor do they involve any of the valves 
 of the heart as causative factors. The whole trouble is in the weak nerve 
 supply, as may be readily proved by having the patient lie flat on a table 
 or the floor for ten minutes. The cause of the nerve weakness may be in 
 one of many departments. 
 
 After taking the data upon which your prescription is to be based, 
 unless the case is a very simple one, take a day to figure it out, in the 
 meantime requiring absolute rest, and it is not a confession of incompe- 
 tence to repeat some tests on a second visit. It is easy to explain to the 
 patient by showing the sheet upon which the calculations were made that 
 this is part of our method of procedure which enables us to be sure we 
 are right. 
 
 The matter of diet should be figured out by taking the principal things 
 they have been eating, casting up the points of carbon, nitrates, phosphates 
 and water and preparing the diet so that the figures reverse, to whatever 
 extent we deem necessary ;that is, if what they have been eating runs four 
 points carbon to one or two points nitrates and phosphates combined, we 
 make the change at first so that there will be two points of nitrates and 
 phosphates to one of carbon, explaining to the patient that from time to 
 time the proportion of carbon should increase, but never should be allowed 
 to get as high as it was. 
 
 Children and old people require more delicate handling mentally and 
 physically than those between 20 and 30, because the children are not yet 
 matured and old folks are on the decline. Of course there is a difference 
 in individual cases, even in those classes. 
 
 After the age of fifty if everyone would cut out starchy foods, sweets, 
 such as pastry and all breakfast foods, subsisting largely on nuts and vege- 
 tables in summer, with occasionally smoked meats, fish, and with a mod- 
 erate amount of other meat in winter, they would come as near having the 
 elixir of life as has yet been discovered. 
 
 Walking is better exercise than a gymnasium or than riding. Swim- 
 ming is doubly dangerous for two reasons: first, the danger from drown- 
 ing, from cramps, etc. ; second, too much of it tends" to weaken the system, 
 
152 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 as does also tub bathing. A little splash and rub down every day in water 
 neither hot nor cold is simple cleanliness. But few constitutions are able 
 to stand cold plunges in the morning, especially very stout people and 
 others suffering from debility. The Turkish bath once or twice a week 
 would kill the devil in two years. It is the nearest a literal hell that 
 humanity can be assigned to. I have never seen a healthy person among 
 all who are addicted to them. 
 
 Never forget to wash the hands with soap and water, rinse them and 
 clean the finger nails before beginning work on a patient. The odor from 
 sweaty hands is offensive. After a patient has left the operating room 
 open a window and spray a little perfumed water about. 
 
 In prescribing temporary lenses for neurasthenics in whom fogging 
 causes nausea remember they are mentally as well as physically weak, and 
 reduce the fog to the comfort point, but keep it as strong as you can. Fog 
 all others 20/80, or even more, because they are not nearly as liable to look 
 over the glasses as if you gave them 20/30 vision, and their distant vision 
 will be almost as good, while it is still a constant reminder of the doctor's 
 orders. 
 
 Beware of prescribing cylinders when they are — .50 or 1 — .75 or less. 
 The way to get around it is, after proving say a — .75 ax. 180, slip it off, 
 hold it in one hand and have a — .25 sphere in the other, the patient look- 
 ing at the test card; hold the cylinder in front first, then take it away 
 and try the sphere; if vision is not so good, compare the cylinder with a 
 — .50 sphere, if vision is best with the cylinder, leave it; if best with the 
 sphere, cut out the cylinder and reduce the + sphere accordingly. If 
 there is no + sphere in the combination, the rule will work just as well 
 in the matter of substituting the sphere for the cylinder. In other words, 
 theoretically, if a cylinder is correct it ought to give as good or better 
 vision than a — sphere of the same strength, and the fact that practically 
 in the amounts below one diopter it rarely gives better vision than a sphere 
 .25 or .50 weaker is ample proof of the doubtfulness of weak cylindrical cor- 
 rections. The fact that such patients see a difference in the radiating lines 
 of the astigmatic chart without the cylinder has no influence, unless the 
 patient is going to do such work as would involve such lines, and if he 
 has been doing that work his vision will be so sensitive that he will never 
 let us substitute the sphere in the first place. 
 
 Remember that presbyopia should not begin in emmetropes unti 1 
 between forty and fifty, and in hyperopes not until between forty-five and 
 fifty-five, hence when we find one under the minimum age who seems to 
 require reading glasses it is evidence of a nervous deficiency which should 
 be rested, dieted, etc. Particularly with reference to hyperopes under 
 forty-five who have say 1.00 D. or more error, but who have not worn 
 glasses, and insist they only want them for reading, we explain that while 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 153 
 
 they might be reasonably comfortable with such glasses for a while they 
 are breeding trouble as certain as death or taxes, and in nine cases out of 
 ten it begins at once, because the nerve supply being exhausted when the 
 reading glasses are put on and the inco-ordination remaining between ac- 
 commodation and convergence, comfort is almost an impossibility. Some- 
 times we make a concession to such people, which is to give them the 
 glasses they should wear constantly, which of course will be some help 
 for reading, and after explaining the above described situation, tell them 
 when they find these are not comfortable or are irritable that it is a mes* 
 sage from Nature telling them they must wear them all the time. 
 
 Never make bifocals for myopes, except possibly in a rare case w! 
 the distant glass is — .50 or — .75, because in the higher amounts the pris- 
 matic effect is unpleasant on account of chromatic aberration. In making 
 bifocals for others the scale for cements should be 13 mm. high, 15 mm. 
 long, 1 mm. up from the lower edge of the lens; they may be set in a little, 
 say 2 mm. toward the nose to suit the convergence while using them. 
 
 The pupil distance in glasses for hyperopes should be a trifle narrow 
 than otherwise, because they are going to use them near and far, while for 
 myopes they may be made full width. 
 
 Hook temples for glasses should be made long enough so that the tip 
 is just concealed behind the lobe of the ear. Then there is no irritation 
 from the pressure of the temple which is sometimes very annoying if they 
 are made too short. 
 
 * 
 
 In cases where the eyes differ so much that one has been used to the 
 exclusion of the other, or when there are oblique axes, the discomfort pro- 
 duced at first is so great that it may even cause sea-sickness. This should 
 be explained previously so that the patient will not become frightened, and 
 we should insist upon their sticking to them, when the trouble will be over 
 in a few days, while otherwise it would last for weeks. The oculists who 
 have perpetrated books call this the point of toleration and advise against 
 prescribing for such. Toleration of drugs is one thing and of mechanical 
 apppHances another. 
 
 In working on cross-eyes when the patient complains of seeing double 
 we know they are coming. 
 
 Sometimes in simple cases of hyperopia the patient returns in two or 
 three days with a frightful looking case of congestion of the conjunctiva, 
 for which there may be two causes or a combination of both: first, they 
 may have caught cold and congestion centered in the eyes because it was a 
 weak spot and offered the least resistance to the current, or the circles of 
 diffusion at the retina caused by the lens and accommodation, from the 
 myopia thus created, but the controlling center having been accustomed 
 to turning on the power for circles of diffusion tackled this one and the 
 results are plain. Reassure the patient by making a drawing showing the 
 story ; have him go home and rest a day, using salt water, when he will be 
 all right 
 
-j- rA NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 In prescribing applications for the eyes, remember that cold contracts 
 and heat relaxes, therefore, hot water compresses are to be applied in cases 
 of tonic spasm with pain. It would do no harm to salt it except that salt 
 is an astringent, hence would have a tendency to counteract the action 
 of the warmth, especially in the conjunctiva, through which part of the 
 excess blood from the ciliary body finds its way to the veins of the face. 
 Sometimes hot water does not accomplish the desired effect in a reasonable 
 time, say an hour, then we alternate with cold, but not ice water. 
 Another case in which we use hot water is when there is suppuration, the 
 lids stick together and a wax forms among the lashes ; hot water will dis- 
 solve this wax, which is impervious to the cold. It should be used with a 
 soft cloth, and five minutes to each eye will make it perfectly clean; 
 then apply cold salt water compresses for the purpose of cooling the tem- 
 perature and for forcing the blood from the veins by contracting the nerves 
 both from the cold and astringent effect of the salt, while the latter also 
 antisepticizes the membrane and takes the gum out of the lachrymal fluid. 
 In very bad cases of ulceration of the ocular conjunctiva, or granulation 
 of the palpebral portion, they should be freely sprayed from an atomizer 
 containing strong salt water, neither hot nor cold, about four times a day, 
 a few good shots, one squarely against the eyeball, one under the upper 
 lid and one on the under lid. The two latter may be made at one dash 
 and should be directed toward the nasal canthus; then following this the 
 patient should lie down and apply the cold salt water compress for a half 
 hour. One of the treatments should be at bedtime, another the first thing 
 in the morning. 
 
 In epilepsy, chorea or other nervous exhibits, remember they are not 
 diseases, and the fact that drugs have failed in curing them proves that 
 they must be from mechanical causes, as that is the only classification 
 left. It is true that under such conditions the chemistry of the stomach will 
 be imperfect, and while many of the attacks come on after eating, still it 
 is more mechanical than chemical even then, because they always have the 
 fits in such cases just after overloading the stomach, thus proving that it 
 is quantitative rather than a qualitative proposition. Of course we look 
 after the eyes among others things, and we may safely devote more atten- 
 tion to mechanics even though as a matter of course we watch the quality 
 as well as quantity of food. 
 
 Cataracts are opacities of the crystalline humor. They appear in dif- 
 ferent forms, both to patient and operator. Sometimes the patient says 
 it appears as though he was looking through a spider web; again, vision 
 will gradually become hazy ; again, there will be a distinct spot constantly 
 in the field of vision, a good point in advertising is to suggest that the* 
 reader cover one eye and then the other and see if vision is equally good 
 near and far, because many people could be saved from bad results if they 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 155 
 
 discovered the difference in time. To examine an eye for cataracts have 
 the patient in a reasonably dark room (not too dark) long enough to get 
 a dilation of the pupil, then take an ophthalmoscope or retinascope and if a 
 good red reflex can be seen from a distance of ten or twenty inches it 
 proves there is no cataract. Then take the ophthalmoscope by the direct 
 method, whether you get a red reflex or not by the first test, and if you can 
 see blood vessels it is not a cataract. Before doing either of the above, if 
 the opacity is plainly visible, take a -j- 16.00 or -j- 20.00 lens in each hand 
 and illuminate the cornea obliquely from the side with one of the lenses, 
 and if the opacity is in the cornea it will be exposed. If the opacity is 
 rather dim, use the other lens to magnify and make it clear. If the opacity 
 is not in the cornea, but is in the lens this oblique method will show it 
 lying closely behind the pupil. Many of the cataracts, so-called by ocu- 
 lists,are simply corneal scars, the result of ulcers. 
 
 The use of prisms as a treatment for cross-eyes is foolish, for so-called 
 muscular insufficiencies, a misdemeanor, and to use them to prevent double 
 vision is a felony, because it creates cross-eyes. Eyes may cross up or 
 down, in or out, and the way a prism prevents double vision is by practice 
 cally excluding one eye so that a so-called single vision is with the other 
 alone and is not binocular. 
 
 Some very sensitive people occasionally complain of seeing every ob- 
 ject with a sort of spot in the center, particularly small objects like letters, 
 and sometimes they explain that there appears to be two objects, the 
 ghost on top of the real. A young lawyer of Chicago came complaining 
 of this symptom and said that a prominent oculist had made an examina- 
 tion and told him he had had a hemorrhage in his left eye which left a spot 
 of extravasated blood which caused the symptom. Inasmuch as the size 
 of the retinal field occupied by the image of a small letter at twenty feet 
 would be very small and the spot of blood would have to be smaller, 
 something the size of a pin point, it struck me that the doctor was either 
 a marvellous man or liar, and when the patient told me that if he covered 
 one eye, it made no difference which, the spot disappeared, I became firm 
 in the latter conclusion. Then he demanded an explanation from me. He 
 was the most highly strung nervously of all the patients I have ever had 
 and I reasoned that it must be a case of anisometropia, and as vision 
 was so keen with either I suggested that possibly he had .75 hyperopia 
 in one eye and 1.25 hyperopia in the other or 1.00 in one eye and 1.50 
 in the other and when using both eyes together, accommodating the same 
 amount in each, it left one under-corrected .50 or the other over-corrected 
 .50 , which would be just sufficient to make the ghost appear. After 
 explaining this proposition to a class I used him as a clinic and found .75 
 hyperopia in one eye and 1.25 in the other and with these glasses on 
 Ihe ghost disappeared. 
 
156 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The last paragraph suggests another case which is not often found. 
 It is possible sometimes to give a patient pretty good vision for distance 
 with correction, but when it comes to the reading point no glasses will 
 help and if the accommodation is active in a young person he cannot see 
 to read. This is because a very small field in the center of the macula 
 is healthy and sufficiently large to receive the small image of distant 
 objects, but immediately outside of that there is a dead space, hence the 
 larger images of near objects are not transmitted to the brain. Again 
 a case may be found where distant vision is bad and cannot be improved 
 yet the patient can see reasonably well to read even without glasses. In 
 this instance the situation is reversed; it is a central atrophy with a 
 healthy periphery. 
 
 When a patient, or other person, happens to faint in your presence 
 or have any kind of a falling fit, be careful to keep the body horizontal, 
 if any change put the head the lowest, and apply cold water, either 
 sprinkle, dash or use wet cloths. A bottle of strong pleasant perfume is 
 better than camphor, ammonia or any other drugs. A sip of clear water 
 is better than liquor and not half so liable to strangle. Manipulate the 
 arms and legs a little, but be careful not to worry the patient. As soon 
 consciousness is restored a little pinch of salt or a swallow of lemonade 
 will settle the stomach. In the convulsions of fits do not undertake to hold 
 the patient rigid, but just keep him from hurting himself. 
 
 By way of illustrating the deviltry of prisms we have the following 
 showing the relative proportion of the total strain to the original impulse 
 in an emmetrope whose convergence was irritated to the amount of i.oo 
 D, with a 4 prism, and a hyperope of i.oo D. 
 
 Convergence from 4 base out, L. .50 
 
 R. .50 1.00 original impulse. 
 Automatic accommodation, L. 1.00 
 
 R. 1.00 2.00 automatic increase. 
 
 3.00 total damage. 
 Increase over original impulse, 200%. 
 Effect of [hyperopia: 
 
 For accommodation, L. 1.00 
 
 R. 1.00 2.00 original impulse. 
 Automatic convergence, L. .50 
 
 R. .50 1.00 automatic increase. 
 Negative pull, 6th N., L. .50 
 
 R. .50 1.00 voluntary increase. 
 
 4.00 total damage. 
 Increase over original impulse, 100%. 
 The old-fogy idea that small pupils mean spasm and large pupils 
 means the reverse has caused the death of many persons from drugs 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 157 
 
 administered wrongly. To us the significance of the size of the pupil 
 is absolutely nothing unless corroborated in other directions. A small 
 pupil may appear in a debilitated person who couldn't raise energy 
 enough to have a spasm if he were paid for it, and a large pupil is very 
 often found in people with a severe tonic spasm because the nerve 
 branches operating the iris were put out of action by the ciliary disturb- 
 ance. 
 
 In cases of very high degrees of hyperopia, say 6.00 D. to 10.00 D. we 
 sometimes find after getting on all -f- we can that in adding for reading 
 it takes considerable more increase of power than the reading distance 
 calls for. For example, we have found + 6.00 and have to add -\- 4.00 
 for reading at 13 inches. Our physics tells us this is wrong, so increase 
 the + 6.00 to -f - 7.00 and find the patient sees as well at a distance as 
 with the + 6.00, which proves once more that the Infinite Creator did 
 net make a mistake. 
 
 Polyuria is not indication of kidney trouble in more than one-tenth 
 of the cases it exhibits. It is most frequent in women and the old schools 
 claim it is proof that they have more kidney trouble, when as a matter 
 of fact they are notably free from it, and the symptom is nearly always 
 due to a stricture of the muscular structure around the neck of! the blad- 
 der due to sympathy with the accommodative effort caused by hyperopia. 
 
 Similar conditions in men usually mean the involvement of the pros- 
 tate gland and irritation of the urethra, which is about eight inches long. 
 In these cases while hyperopia is often a primary factor, sexual excite- 
 ment intensifies the trouble and may cause it in emmetropes. The after- 
 effects are incontinence, emissions, and finally impotence. The treat- 
 ment for prostatitis, hydrocele, varicocele, urethritis, gonorrhoea, are 
 all the same, a -j- diet, correction of eye errors, rest, avoidance of liquor 
 and tobacco, sexual excitement and bougies. A fine-pointed rubber syringe 
 may be introduced one-half or three-fourths of an inch and cool salt water 
 injected night and morning; otherwise let it alone. 
 
 Pains are nearly always referred to a point comparatively remote from 
 the primary cause; thus a disordered liver will cause a headache ,and the 
 pressure of a shoe on a corn will irritate the entire nervous system. But 
 sometimes pain is referred to the seat of the primary cause by reflex actioxi, 
 as for instance in hyperopia the effort to overcome it by accommodation 
 produces a tonic spasm throughout the entire system and the pain in the 
 eyeballs is from the secondary irritation. 
 
 Fever is not an excess of blood heat, but it is a general or local irri- 
 tation of the sensory nervous system which the blood is unable to cool. It 
 therefore follows that fever is always a product of a mechanical disturb- 
 ance, even though that action was a product of chemical reactions. 
 
158 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Sometimes we have a combination of fever and pain from chemical and 
 mechanical causes; thus what the old schools commonly call gastritis or 
 inflammation of the stomach is only true in a secondary sense. A more 
 apt term would be gastralgia, because the slight inflammation is only inci- 
 dental and if we remove the cause of pain the inflammation will disappear 
 magically. In this case the cause is often local from overloading or from 
 improper food which caused chemical reactions to be imperfect, fermenta- 
 tion occurred, gas formed, the mechanical action was interrupted, hence the 
 pain. 
 
 Hernia or rupture of the peritoneum is treated by operation or by the 
 injection method, the latter being the best, all things considered. A weak 
 solution of carbolic acid is used hypodermically and the patient should be 
 kept on his back for at least three weeks. First, put back the protruding 
 gut, then create an irritation by two or three injections in the field about 
 the opening, allow a few days for it to heal, then repeat the operation and 
 thus increase the field of scar tissue in area and thickness. Two weeks 
 should be sufficient to accomplish the work, and allow a third week for the 
 final healing. The patient may get up for stools to void urine and for 
 meals. 
 
 Metaphysically, a common teaching is that "an honest confession is 
 good for the soul/* Analysis shows this to be a rank humbug unless the 
 confession be confined to oneself. There are cases where it would be de- 
 cidedly wrong to neglect to make verbal as well as other? amends for an 
 injustice done to another, but there are many cases in which a confession 
 would be misconstrued either through ignorance or maliciousness and thus 
 more harm be done to both parties than if the oral part of the amend had 
 been omitted. For example, a man may, in the heat of passion over som? 
 trivial irritation, by his wife, give expression to words or acts that in cooler 
 moments he decides were unnecessarily harsh and feels that he should 
 apologize. This is certainly manly as far as it goes, but he should in those 
 cool moments consider the disposition of the said wife and if he knows that 
 she will take advantage of that confession to humiliate him before others 
 or to recall it as a proof he is wrong in some other matter that may come up 
 subsequently, he would better let her remain under the impression that he 
 still feels he was right, but show by his conduct that he bears no grudge. In 
 other words, never make such confession to a person whose caliber is such 
 that it will cause him or her to assume a false superiority. 
 
 In questioning patients, do it deliberately, and form the habit of con- 
 secutiveness ; that is, begin with the questions regarding memory, etc., 
 headache, eyeaches, toothache, nose, throat and ear affections, and so on 
 down. Never ask a question without getting an answer ; if the patient re- 
 fuses, close the conference. If you ask to take the patient's glasses and 
 he folds them up and puts them in his pocket, get the glasses, then delib- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 159 
 
 erately lay them aside without looking at them and go on with your work. 
 This is part of the true fogging system. 
 
 The manual treatments that we give are merely emergency treat- 
 ments and only incidental to instructions to the patient because our patients 
 treat themselves ; we are only the consulting doctors. 
 
 Quite frequently we have for patients young girls from the age of 
 puberty to about twenty years, whose general appearance is healthy but 
 who complain of a constant tired feeling, and the examination (ophthalmo- 
 scopic), shows a very great lack of red arterial blood, while the venous 
 blood may not be off color; the general field of the retina will be quite 
 pale, and sometimes the larger veins may be extra dark. Such people will 
 confess fainting spells or at least attacks of nausea and faintness, even if 
 there is no swoon.. They usually suffer from dysmenorrhoea and often 
 menstruate every three weeks. Occasionally cases of the latter kind are 
 found in people thirty-five years old, but such usually show debility in 
 their countenance. 
 
 Boys between the ages of twelve and fifteen often go through peculiar 
 systemic changes similar to those of girls, and not being able to find relief 
 in menstruation, become so debilitated that they do not regain normal 
 vigor until about twenty, unless they fall into our hands and go through a 
 regular course. 
 
 The so-called tobacco-heart of the old schools is not due to tobacco, 
 as is easily proved by permitting the patient to continue its use while he 
 takes our treatment. Of course it is a part of our system to stop exces- 
 sive indulgence in any bad habit, but every patient has more than one cause 
 for his troubles and if we take care of all the rest Nature will do her work 
 in spite of a small one like that. However, after we have proved it was not 
 the tobacco, we recommend the discontinuance of it on general principles. 
 
 A fundamental principle of our system is moderation, hence we do not 
 require total abstinence from anything, but teach temperance. 
 
 Working people who are patients will often object to our dietary, say- 
 ing that the quantity is insufficient for one who performs manual labor. 
 We reply by asking him how he knows. He will say then he believes it. 
 To this we suggest that as we are the doctor it might be a good idea for 
 him to follow our instructions and find out whether the opinion of a lay- 
 man is as good in that respect as ours. We explain that it is not what one 
 eats but what is digested and assimilated that does good. We tell him 
 that the very fact he came to us is proof that his own ideas are not very 
 good and our purpose is to reduce the quantity, change the quality, and in- 
 crease the variety until we find what his machinery can take care of, and 
 when we find its capacity we will show him that while he may safely take 
 on a little more than we start him with, he will get better results from our 
 
!6o NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 meager diet, which is very far from the starvation point, than from his own 
 practices. 
 
 Children who are growing actually need more food than grown people ; 
 first, because they have not only to sustain, but to build, the body ; second, 
 digestion with them is more vigorous unless it is suspended by overload- 
 ing, and it is more difficult to overload them to that point because the mus- 
 cular coat of the stomach is more elastic. If proper attention be paid to the 
 quality of their food there will be a more even distribution and a greater 
 return from the amount taken in the building up of the nerve and muscle 
 supply, for the growing child needs more of the -f- elements than it does 
 of the fat making ones, and with these supplied he will soon eat regularly 
 and not suffer the all-gone feeling a half hour or so before meals. But 
 provide for such emergencies ; let him have an apple or an orange, because it 
 will not affect his appetite. 
 
 Some very hearty eaters complain of a return of the hunger within a 
 couple of hours, which they gratify by eating some more and then have 
 sour stomach, bloating, etc. The alleged hunger is not hunger at all; it 
 is simply a call for help from the stomach which is unable to disintegrate 
 the food properly, and a half teaspoonful of salt or the juice of a lemon in a 
 glass of water, or both, will furnish the elements necessary to reinforce 
 the gastric juices. 
 
 As to instruments for making eye tests, after the ophthalmoscope I 
 would rather have a dollar stereoscope than all the phorometers, opto- 
 meters, etc., on the market. It is made upon a physical principle with 
 prisms base in that proves our physiological principles with reference to 
 the meter angle of convergence caused by prisms base out or saved by 
 prisms base in, and in case of tonic spasm exhibited by the + impulse in 
 the static test, we might use such an instrument successfully sometimes in 
 an effort to break down the spasm. 
 
 A platform scale is a necessary part of a neurologist's armamentarium. 
 
 Referring to the eyes and their exhibits of spasms, we have two kinds, 
 clonic and tonic; while the first is intermittent and the second constant, 
 the latter being only a more intense form of the first, it may be understood 
 readily that either may tend toward the other because the dividing line is 
 not established like a pencil mark. For example, a tonic spasm may relax 
 a little under our manipulation and thus become clonic, while another case 
 with clonic spasm may suddenly become tonic while we work on it. This 
 may even go so far that the static test will show a + impulse before cor- 
 rection and a — impulse afterward, or the reverse. This is why we make 
 the static test twice. Clonic spasm is expected in all cases under the 
 presbyopic age, that is, under about forty-five years and when we do not 
 find it at least moderately, it is sufficient proof of general weakness to re- 
 quire the patient to stop work. A moderate amount of it can be controlled 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. l6l 
 
 by our systematic methods, mental and physical, and immoderate amounts 
 are treated the same as tonic spasm because they are bordering on thai- 
 extreme condition. Such cases should also be required to rest unless the 
 dynamic test before and after correction guarantees a bountiful nerve 
 supply. 
 
 While it is against the principles of neurology to worry a patient by 
 long-continued efforts to break down tonic or clonic spasms, yet it is some- 
 times possible to accomplish it quickly by moving the patient closer to the 
 test card, say ten or fifteen feet, when, everything being more distinct, his 
 controlling center gets a better grip on it and we can at least measure and 
 prove whether there is astigmatism; then after reducing the spheres until 
 vision is what it should be at the distance the patient is seated, if the static 
 test shows a -f- impulse we increase the spheres arbitrarily according to 
 the neurometer instructions. Sometimes we find it best to not unfog the 
 patient until he sees quite as perfectly as he should, and in such cases when 
 it comes to adding for his 4- impulse we must allow about -f- .25 for the 
 amount already on. 
 
 Clonic spasm must not be confused with neurasthenia, as it is liable 
 to be on account of one exhibit, that of seeing better one moment than 
 another with the same lens ; in the clonic spasm the patient may change a 
 line or two or even more, but what he sees each time will be distinct, while 
 in neurasthenia vision is fairly good one moment and the whole card fades 
 away the next, while a sensation of nausea or faintness will be admitted; 
 also the neurasthenic will exhibit this feature without glasses. 
 
 If the static test shows a — impulse it is either neurasthenia or a 
 clonic spasm, but if the test shows a + impulse we would always class 
 it as tonic spasm although in some cases we might be able to push it over 
 into clonic and correct the error. 
 
 Clonic spasm signifies an exceeding irritation and very likely pyelitis, 
 which requires rest, for two reasons : First, the possibility of local damage 
 from adhesion of iris and lens in cases where the pupil is small, or possi- 
 bly from infection of the conjunctiva or retina; second, the liability of 
 causing cerebral hemorrhages from interference with circulation by the 
 general spasm. This is morel liable to occur in persons who are extraor- 
 dinarily stout and who have reached the stage where they are highly nerv- 
 ous, because the walls of the blood-vessels are weaker, hence more liable to 
 rupture. There is also the possibility in thin people of cerebral paralysis 
 and softening of the brain, or paresis, which is practically the same thnig. 
 
 Catching a spasm at work is one thing and getting control of it is 
 another. As we know the symptoms we know positively when we have 
 controlled it and we also know positively when we have not. In the latter 
 instance we fog the eyes and demand rest until the spasm breaks, or if we 
 
j52 neurology and metaphysics. 
 
 allow the patient to continue at work, which we should not do, we get a 
 written contract that he assumes the responsibility. 
 
 The static test may show orthophoria from a tonic spasm in the 6th 
 nerves as well as the 3d, but in such cases we would detect it by the pain 
 intraocularly, or the test may register zero from a reasonably good supply 
 of nerve force yet the case develop quite a clonic spasm during the lefrac- 
 tion test. Such cases are as a rule easily handled, although they are liable 
 to deceive us into unfogging too much, unless we watch them carefully. 
 
 Don't forget that myopes are very liable to spasm from the accommo- 
 dation coming automatically with extraordinary convergence, even though 
 they show zero or — impulse by the static test. The possibilities of spasm 
 in myopes of high degree are so great that if the patient is seated ten feet 
 from the card without being able to see it, and we could get 10/15 vision 
 with strong lenses, we would stop them at 10/80 if they had never worn 
 glasses, or even if they had but were suffering from hyperopic symptoms, 
 unless the general test combined showed such weakness as would warrant 
 giving as much as 10/15 or 10/20, and even that must be supported by the 
 fact that the lenses we give are so decidedly weaker than the ones they 
 have been wearing that it is a clear case. It is nothing for us to steal 2 D. 
 or 3 D. from the — corrections of the average oculist or optician and still 
 leave vision as good; therefore if we find a case where we cannot steal as 
 much as a diopter and still preserve good vision we steal more and let 
 the vision go. 
 
 In low degrees of myopia that have been fitted by other people, know- 
 ing their failings, we sail in to get + on, and in these cases, which are 
 decidedly the worst of all we have to deal with, because they are liable 
 to have a tonic spasm yet dodge all tests, we waste no time but fog to 20/80 
 or 20/120. An interesting thing about these cases is that while vision may 
 be as bad as 20/60 with the naked eye we often get al + 2.00 on and vision 
 be as good as 20/120, and we finally get as much as a -f- 1.50 cylinder or 
 + 1.00 sphere -f- 1.00 cylinder, where the other fellow has — 1.00 or — 
 1.50 cylinder, and we sometimes get simple -f- spheres, -j- 1.50, where 
 they have been wearing — 1.00 cylinders. 
 
 Having adopted the eyes as the gauges of the body, and utilized them 
 as such objectively and subjectively, the first, macrosoopically and ophthal- 
 moscopically, the second, dynamically and statistically, we know that as a 
 rule deep-set eyes or bulging eyes with a low nose bridge, vertical wrinkles 
 in the forehead, etc., are objective symptoms that the gauges will need fix- 
 ing. The subjective tests are equally simple when understood, and much 
 more certain, indeed we diagnose objectively and analyze subjectively. 
 Dynamic tests of the gauges mean different things at different ages and 
 under different circumstances. The operator must be very familiar with 
 these facts and know why the facts are. For example, children under ten 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 1 63 
 
 years of age rarely show any more power by the dynamic test than those 
 of that age, for two reasons, first : the eyes do not develop full growth and 
 power until about the age of ten years; second, a ten-year-old can reach 
 the limit angle of convergence, which is 2 3/4 inches, and the younger 
 child could do no more, hence we begin our figures with that age and 14.00 
 D. Between ten and twenty years the child may have enough accommoda- 
 tion and convergent power above normal to overcome its hyperopia and 
 •come to the normal point, but when we put on the correcting -f- lenses it 
 will not be able to show any greater power than before, because it has 
 reached the limit angle of convergence, but we know that it has more 
 power than it shows with the lenses because it came to the same point or 
 nearer without them. Example: Suppose a child shows 12.00 D. accom- 
 modation by coming io 31/4 inches without glasses, but by a test we find 
 hyperopia of 2.00 D., we know that in order to come to 3 1/4 inches with- 
 out glasses it must have been accommodating 14.00 D. and we give it such 
 credit even if it can show only 11.00 D. with glasses on. If such a case 
 shows an increase of accommodation after correction we know it should 
 not be able to do so were it in good condition ; therefore, it becomes a symp- 
 tom of weakness in that child to show strength. Above the age of twenty 
 years up to about thirty-five years, the near point recedes beyond the 
 limit angle of convergence on account of the decrease in his dynamic facil- 
 ities. We make the test before correction, then expect him to show an 
 increase equal to the amount of -f- sphere in the correction. If he fails 
 to do it, watch out for spasm, and if he shows more increase than he should 
 it is a symptom of weakness which prevented him from showing as much 
 as he ought in the first place. After the age of thirty-five, when his near 
 point is still farther away and his dynamics naturally weaker, we expect him 
 to show an increase at the second dynamic test two or three times as great 
 as the -f sphere in the correction, until between forty-five and fifty, when 
 presbyopia begins; therefore, if he fails to show an increase it tends to 
 throw him into the next younger class, and is, therefore, a symptom of 
 strength, or it may be one of many symptoms of great weakness. The way 
 we differentiate the complication is, if a big, strong-looking fellow shows 
 6.00 or 7.00 D. accommodation at the first test, we know he is extra strong 
 and do not expect any increase later, but if he starts in with only 3.00 D., 
 4.00 D. or 5.00 D. and appears to be presbyopic after correction so that he 
 accepts addition for reading, yet is below forty-five years old, we take it as 
 a symptom of weakness worth more than a half dozen symptoms of 
 strength, and we order rest instead of adding for reading. This is of 
 course subject to modification if the patient has been wearing glasses con- 
 stantly and the nature of his work, habits, etc., has been such as to pro- 
 duce presbyopia prematurely. 
 
 Briefly, if any one of these classes show symptoms of the next older 
 
164 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 class it means weakness, and if he shows those of the next younger, it means* 
 strength. Of course the first class have no younger class and can go wrong 
 only one way, while the middle class can go both ways, as can also the 
 third class, because there is still a fourth in which the weakness exhibited 
 is from natural presbyopia. 
 
 There are other ways in which the dynamic tests are valuable, which 
 are set forth in the neurometer. First, when we make the first dynamic 
 test we form a diagnostic opinion by combining it with the general appear- 
 ance and history of the patient. Thus, if a child under twenty years shows 
 only 6.00 D. or 7.00 D. accommodation, we know, looks or no looks, that it 
 is in a bad fix, but if it shows 11.00 D. or 12.00 D., when we think it ought 
 to show 14.00 D. we conclude it is either weak or is overcoming a great 
 deal of hyperopia, and it amounts to a symptom of weakness in either case,, 
 which makes us wary. Or. if we find 7.00 D. in a person whom we think 
 ought to show 10.00 D., it is a caution signal, although we may find the 
 patient older than we think, and if we do, it is a reassuring symptom. 
 
 Sometimes as a matter of proof of our system we first take the dynamic 
 test, then put on a pair of -f- 3.00 spheres and repeat the test, then ask the 
 patient's age. From this data" we proceed to figure out the amount of error 
 that should be present. Thus a case showed by the first test 3 1/2 inches 
 or 11.00 D. Adding -f- 3.00 D. and repeating the test he shows 2 1/2 inches 
 or 16.00 D. Subtracting the + 3.00 from this leaves 13.00 D. to be credited 
 to him; hence if he had 13.00 D. power with which he showed only 11.00 
 D. he must have been overcoming 2.00 D. hyperopia; or, after finding the 
 13.00 D. which indicates 12 years, 6 months by the neurometer, we added 
 10 years for mentality, which brought it up to 22 years, 6 months, then we 
 asked his age, which was 29 years, 5 months, 8 days. The difference be- 
 tween this and 22 years, 6 months, equals 6 years, 11 months, 8 days. The 
 nearest to this amount shown by the neurometer is 6 years, 3 months for 
 J -75 hyperopia or 7 years, 6 months for 1.50 hyperopia. We chose the 
 former because it is nearer to the result of the short calculation. Hence 
 by one calculation we found he should have 2.00 D. hyperopia and by the 
 other 1.75 D. hyperopia. Of course this being found by the dynamic test 
 alone was not as reliable as if we had completed the analysis, nor could we 
 find astigmatism by this method, but it is one of the many things that 
 go to make up the proof of the accuracy of our methods. A complete test 
 of this case found 2.00 D. hyperopia. 
 
 Another dynamic feature in symptomatology is found in the reactions 
 of the dynamics during the refraction test. If the patient sees better one 
 moment than another with the same lenses, or if he improves a certain 
 amount with a — .50 in front of the fogging lens and then requires more 
 than that to improve an equal amount more, clonic spasm is indicated, or 
 if he improves as much with a less amount of lens it also indicates clonic 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 1 65 
 
 spasm, but at the same time we caught it on the reaction; but if in con- 
 nection with the first named symptom, that is, seeing better one minute 
 than another with the same lens, there is also nausea on the down turn, it 
 signifies general weakness. 
 
 Another form of dynamic test is developed subjectively by cross- 
 questioning. If a patient has a dry, itchy eye or difficult urination, or dys- 
 menorrhea, or piles, or even finds it difficult to swallow, they are symp- 
 toms of irritation, and we call them -j- because they signify sphincter con- 
 traction or spasm. 
 
 If the eyes are overflowing with tears or there is urinal incontinence, 
 or, if the menses are too frequent, even if there is dysmenorrhoea, or if 
 there is constipation with a combination of other — symptoms, we know 
 that it is due to nervous inability and that there is danger of a general 
 paralysis. 
 
 Acute headache means spasm, but when they reach the stage of sick 
 headache it means exhaustion of the general supply. Dull, continuous 
 headaches indicate an overworked liver and a consequent weakness of the 
 nerve supply; but this symptom is rather one of caution and a suggestion 
 to remove the pressure in order to find whether it is genuine weakness or 
 only a temporary disability. In such cases as this it is best to demand a 
 good fee, because while it may be temporary, hence quickly repaired, it is 
 just as liable to be a chronic case. Of course we form final judgment by 
 the general appearance, history, static tests, and the final analysis. 
 
 The first static test is that in which we delve into the history of the 
 case, and as we also get some dynamic information from the history we 
 must learn to separate the static from the dynamic symptoms as we go. 
 For example: A patient tells, with reference to his occupation, that he 
 does certain things, and the fact that he does them proves that he must 
 have considerable force at his command, but when we ask him how he feels 
 afterward and he says "It knocks me out," it becomes a static symptom of 
 weakness which overbalances the other ; then the two together form another 
 symptom which tells us that his mentality is a dominating element which 
 must be considered in the final calculation in figuring his age. Of course 
 we must also find how quickly he recuperates after these excesses, and if 
 for instance he wakes up refreshed the next morning, it is a -f- symptom, 
 while if he is still tired it is a — symptom. 
 
 . Again, if a patient does not report doing things, but on the contrary is 
 doing practically nothing, yet complains of a constant weariness, it is a 
 bad negative symptom; this is particularly true of young women, and it is 
 quite common among them ; and, for the reason it is rare among young men 
 it is serious when we find it. 
 
 Objectively the ophthalmoscope is a static test by which we ascertain 
 the nourishing quality of the blood, knowing that the arteries should main- 
 
j56 neurology and metaphysics. 
 
 tain about 80% red and have a light streak down the center, while the veins 
 should have a darker shade and the streak be fainter. In anaemia the 
 arteries sometimes appear extra pale and the white streak occupies 2/3 
 instead of 1/3, the veins appear still darker and the contents more like wet 
 sugar ; that is, there will appear little globules or sediment. 
 
 Another static test is with the double prism and red light. A light 
 being placed at fifteen or twenty feet should appear as three, two being seen 
 by one eye and one by the other; the latter should be in the middle and all 
 on a vertical line. If the middle one is out of line, the objects seen by each 
 eye swinging to their respective sides, it proves weakness, no matter what 
 the dynamic test showed; but if the objects swing to the opposite sides it is 
 proof of spasm, no matter what the dynamic test showed. If the middle 
 light deviates up or down, alone or in connection with the out or in turn, it 
 simply means a complication in the nerve distribution, which always means 
 rest. Of course this test is repeated after correction of error, and if the — 
 indications are still present it increases the importance of the symptom 
 with reference to the final prescription, and if the -f- impulse still remains it 
 tells us we have not the full correction of eye error, and we increase it as 
 indicated by the neurometer ; if the up and down turn remains, it indicates 
 rest and is a — symptom even if it appears in connection with the + symp- 
 tom when the lights cross over. 
 
 The greatest and most far-reaching symptoms are in the habits and 
 dietary; the former because they teach us to watch everybody and note 
 the effects of dissipation, mental and physicial, and the latter because it 
 affords the only opportunity for exact figures on the situation outside of 
 the eye figures, and we have in this a greater scope because we not only 
 figure present conditions but future ones, while the eye figures enable 
 us to tell only present conditions and prospects and to measure the progress 
 of the case as we proceed with it. 
 
 Always do the easiest task first. 
 
 Jealousy ranks next to murder in my estimation. 
 
 It is really wonderful how wonderful a man has been — after he is 
 dead. 
 
 It is better to do many good things and not be discovered than to com- 
 mit one bad act and get caught. 
 
 A born teacher can not help it any more than the other fellow can 
 over-come the fact that he was born the other way. 
 
 There are always two sides to a question, and it is the other fellow's 
 side you want to hear. You can gat your own any time. 
 
 A man is not always great because he occupies the space of a great 
 man. He may have merely fooled some people into the belief that he is 
 great. 
 
CLINICAL TORTION. 
 
 167 
 
 This is the wife of a Minnesota doctor who not only had a divergent 
 squint but had been given up to die from tuberculosis. She had not done 
 any work for a long time. After six months' neurological treatment, she 
 has been doing the housework for her husband and six children over a year. 
 
1 68 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 The lower picture of these two shows this young lady as she was two 
 years ago, under sentence of death in a few months from tuberculosis. 
 
 The top picture shows her as she was when she was told she would be 
 dead, and as she is now. 
 
 Six eminent Indianapolis doctors pronounced her doom. 
 
 Three months of neurology made her strong and happy. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 169 
 
 These eyes straightened instantly. The pictures were taken fifteen 
 seconds apart. But remember, all do not yield so readily. It sometimes 
 takes several months. Even that beats operation with the chances that go 
 with it. A little daughter of the deputy sheriff at Wooster, Ohio, was giv- 
 en an anaesthetic before such operation and she died before they could op- 
 erate. 
 
 One of my pupils had offered to do the work for $50 without even local 
 anaesthetics or knife, but when the local doctors found it out they ridiculed 
 the idea and sent to Cleveland for an alleged oculist who murdered her. 
 Then the undertaker's bill was added to the doctors' bills and the little girl 
 is no more. 
 
170 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 This case of cross-eyes, after running thirty-six years, was fixed by our 
 methods, without knife, scissors or pain in twenty minutes. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 1?I 
 
 These pictures were taken twenty minutes apart. The work is another 
 specimen of what neurology and ophthalmology can do without danger of 
 blood poison. 
 
172 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 This case of cross-eyes was straightened instantly by one of our boys. 
 It is such work as this that makes the old-school cutters want laws to put 
 us out of business. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 173 
 
 / 
 
 ^ 
 
 These two pictures were taken a week apart. Some one says, "Oh ! but 
 they have to wear glasses all the time." So they do if they are operated, or 
 the eyes will soon cross again. In the rare cases they do not recross there 
 are other troubles which the oculist cannot take care of. 
 
^74 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Here is a little girl who was not only 
 cross-eyed, but her disposition was 
 twisted so that she was a charge. 
 
 These pictures were taken two 
 weeks apart, hence it was four weeks 
 from the first to the last and her moth- 
 er reported there was as much change 
 in her disposition as appears in her 
 face. 
 
 An operation might have straight- 
 ened the eyes, temporarily, but it could 
 not have touched the disposition, be- 
 cause glasses are not nearly all of the 
 neurologist's armamentarium. 
 
 Neurology isn't any old thing some 
 cheap imitators choose to call neurol- 
 ogy- 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 I75 
 
 This is a little Indiana lady who was made happy by our methods, in 
 about two months. Her parents objected at first, and the old-school doctors 
 fought for operation but common sense won the victory. 
 
176 
 
 NKI'UOLOGY AND METAFIIYSIC8. 
 
 This is a ten minute case, and was done by a progressive man who 
 takes "The Ophthalmologist," from which he learned how to fix cross-eyes. 
 Some day he may learn more of our methods. Possibly from this book. If 
 I could have him with me personally for a few months he would be sur- 
 prised at the things he could do. 
 
CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 177 
 
 This is a case Drs. Mayo, of Rochester, Minn., one of whom is now presi- 
 dent of the American Medical Association, failed on. One of my boys fixed 
 her in a month. Dr. Mayo gave her 
 
 L. -)-2.oo-|-2.oo ax. 90 
 
 R. -f .25+ .50 ax. 105 
 My lad gave her, for final correction, after the eyes were straight 
 
 L. -l~3.00-j-2.00 ax. 90 
 
 R. +1.75+ .50 ax. 90. 
 
1 7 8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS 
 
 The little girl in the picture on the left was seven years old, eyes 
 crossed in babyhood, straightened in twenty minutes. 
 
 The other is a four-year-old, eyes crossed three years and came all right 
 in three days. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION 
 
The history of "Christian civilization" is the 
 bloodiest of all histories. 
 
 The principles of Christianity, as expounded 
 in the bible and exploited by the preachers, are the 
 duality, a bribe and a threat, 
 
 Christianity and medicine are the only two 
 professions -which are divided in themselves, and 
 the christian bible declares "a house divided against 
 itself shall fall." 
 
 Christianity and Drug Medicine are the big- 
 gest humbugs the world has ever known. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION 
 
 GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY 
 
 A Philosophy Supported by Tacts Apparent To-day Instead of by Myths 
 
 of Dead Ages. 
 
 Genetic psychology (beginning of mind) offers a study which yields 
 pleasure and peace most alluring to the mentality. It brings one up against 
 facts and logical conclusions. It does not revel in ghosts or dreams. It 
 breathes no threats. It is not dogmatic nor intolerant. It teaches reason 
 instead of superstition, order against chaos, argument supplants fire and 
 sword. It makes no demands on the student to accept as true that which 
 he cannot understand, simply because it is beyond his comprehension. It 
 teaches to accept the positive evidence offered to-day, in Nature, rather than 
 the traditions of primitive ages. 
 
 We reason positively from effect to cause and negatively from cause 
 to effect^ because only an infinite mind could know in advance the effect 
 of a cause. We see all about us the wonders wrought by the hand of man 
 guided by his mentality. We have the history of his development in mod- 
 ern times and the folk-lore of the ancients. The latter is largely devoted 
 to how the leaders kept the masses in subjection by miracles, but the first- 
 named dare not attempt such absurdities. We are accomplishing new 
 feats almost daily so much more wonderful than the ancients ever dreamed 
 of that the greatest wonder is there are still those who prefer to cling 
 to superstitions that promise heaven to those who pretend to believe 
 and eternal torture to those who are so honest with themselves they re- 
 ject the proffered bribe and ignore the threat. 
 
 When we think of the caves of our ancestors in comparison with the 
 homes of to-day ; of the canoes and the palatial steamers ; of the trackless 
 
x g2 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 forests and the railways; of the foot-messengers and the telegraph; of the 
 laborious sign records on pottery and the perfecting presses; of the primi- 
 tive spears and the modern battleships; all tell us a story of progress, of 
 growing mentality that only the malicious, the ignorant or the insane 
 could subordinate to Jew fables. And even they join in honoring the men 
 and women whose minds have enabled them to achieve all that is in evi- 
 dence as human products. 
 
 Then, when we see Nature's work on every side, in the universe, in 
 the day and night, in the seasons, in the storms and calm, in the fruits of 
 the soil, in the beasts, birds, fishes and in mankind, it sets us to thinking 
 backward toward the cause, thence forward toward the effects. They are 
 two great problems, too great to be settled by a prayer and too important 
 to be farmed out to men whose calibre commands only a few hundred 
 dollars and a donation party annually. We have the examples before us? 
 of what the minds and hands of man have accomplished and it is only 
 natural that we conceive that other minds and hands, as infinitely greater 
 than ours as the works in evidence are greater, did the work, and are at 
 it unceasingly. It may even be one mind that is doing it all, but if so it 
 must be an almighty big one, and as to hands, possibly when such a mind 
 works it needs no hands. Then the idea comes that our minds, being the 
 infinite, invisible, undiscoverable part of us may be and very likely are an 
 atom of this universal mind; and if this is so, we should let it work along 
 lines consistent with the master mind instead of polluting it, with doc- 
 trines conceived by mercenary and superstitious people who existed thous- 
 ands of years ago. 
 
 I can imagine a mind so much greater than man's that it has existed 
 from a time so long past that this earth did not exist, and that will exist 
 long after this planet's work is done — for why should not planets die 
 as well as men? I can imagine such a mind with a purpose so vast that our 
 minds and purposes only compare with it, as a grain of sand compares 
 with the earth in size. I can imagine that what we call troubles, and 
 some call judgments, are a part of a great plan, each of which is of no 
 more consequence to the plan or to the great mind than the rheumatism of 
 an ant is to our minds. I can imagine that our minds are part of this grot 
 mind and that as we cultivate our opportunities they may be more active 
 parts. I can imagine that when our visible bodies die these parts of the 
 great mind which have occupied them may return directly to the great 
 mind which pervades everything, or it may be utilized separately in an- 
 other form, but that it exists so long as the great mind exists is a reasona- 
 ble proposition. But I cannot conceive this great mind in the form of 
 a person, subject to fits of temper, creating a thousand millions stars, suns 
 and moons, to be subsidiary to this planet, the inhabitants of which he 
 made to be free agents, knowing they must fall into sin by violating his 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 183 
 
 personal commands, then all who fail to seek forgiveness — and contribute 
 to the support of a priest — will be consigned to eternal torture, while those 
 who are "believers" will have everlasting life and happiness — but they 
 must die to get it. I can conceive the primitive minds of the aborigines 
 likening the infinite to their own mental vagaries, but I cannot reconcile 
 the assumption that the minds of to-day are subordinate to those of two 
 thousand or five thousand years ago. I can see consistency in the compar- 
 ison of present minds with those of the ages when mankind herded in 
 flocks and wore skins of animals instead of clothing spun and woven, 
 but I cannot conceive those people receiving messages from a personal 
 god and handing them down to us as law, when it would be so much 
 more convenient for said god to communicate directly with the superior 
 minds of to-day. I can imagine why an infinite mind would desire to keep 
 in constant touch with its workings and have evidence that it does, day after 
 day; but I cannot conceive why it would give a law unto primitive minds 
 and then abandon them to their own notions while continuing to guide 
 the rest of creation. I can see why "dust returns to dust," but I cannot 
 understand why the great mind should send part of itself to hell. I can 
 conceive a reasonableness in discrediting our fellow men who ask us to 
 believe assertions without offering logical evidence, but I cannot imagine 
 an excuse for believing that any woman ever gave birth to a child with- 
 out following the natural order of procreation, or that any people who 
 believed the earth was flat and tortured those who discovered it was 
 round, should be accepted as authorities in other matters, temporal or 
 spiritual. I can even conceive a possible beneficence in the master mind 
 directing that the finite minds should be semi-independent of itself, but 
 I cannot imagine it trusting all subsidiary minds to any one or any thou- 
 sand other minds any more than I can conceive one dime dominating 
 other dimes. Therefore that part of the infinite within me inspires a 
 disregard of other finite minds and their expressions except as they con- 
 form to the inherent conception of law and order as it exhibits in my own 
 mind consistently with other things in evidence over which the finite 
 minds have no control. 
 
 Genetic psychology, therefore, may be said to be, in its practical 
 sense, the ability of each individual to divest his mentality of the fals^ 
 notions that have been educated into it with reference to both mind and 
 matter, and to open connection directly with the master mind. It has 
 been a difficult task for me. I have been at it for thirty years; but to- 
 day I feel as free from the fetters of superstition as I do from the hang- 
 man's noose, which is the only comparison that fits the case, in my esti- 
 mation. The one is as disgraceful to me as the other. 
 
 In the beginning was mind. 
 
 That mind was law. 
 
1 84 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 That mind is law to-day. 
 
 The law is order. 
 
 The order is mathematics, and mathematics is represented practically 
 in chemistry and mechanics. The former stands for composition and 
 disintegration; the latter stands for form and motion; the two stand for 
 evolution and revolution. 
 
 In chemistry when we combine elements there is a change. Some- 
 times that change is accomplished peacefully; at other times it is done 
 violently; and there are different stages of violence. This typifies Nature 
 in a finite way and tells us that in accomplishing her purposes some of the 
 evolutions may cause no perceptible disturbance; others are signalized 
 by lightnings and thunder, by cold and heat; still others cause the very 
 bowls of the earth to vomit and change the shape of the surface. In me- 
 chanics we see inventions work with such nicety that we render homage 
 to the inventor, yet in a remarkably short time those machines wear out 
 and go to the junk pile. Shall we not take this as indicating that even 
 the planets may disintegrate, and that the shooting stars have been so 
 far reduced as to lose their individuality as this earth may possibly do? 
 
 As greater things in nature than mankind reach their limit angles 
 and lose their equilibrium, causing disorder, at least temporarily, it is 
 natural that mankind should pass its limit angles with the same result. 
 Therefore, health is order and disease is simply disorder. 
 
 And for the same reason that the man with the stone hatchet framed 
 our theology, the medicine man of the tribes of Israel, or other wild men, 
 founded the dominant system of treating human ills. Both forgot or 
 never conceived the existence of an infinite mind, hence set their own up 
 as the infalliable authority. In genetic psychology and neurology we dis- 
 miss this as peremptorily as we do the other. We find an explanation 
 of physical ills in the departures from the course indicated by natural 
 laws, and we find a similar explanation of the mental disturbances indi- 
 cated by fits of temper, melancholy, etc. We know that a nervous sys- 
 tem, strained to the point of toleration, exhibits irritation and spasm, and 
 if not assisted in time collapse is the natural sequel; therefore we hold it 
 reasonable that a very small particle of the master mind detached and 
 made semi-independent under the influence of the physical body and the 
 vagaries of other minds may become irritated and if not rescued by the 
 master mind, possibly assisted by other finite minds, will collapse and 
 leave the physical body in an involuntary state or possibly produce its 
 death, which, to my mind, is preferable. 
 
 It follows as a logical sequence that the master mind did not create 
 the universe for our amusement; it is possible, even very probable, that 
 these individual atoms of mind may continue in other forms, and while it 
 is really a waste of time which could be otherwise employed better, yet 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION". 
 
 185 
 
 it does not disturb the order of things if we speculate on the future a 
 little. 
 
 As we have reasoned from effects back to cause it only completes 
 the duality which is in evidence everywhere in nature, if we now reason 
 from cause to effect. Man, possessing the higher order of intelligence, 
 and some of these being more highly developed than others, should, nat- 
 urally, in the next cycle of existence take precedence over their fellow 
 minds as they have in the current sphere; and it occurs to the genetic 
 psychologist that those who have persisted in refusing to open their minds 
 to direct communication with the master mind, thus violating the true 
 order of things, will take subordinate positions in the next existence. 
 Those who have persisted in gods with vengeance in their hearts, and 
 devils in the form of snakes, may take rank higher than the man who 
 organized and manipulates the great Standard Oil system, but we have 
 reason to doubt it, because when that mind reaches the stage where there 
 is no oil or railroad stocks to deal in it will be more readily amenable to 
 the influence of the master mind. 
 
 By the same token that those mind atoms now inhabiting human 
 bodies will very likely exist in the future, so should those smaller atoms 
 which now inhabit the beasts and birds; for genetic psychology teaches 
 that all are a part of an infinite system conceived and executed by an 
 infinite mind which we reverence too much to insult by petition of graft 
 or gratitude. 
 
 STUDY CAUSES BY EFFECTS. 
 A Science for Thinking People — The Hope of the Human Race — Ignor- 
 ance a Crime — Truth a Necessity. 
 
 "I honor the man who is willing to sink 
 "Half his present repute for the freedom to think; 
 "And, having thought, be his cause strong or weak, 
 "Will sink t'other half for the freedom to speak, 
 "Caring naught for what vengeance the mob has in store, 
 "Be that mob the upper ten thousand or lower." 
 
 — Lowell. 
 
 I acknowledge my obligations to my Creator and James Russell 
 Lowell for the courage to express honest convictions publicly upon sub- 
 jects which have been hitherto studiously avoided, or discussed privately 
 with bated breath, lest the graven image of Ignorance which obstructs 
 the entrance to the gardens of knowledge of good and evil be shattered, 
 contrary to the desires of a powerful faction which thrives upon credulity, 
 and superstition. 
 
 A gullible people applaud the writer or speaker who attacks abuses 
 practiced in the public service; and classes go wild with enthusiasm 
 when the acts or opinions of other classes are criticised. 
 
 But, when a common fault is exposed, the inhibitory nerves are 
 
jg5 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 touched, and applause is hushed at the lips of the listeners, for two reasons : 
 First, a consciousness of guilt; second, they are paralyzed by the audacity 
 of the person who dares to beard the Douglas in his hall. 
 
 Since the beginning there have been leaders among men, and there 
 has ever been a disposition to take advantage of others. Ignorance and 
 superstition made it comparatively easy for the first leaders to convince 
 the masses they possessed supernatural authority. 
 
 These, in their cunning, divided themselves into two classes — spir- 
 itual and temporal. The first pretended to have commissions direct from 
 God and proclaimed and anointed the second as rulers of the people. This 
 is the origin of the "divine rights of kings." 
 
 The temporal rulers, by way of reciprocity, established laws, in the 
 name of God, and left the punishment for their violation in control of 
 the priests, who took especial delight in inflicting such penalties as kept 
 their victims in constant subjection. 
 
 To the ignorant, a priest is one of the essentials of a religion. The 
 more ignorance, the more priests, and the fatter they are. 
 
 The ancient leaders, like the modern ones, recognized that the dura- 
 tion of their power depended upon the spread of ignorance, and they pro- 
 ceeded to spread it through the priests. 
 
 A few years ago, a Chicago minister abandoned his orthodox flock 
 to teach heterodoxy in one of the down-town theaters, where he failed to 
 secure the financial support he anticipated, and, in his parting address, 
 in the soreness of his heart, he tendered the following corroboration of 
 my assertion. He said: 
 
 "It is the hide-bound, orthodox Christian, with a believing sense of 
 hell, who contributes to the support of the church and the ministry." 
 
 Then he accepted the presidency of a Klondike * company as a still 
 less precarious means of obtaining his livelihood. 
 
 The first laws defined crimes against God and the church, and made 
 the leaders judges, juries and executioners. 
 
 The highest crime was "heresy." This to prevent investigation and 
 thought, and such as dared to think and give expression to opinions con- 
 trary to the interests of existing authority were immediately put to death. 
 In the name of God! 
 
 The same disposition prevails to-day. It is not sufficiently powerful 
 to continue executions, yet church annals are replete with heresy trials 
 and convictions. There are those who would be delighted to carry fagots 
 with which to burn me at the stake for what I am going to say here, and 
 they would sing hosannas to their respective Gods for the opportunity to 
 serve in such a delectable occupation. Yet I shall not utter one syllable 
 inconsistent with morality and honor to infinity and man. 
 
METAPHYSICAL P011TI0N". ^ 1 87 
 
 There are some things we know; other we have yet to learn, and oth- 
 ers we shall never know. 
 
 Some of our knowledge is, inherent, much of it is the result of educa- 
 tion, and, unfortunately for the advancement of humanity, one prominent 
 principle of our education has been that we were taught to believe theories 
 advanced by our instructors, and to assert we know that which we have 
 merely accepted on faith. The falsity of that principle is established by 
 the fact that codes, creeds, doctrines, dogmas, theories, have been from 
 time to time subjected to modifications, not so much to conform to the en- 
 lightenment of the period, as to save a worthless hulk which would sink 
 into the depths of oblivion at once, were it not for the patches and new 
 coats of paint. They remind me of an Irish sea captain who once related 
 a story of an engagement between a ship (on which he was chief officer) 
 and a whole fleet of vessels, telling how every man swore by the blessed 
 virgin to not surrender the "Mary Jane." After a glowing account of the 
 battle (which lasted several hours, with great destruction on both sides) 
 he admitted his little command was overpowered, when one of his audi- 
 tors asked, "How about that oath to not surrender the 'Mary Jane?' " 
 "Oh! we fixed that all right," replied the captain, "we changed the name 
 of the boat before lowering our flag." 
 
 As education is the most important factor in our lives, it is eminently 
 proper for us to seek the surest method of arriving at the truth, and we 
 must judge proposed methods by the use of that inherent knowledge to 
 which I have referred. 
 
 Genetic psychology is the science of reducing the contents of the 
 mind without impairing its functions. In other words, its practice is the 
 art of eliminating from the mind all prejudice, superstitution and arti- 
 ficial knowledge, an acquiring information upon lines which conform to 
 the natural state. 
 
 The mind is a phenomenon in that it is capable of receiving impressions 
 which educate it to receive other impressions, all of which comprise an 
 aggregation which completely overshadows its inherent qualities, thus con- 
 verting a really capable mind into a mere receptacle for trash, and, other 
 minds, having been taught in a similar manner, look upon this one as 
 eminently learned, when in truth it is the personification of ignorance. 
 These phenomena, in their natural state, may or may not be identical in 
 all individuals, but their development must be affected largely, by their 
 environments. With so much of the artificial all about, it is not remarka- 
 ble that the vast majority are lost in its labyrinths. 
 
 Our entire system of education has ever had an apparently irresistible 
 tendency toward the mysterious. We have been taught that the more 
 impenetrable the proposition the greater the probability of its being 
 
jgg NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 true, and that which we cannot understand we must reverence because we 
 do not comprehend it. 
 
 In illustration of the application of this science, reminding the reader 
 that its practice constantly admonishes its votaries that the work of se- 
 curing an education is never finished, I will proceed to express convictions 
 which have forced themselves upon my mind through genetic analysis 
 of the subject, and leave it for each of you to put through the same pro- 
 cess before concurring with me in the slightest particular. 
 
 The ethical code associated with the marriage rite is a gigantic mis- 
 take and has made marriage. the greatest curse which humanity has been 
 required to endure. It makes woman a slave if she obeys it, and makes 
 her a harlot if she rebels against its inquisitorial provisions. Let us exam- 
 ine it. 
 
 According to a common interpretation of the Bible the "forbidden 
 fruit" of which Adam and Eve partook was the consummation of a mar- 
 riage agreement between them. And, it is recorded that when God hap- 
 pened to pass Eden one day and discovered their happiness., he cursed 
 them, and condemned the woman to suffer the pains of maternity in 
 sorrow. 
 
 It seems to have been the "unpardonable sin,'" too, because her daugh- 
 ters unto the present have suffered in like manner. 
 
 The New Testament tells us, however, that there is hope beyond, 
 for it describes two of the principal attractions of heaven, namely, there 
 will be no sorrow there— nor marriage. 
 
 It is paradoxical that the custom of marriage as practiced among us 
 derives its authority from the same book which tells us the first marriage 
 was cursed by God. 
 
 The priests point with pride to that passage which says: "What God 
 hath joined together, let not man put asunder," and every marriage cere- 
 mony they perform is charged to God's account, thus forcing him to as- 
 sume the responsibility for the mistakes which are made, and denying 
 Him the relief afforded by the courts to humanity on other cases. 
 
 They have hedged it about with an alleged moral code, and erected 
 a structure, the corruption bred within which has left indelible blots of 
 licentiousness on the pages of history of every age. 
 
 Not content with their own rules of conduct, they have, in modern 
 times, secured the enactment of arbitrary statutes, defining the rights of 
 man and womankind in this particular, and supplemented these by the 
 cultivation of a false idea that there are subjects which are unfit for open 
 expression between the sexes. 
 
 The natural product of such a system is libertinism and harlotry, 
 known by its Christian name, free love, which is decried openly and 
 practiced secretly. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 1 89 
 
 The first marriages were accomplished by men merely taking unto 
 themselves wives. It is not recorded that the said wives had any option 
 in the matter, and there was no limit to the number of wives a man might 
 take, — except in the case of Adam. 
 
 Later, they selected wives from among women captured from other 
 tribes. Still later they stole them, or entered into athletic contests for 
 them, or murdered husbands, or practiced any other means which sug- 
 gested itself. 
 
 As time passed on, it became necessary that rulers form alliances 
 with each other, so the tribes inter-married by agreement of their rulers, 
 and thus originated the idea of a formal ceremony, a feast in celebration 
 of the event, and a rake-off for the priests. 
 
 After this state of affairs had continued for a time, some of the 
 leaders discovered that God's matches were not all that was claimed fcr 
 them, and they devised the first law to dissolve such contracts. 
 
 It was a beauty ! 
 
 It was called the "Law of Jealousies" and provided that if a husband 
 be jealous of his wife, that she had cohabited with another man, and it 
 was true; or if he be jealous and it was not true, no matter, she was put 
 upon trial by a priest and given bitter water (in other words, poisoned 
 water) to drink, with the injunction that if guilty, the water would cause 
 her belly to swell and her thigh to rot. If she was not guilty, these things 
 would not happen. 
 
 The law was ingeniously prepared by the men, so the husband was re- 
 quired to have his wife subjected to this test to absolve himself from the 
 iniquity of which he suspected her, and I have no doubt many good women 
 were murdered through this divinely devilish agency, and the surviving 
 husband was duly pitied and honored. (For particulars, see the fifth 
 chapter of Numbers.) 
 
 As the world grew older, brains became more plentiful, the quality im- 
 proved and more humane instincts prevailed. The "law of divorce" was 
 invented. It provided that "when a man hath taken a wife, and married 
 her, and it come to pass that she find no favor in his eyes, because he 
 hath found some uncleanness in her, then let him write her a bill of di- 
 vorcement and give it in her hand and send her out of his house." (Deut. 
 xxiv: 1.) That's more like it! Just fire her off the premises! And the 
 law even went so far as to declare that she might, after that, go and be- 
 come the wife of another man without securing the consent of the one who 
 cast her off. How magnanimous I ] ] ' ! 1 
 
 I find, in this authority, that it is a disgrace to be murdered by a 
 woman (Judges ix : 45) ; that she makes a first class burnt offering, 
 witness Jeptha's daughter (Judges xi: 39). That she is a commodity for 
 barter, for, according to Joel iii: 3, "They sold a girl for wine that they 
 
190 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 might drink." That she is an outlandish being that has made Solomon 
 sin— that wisest of men who was beloved of his God (Nehemiah xlii : 26) ; 
 that she is a liar and a deceitful, silly, lustful thing. 
 
 But nowhere within the lids of that Bible have I found a word au- 
 thorizing a woman to steal a husband, or buy one (although I believe 
 they do occasionally purchase dukes and counts and things nowadays), 
 or trade for one, or divorce one, or even put him to the "jealousy test." 
 And I submit it to you, reader, is it fair? 
 
 In the practice of his profession, a good doctor seeks the causes of 
 departure from normal physiological conditions and endeavors to assist 
 nature in removing those causes. 
 
 No doctor ever cured anyone, and nature has often, to combat not only 
 the disease but the physician. 
 
 So it is in the great problem of marriage. Incompatibility is the ab- 
 normal condition, and nature revolts at the suggestion of a continuance 
 of such a union. Prejudice and existing statutes are the incompetent 
 physicians, and their prescription. "What God hath joined together, let 
 not man put asunder," only increases the malignity of the affliction. 
 
 There are two kinds of incompatibility: Mental and physical. Pros- 
 pective partners, whose minds are not clouded with romantic notions, 
 ascertain their mental adaptability by association and comparative study 
 of one another. But that code of ethics forbids, as immoral, investigation 
 into the subject of their physical natures, upon a proper adaptation of 
 which depends the future of the world, and they enter the marriage rela- 
 tion blindly, only to learn their mistake after the fetters are forged upon 
 them in the form of a rapidly increasing family. 
 
 I have met, in my professional capacity, intelligent women who told 
 me that until after marriage they had always believed that babies came 
 direct from heaven, in the mouths of storks, etc. And I believe them, for, 
 they added tearfully, that if they had known as much before marriage as 
 they know now they would have never formed the alliance. 
 
 Under existing conditions, there is -one remedy which affords relief. 
 But sensitive natures avail themselves of it only in cases of dire necessity. 
 
 The divorce courts are hot-beds of scandal. "Divorce" and "disgrace" 
 are held by the priestly code to be synonymous. 
 
 It is not the honorable judges who preside in these courts, but the 
 bodies which enacted the laws establishing the methods of procedure, 
 who are to blame. 
 
 If, in the course of ordinary business affairs, a statement is made to 
 you which may have a vital effect upon your calculations, the first thought 
 which arises in your minds refers to the authority for that statement, 
 and, after investigation, you govern yourself accordingly as you find that 
 authority good or bad. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION - , 
 
 I 9 I 
 
 Let us, then, examine the authority for this social condition, and treat 
 it as we find it deserves to be treated. 
 
 Originally the Bible was prepared by the Jewish priests and palmed 
 off on their credulous constituents as the word of God. They affirmed 
 that God in person had dictated it to them, and they repeated the story 
 so often they finally came to believe it themselves. 
 
 From time to time they added history and dreams until the disrup- 
 tion of the race, which I regard as a fortunate circumstance, else we 
 would now be inflicted with an appalling multiplicity of its nonsense 
 and obscenity. 
 
 What evidence have we that the Bible is the word of God? Just the 
 same the Jews had! Nothing but the unsupported word of Moses. And 
 he had a pecuniary interest in the matter. 
 
 What evidence have we that the Bible is not the word of God? 
 
 First, according to genetic analysis, it is full of inconsistencies, of 
 which a God could not be guilty. It begins by saying that God created 
 all things, thus indicating His power and wisdom, but before the clo*e 
 of the sixth chapter it pictures Him as an utterly incompetent individual 
 as witness Genesis 1 : 31, which says: 
 
 "And God saw everything that he had made, and behold it was very 
 good." And again in the sixth chapter, verses 6 and 7 : 
 
 "And it repented the Lord that He had made man on the earth, and 
 it grieved Him at His heart." 
 
 "And the Lord said: I will destroy man, whom I have created, from 
 the face of the earth, both man and beast, and the creeping thing and the 
 fowls of the air, for it repenteth Me that I have made them." 
 
 Then, it sets forth that Noah was wiser than God, and prevailed upon 
 Him to again alter His intentions, for the next verse says: 
 
 "But Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord," and you all know 
 the rest of the story of the flood which followed the final agreement be- 
 tween them. 
 
 Again, after we have been taught that "no adulterer shall enter the 
 kingdom of heaven," we find God sanctioning Abram's relations with 
 Hagar by sending an angel to her with His promise of especial blessing 
 for her and her prospective son, then He appeared in person to Abram. and, 
 without mentioning his fault, gave him the land of Canaan and a new 
 name, "Abraham," signifying that he was to be father of many nations. 
 
 Second, the spirit of murder, rapine, licentiousness and general cuss- 
 edness is its most prominent feature from first to last. Even Jesus is re- 
 ported in the tenth chapter of Matthew as saying: 
 
 "Think not I am come to send peace on earth; I come not to send 
 peace, but a sword." 
 
 Third, it teaches there are such things as wizards and witches, and 
 
192 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 ghosts, and hobgoblins, and their ilk (and it teaches they'll probably git 
 you if you don't watch out). 
 
 It remained for the less devilish romancers and Palmer Cox to dis- 
 cover the good fairies and brownies, the stories of whose wondrous kind- 
 ness to mortals has filled millions of children's hearts with loving ambi- 
 tions and taught them: "The true road to perfect happiness is in doing 
 good to others." 
 
 Fourth, it accords to woman a place not superior to chattels and this, 
 alone, should condemn it among women. 
 
 Do not understand me as denying the existence of an infinite mind. 
 I only repudiate Moses and his co-conspirators. Their stories do not 
 hang together. They are improbable. They are unreasonable. They are 
 impossible. Even in so important a story as the betrayal of Christ, one 
 chronicler says Judas hanged himself. Another says he fell down in a 
 field and burst and his bowls gushed out. 
 
 I do not believe there breathes an intelligent man or woman who, 
 upon looking about at the wondrous works of nature, does not feel, in- 
 stinctively, that an infinite mind conceived and executed the plans of the 
 universe, and who, so feeling, does not reverence such supreme talent as 
 a thing impossible of attainment by mortals. 
 
 That infinite mind has been called God, and, with Thomas Paine, I 
 believe in one God and no more. 
 
 The idea of a personal God was purely a conceit of man. And, having 
 created God, it was easy to put words in His mouth, or to say certain 
 words had proceeded out of His mouth. And it was, and is still, easy to 
 secure believers by preying upon superstition and misrepresenting that 
 instinctive reverence to which I have referred, promising to the faithful 
 the bribe of heaven, where there will be no sorrow or marriage, and threat- 
 ening the doubting ones with a scalding lake of molten brimstone, where 
 we shall be compelled to swim around for ever and ever, weeping and wail- 
 ing and gnashing our teeth, while the Christian God and His chosen 
 few sit on golden benches bespangled with rubies and pearls and enjoy 
 our eternal discomfiture. 
 
 In this age of education and opportunity, it is difficult to conceive how 
 anyone can place the slightest claim of a divine inspiration for such a mon- 
 strous conception of evil influences and irrational tales. Yet we find so- 
 called eminent scholars who have no hesitancy in saying they believe 
 this earth was created first after heaven, and that all other orbs are mere 
 subordinates to it, having been the products of after-thoughts of the 
 Maker. 
 
 Defying astronomical science, the}' insist that Joshua enforced a 
 command to the sun and moon to stand still a whole day. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION - . 
 
 193 
 
 The Bible qualifies this story by saying that it never occurred before 
 or since. 
 
 They believe Jonah survived three days inside of a whale. And, had 
 the principals been reversed, they would have swallowed the story as 
 readily. 
 
 In our ordinary capacity as citizens we are taught to judge our fellow 
 mortals by several reasonable standards. 
 
 One class rates their neighbors by the amount of gold or silver and 
 fine raiment they possess. 
 
 Another judges by talents, or accomplishments, or honors attained. 
 
 And still another forms opinions from a scrutiny of the qualities of 
 mind and heart and the general reputation for respectability — honor, 
 truth and veracity not being the least of the requisite qualifications. 
 
 I do not repudiate the self-evident moral precepts of the Bible. It 
 would be sad, indeed, if, in all those pages, we could not find a humane 
 and virtuous sentiment. But I most emphatically defend my God against 
 the charge that He dictated such a guide to iniquity. 
 
 The Ten Commandments, for example, are reasonable, but they have 
 been tortured by misrepresentation, according to the social code, so that 
 the only genuine sin is a violation of the Seventh. 
 
 This code says virtue consists solely in a strict observance of the 
 Seventh Commandment, and its devotees damn all whom they even sus- 
 pect of trespass in that particular, and proceed, complacently, to violate 
 the remainder of the decalogue themselves. 
 
 The organized exponents of alleged "revealed religions'* are to-day, 
 the most conspicuous examples of violation of the First Commandment, tn 
 their subserviency to the money kings whose names are prominent on their 
 roll of communicants, as well as at the head of trusts and combinations 
 to control the products of this earth, even literary honors, for their own 
 profit. 
 
 This code teaches husbands to suspect their wives and wives to sus- 
 pect their husbands of infidelity. The Bible gives a history of amours 
 and debauches, which, if it were published under any other title than 
 "Holy Bible," would not be allowed transmission through the mails. 
 
 It is not surprising that people continue in ignorance and licentious- 
 ness when such powerful influence is brought to bear against investigation 
 and education, and a final knowledge that would emancipate the world 
 from this slavery of blind passion, which has been the curse of so many 
 lives. 
 
 It has been said, truly, that example is greater than precept. The 
 commandment says, "Thou shalt not." The history of old says they did, 
 
i94 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 and the history of to-day says they do. The history of old says Abraham 
 did and was not cast out. The trespassers of to-day say, "We will fare as 
 well as did Abraham." 
 
 This code says infidelity of husband to wife, or wife to husband, con- 
 sists solely in violation of the seventh commandment. 
 
 Let us see: "In means "un;" "fidelis" means "faithful." Then, 
 "infidelity" means "unfaithfulness." 
 
 Ask the husband who has been sober, industrious, ambitious constant- 
 ly striving for an independent position for wife and family, who has never 
 had one word of encouragement from her from whom he has a right to 
 expect it; from whom he has received nothing but complaints and criti- 
 cisms and discouragements, predictions that his efforts would be flat fail- 
 ures, and exultant "I told you so," when they were failures. 
 
 Ask the husband whose wife spends her days among the shops or 
 gossipy neighbors, while her children cook their own meals and run wild 
 on the streets. 
 
 Ask the husband whose wife is so taken up with church work that 
 she has no time to keep her house in order and see that his meals are 
 prepared and his clothing repaired. 
 
 Ask the husband whose wife boasts that she cannot hem a hand- 
 kerchief or make a loaf of bread, but has been in society since she was 
 fourteen, and was engaged eighteen times before she was twenty years old. 
 
 Ask the husband who has all these things and a thousand others to 
 endure, and he will tell you that violation of the seventh commandment 
 is not the whole infidelity. 
 
 Ask the little woman who married a man with the drink habit, on his 
 promise of reform, which promise was not kept — they rarely are. 
 
 Ask the wife who sits night after night for hours awaiting the com- 
 ing of him who used to be so promptly on time every evening, with 
 smiles and roses to give her pleasure, and who now comes in wearily 
 from his club at a late hour and asks her to pull his boots off. It's a long 
 way from roses to dirty boots. 
 
 Ask the tired mother of a houseful of little ones, who has never 
 passed more than two years of married life without suffering the pains 
 of maternity, and who has all the care of her children, beside a fretful 
 husband, who acts as if she alone is responsible for the incumbrances. 
 
 Ask the wife who delights in demonstrations of affection, who in 
 her romantic ignorance married her husband chiefly because of his loving 
 attentions, and now awakens to hear him compare her with a street car 
 which one runs to catch, but, as soon as caught, demonstrations cease. 
 He doesn't mean to insult her. He is a great, big, ignorant boor. But 
 it crushes her heart. 
 
 Ask the wife who married expecting to be supported by, instead of 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 *95 
 
 supporting, her husband, and now supplies, by the sweat of her brow, 
 the food which sustains him while he whittles store-boxes and talks politics. 
 
 Ask the wife who has all these and greater ills to suffer, if she thinks 
 violation of the seventh commandment is the only act of unfaithfulness 
 in married life. 
 
 This code, born in iniquitous minds, reared in licentious hearts, 
 clothed in a mantle of alleged inspiration of God, stalks the world to-day, 
 as it has for ages, overshadowing truths that God intended all to know, 
 namely: That mental and physical adaptability are two distinct propo- 
 sitions. That to be mated happily a couple must possess both at once. 
 
 This falsely called virtuous code, which breeds more unvirtue than 
 anything else on earth, tells us to trust to luck in choosing our mates. 
 It educates society to read trashy romances of sensational elopements 
 and sensual escapades, and then go and do likewise. 
 
 Science teaches us to use common sense in contracting marriage, 
 just as we would in any other business engagement, and ascertain, by 
 honorable means, the truth regarding our comparative fitness for each 
 other. 
 
 Shakespeare discounts the ten commandments when, in Hamlet, he 
 makes Polonius advise Laertes: 
 
 "This above all : to thine own self be true, 
 "And it must follow, as the night the day, 
 "Thou canst not, then, be false to any man." 
 
 We are all God's creatures, and if we learn to be, and are, true to our- 
 selves, we cannot be false to others nor to Him. 
 
 If the first marriage was a sin, all subsequent ones have been. 
 
 If God joined the later ones together, He committed a crime upon the 
 occasion of each marriage celebration. 
 
 If he did not join them together, somebody has lied. 
 
 I do not believe marriage is a sin, per se. It is only a deplorable mis- 
 take in most cases. 
 
 In some it is a real benediction. 
 
 I believe it is a sin worse than adultery for a marital union to be con- 
 tinued after the discovery is made that there was an error committed in 
 the formation of that union. 
 
 I do not believe the Bible is the word of God, because it conveys tile 
 idea that Adam and Eve sinned in cohabiting, when cohabitation is the 
 only means of perpetuating and ennobling our race. 
 
 I do not believe the Bible is the word of God, because it does not rec- 
 ognize in woman man's equal. The place she is making for herself in 
 the world to-day proves the falsity of its assumption. 
 
 I spurn the book which tells me woman was, in any age. contraband 
 of war among God's own people. 
 
196 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 I refuse to believe that a soul is lost because it was born out of 
 wedlock. It was begotten in a natural manner, and is a child of the God 
 who devised the method of procreation. 
 
 I denounce the social code which ostracises the unfortunate girl who 
 gave herself up to her lover, and continues to receive her seducer at its 
 functions. 
 
 I lay at the doors of Christian society the charge that it is more un- 
 clean than the girl who satisfied, in a natural manner, a passion which an 
 all-wise God gave her. 
 
 I say there is nothing more blasphemous nor deserving of contempt 
 than the prevailing idea that the function of the procreative organs is 
 a topic unfit for discussion between the sexes. 
 
 I insist that ignorance is a crime, and that those who seek to restrict 
 the dissemination of knowledge (good or evil) are criminals. 
 
 How are we to avoid evil if it has not been exposed to us? 
 
 I deny that mankind is naturally prone to evil, but admit that our 
 education for ages has drifted us that way, and I hold the bible and Chris- 
 tianity responsible for it. 
 
 Mankind was created male and female for the purpose of cohabita- 
 tion, procreation and pleasurable companionship, and all were created 
 equal so far as the rights subject to their control are concerned. 
 
 Marriage, as it is practiced, is a desecration of those rights. 
 
 Rev. Charles H. Parkhurst, who, posing as a reformer, created a dis- 
 turbance in New York a few years ago, delivered an address in Madison 
 Square Presbyterian Church, in which he said: 
 
 "I do not know how many unfaithful husbands or wives there are 
 in this community, but I should calculate that there might be well on 
 toward a quarter of a million. 
 
 "The love between husband and wife is kept true, in some cases, by 
 the possession of children ; but I have learned enough to know that in 
 the case of any couple that might present themselves before me to be 
 married, I would not, at any rate of premium, issue an insurance policy 
 on their conjugal felicity good for more than five years, unless on the 
 contingency of offspring, or on the basis of their common faith in God. 
 
 "Educating a man does not change his impulses any more than whet- 
 ting steel converts it into willow, or sharpening a wolf's teeth will mase 
 him a kitten." 
 
 Just think of it, you! 
 
 Just think of a system, the practical workings of which bring such 
 expressions from one who believes in it ! 
 
 Could anything be more sweeping in its condemnation than his own 
 statement that he would not issue insurance guaranteeing conjugal felici- 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 197 
 
 ty for more than five years to those whose union he officially pronounced' 
 the work of God? 
 
 He says education does not change one's impulses. 
 
 Maybe it did not in his case, in which event we can understand bet- 
 ter his object in his slumming experiences. 
 
 I think he is right in his estimate of the unfaithful ones. Probably 
 it is too low. But who is responsible for it? 
 
 He asserts the love between husband and wife is kept true, in some 
 cases, by the possession of children. In others, by a common faith in 
 God. 
 
 Some of the most unhappy families I have ever seen had as many child- 
 ren as the famous old woman who lived in a shoe, and they had family 
 prayers twice a day, beside "grace" at meal time. 
 
 The moderately happy ones whom I have known were invariably 
 rather lax than otherwise in their religious duties, and appeared to live 
 more for the present happiness than for the hereafter. 
 
 The idea of "keeping love true" could only find lodgment in a dis- 
 eased brain or undeveloped mind. 
 
 True love will always remain true, children or no children, Christian 
 God or no Christian God, marriage or no marriage. 
 
 The spurious article, propagated in the hot-houses of romance, may 
 need a superstition, a ritual and houseful of responsibilities to sustain it. 
 
 The genuine, that inherent sense by which one feels the object of his 
 love is a part of his being, supports itself. It is God, and God is love. 
 It controls passion. It inspires ambition. It exalts the mind. It purifies 
 the soul. It is good. Let us revere it. , j 
 
 •* * 
 
 ! ■ 
 
 Some of our good brethren, the preachers, tell us, from their pulpits, 
 the world is growing worse. Others, realizing who and what will be held 
 responsible for this condition by thinking people, loudly proclaim from 
 their pulpits that the reverse is true. 
 
 They dispute about the fatherhood of God and the brotherhood of 
 man until both are exhausted and neither convinced. They have not 
 learned the difference between a dispute and an argument. When one 
 proposes a great reform, the other opposes it, not with argument, but 
 from pure love of dispute. 
 
 I believe the world is growing better. There appears to be an in- 
 creasing desire for knowledge. And with knowledge comes a desire to use 
 it. That desire forces the individual to seek associates who can appreciate 
 him or her. And, when people engage in the pursuit or dissemination of 
 knowledge, they are not getting into mischief. 
 
 One of the subjects to which a great deal of study is now being de- 
 voted is the physical adaptability of mankind and womankind. It is 
 
198 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 being discovered that we are different from animals. That we have 
 greater opportunities to improve our race than the animal. We have 
 the examples of what breeding and cultivation have done among animals 
 and in the vegetable and floral kingdoms. And it is beginning to dawn 
 on students that we owe it to our Creator and ourselves to continue the 
 development of our race. 
 
 Animals have passions, which are governed by instinct. The human 
 family have passions, and most of them are governed by instinct; the 
 rest by superstition, except a very small proportion who rule their pas- 
 sions by the use of the mind which God gave them to make them superior 
 to the beasts of the field. 
 
 They have learned that one passion is periodical in animals and al- 
 most constant in mankind. They have reasoned that the Creator gave 
 these passions to bring affinities together for the purpose of perpetuation 
 and elevating the race. They have found that gratification of those pas- 
 sions is the sweetest of the fleeting pleasures God has given us. They 
 reasoned that He did not intend procreation to occur as often as the 
 passion obtained, because it is impossible, and discovered that the power 
 of the mind could be used to control those passions, regulate procreation, 
 and promote happiness. 
 
 They formed themselves into communities and conducted experiments 
 which, in the one instance I have investigated, covered a period of thirty- 
 seven years of successful demonstration of a physical principle which all 
 the creeds and creeds of all the priests and prudes in Christendom cannot 
 gainsay. 
 
 I do not advocate their community plan, nor do I condemn it, except 
 in one particular. It was established as a church. 
 
 I believe in their principles as a science and do not want any church 
 business mixed with it. 
 
 I do not advocate the promiscuity which obtained there, because it 
 would be abused in the present degree of enlightenment, and I believe, 
 anyhow, that when a couple are deliberately, intelligently, scientifically 
 mated to each other, and know it, they will have no desire for other com- 
 pany. 
 
 At the same time, I maintain that were the general public educated 
 up to and practiced the beliefs of that community, all men would be hon- 
 orable, all women would be virtuous. There would be no libertines and 
 no harlots. 
 
 That community was sacrificed on the altar of superstition at the 
 seat of government of the great state of New York by its legislature 
 under the leadership of a minister of one of these "revealed religions ,, of 
 which Abraham, David and all the old kings were the founders. 
 
 I presume he had a vision in which he saw a handwriting on the wall, 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 I 9 9 
 
 but, by his interpretation of it, he put off the evil day of his dethronement 
 by securing the enactment of a law making statutory criminals of a peo- 
 ple whose religion was to do good and whose history, moral, physical 
 and financial, affords an example worthy of emulation by indigent swag- 
 gers who set themselves up as teachers and critics of their fellow mortals. 
 
 They suffered the distinction of persecution, as did Jesus Christ, 
 Martin Luther, Thomas Paine, and others whose works will endure and 
 command admiration as long as the earth continues to be inhabited. 
 
 Jesus Christ taught, "Do unto others as you would have them do unto 
 you." 
 
 Martin Luther taught the confessional was a snare and delusion con- 
 ceived by the priesthood and employed to extort money from the laity, 
 who purchased "indulgences" for contemplated crimes. By order of the 
 Pope his writings were burned, but he retaliated by destroying publicly 
 the pope's bull against him, thus throwing down the gauntlet for a com- 
 bat which resulted disastrously to the idea of exclusive papal authority. 
 
 Thomas Paine, while in prison for uttering sentiments contrary to 
 the beliefs of existing fanatical authority prepared for the world his "Age 
 of Reason," which has, more than any other book published, taught man- 
 kind how to think, how to distinguish between true and false propositions. 
 
 Galileo discovered and taught a system of planetary evolutions which 
 the wise men of the church declared was contrary to the teachings of the 
 Bible, and they put him to the torture. 
 
 Galileo was right and the priests wrong again. 
 
 I would not limit the dispensation of information, upon any subject, 
 to the membership of a community, of a church, or of a lodge. I would 
 scorn to pursue investigations in any direction in a manner which I would 
 be unwilling to trust others to follow, or to travel a road where my fellow 
 mortals would accompany me at their peril. 
 
 I want to express opinions as I form them, so that if my conclusions 
 are right others may be stimulated to study, and if I am mistaken I may be 
 set right by those whose mental development is superior. The mind 
 which would inspire imprisonment and persecution as my portion for 
 thinking and giving expression to honest thoughts is beneath my contempt, 
 and is a monstrosity which must be a humiliating spectacle to its Creator. 
 
 When one is studying from a natural point of view, everyday expres- 
 sions often suggest ideas. Recently the words "indecent exposure of per- 
 son" touched my mind, and I investigated the idea with the purpose of 
 understanding its full significance. 
 
 To the mind in a very low state of development it suggests sensual 
 thoughts. To the one superficially developed it awakens feelings of dis- 
 gust. In the genetic mind it inspires investigation as to what would con- 
 stitute indecency, supposing no ordinances upon the subject existed. 
 
2QO NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 If the Creator intended us to wear clothing for the purpose of con- 
 cealing any portion of our anatomy, he committed a flagrant breach of 
 duty in neglecting to arrange that we might be born clothed. 
 
 As he did not so provide, and as the amount of clothing worn in vari- 
 ous climates ranges from a smile and a fan in the torrid zone to polar bear 
 skins in the Arctic regions, we are compelled to charge the clothing fea- 
 ture to circumstances, and the amount and variety of fashions to the in- 
 genuity of mankind. 
 
 The regulations of society regarding the amount to be worn are purely 
 matters of education and that education is, in this instance, evidence of 
 society's erotic condition. 
 
 I saw a picture, in a Sunday paper, not long since, of an elegantly 
 dressed gentleman ogling the shapely ankle of a young girl who was 
 crossing the street holding her skirts out of the mud with one hand, while 
 she carried an umbrella in the other. The gentleman's comment was: 
 "Gee whiz! that is the most beautiful ankle I have ever seen/' At that 
 moment the girl reached the sidewalk and he recognized her as his own 
 daughter. Then he expressed himself as follows: "Ethel, you ought to 
 be ashamed to expose yourself so; you are a disgrace to your family." 
 
 Now, I say that man, in all reason, should have been arrested and fined 
 heavily for exposing his mind. 
 
 If an individual is diseased in any part of his or her anatomy, nature 
 requires exclusion from exposure to the elements in order that the heal- 
 ing process may continue unhampered. Bodily infirmities affect the sensi- 
 bilities of different people in different ways; therefore a diseased part 
 should be covered. 
 
 In the instance of the gentleman mentioned above, I think a gag 
 in his mouth would have covered effectually his mind, which was evident- 
 ly diseased. 
 
 To the pure all things are pure. To the mind which has been filled 
 with false doctrines, the naked form of a Venus or Apollo, sculptured in 
 marble, is an indecent exposure of person. 
 
 Thousands of people in this city will not visit the Art Institute for 
 fear of assault by some of the statuary there. And I think it is just as 
 well that they remain away. Their souls are too shriveled to appreciate 
 the beauties of such a garden of the gods. 
 
 I know people who will not sing "The Campbells Are Coming" in 
 company because the tune has been applied to some lewd verse. My po- 
 lite vocabulary fails me when I try to express my opinion of such prudery. 
 
 The education which keeps the young in ignorance of their natural 
 functions and how to care for them makes invalids and harlots and out- 
 casts of the girls, and libertines and criminals and physical wrecks of tne 
 boys. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 2QI 
 
 I would educate them all in every direction which will enable them to 
 promote their own physical and mental development. 
 
 I would teach them that God never made anything that He is unwill- 
 ing His children should investigate. 
 
 I would teach them all that when the authors of the church code 
 suggest that there is a forbidden topic, they do it with a deliberate in- 
 tention of stirring up such evil thoughts as reigned supreme in the minds 
 of the old reprobates who wrote the Bible and in it taught the doctrine, 
 "Though thy sins be as scarlet thou shalt be whiter than snow," thus put- 
 ting a premium on sin and fixing it so one who believes their plan can sin 
 in detail and be forgiven in job lots. 
 
 I would teach the young man to respect womankind from the sheer 
 force of his intellect. I would also teach him that hell is the remorse an 
 honorable man suffers when he has wronged anyone, more particularly a 
 woman, whom Nature endowed him to protect. I would teach him that 
 heaven is the loving confidence a sweet girl reposes in a manly man, and 
 that the more manly he is the more confidence she will give, and the 
 more Heaven there will be for both. 
 
 I would teach the young woman to cultivate common sense, that she 
 may distinguish the true from the false. I would educate her to a realiza- 
 tion of the responsibilities which will come to her in the marriage relation, 
 so that if she does not choose to assume such a burden she can decline to 
 enter into the contract. 
 
 I would teach them both, with reference to tne marriage contract, 
 that woman is in all respects man's equal, and should have the privilege 
 of determining whether or not she will endure the pains of maternity. 
 
 The man must understand that he is her protector, and should quali- 
 fy himself with a scientific knowledge of his duties and how to perform 
 them, before he presumes to enter the marriage relation. 
 
 Children should be prearranged for and the mental and physical 
 temperaments should be in harmony to develop the race. It is a crime to 
 do otherwise. 
 
 I would teach them to limit their family to their ability to provide 
 food, clothes and education. Not by criminal practices, but by the light 
 * of higher knowledge and in manners consistent with Nature, and health 
 and happiness. 
 
 I would teach them that none are perfect, that mistakes in the selection 
 of life companions are liable to occur even under the best conditions, and 
 if, after marriage, they discover an error has been committed, they should 
 dissolve their relation before incumbrances arrive. The products* of their 
 union could not be valuable acquisitions to society. 
 
 Finally, I would teach everybody to have a supreme contempt for 
 idiotic conventionalities and a hearty respect for God's truth and justice, 
 
202 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 and to do right as their enlightened minds see the right, because it is 
 right, and not through any superstitious fear of God, man or devil. 
 
 MENTAL DISEASES. 
 
 Many are Such which Have not Been so Considered. 
 
 These are of two kinds : First, from natural causes, such as shock or 
 strain ; second, educational causes, which are the most baneful, for two rea- 
 sons: First, they controvert nature and are practically incurable because 
 of the many chances for reinfection, and even moderate attacks have such 
 complete control of the victims, through an alleged moral code, that they 
 refuse to listen to reason and let their physical bodies suffer untold ills, 
 which in themselves should be reason enough for changes of opinion ; sec- 
 ond, although they are dangerous to the welfare of the communities in 
 which they live, they are permitted to run at large, unless they reach a 
 state of frenzy where they are liable to do themselves or others bodily in- 
 jury as the consummation of their fanaticism. Many of this class are really 
 estimable people in all particulars except that they would invoke the aid of 
 the legislative and judicial machinery in order to realize their dreams. The 
 more rational class in all communities who have given the matter a second 
 thought, have for ages pointed out the fact that the so-called dogmas vio- 
 lated every law of nature by teaching mankind that there are subjects un- 
 fit for conversation between the sexes and that there are parts of the hu- 
 man anatomy of which the owner should be ashamed. The rational think- 
 ers have taught that the part to be ashamed of is the perverted mind that 
 insults its creator by shaming his works, because in the ignorance, culti- 
 vated by the other class, some organs have been misused and polluted. 
 
 The first class of cases is divided into acute mania and melancholia, 
 or what we term the -f- and — stages. They are frequently found on the 
 midline between the two extremes, for the reason that a perfect mind can- 
 not exist in an unhealthy body, because it derives its sustenance from the 
 same food that the body does, while its development depends upon its un- 
 restricted right to think and express its thoughts in exchange for those of 
 others. Thus, it will be seen immediately that in all cases of mental de- 
 rangements from physical causes we also have to contend with the influ- 
 ences of education, both proper and improper. 
 
 The first exhibit of mental disorder, from physical cause, is usually 
 dullness of understanding. The second is excitability, irritability of temper, 
 etc., The third is loss of memory. The fourth is the extreme products, 
 mania on the up turn and melancholy on the down turn. These conditions 
 are often aggravated by lack of discretion on the part of the doctor or the 
 friends of the patient. Some people require sympathy, others require casti- 
 gation. Too much sympathy is depressing ; not enough has pushed many a 
 victim over the danger line into acute mania or total collapse. It is very 
 often necessary to isolate the patient from relatives and friends, and too 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 203 
 
 often the trained nurse is an automatic devil, absolutely devoid of judg- 
 ment or sympathy, who treats every case alike, regardless of temperament 
 or physical condition. A perfect nurse is a born doctor, with the comple- 
 ment of an education in the practical use of common sense. A good doctor 
 is a born nurse, with the addition of his education. Not one woman in ten 
 thousand is fit for either. This may be from the environments which have 
 been hers from the beginning, or it may be an inherent truth, but it is 
 nevertheless true, a female physician is either too mannish to have an at- 
 tractive personality, or she is too excitable and conscious of the superiority 
 she believes she possesses over her fellow citizens. 
 
 Results which came from physical causes will naturally disappear 
 when those causes are removed, always provided that the secondary have 
 not gained supremacy in the meantime. 
 
 Of the other class we have a great diversity in the effects. In the first 
 place, selfishness is naturally and properly the greatest attribute of human 
 character. Utilized properly it fosters ambition, inspires desire for educa- 
 tion that its possessor may understand how to get the most good out of life 
 without infringing upon the rights of others. It concedes to others all priv- 
 ileges consistent with the natural laws of order and fairness. It disputes 
 the right of any to a monopoly of either thought or action. It disdains to 
 accept the aid of statutes to secure unjust privileges to itself. It is, with- 
 out question, the highest type of development of the human intellect. If 
 allowed to pass the "limit angle" it becomes a mental disease and the one 
 form of insanity which has done more harm than all other causes, physical 
 or mental. Its name is jealousy. It has been classified appropriately as the 
 "green-eyed monster ;" its chief ally is conceit, which is simply self-esteem 
 gone beyond the limit angle. It is suspicious. It is ignorant. With it, to 
 imagine is to believe, to believe is to act, to act is scandal and scandal is 
 hell. It has no regard for character. It sees but one idea. A thousand 
 virtuous acts are forgotten in the presence of an imaginary misstep. It has 
 made marriage a humbug. It has driven men and women to crime. It has 
 smashed homes, lodges, churches and governments. It has stuck its vile 
 head up in the name of Christianity and burned alleged heretics at the stake. 
 It crucified Jesus Christ. It has appeared again in modern times, in the 
 form of medical legislation, and declared that those who practice the meth- 
 ods of Hippocrates with scarcely any improvements since his time, not 
 only shall have the exclusive right to attempt to relieve human suffering 
 but shall have the exclusive right to lie about it and profess to heal and 
 cure, when any sane person knows that only nature heals and cures and 
 that the best any doctor can do is to assist her by removing the physical 
 causes with appliances, manual treatments, dietetics and hygiene, and seek 
 to educate his patients mentally to prevent the infection of the mind by 
 bigots and charlatans, who by reason of their numbers, have been able to 
 
204 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 make the masses believe they are the only legitimate thinkers and prac- 
 titioners. 
 
 Another branch is the terrible scourge from the bacillus "goldbug." 
 The prophet said "The love of money is the root of all evil." He was mis- 
 taken, as we have just shown, but it certainly ranks second in importance 
 because our legislatures and courts have shown a subserviency to the medi- 
 cal and other trusts by passing alleged laws and upholding them, which 
 have denied the people the rights guaranteed by the constitution, which 
 says, "The rights of citizens of the United States shall not be abridged." 
 They do this when they declare that the old-school medical doctors shall 
 have the only rights to treat human ills, and the public, which is the great 
 sufferer, proves its contempt for such alleged laws by employing "irregu- 
 lar" doctors with new and improved methods as positively harmless as they 
 are positively drugless, and getting good results where the unconstitution- 
 ally protected ones fail. We can show conclusively in exact figures, the im- 
 portance of the eyes as factors in causing human ills. We can prove ab- 
 solutely that the habits of eating, etc., are common causes of physical 
 ills, and we can show many others which we defy drugs, surgical opera- 
 tions as commonly understood, osteopathy, chiropathy or any one idea 
 system to benefit the slightest. Neurology teaches the rights of man. It 
 teaches the limitations of selfishness and its practitioners, who have no 
 yellow streaks in them, defy the alleged laws and invite the public to 
 avail themselves of their own constitutional rights to get health wherever 
 they can find it, and to assure them that we have the only air line road 
 to Wellville, but that when they buy a ticket, they must be sure to remain 
 on the train or they will never get there. By this we mean that they 
 must follow instructions to the letter; otherwise, while they may reach 
 there eventually, they will have gone on a way freight instead of on the 
 "twentieth century limited. " 
 
 The effects exhibited by our patients, in the mental departments, are 
 sometimes obstacles to our methods. For example, pork, especially ham, 
 well cooked, contains a fine proportion of certain elements which we find 
 by our analysis nature needs. The Jew has religious scruples against this 
 meat, but we can be magnanimous with this mild form of insanity by sub- 
 stituting fish and chicken. 
 
 Another form which we find very common, is that it is difficult with 
 female patients to get the full story of their physical ills because of a prud- 
 ishness which has been cultivated in them by well-meaning mothers and 
 others, the result of which is to keep them in ignorance regarding their 
 anatomy and physiology and to propagate a vague idea that to even think 
 of their sexual organs is lewd. The result upon the doctor is that he has to 
 grope along in ignorance or dismiss the case for the insult to his manhood 
 and education. Happily neurology offers the nearest solution of the diffi- 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 205 
 
 ■culty that is possible. Whenever we find such insanity we demand abso- 
 lute rest, strict obedience to the letter of instructions, see the case at least 
 every other day, and if we find violations, we quit the case to save a repu- 
 tation which would otherwise be injured through no fault of our own. 
 
 The public expects little or nothing in chronic cases from the old drug 
 methods, and though they go from one doctor to another through several 
 years of exactly the same kind of treatment they have no fault to find with 
 the old systems, but jump upon ours with both feet and a club without 
 waiting to find out what it is, which is certainly an acute form of insanity, 
 and if they finally decide to try our methods, and are not marvels of health 
 and beauty in forty-eight hours, they condemn us. Right here, we are liable 
 to attacks of the disease ourselves. We get such marvelous results, as a 
 rule, by conceding to Nature all the powers of cure, and bsing careful to 
 assist her but never to supplant her, that we are apt to promise too much in 
 order to reach the educational cause of the trouble, we crowd the physi- 
 cal possibilities into too short a time, thus contributing to our own undo- 
 ing. Therefore we must watch ourselves as closely as the patient watches 
 us, in order to keep within the laws of reason because their violation has 
 a penalty attached that no state board nor venal judge nor state legisla- 
 ture nor jailer can enforce. 
 
 One of the bad forms of insanity is that in which the patient has be- 
 come so attached to her ills that it grieves her to part with them, and who, 
 when she finds herself getting well, deliberately abandons treatment, as- 
 suming that she is well, without consulting the doctor and goes back into 
 the old state and then blames the system. For such, a handy vocabulary of 
 cuss-words is a valuable addition to the doctor's armamentarium. 
 
 The blame for the species of insanity that makes patients expect to vio- 
 late nature's laws and purchase immediate immunity from the doctor with- 
 out any sacrifice on their part, as they purchase immunity from punishment 
 for alleged spiritual sins at the confessional, is directly due to the doctors 
 themselves, but indirectly to the public and primarily to the priesthood, 
 who in ancient times were not only spiritual but temporal authorities. The 
 bible teaches that Elisha, the apostles and others performed miracles in 
 curing diseases. The people came to believe this rot and demand that the 
 present day doctors furnish a magic substitute for the penalty of the viola- 
 tion of all natural laws, so that they may indulge their insane desires with 
 impunity. One of them walks into the doctor's office suffering from an 
 acute disorder, looks the doctor squarely in the eye, while he deliberately 
 asserts that he has done nothing to merit the punishment he is receiving, 
 demands a medicine that will cure him while he continues the irritating 
 cause ; the doctor, inherently honest, knows his patient is a liar and a fool, 
 but he also knows he is only one of many and instead of refusing to touch 
 the case, except under his own conditions, he accedes to the patient's de- 
 
2q6 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 mands so far as giving the dope is concerned, although he knows it cannot 
 work, even were it a specific, because the patient will not give it a chance* 
 At first the doctors were forced to do this or starve, because there were 
 always dishonest ones who would take chances. At first it was a criminal 
 form of insanity on the part of the doctors, but now it is only a passive 
 form due to ignorance and custom. Every old school doctor knows this to . 
 be true. We want the neurologist to eradicate this form of insanity in his 
 own ranks, if it exists, by a rugged honesty with himself and his patient 
 and help knock it out of the others by going directly to the cause ; in short, 
 educate the people. 
 
 Alleged dietaries, fads of hot and cold water, patent medicine claims 
 and other minor classes of insanity are all put under one heading called^ 
 "idiosyncrasies." 
 
 One of the classes we have to combat comprises those with what they 
 call a conscience. Their trouble has assumed such a keen form that they in- 
 sist they must continue their self-imposed missionary duties, even though 
 broken in health, but they demand that we render relief anyhow. About the 
 best dose for it is, "You pay me too high a compliment: you assume that 
 God can't run his business without your help, but that I can, thus you make 
 me greater than God, which is conclusive proof that you are crazy. ,, 
 
 Another form is that which is produced by unnatural physical causes, 
 such as operations. Statistics of castrated women show that 78 per cent suf- 
 fered notable loss of memory ; 60 per cent flashes of heat and vertigo ; 50 per 
 cent became more irritable; 42 per cent suffered mental depression; 10 per 
 cent verged upon melancholia; in 75 per cent diminution of sexual desire; 
 in a few cases there was sexual hyper-excitability; 12 per cent noted a 
 change in their voice; 15 per cent suffered irregular attacks of skin di- 
 seases; 25 per cent had headaches; 5 per cent insomnia. The mental ef- 
 fects as well as the physical ones will nearly always yield to our methods, 
 but in all reason it must take longer than if the patient were all present 
 or complete. The exhibit of insanity in such cases is that with sections of 
 them scattered about the country, promiscuously, they expect miracles 
 of us. 
 
 Neurology is not a miracle business. It is not a faith cure. It is not a 
 dope cure. It it is not a man cure. It is simply a method of rational prac- 
 tice,requiring an accurate knowledge of the chemistry and mechanics of the 
 human body, what it subsists upon, the laws of physics and the ability to 
 use them in analyzing cases and finding the causes of human ills. The pa- 
 tient does the treating and Nature does the curing. The neurologist bosses 
 the job and gets the fee, and he gets a good one, or he is crazy. 
 
 Applause is sounding brass and hollow barrels. Those who clap the 
 loudest at the conclusion of a song are invariably those who conversed 
 incessantly during its rendition. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 207 
 
 QUIZ. 
 
 i. What is metaphysics? 
 
 2. What is logic? 
 
 3. What is dogmatism? 
 
 4. What is psychology? 
 
 5. V/hat is genesis? 
 
 6. What is orthodoxy? 
 
 7. What is heterodoxy? 
 
 8. What is heresy? 
 
 9. What is an idea? 
 
 10. What is theory? 
 
 11. What is mind? 
 
 12. What is knowledge? 
 
 13. What is learning? 
 
 14. What is erudition? 
 
 15. What is education? 
 
 16. What is language? 
 
 17. What is theology? 
 
 18. What is sociology? 
 
 19. What is politics? 
 
 20. What is law? 
 
 21. What are statutes? 
 
 22. What is theosophy? 
 
 23. Which is greatest, Christian God or Christian devil? 
 
 24. What is anatomy? 
 
 25. What is physiology? 
 
 26. What is histology? 
 
 27. What is the chief duality of the brain? 
 
 28. What are the four grand divisions of the brain? 
 
 29. What are the two grand divisions of the nerves? 
 
 30. What are the two sources of nerve supply? 
 
 31. What are the two grand functions of nerves? 
 
 32. What are some subdivisions? 
 
 33. What is the duality of lung function? 
 
 34. Which lung is the largest, and why? 
 
 35. What are the grand divisions of the heart? 
 
 36. What are the valves of the heart? 
 
 37. What is the duality of the circulatory system? 
 
 38. What is meant by the pulmonary system? 
 
 39. What is the systemic circulation? 
 
 40. What is the portal system? 
 
 41. What is the lymphatic system? 
 
 42. What are lacteals? 
 
2 g NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 43. What are the mesenteries? 
 
 44. What are ganglia? 
 
 45. What are plexuses? 
 
 46. What are commissures? 
 
 47. What is the function of the spleen? 
 
 48. What is the function of the pancreas? 
 
 49. What is the function of the stomach? 
 
 50. What is the function of the liver? 
 
 51. What are the functions of the kidneys?. 
 
 52. What are the functions of the supra renal capsules? 
 
 53. What are the functions of the intestines? 
 
 54. What does the abdominal cavity contain? 
 
 55. What does the thoracic cavity contain? 
 
 56. How does the stomach perform its function? 
 
 57. What is ingestion? 
 
 58. What is digestion? 
 
 59. What is assimilation? 
 
 60. What is congestion? 
 
 61. What is osmosis? 
 
 62. What is anastomosis? 
 
 63. What is urea? 
 
 64. What is uric acid? 
 
 65. What is albumen? 
 
 €6. What is carbon dioxide? 
 
 €7. What constitutes the alimentary canal? 
 
 68. What is the difference between muscles and ligaments? 
 
 69. What are tendons? 
 
 70. What are ligaments? 
 
 71. To what structures are muscles attached? 
 
 72. How many lobes has the liver? 
 
 73. What is a peculiarity of the spleen? 
 
 74. Where is the thyroid gland? 
 
 75. Where is the thymus gland? 
 
 76. How many cervical vertebrae are there? 
 
 77. How many dorsal? 
 
 78. How many lumbar? 
 
 79. How many sacral? 
 
 80. How many coccygeal? 
 
 81. What is the atlas? 
 
 82. What is the axis? 
 
 83. What muscles operate the tongue? 
 
 84. How many bones in the body? 
 
 85. What are the viscera? 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 209 
 
 86. What are the pleurae? 
 
 87. What is the pericardium? 
 
 88. What is the periosteum? 
 
 89. What is the peritoneum? 
 
 90. What is the perineum? 
 
 91. What is the endocardium? 
 
 92. What are the principal arteries? 
 
 93. What is the innominate artery? 
 
 94. What are the principal veins? 
 
 95. What are the regions of the abdomen? 
 
 96. What are the bones of the ear? 
 
 97. How can the portal veins be known from the hepatics when the 
 liver is opened? 
 
 98. What is a gauge? 
 
 99. What is neurology? 
 
 100. What is a dynamic test? 
 
 101. What is a static test? 
 
 102. What is accommodation? 
 
 103. What is convergence? 
 
 104. What is co-ordination? 
 
 105. What is inco-ordination? 
 
 106. What is a sphincter muscle? 
 
 107. How many layers form the eye? 
 
 108. How many layers in the retina? 
 
 109. Where is Schlemm's canal? 
 no. Where is Jacob's membrane? 
 in. Where is the zone of Zinn? 
 
 112. Where is Muller's muscle? 
 
 113. What is the uveal tract? 
 
 114. What are tunics of the eye? 
 
 115. What is the macula lutea? 
 
 116. What is the visual axis? 
 
 117. What is the tunica vaginalis? 
 
 a 1 8. Where is the capsule of Bonnet? 
 
 119. Where is the capsule of Tenon? 
 
 120. How many layers in the cornea? 
 
 121. What is the index of refraction of the eye? 
 
 122. Where is Bowman's muscle? 
 
 123. Where is Descemet's membrane? 
 
 124. Where is Dollinger's band? 
 
 125. What does hyaloid mean? 
 
 126. What does vitreous mean? 
 
 127. Where is Pettit's canal? 
 
2io NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 128. How many muscles has each eye? 
 
 129. What are the optic thalami? 
 
 130. What are the corpora geniculata? 
 
 131. What are corpora quadrigemina? 
 
 132. What is the optic commissure? 
 
 133. What are tautamina oculi? 
 
 134. Where are the lachrymal glands? 
 
 135. What is the ciliary body? 
 
 136. What is the corpus callosum? 
 
 137. What is natural philosophy? 
 
 138. What is physics? 
 
 139. What is force? 
 
 140. What is light? 
 
 141. What is density? 
 
 142. What is refraction of light? 
 
 143. What is an indejx of refraction ?- 
 
 144. What is reflection of light? 
 
 145. Of what value is reflection? 
 
 146. What is dispersion? 
 
 147. What is absorption? 
 
 148. What is a ray of light? 
 
 149. What is a beam of light? 
 
 150. What is a pencil of light? 
 
 151. Where does refraction occur? 
 
 152. How does it occur? 
 I 53« What is a horizontal? 
 154. What is a vertical? 
 
 I 55« What is a perpendicular? 
 
 156. What is an oblique? 
 
 157. What is a parallel? 
 
 158. What is an incident ray? 
 
 159. What is a reflected ray? 
 
 160. What is a refracted ray? 
 
 161. What is an emergent ray? 
 
 162. What are the angles of the four above named? 
 
 163. What two things regulate the amount of refraction? 
 
 164. What is the first law of refraction? 
 
 165. What is the limit angle of refraction? 
 
 166. What important lesson does it teach? 
 
 167. What is a prism? 
 
 168. What is the first law of prisms? 
 
 169. What is the second law of prisms? 
 
 170. How are prisms utilized in forming lenses? 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 211 
 
 171. How many kinds of lenses are there? 
 
 172. Describe the axes of lenses? 
 
 173. What is meant by the focus of a lens? 
 
 174. How many focuses has a lens? 
 
 175. What are the differences between them? 
 
 176. What are the principal points and planes of a lens? 
 
 177. What is a radius? 
 
 178. What is a diameter? 
 
 179. What is a nodal-point? 
 
 180. How many has a lens? 
 
 181. What is a toric lens? 
 
 182. What is chromatic aberration? 
 
 183. What is spherical aberration? 
 
 184. What is an achromatic lens? 
 
 185. What is an aplanatic lens? 
 
 186. What is an astigmatic lens? 
 
 187. What is a sphero-cylindrical lens? 
 
 188. What is a cylindrical lens? 
 
 189. Explain the differences between prisms, spheres, cylinders, etc. 
 
 190. What is the relation between density of mediums and rate of 
 
 speed at which rays travel? 
 
 191. What is the difference between the radius of a piano convex 
 
 lens and a bi-convex of the same power? 
 
 192. The focus and index being given how shall we find the radius of 
 
 curvature necessary? 
 
 193. The focus and radius being given how shall we find the index? 
 
 194. The radius and index being given how shall we find the focus? 
 
 195. What is a lenticular lens? 
 
 196. How does a + sphere form images? 
 
 197. How does a — sphere form images? 
 
 198. What is meant by a virtual image ? 
 
 199. Why are images always inverted if formed by a single dioptric 
 
 system? 
 
 200. What is a double dioptric system? 
 
 201. Why do we take air as our standard of refraction? 
 
 202. What is the index of air compared with glass, the latter being 
 regarded as the standard? 
 
 203. How many ways are there of finding the conjugate foci of a lens? 
 
 204. What lesson is thus taught? 
 
 205. How far from a lens must an object be placed in order that its 
 
 image will be as large as the object? 
 
 206. What is the meaning of the word diopter? 
 
 207. What does it represent as commonly used? 
 
212 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 208. What is a No. 1.00 lens? 
 
 209. What is a meter? 
 
 210. If an object be placed 26 inches from a -f- 400 lens where will the 
 
 image be?* Why? 
 
 211. If an image is 10 inches from a -f- 5-oo lens where is the object? 
 
 212. If an object is 32 inches from a lens and the image is 12 inches 
 
 on the other side how strong is the lens? 
 
 213. What is a meniscus lens? 
 
 214. What chemical class does glass belong to? 
 
 215. What is the difference between transposing prescriptions and 
 
 neutralizing lenses? 
 
 216. What is a meridian? 
 
 217. What geometric duality is utilized in lenses? 
 
 218. How would you convert a pair of cross-cylinders into a sphero- 
 
 cylinder if the axes were not at right angles to each other? 
 
 219. What is the difference between a cross-cylinder and a sphero- 
 
 cylinder lens? 
 
 220. What would be the effect of refraction upon rays starting from 
 
 a point nearer to a lens than its principal focus? 
 
 221. What is the effect on objects seen through a + ^ ens & tne object 
 
 is beyond a conjugate focus with the eyes? 
 
 222. What lesson is taught? 
 
 223. How does light travel? 
 
 224. What are constants? 
 
 225. What are inconstants? 
 
 226. What are laws? 
 
 227. What are rules? 
 
 228. What is the optical center of a lens? 
 
 229. What is a decentered lens? 
 
 230. Why does a — curvature focus at one-fourth of its focal length? 
 
 231. How may we measure a compound lens with out a lens measure 
 
 or test lenses? 
 
 232. What is diffraction? 
 
 233. What is refrangibility? 
 
 234. Transpose + 2 -oo — 1.00 ax. 180 to simplest form. 
 
 235. Transpose + 1.50 — 1.50 ax. 140 to simplest form. 
 
 236. Transpose + 1.50 — 2.00 ax. 45 to simplest form. 
 
 237. Transpose + 1.50 ax 90 C + 1.50 ax 180 to simplest form. 
 
 238. Transpose + 1.50 ax 45 Q — 3.00 ax 135 to sphero-cyl. 
 
 239. Transpose + 150 + 1.50 ax 90 so the signs will differ. 
 240.. .Transpose — 2.00 — 5.00 ax 180 so signs will differ. 
 
 241. What are the principal meridans of a lens ground from the fol- 
 lowing prescription: -f- 1.50 ax 45 — 2.50 ax 15? 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 213 
 
 242. What sphero-cylinder will have same effect? 
 
 243. Neutralize -f- 3.00 ax 180 C — 4«°o ax 45 and give sphero-cyl- 
 inder that does it. 
 
 244. What sphero-cylinder would have same effect as above cross 
 cylinder? 
 
 245. The glasses needed in a case are L, -{- 1.75 -f- .50 ax 90; R, -p 
 2.00 4- 1.00 ax 45. An optician gave L, -f- 1.00 — 1.00 ax 180; R. + 1.50 
 — .50 ax 135. How far wrong was he? 
 
 246. Another case needed L, — .75 -f- 2.50 ax 180; R, — 1.00 + 3.00 
 ax go. Was given by an oculist, L, — 1.50 — 1.50 ax 90; R, — 2.00 
 ax 90. What would correct his mistake? 
 
 247. Transpose -f- 12.00 + 3.00 ax 90 to a toric. x 
 
 248. Transpose — 6.00 + 11.00 ax 90 to a cross cylinder. 
 
 249. Transpose + 2 -°o + 2 -°o + 2.00 ax 45 into a sphero-cylinder. 
 
 250. Why is it that cross cylinders can always be duplicated by 
 sphero-cylinders even if the axes are not at right angles? 
 
 251. How many kinds of natural light are there, name them? 
 
 252. What is spasm? 
 
 253. How may we classify them? 
 
 254. What class is most common? 
 
 255. What are the extremes physiologically? 
 
 256. What are their peculiarities respectively? 
 
 257. Under what circumstances would you prescribe spherical + 
 lenses. 
 
 258. Under what circumstances would you prescribe spheres perma- 
 nently when the test demanded a compound? 
 
 259. When would you prescribe a cylinder if the test showed a com- 
 pound error? 
 
 260. When would you prescribe compounds if the test demanded 
 simply cylinders? t 
 
 261. When would you prescribe -+- lenses if the test showed myopia? 
 
 262. How often should the normal heart beat? 
 
 263. How often should respiration occur? 
 
 264. If the heart misses beats what is indicated? 
 
 265. Does age have any influence in determining what to do for a 
 patient? 
 
 266. What are idiosyncrasies? 
 
 267. What is the true "fogging" system? 
 
 268. Under what circumstances would you guarantee good results? 
 
 269. Why would you not guarantee a case if the patient requested it? 
 
 270. How should fees be collected and why? 
 
214 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 271. How would you meet the objection that patient did not want to 
 pay or could not pay until work was done? 
 
 272. If a case, measured, showed a preponderance of symptoms, indi- 
 cating the necessity for rest from usual avocation and patient said he could 
 not comply with the requirement, what would you do and why? 
 
 273. Suppose a patient applied to you to correct his eye defects and 
 he would risk the rest, what would you do? 
 
 Most devilish — jealousy. 
 
 Most popular — applause. 
 
 Most dangerous — flattery. 
 
 Most truthful — a mirror. 
 
 Most plentiful — ignorance. 
 
 Most annoying — carelessness. 
 
 Most disgusting — affectation. 
 
 Most foolish — to think it fools folks. 
 
 In the half circle from o to 180, Fig. A, are 648,000 seconds. Refraction 
 of oblique rays of light by glass is limited to an angle of about fifty de- 
 grees on either side of the perpendicular, so that a ray, approaching the 
 surface of glass obliquely below the 40th or 140th meridian suffers total 
 reflection. Therefore, if the 360,000 seconds in the 100 degrees between 
 these two meridians each represented a ray, only one would pass through 
 without refraction, viz. : the one on the line marked 90. 
 
 Fig. A 
 
 In considering mentalities we must keep within smaller limits, say 
 from the '45th to the 135th meridian, which gives 90 degrees or 324,000 
 seconds. Let the 648,000 seconds from o to 180 represent as many people, 
 of whom 324,000 are within the limit angles of sanity and we find but one 
 of them is perpendicular, or absolutely balanced. How many readers 
 know such a person? Let those below the lines 45 and 135 represent child- 
 ren, those confined in institutions (and indians, not taxed), and we have 
 the physical proof that only one person in every 324,000 is not a little 
 peculiar. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 215 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 1. A Greek word meaning "after physics" according to Aristotle, who 
 believed physics, or the science of natural bodies to be the first subject for 
 study and that inquiry into the origin and functions of the mind is the 
 next in order. 
 
 2. The science or art of reasoning correctly. 
 
 3. Arrogance. Bull-headed ignorance, usually. 
 
 4. The study of the mind. 
 
 5. Beginning. 
 
 6. Belief in Christian dogmas. 
 
 7. Disbelief in Christian dogmas. 
 
 8. Heterodoxy. 
 
 9. An integer of thought. 
 
 10. A product of reasoning, logically or illogically. 
 
 11. That infinite possession that dominates the will. 
 
 12. Positive information with proofs. 
 
 13. Knowledge. 
 
 14. Book learning. 
 
 15. Knowledge or book learning. 
 
 16. Spoken or written expression. 
 
 17. The art or science of theorizing; speculation or reasoning. 
 
 18. Pertains to the conduct of society. 
 
 19. The science of government. 
 
 20. Natural order and justice. 
 
 21. Legislative enactments, called laws. 
 
 22. A claim of personal intercourse with God as a person. 
 
 23. The devil evidently, because the bible says none are without sin 
 and under Christian influences evil prevails. 
 
 24. The science of the structure of the body. 
 
 25. The science of the functions of the body. 
 
 26. The elements in the structure of the body. 
 
 27. Intellect and mechanics. 
 
 28. Cerebrum, cerebellum, pons varolii and medulla oblongata. 
 
 29. Cerebro-spinal and sympathetic. 
 
 30. Chemical reactions and molecular friction. 
 
 30. Chemical reactions and molecular friction. 
 
 31. Sensation and motion. 
 
 32. Special senses and heat, vaso-motor and musculo-motor. 
 
 33. Oxygenization and decarbonization. 
 
 34. The right because it has more room to develop. 
 
 35. Right and left auricles, right and left ventricles. ' 
 
 36. Eustachian and tricuspid on right side, mitral and semilunar on 
 the left. 
 
2I 5 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 37. Arteries and veins. 
 
 38. The vessels that convey the blood from the heart to the lungs and 
 
 return. 
 
 39. The arteries and veins that convey the blood through the body. 
 
 40. It is formed by the superior and inferior mesenteric, splenic and 
 gastric veins which convey crude blood from the digestive apparatus to 
 the liver; these unite behind the head of the pancreas to form the portal 
 vein. 
 
 41. An absorbent system which carries certain elements to and from 
 
 the blood. 
 
 42. A part of the lymphatic system connecting the small intestines 
 
 with it. 
 
 43. Folds of the peritoneum. 
 
 44. Semi-independent nerve centers. 
 
 45. A network formed by the junction of two or more nerves or ves- 
 sels. 
 
 46. A union of nerves similar to a plexus. 
 
 47. To assist in preparing crude blood. An organ of assimilation. 
 
 48. To supply juices for chemical reaction on food in the duodenum. 
 
 49. To do the coarse work of digestion. 
 
 50. To extract glucose and urea from the blood and supply bile for 
 use with the pancreatic juices in the duodenum. 
 
 51. To extract urine from the blood. 
 
 52. To furnish antitoxin to the blood. 
 
 53. To assist in digestion and excrete waste. 
 
 54. Stomach, spleen, pancreas, liver, kidneys, bladder, procreative ap- 
 paratus, many vessels and nerves and the peritoneum. 
 
 55. Lungs, heart, aorta, esophagus, pleura and pericardium. 
 
 56. By mechanical actions and chemical reactions. 
 
 57. Swallowing food. 
 
 58. Assimilation of food. 
 
 59. Absorption. 
 
 60. Dilation of any vessel or tube, the stomach, bladder or other organ 
 from overloading. 
 
 61. The act of passing liquids or other substances through walls, by 
 pressure, which are otherwise impenetrable. 
 
 62. The junction of vessels. Synonymous with plexus as used with 
 reference to nerves. 
 
 63. The principal solid of urine. 
 
 64. An acid found in the urine of mankind, particularly those who 
 eat much meat and starchy food, such as patent breakfast foods, so widely 
 advertised. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 217 
 
 65. One of the chief constituents of the body. The white of eggs is 
 nearly all albumen. 
 
 66. Carbonic acid gas a form of waste discharged through the lungs. 
 
 67. The mouth, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, duodenum, jejunum, 
 ileum, caecum, colon, rectum, anus. 
 
 68. The first have nerves, the second none. 
 
 69. White, nerveless cords supporting the muscles in various parts 
 of the body. 
 
 , 70. Bands of white, fibrous tissue, non-nervous and elastic, utilized 
 in some places as substitutes for muscles, notably the suspensory ligaments 
 of the ciliary body, at the union of joints, etc. 
 
 71. Usually to the periosteum. In organs, to the hard coat, as the 
 sclerotic of the eyes. 
 
 72. Really two, but in the right lobe are three lobules, so the anatom- 
 ists say five. 
 
 73. It is one of the ductless glands; the others are the supra-renal 
 capsules, the thyioid and thymus glands. 
 
 74. It comprises two lobes, one on either side of the trachea, each is 
 about two inches long, an inch thick and three-fourths of an inch wide. Its 
 function is obscure, but it appears to have much to do with nutrition. 
 
 75. In the lower part of the neck and upper end of the thoracic 
 cavity, behind the sternum or breast bone. It is a temporary organ and 
 usually atrophies and disappears about the age of puberty. 
 
 76. Seven. 
 
 77. Twelve. 
 
 78. Five. 
 
 79. Five. 
 
 80. Four. 
 
 81. The first cervical vertebra. 
 
 82. The second cervical vertebra. 
 
 83. Hypoglossus, styloglossus, genio-hypo-glossus, and palato-glossus. 
 
 84. Two hundred and thirty-eight, counting thirty-two teeth. 
 
 85. Contents of the head, thoracic and abdominal cavities. 
 
 86. The sack containing the lungs. 
 
 87. The sack containing the heart. 
 
 88. Tough connective tissue surrounding bones. 
 
 89. The lining of the abdomen, enclosing all the viscera, except the 
 kidneys, which lie between it and the posterior wall. 
 
 90. The structure between the genital organs and the anus. 
 
 91. The lining of the heart. 
 
 92. The aorta, two coronary, innominate, left common carotid, left 
 subclavian, and common iliacs. 
 
2i8 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 93. It arises from the arch of the aorta, is about two inches long and 
 divides into the right common carotid and right subclavian. 
 
 94. The pulmonary, systemic and portal. Of the systemic, the superior 
 and inferior vena cava, the innominate, the subclavian, the jugular, the ili- 
 acs and cardiacs. 
 
 95. They are nine. In the middle are the epigastric, umbilical, hypo- 
 gastric ; on the right, the right hypochondriac, right lumbar, right inguinal ; 
 on the left, the left hypochondriac, left lumbar, left inguinal. 
 
 g6. Hammer, anvil and stirrups. 
 
 g7. By the portal being closed while the hepatic, being attached to the 
 body of the organ, are open. 
 
 98. A measure or standard. 
 
 99. The science of the nerves and accessories. 
 
 100. A nerve test under pressure. 
 
 101. A nerve test with pressure removed. 
 
 102. Adjustment of the crystalline lens. 
 
 103. Fixing the two eyes on a near object at once. 
 
 104. Working accommodation and convergence at once in the proper 
 relation for near points. 
 
 105. Working accommodation for distance when convergence is not 
 needed but comes automatically, or converging, in myopia when accommo- 
 dation is not needed but comes automatically. 
 
 106. A circular one around an opening or in such a position as the 
 sphincter muscle of the ciliary body. 
 
 107. Sclerotic, choroid, pigment, retina, hyaloid. 
 
 108. Membrana limitants interna, optic nerve fibres, ganglionic, in- 
 ternal molecular, internal granular, external molecular, external limiting 
 membrane, Jacob's membrane or layer of rods and cones. 
 
 109. At the sclero-corneal junction; sometimes called Fontana's space, 
 no. Rods and cones of retina. 
 
 in. The space around the optic nerve entrance where the ophthalmic 
 artery branches pierce the sclerotic. 
 
 112. In anterior portion of ciliary body. Is of doubtful existence. 
 
 113. The vascular layers comprising the choroid, ciliary body and 
 iris. 
 
 114. The several layers. 
 
 115. The field of most acute sensitiveness at the posterior pole. It is 
 not a "yellow spot," as the name implies. 
 
 116. It is the optical axis. 
 
 117. A fibrous structure enclosing the eyeball forming a cushion be- 
 tween it and the walls of the orbit. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 219 
 
 118. The portion of the tunica vaginalis posterior to where the muscles 
 pass through it. 
 
 119. The portion of the above anterior to where the muscles pass 
 through it. 
 
 126. Five: Layer of conjuctival epithelium, anterior elastic layer, 
 true tissue, posterior elastic layer, posterior epithelial layer. 
 
 i2i. Aqueous humor, 1.33; crystalline, 1.40; vitreous, 1.33; as a whole, 
 1.50. 
 
 122. It is the ciliary sphincter. 
 
 123. The fourth layer of the cornea. 
 
 124. The suspensory ligaments of the iris. 
 
 125. Brittle or glass-like. 
 
 126. Transparent or glass-like. 
 
 127. Around the edge of the crystalline lens. 
 
 128. Two intrinsic, the sphincters of the iris and ciliary body; six 
 extrinsic, the superior and inferior oblique, and four recti. 
 
 129. They are sensory ganglia at the base of the brain. 
 
 130. Two small eminences on the thalami. 
 
 131. They are the optic lobes of the brain, four projections under the 
 corpus callosum, or great brain commissure; the two anterior are called 
 nates and the posterior are called testes. 
 
 132. The place where the two optic nerves divide and cross. 
 
 133. The appendages of the eyes. 
 
 134. At the upper outer corner of the orbits. 
 
 135. The folds of choroid, suspensory ligaments, sphincter muscle and 
 canal of Pettit. 
 
 136. The great commissure or switchboard of the brain situated in the 
 middle of the head. 
 
 137. Reasonable thought according to Nature's laws. 
 
 138. The demonstrable branch of natural philosophy. 
 
 139. That which causes or arrests motion. 
 
 140. The product of natural or artificial forces. 
 
 141. Compactness, solidity. 
 
 142. The change in its course a ray suffers in passing obliquely from 
 one transparent medium to another of different density. 
 
 143. The relative density of one transparent medium compared with 
 another of greater or less density. 
 
 144. The repulsion of approaching rays. 
 
 145. If it were not for reflection we could see nothing except luminous 
 objects. 
 
 146. The splintering of rays into their elementary parts; as exhibited 
 by colors. 
 
220 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 147. That which is lost in the body, of the lens. 
 
 148. A beam or a pencil. 
 
 149. A ray or a pencil. 
 
 150. A beam or a ray. 
 
 151. At the connecting surface between two mediums. 
 
 152. When a beam or ray or pencil approaches obliquely, but within 
 the limit angle that part crossing the dividing line moves faster or slower, 
 according to the relative density of the mediums and the ray is thus broken 
 so that its course is changed. 
 
 153. A line from horizon to horizon tangent to a globe. 
 
 154. A line at right angles to horizontal. 
 I 55- A line at right angles to any other line. 
 J 56. A line neither vertical nor horizontal. 
 
 3:57. Two lines equally distant from each other constantly. 
 
 158. A ray as it approaches the surface connecting two mediums is 
 called incident. 
 
 159. That portion of an incident ray which is repelled at the connect- 
 ing surface between two mediums. 
 
 160. An incident oblique ray is broken at the connecting surface 
 between two mediums and is called the refracted ray. 
 
 161. The refracted ray as it emerges from the medium in which it 
 acquired the name refracted is renamed emergent. Thus questions 158, 159, 
 160, 161 give us four sections of the same ray. 
 
 162. The angles are formed by the four sections named and the per- 
 pendiculars to the surfaces at the points where refraction occurred. 
 
 163. The density of the mediums and the angles of incidence. 
 
 164. That rays are broken out of their course toward the perpendicu- 
 lar in entering the denser medium and from the perpendicular in entering 
 the rarer medium. 
 
 165. The angle at which total reflection occurs — about 50 from 
 the perpendicular, in glass. 
 
 166. That there is a limit angle to everything; laws, rules, ability, 
 temper, etc. 
 
 167. A transparent wedge. 
 
 168. Rays are always broken toward the base line. 
 
 169. That objects seen through a prism are always apparently dis- 
 placed toward the apex. 
 
 170. In multitudinous quantities of different angles so that curved 
 surfaces are formed. For + spheres they are grouped bases toward a 
 central point ; for — spheres they are reversed. For -f- cylinders they are 
 arranged on either side of a line, bases in ; for — cylinders they are placed 
 bases out. 
 
1CETAPHTSICAL PORTION. 2 2I 
 
 171. Two: sphericals and cylindricals, and each of these are two 
 .and — . 
 
 172. There are two, principal and secondary; the first is a line drawn 
 through the center or centers of curvature, therefore is perpendicular to both 
 surfaces and passes without a refraction, hence it is called the principal 
 axis. The secondary axes include all lines, drawn from an object to its 
 image, which cross the principal axis at the optical center of a lens. 
 
 173. Focus, according to the Greeks, means "fire-point." As we use 
 it the point where rays meet on the axis after passing a lens is called its 
 focus. 
 
 174. Four: Two principal and two conjugate. 
 
 175. The first are the points on either side from which rays starting 
 divergent toward a lens will be rendered parallel by it, or, the points on 
 either side where rays, which were parallel to its axis on approaching a 
 lens are brought to a focus by it. They are fixed points and have no rela- 
 tion to each other. The second are the points respectively from which 
 rays leave an object and approach a lens divergent to be converged to a 
 point where the image is formed after passing. They are movable and are 
 yoked together as the rays from the first or objective point form the second 
 or subjective point, the image. 
 
 176. The points on the principal axis essential to schematic demon- 
 stration of structure and function, and the lines drawn at right angles to 
 the axis through those points. 
 
 177. A line from center to periphery of a circle. 
 
 178. A line drawn from one side of a circle to the other through the 
 center. 
 
 179. Truly, a center of curvature. For optical purposes, the points on 
 the principal axis where secondary axis rays would cross if they suffered 
 no refraction. 
 
 180. Of the first a piano lens has but one. Of the second all lenses 
 have two. 
 
 181. A symmetrically curved yet not a spherical lens. A segment of 
 a tore. 
 
 182. The color effect from dispersion of light. 
 
 183. The lack of perfect focus on account of the progressive increase 
 of curvature toward the edge of a -j- sphere which causes the edge rays to 
 focus sooner than those nearer the axis. 
 
 184. One that comprises crown and flint glass in such arrangement as 
 prevents chromatic aberration. 
 
 185. An arrangement of crown and flint glass so that both chromatic 
 and spherical aberration are prevented. 
 
222 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 1 86. One of non-spherical curvatures, consequently without a focus. 
 
 187. One in which there is a combination of sphere and cylinder. 
 
 188. One comprising a segment of a cylinder only. 
 
 189. A prism held a few inches from the face while objects are ob- 
 served through it displaces them toward its apex, but moving the prism 
 back and forth across the line of vision causes no movement, while rotating 
 it does. A sphere may be rotated without causing motion but shaking it 
 does move objects; + moves against, except when object or operator is 
 beyond conjugate focus, when it reverses ; — moves objects with the operat- 
 or's motion. Cylinders distort objects when rotated, move them only when 
 moved back and forth across the axis or toward and from the operator. 
 Combinations betray the presence of the different elements by their con- 
 duct. 
 
 190. The speed of rays in different mediums is inversely as the density; 
 that is, if glass is 50% denser than air, a ray will move 50% faster in the 
 air than in the glass, consequently the angle of incidence is always as much 
 larger than the angle of refraction as the index of the denser medium is 
 greater than the index of the rarer. 
 
 191. The latter would have to be each twice the former. 
 
 192. Multiply the focus by the index less 1.00. Thus, glass is 1.53; 
 use only the .53. 
 
 193. Divide the radius by the focus and prefix 1. 
 
 194. Divide the radius by the index less 1. 
 
 195. A small lens ground, or cemented, in the center of a piano glass 
 of desired size. They are rarely used except for myopes of high degree or 
 after cataract operations. The object is to reduce weight. 
 
 196. By refraction. 
 
 197. By reflection. 
 
 198. There is no such a thing. The so-called virtual images of alleged 
 authorities are really virtual objects. The operator observes an object 
 through a lens and sees an apparently reduced or enlarged object, as he 
 uses a — or + l ens - 
 
 199. Because the combination has a common optical center. 
 
 200. One in which there are two single systems, or combinations, 
 having two separate optical centers. Images formed by them are erect, 
 that is, right side up. 
 
 201. Because it is the medium through which light comes to us. 
 
 202. Considering glass 1.50 the index of air would be .66 2/3 be- 
 cause 1. 00 is two-thirds of 1.50; but glass is to be regarded as 1.53 the 
 index of air would be exactly .65424183 + because 1.53 will go into 1.0a 
 that fractional part of one time. 
 
 203. Two, theoretical and practical. 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 223 
 
 204. That all things are learned by such methods. 
 
 205. Twice the principal focal distance. 
 
 206. To see through. 
 
 207. A unit of measure. 
 
 208. One which will receive parallel rays and focus them one meter 
 beyond. 
 
 209. A French unit of measure; in our inches it equals 39.368-)-. 
 
 210. At 16 inches, because the rays from 26 inches required +1.50 
 power to render them parallel and remaining + 2 -5o of the + 4.00 would 
 focus them again at 16 inches beyond. 
 
 211. At 40 inches on the other side, because 10 inches required + 4.00 
 on the image's side leaving + 1.00 to do the work on the rays from the 
 object and as + 1.00 equals 40 inches the position of the object is located. 
 
 212. The first conjugate focus being 32 inches equals + 1.25 while the 
 second, 12 inches equals -f- 3.25 the lens must equal both or -f- 4.50. 
 
 213. One shaped like a new moon. 
 
 214. Salts. 
 
 215. The first is theoretical and the second a practical proposition. 
 
 216. As we use it, a line drawn from center to periphery of a circle or 
 from side to side through the center, the same as a radius or diameter. 
 
 217. Straight lines and curves. 
 
 218. By neutralization. 
 
 219. Practically none. Either can be duplicated with the other. 
 
 220. They would be still divergent after passing the lens, although 
 not so much. 
 
 221. The effect is the same as if it were a — lens. 
 
 222. That all -p, or positive influences become — , or negative, if over- 
 done. 
 
 223. In straight lines. 
 
 224. Those things which are fixed. 
 
 225. Those things which are changeable. 
 
 226. Principles that work mathematically, as cause and effect. 
 
 227. Guides to action or conduct based upon laws. 
 
 228. The point where secondary axial rays cross the principal axis. 
 
 229. One in which the optical axis is not in the center of the circum- 
 ference. 
 
 230. Because the angle of reflection always equals the angle of inci- 
 dence. 
 
 231. By measuring the foci of the two principal meridians. 
 
 232. The deflection light suffers in passing through a small aperature. 
 
 233. Same as refraction. 
 
 234. -|- 1.00 + I - 00 ax 9°- 
 
224 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 2 35- + 1.50 ax 50. 
 
 236. — .50 -f- 2.00 ax 135. 
 
 237. -j- 1.50 sphere. 
 
 238. + i-5o — 450 ax 135. 
 2 39- + 3-oo — 1.50 ax 180. 
 
 240. — 7.00 + 5.00 ax 90. 
 
 241. 90 and 180. 
 
 242. -J- .50 — 2.00 ax 180. 
 
 243. — 2.00 + 5-°o ax 60. 
 
 244. -|- 2.00 — 5.00 ax 60. 
 
 245- L, -f- 1.25 + .50 ax 180; R, + 1.00 + .50 ax 90. 
 
 246. L, -f- 2.25 + 1.00 ax 180; R, + 1 .00 + 5.00 ax 90. 
 
 247. -f - 8.00 -f- 4.00 + 3- 00 ax 9°- 
 
 248. — 6.00 ax 180 ks -f- 5.00 ax 90. 
 
 249. -f- 4.00 + 2.00 ax 45. 
 
 250. Because of the natural law that all regular non-spherical curva- 
 tures have their two principal meridians at right angles. 
 
 251. Sunlight, lightning, phosphorescence, fire-flies, glow-worms, etc. 
 
 252. A nervous convulsion exhibited locally. 
 
 253. As mental or hysteria and physiological or involuntary func- 
 tional activity. 
 
 254. That called clonic physiological. 
 
 255. Tonic spasm and neurasthenia. 
 
 256. The first is dangerous locally, that is it might cause hemorrhages 
 in stout people or a stroke of paralysis affecting a part. The other is dan- 
 gerous to life. 
 
 257. Whenever in doubt. They cannot do harm and always do some 
 good. 
 
 258. When the sphere is extra strong and the cylinder less than 1.00; 
 for example, -f- 10.00 -j- 1.00 ax. 90, give either -f- 10.50 bi-convex thus 
 making the flattest surfaces and saving the chromatic and spherical aberra- 
 tion ; also for myopes of high degree. 
 
 259. In mixed astigmatism or compound myopia, where the spheres 
 are ■ — .50 or less and vision without them is as good as 20/30. 
 
 260. When — cylinders give 20/20, combine enough sphere to reduce 
 vision to 20/30. * 
 
 261. Sometimes a patient appears to be a myope requiring — 1.00 ax. 
 180 or less cylinder to give 20/20 vision but will see as well with a + cylin- 
 der, axis reversed, as he did with naked eyes, and of course the 4- would 
 be prescribed. Or a myope requiring — 2.00 ax. 180 for distance, or even 
 more, and being presbyopic would need a -j- cylinder of same strength, axis 
 
METAPHYSICAL PORTION-. 
 
 225 
 
 reversed, for near work. Or a simple myope of less than 2.00 D. might 
 require -f- i-°o for reading. 
 
 262. Forward and back about seventy-eight times a minute in adults, 
 slightly faster in children, and slower in old folks. 
 
 263. Inspire and expire about eighteen times a minute. 
 
 464. Nothing particularly unless the misses are frequent and regular. 
 If constant and weak it signifies nerve weakness in the cerebellum. Ifl 
 periodic and strong it means nerve irritation: 
 
 265. Yes. Children and old people must be treated more delicately, 
 because the first have not yet matured and the others are on the decline. 
 
 266. They are usually mental hobbies associated with real physiologi- 
 cal conditional disturbances, and are a little more difficult to deal with be- 
 cause the patient is less liable to follow instructions and more liable to 
 deceive us. 
 
 267. It consists of securing the voluntary and involuntary confidence 
 of the patient, mentally and physiologically by mental and mechanical 
 methods, which tell us truly when it is accomplished and when it is not we 
 know how to proceed. Of course if there are no indications of winning the 
 only thing to do is to dismiss the case without further effort. 
 
 268. Only when a patient did not ask it and I, knowing it was a posi- 
 tively easy case, wanted to fog the patient fully; that is impress my own 
 confidence. 
 
 269. Because the request would imply a doubt, inasmuch as the old 
 school doctors dare not guarantee anything, and I would not yield that 
 much because it would rather tend to increase his distrust. I would ask 
 him if any other doctor ever guaranteed anything, and if not, why I should. 
 
 270. Always in advance, because if a patient has paid his money he 
 will be more apt to follow instructions. 
 
 271. By the plain statement that I am running my own business and 
 have to do it my way or not at all. Then I would explain that I could not 
 afford to do other than my best and that anyone not willing to trust me 
 should not become my patient. 
 
 272. Refuse to have anything to do with the case, because I would 
 thus avoid responsibility for a disastrous termination of the trouble, and by 
 refusing I might force him to come to my terms and thus insure good* 
 results. 
 
 273. I would refuse because he has no right to ask me to involve my 
 reputation or judgment and he has no right to assume his opinions in such 
 matters are as good as mine. 
 
 I would rather my child should grow up and have different ideas from 
 mine if he could prove their correctness, than to have him adopt mine as 
 correct because I say they are. 
 
MEMORANDUM 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION 
 
 THE MATTER OE EEES 
 
 The Doctor Who Can Secure Good Results Should Charge Correspondingly 
 
 for His Work. 
 
 Skill is not always displayed in doing things. Sometimes it is much more 
 creditable to wait, and it is always true that one should not do a thing till 
 he knows why he does it. An old preceptor once told me, ''Any damned 
 fool can give medicine ; it takes a good doctor to know when to withhold 
 it." The practice of a profession is not manual labor, it is not to be meas- 
 ured in value by the amount of time it takes to secure the results or to 
 make an examination, but it is to be valued by the skill of the practitioner. 
 If one values his ability at so much per visit in the practice of medicine, 
 making no distinction between the different cases, he is practically admit- 
 ting that they are all the same to him, as indeed they are, because he keeps 
 up his visits, at so much per, until the patient recovers, or dies, and he an- 
 swers my argument by saying that is the way he gets more for a typhoid 
 fever case than for an attack of measles. 
 
 I say that is the reason nearly all doctors are poor — they are not busi- 
 ness men. The ones who made the code of ethics are, however; they have 
 succeeded in putting "honor" to the profession above honor to self and 
 the public, and they are reaping the harvest. 
 
 All other practitioners "diagnose" cases and "treat" them, claiming 
 "cures," etc. Neurologists do nothing of the kind. They analyze condi- 
 tions, figure their cases out and teach patients how to "treat" themselves, 
 so that Nature, the only "healer," can have the best possible chance to 
 "cure." They practice no mysteries, and restrict their work to those who 
 are mentally able to comprehend and follow instructions, and physically 
 
2^ ' NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 competent to come to their offices. We laugh at the polysyllabic names 
 given to alleged diseases, such as amenorrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, menorrha- 
 gia, apoplexy, epilepsy, chorea, albuminuria, chlorosis, dyspepsia, tubercu- 
 losis, neuralgia, rheumatism, endometritis, prostatorrhoea, trachoma, be- 
 cause we know that all ills come from either shock or strain inflicted upon 
 the nervous system ; that the effects exhibited are different as the locations 
 of the causes; that a symptom can mean nothing definite until its cause 
 has been ascertained; and here is our strong point: we know how to as- 
 certain. We have a method of measuring the nervous system so perfectly 
 that we are not only able to locate causes of troubles, but we can measure 
 the damage done, and find the extent of the supply left for recuperative 
 purposes, so that we can tell our patients exactly what their chances are 
 and how much liberty they can take with Nature without danger to their 
 lives and health. We do not pretend to either treat or cure — only liars 
 do that — but we impress on patients their responsibility. Our services 
 are almost like a lawyer's ; inasmuch as we first know our profession, then 
 advise, and assist. Our services are valuable, and really cheap, because we 
 get good results in the very cases where others' methods failed and the 
 practitioners pronounced them chronic. 
 
 To examine eyes as we do it is worth ten dollars of anyone's money. 
 To make a general examination is worth twenty-five dollars. And, as 
 nearly all cases of eye trouble have run so long a general examination 
 is needed, I have ceased to make any examination for less than twenty-five 
 dollars. Often that is all the expense to the patient, however, so it is 
 cheap after all. 
 
 If a neurologist takes a case that has been pow-wowed over for fifteen 
 or sixteen years by practitioners of old methods, he must charge a good big 
 fee for two reasons: First, it is worth a good deal to such people to get 
 well; second, if the fee is not unusually high many old chronics will have 
 less confidence in the method, for they come to have a pride in being "the 
 worst ever." And, no matter if one knows he and Nature can make a 
 perfectly well individual in a few weeks, to say so would appear pre- 
 sumptuous to those who have long looked on their troubles as uncon- 
 querable; hence it is most diplomatic and conducive to success to take 
 cases at the other fellow's estimates, and, at most, promise only partial 
 relief soon, and a complete cure in a few months. This has two good 
 effects, one on the patient's mentality in the matter of importance of the 
 case, and the other on his physical system in giving it more time, under 
 your care and instructions, to recuperate to a normal standard. Get your 
 entire fee in advance for two reasons: First, you are sure of it; second, 
 the patient knows the cost and if he wants the worth of his money he 
 will follow instructions better, and thus insure best results. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 231 
 
 NEUROLOGY'S PROCLAMATION. 
 We Offer Skill and Integrity to a Suffering Public, and Will Insist on the 
 
 ''Square Deal." 
 
 A doctor of neurology, (N. D.), is one qualified through the study 
 of Nature's laws, as applied physiologically, to instruct others in the sci- 
 ence of health so that they may secure health and retain it, provided they 
 follow the advice. In other words, the true neurologist is a health lawyer, 
 and people who want the best of everything and are willing to pay for it 
 are the only clients he cares for. This is not so much because he wants 
 the money as because people with such rational ideas will understand 
 readily that cures depend entirely upon themselves and Nature. They 
 have intelligence enough to understand the true value of health and the 
 true value of the advice, which, when followed, insures it. 
 
 So-called diseases, such as are named dyspepsia, headache, indigestion, 
 constipation, piles, and all kinds of female troubles, dullness in children, 
 bed-wetting, St. Vitus' dance, epilepsy, cold hands and feet, and many 
 others, are simply derangements of the nervous system which do not 
 need medicine, and despite the fact countless tons of it have been taken 
 and hundreds of thousands of dollars paid for it, good results come not. 
 A mechanical cause is one thing and a chemical cause is another. All 
 causes must affect the nervous system before they can do possible damage. 
 
 The nervous system heats the body; it affords the sensations of sight, 
 hearing, taste, etc. ; it affords the motive power for the organs and tubular 
 systems as well as locomotion, and it is the medium through which the 
 warnings, pain and fever, are transmitted and by which we are enabled 
 to trace the causes to their sources. If we find them to be mechanical we 
 reach them by rest, by dietary, by correction of habits and adjustment of 
 defects and displacements. If we find them to be chemical, instead of 
 giving medicine, we make the necessary changes in diet, both quanti- 
 tatively and qualitatively. We have no secrets from our patients. We 
 do nothing in a mysterious way. (That is the sole prerogative of the 
 Almighty.) We have no fear of our patients assuming to practice with- 
 out first qualifying as we did, hence we do not write our prescriptions in 
 Latin. It is true we accomplish things that are wonderful to the average 
 mind. They are just as wonderful to the old-school doctor as to the lay- 
 man, because our methods are entirely foreign to those of old schools, but 
 we will be glad to explain them and show their simplicity to either. 
 
 One of the notable things accomplished by our methods is that fat 
 people are reduced and lean people increased on the same diet. This is 
 bcause in the first instance we take away, for a time, the food elements 
 that are necessary to maintain so much flesh, hence it follows the natural 
 law of cause and effect and comes down. In the second instance the quality 
 being such as to build up the nerve and muscle departments enables the 
 
232 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 patient to assimilate his food better by increasing the dynamics of his sys- 
 tem, both chemically and mechanically. It has been proved so abundantly 
 in the twelve years that neurology has been established, that it admits of 
 no argument. 
 
 Another thing which might be regarded as wonderful is that we are 
 able to diagnose many conditions and their causes by looking into the 
 eyes with an ophthalmoscope. Hence we call them our blood gauges ; we 
 are also able to use the eyes to measure the condition of the nerve supply 
 so accurately that we can tell our patien't age when we have finished. (To 
 those who are sensitive about the subject we will say all such matters are 
 professional secrets with us.) Incidentally, of course, we measure and 
 correct eye defects because in using them for nerve gauges we must first 
 make them perfect. We are not oculists nor opticians nor eye specialists ; 
 we are neurologists, which means much more, because' many .alleged eye 
 diseases, often treated by the month and year, get well in a week or less 
 when our advice is followed. 
 
 Another wonderful thing, which, to us, is just as simple as the above, 
 is the manner in which our patients recover from floating kidney or female 
 troubles, without surgery or other humiliation. . 
 
 In a nutshell, neurology is a science of diagnosis and analysis which 
 makes every practitioner who understands it an authority, because he finds 
 causes, when the remedy suggests itself, and here we will give away the 
 great secret of our success : The old schools, having been taught that cer- 
 tain symptoms indicate certain causes and certain, drugs, proceed upon 
 that philosophy. Our pioneers found that was wrong. They found that 
 one case may produce many different effects, and those effects become 
 the causes of other effects, and these effects become the causes of still 
 other effects, and so on, ad infinitum. Hence the old school methods of 
 treating the last apparent cause was a mistake because it was really treat- 
 ing effects. It is possible that in some cases their medicines aided nature, 
 but in a vast majority it is absolutely certain that nature did the curing in 
 spite of the drugs. Now for the secret. We know the other fellow began 
 at the bottom and worked up. He failed. We begin at the top and work 
 down. We win every time when the patient follows instructions. The 
 organs of the body are the brain, eyes, nose, mouth, ears, lungs, heart, 
 diaphragm, stomach, liver, pancreas, spleen, intestines, kidneys, bladder 
 and procreative organs. 
 
 When a patient comes to us we first ascertain his mental capacity, by 
 observing him or her while we hear the complaints, briefly, by which we 
 diagnose, that means guess at the mental and physical conditions. But 
 we do not prescribe by that, as old-school doctors do. Next we ascertain 
 the financial ability, requiring a fee in advance, from those who are able. 
 (Those who are destitute shall not suffer through any mercenary motives 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 233 
 
 on our part.) Next the patient either leaves or we proceed to analyze the 
 case from top to bottom. We test every machine in the body, and, know- 
 ing what it ought to be, if it is not up to standard we direct the engineer 
 to run slow. If it is in a very bad way, or if several departments are 
 involved, we shut down the engine entirely, except that there is always an 
 involuntary current provided by nature to place it beyond the power of 
 man to kill himself or others, without drugs or violence. 
 
 No person need have any fears of neurology except the mercenary 
 drug doctor, and it is even his privilege to go and learn it. 
 
 Remember, the neurologist is not a cheap doctor in the sense that he 
 works for so much a day or a visit, or for small amounts of money, but in 
 the sense that his patients get most for their money, he is the cheapest. 
 He does not solicit patronage. He feels that he is conferring a favor when 
 he takes a case at his own price, particularly after all other methods have 
 failed, and he takes no case except on guarantee that the patient will follow 
 his directions, and that guarantee must be supported by the full amount 
 of the fee. He is able to, and would guarantee in return, that Nature will 
 cure, but for the fact that other doctors consider it unethical to do such 
 things, and he wants to be as respectable as they are. 
 
 Neurology teaches that Nature gave us natural appetites and while 
 they are easily perverted, we believe that as meats, vegtabls, nuts, fruit, 
 fish and fowl, etc., are palatable and harmless when taken in reasonable 
 quantities, we have sufficient proof that all were intended for food. Hence 
 we have little sympathy with either the cannibal or the vegetarian; both 
 are intemperate. We have had demonstrated that the greater the pleas- 
 ure, the greater the reaction. There is no human pleasure so great as 
 that produced by the sexual act, but when one lets it run away with 
 him to the extent that he cohabits with lewd women whose physical con- 
 dition is unknown to him, <or even he who indulges excessively with his 
 wife, suffers the most excruciating penalties, either from syphilis and 
 locomotor ataxia from the first cause or hypertrophy of the prostatic gland 
 involving the bladder, etc., and finally impotence from the second cause. 
 
 While neurology, therefore, teaches temperance unequivocally, for 
 common sense reasons and not through superstitious fear or hope of hell 
 or heaven, the old schools teach, by inference at least, and thousands of 
 their graduates practice the rankest intemperance in the use of opium and 
 other drugs and liquors, as well as contemptable intolerance toward their 
 fellow men, particularly those whom they regard as competitors. We 
 leave the public to judge between us. 
 
 An infidel is one who professes to believe, but whose actions belie his 
 words. 
 
 If you want to be right, always find out which way the crowd is going 
 and go the other way. 
 
2^a NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 SIGNIFICANCE OF PHYSIOGNOMY. 
 
 Objective Diagnostic Characteristics Which are Subject to Revision by 
 
 Other Observers. 
 
 Every practitioner should cultivate the faculty of discernment with 
 particular reference to the physiognomy. Of course it is important that 
 the general proportions of head, body, legs, arms, etc., are correct, but from 
 forehead to chin and from ear to ear tell a story peculiarly interesting and 
 accurate. I shall only give my experience and observation, and note that 
 there are occasional exceptions to all rules, leaving each student to continue 
 the study in a practical manner. 
 
 A retreating forehead is on a weak mentality, supported by a weak 
 constitution. 
 
 A retreating chin is not so bad as the above but is, to say the least 
 erratic. 
 
 A round face, flat in front, is usually on an opinionated person. Better 
 look out, the wearer may be well informed; it is well to try a little bluff, 
 however, that is, stir it up, you may learn something worth while; if you 
 do not, you will have a friend; 'such people always know when they are 
 known. 
 
 A narrow, hatchet-face is jealous, puts on a great 'deal of pretense, is 
 stubborn, generally wrong in controversies, and hunts trouble 'continually, 
 often finds it, and is most content when making others miserable. 
 
 A low forehead is not so bad as it has been pictured. The owner is 
 usually a money maker, and is not overly conscientious, but there are lots 
 of worse people. 
 
 Square jaws indicate a conceit that is intolerable. Some wearers have 
 learned that firmness is indicated. Not for a minute, 'unless it is to stick 
 to a self -flattering opinion. They frequently pose for pictures, usually take 
 pretty good ones, but always expose their nerve. They 'are absolutely in 
 considerate of others and even make special efforts to cause inconvenience. 
 There is not naturally an honest bone 'in their whole anatomy; they may 
 not be dishonest, but it is merely because the opportunity never offered. 
 
 High cheek bones must be well supported 'by other prominences, or 
 they mean a weak constitution. If surmounted by a big nose, heavy jaws 
 and have a large head back of 'them, you could not kill one with a club. 
 
 A low, flat nose, like a nigger's, is always on a ' smart-aleck ; usually 
 pretty smart, too, but very disagreeable, because they will overstep the 
 bounds of politeness, while you are ashamed to. Don't hesitate to sit on 
 them, or they will squat on you. 
 
 A low nose bridge or deep set eyes, or both, usually mean hyperopic 
 eyes, hence liver and stomach troubles. 
 
 Puffs or black crescents under the eyes mean interference with circu- 
 lation of blood from deficient nerve supply. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS TORTION. 
 
 235 
 
 A large nose nearly always indicates good nature and good judgment, 
 just as a large person is usually good-natured. Just what the nose has to 
 do with good nature I do not know, any more than I know why the rest 
 is approximately true, but the coincidences remain. 
 
 A mouth that droops at the ends is quarrelsome. 
 
 A short upper lip is insanely jealous, loves only self, is susceptible to 
 flattery and will imagine they love anyone who gives plenty of it. They 
 are usually "society" people, at least in their imagination, and are satis- 
 fied if they can make a great show. Their ambition is to be rich and 
 haughty. They rarely get the former, except by accident, because they 
 put in too much time being haughty. They remind one of head-servants. 
 
 A square face, front view, is usually quiet, strongly opinionated, pretty 
 reliable, somewhat unfathomable, but if not spoiled in the raising, are 
 easy to get along with. 
 
 A mouth that turns up at the ends is attached to a sweet disposition, 
 but, if not well supported by nose, chin, eyes and forehead, indicates a silly 
 person, a lack of stamina. If backed properly, 'by chin, etc., they are the 
 salt of the earth. 
 
 Thin lips are attached to a shrew or 'a tyrant. Extraordinarily thick 
 lips indicate a natural coarseness, which may be trained down until they 
 are very excellent people ; they are usually firm friends. 
 
 If the lower lip rolls outward and hangs down it means a natural gos- 
 sip, and all gossips are dangerous to the peace of the community in which 
 they live. 
 
 People with straight mouths, like a slot cut in the face, and with thin 
 lips, are gossips of the slanderous kind. 
 
 Eyes too close together mean lack of stamina, impetuosity, poor judg- 
 ment, but often much ability ; such people are ' easily influenced, and if they 
 fall into the right company and remain there, will do well. 
 
 Eyes too far apart mean ignorance and bigotry every time. Such per- 
 sons were born wise — in their own conceit — they never needed to learn, 
 because their teachers are not yet born. Avoid them and escape trouble. 
 
 Eyes that twinkle affectedly as they look at you do so because they 
 know if they did not vascillate you would discover their duplicity. They 
 haven't sense enough to know you discover it anyhow. ' 
 
 Black eyes, the kind that are like coal and never fade, are in dangerous 
 heads. They are the windows of jealous brains and guide a hand that car- 
 ries a dagger. They are, of course, highly emotional, love and hate alter- 
 nately the same object. 
 
 Black eyes that fade with advancing years are found in amiable people. 
 They are usually inclined to brag and would rather misrepresent than tell 
 the truth, particularly if by doing so they can make even a momentary 
 
236 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 impression — it lasts, with them, all the time. They have good qualities, 
 but are rarely honest, and are insufferably lax in keeping engagements. 
 
 Brown eyes that look straight at you are amiable, their owners quiet, 
 and faithful to their friends. They have no great amount of push and are 
 content with what the fates bestow, not given to puffing themselves and 
 are real home people, if of average size or larger. 
 
 Gray eyes are found in a steady-going people, reliable as planetary 
 evolutions, rarely set the world on fire, because there is not enough frictio: 
 in their make-up. They look straight at you and see clear through you 
 too. Don't lie to 'them if you want their friendship. If they do not look 
 straight at you, beware. 
 
 Blue eyes are in honest heads, unless they are too pale blue, when they 
 are tricky. Of course association has much to do with character, and as 
 there are more blue eyed people than of any other class, they will requin 
 more careful consideration with other features, because in reaching final 
 conclusions all must be considered; several good points mitigate the bad 
 ones, at least partly. 
 
 Narrow teeth indicate a weak constitution. Short, wide teeth mean 
 endurance and tenacity, even to stubbornness. 
 
 A long upper lip means obstinacy in matters the owner understands, a 
 lack of it in other matters; usually honest, but when dishonest they go to 
 the limit. I have never seen such a person who was jealous. 
 
 Arched eyebrows indicate vanity ; straight ones, rascality ; medium, sig- 
 nify nothing in particular. 
 
 Ears too close to the head mean selfishness. If they stand straight out 
 they indicate a weak character. 
 
 Don't trust people who laugh at every opportunity; they are unreliable. 
 The woman giggler is a fool. 
 
 Vertical wrinkles between the eyebrows signify eye strain. 
 
 "Crows-feet" at the outer angles of the eyes indicate defective eyes. 
 
 Some people begin at the top of the ladder and go down. 
 
 When one boasts of his expertness it is positive evidence he is incom- 
 petent. 
 
 It requires educated brains to get the good out of machines, no matter 
 for what purpose the implements are made. 
 
 No competent practitioner in any profession or trade, needs laws to 
 protect him, or build up his business. All he needs is acquaintance. 
 
 Before one is competent to criticize he must be qualified to examine 
 subjects intelligently and be armed with a simple method of making analy- 
 ses. There are certain well-proved natural laws which apply equally to 
 all things. According to these laws some propositions are impossible and 
 can be settled quickly. Among such are the pretenses of those who declare 
 that all whose opinions differ from theirs are crazy, or are charlatans. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 237 
 
 SEXUALITY VS. SENSUALITY. 
 Reason in Battle Array Against Christian Superstition and Persecution. 
 
 In this priest-ridden country, in the year of "our Lord" 1905, August 
 9th, $70,000 were the gate receipts at a prize-fight. Athletics, of the brutal 
 foot-ball order, dominate the educational institutions. Christians insult 
 their Creator by declaring the procreative organs are indecent, the study of 
 them vulgar and the publication of instructions, with reference to their in- 
 telligent use, obscene. Crime is rampant, libertines stand in public places 
 and insult women with impunity; trades-union leaders make their head- 
 quarters at sporting-house ; society airs its debauches in the divorce courts, 
 putting twelve-year-old girl keyhole peepers on the stand to witness; the 
 U. S. army is involved. The president of the country deplores "race-suicide" 
 and keeps in office sensual scoundrels who persecute intelligent men and 
 women for writing common sense advice, which, if followed, would soon 
 convince the world that it is better to have fewer children and more perfect 
 ones; less voters but healthy ones. The men who are commissioned to 
 censor rational productions of their intellectual superiors are, invariably, 
 men who could not earn a hundred dollars a month were they not political 
 touts and natural born pimps. The "holy bible" contains more obscenity to 
 the square inch than any other book I ever read. It teaches only the sen- 
 sual side of the copulative act and advises against it as a sin, but advertises 
 forgiveness if offenders apply at the right place and pay tithes. 
 
 Let us take a look at this subject from a purely rational standpoint and 
 answer without prejudice : 
 
 Why should we regard the sexual marks as any more lewd than any 
 other part? I do not know. 
 
 Would we do so if we had not been taught to so look upon them? I 
 believe not. 
 
 Is not the bible story that Adam and Eve covered their organs with fig- 
 leaf aprons the first intimation that they were something to be ashamed 
 of? Yes. 
 
 Has history ever disclosed a more unvirtuous people than Christians? 
 No. 
 
 If the subject could be presented to us as physicians, or as thinking 
 laymen, without our having any previous information, would we see any- 
 thing lewd in it? I can not see why we should. 
 
 Would we not first endeavor to learn Nature's reason for making males 
 and females different, and thus learn two physiological facts, first that con- 
 nection yields the acme of human pleasures ; second that reproduction of our 
 species occurs? It appears so. 
 
 Would we not learn next that overindulgence produces bad after-effects 
 in the male by weakening his vitality ; in the female, destroying her comli- 
 
238 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 ness by frequent pregnancies, and to both by burdening them with greater 
 responsibilities than they can maintain properly? I think so. 
 
 Would not the fact that the pleasures to both from the act itself en- 
 courage research that they might have the pleasures without the aftermath 
 and thus they come to a better understanding of what Nature intended? 
 That is a natural conclusion. 
 
 One thing is certain: No statute can ever change Nature's laws, nor 
 one of them. God gave the sexual organs and sensations to mankind, dif- 
 ferent from animals in almost every particular, for the dual purpose of pro- 
 moting happiness between the sexes and for procreation. How do I know? 
 Because of the existence of the two facts. 
 
 "But," one says, "it brings lots of unhappiness." Yes, when indulged 
 beyond the limit-angle, and under present social conditions, because of the 
 Christian training which makes even one who looks upon an attractive 
 woman with desire "already an adulterer in his heart," hence subject to 
 punishment, according to their code, unless he repents and pays. 
 
 If one eats to excess, or of the wrong kind of food, persistently it causes 
 unhappiness too. Is that lewd in the estimation of these "holier than thou" 
 "scribes and pharisees, hypocrites" against whom Christ pronounced "Woe 
 unto you !" 
 
 The Christian example has taught the young men that if they can 
 accomplish the sexual act by persuasion, even under promise of marriage, 
 that the girl thereby forfeits all social rights, but if the man is condemned 
 at all it is only for a few days, then he is congratulated on his "escape from 
 a bad woman." Where do they get their authority for this discrimination? 
 Christian gossips even slander lively girls whom their lewd minds suspect of 
 being constituted so they might give themselves up to a man they loved. If 
 such people were prosecuted until they learned to attend to their own busi- 
 ness there would be more justice done and more jails full than in the present 
 condition. 
 
 To the honest student of Nature's laws all were devised beneficiently, 
 and all the vile curs like the Comstocks and the McAfees can not prevent 
 investigation and thought and the dissemination of truths about all subjects. 
 I have never seen any of the writings of intelligent men and women, upon 
 the sexual relation, that come anywhere near lewdness as it appears in the 
 bible. I have never seen anything that could possibly have worked harm 
 one-tenth as great as is produced by the ignorant licentiousness that pre- 
 vails to-day. Here is a case in point from New York dispatches in August r 
 
 Helen Elster, not 12 years old, daughter of Mrs. Henry Pabenz, died in 
 the Post Graduate Hospital to-day as a result of an operation, following 
 which the child gave birth to a fully developed babe. Little is known of the 
 history of the case, but a rigid investigation is being made. The child's 
 mother thought she had some dropsical affection, and as her own physician 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 2^Q 
 
 could make nothing of the case she sent her to the hospital. The physicians 
 treated the child for girl trouble and performed the operation in connection 
 with that. The physicians reported the cause of death as eclampsia, a dis 
 ease of the kidneys, and declared they knew nothing about the child's real 
 condition until they operated. The baby is alive, and the physicians say it 
 will live. 
 
 Incidentally the report illustrates the absolute incompetence of the doc- 
 tors at the hospital. No man, educated' as I would have them all, would 
 have been dishonorable enough to have put the child in such a condition ; 
 and no girl of her age, trained as I would have their mothers train them, 
 would ever permit it, unless she did it deliberately, and then she would have 
 no hesitancy in telling it to mother or doctor, thus saving her life, possibly. 
 
 As to the sexual organs and act of copulation, physicians know little 
 and laymen nothing. In my classes I have often doctors of ten to thirty 
 years' practical experience who could not tell the story of procreation in 
 detail, from the testicles of the male to the ovaries of the female, if their 
 lives depended on it, but they can describe the "pathological anatomy" of a 
 hundred diseases that never existed outside of books. They know how to 
 deliver a child with forceps and are fully convinced that no child was ever 
 born right until the obstetrician and the trained nurse, in uniform, were 
 discovered. Yet all of them over fifty years of age first breathed air with 
 no other and than good stiff uterine contractions in their mother and old 
 maid aunts washed and dressed them. 
 
 The young licentiate boasts of his ability to sign birth and death cer- 
 tificates according to law, yet his professors are unable to recognize the 
 difference between dropsy and a seven-months' baby. And they call old- 
 school rnedicine a science. 
 
 I want the doctors who receive this book to remember that "doctor" 
 means '"teacher," that it is their duty to investigate, learn and teach their 
 patients how to keep well and enjoy the blessings Nature has bestowed. 
 Men and Women should be taught the truth instead of fancies and foibles of 
 superstitious minds. 
 
 The woman has as much right to pleasure from the sexual act as the 
 man. He should know that caresses, from pleasant words and kisses to 
 copulation constitute the sexual function. He should know that the longer 
 he delays the final act the greater the pleasure for both. He should know 
 that the orgasms which he enjoys are harmful to him if repeated too often, 
 because each time he empties his vesiculae semenales Nature sets machinery 
 at work to refill them and that takes nervous energy. He should know that 
 total abstinence from orgasms is almost as bad, because in time there will 
 be atrophy of the parts. He should know that when he is too eager, hence 
 finishes before the female reaches a climax it is bad for her because it is 
 both physically and mentally disappointing and produces frigidity in her 
 
24O NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 when nothing else would. He should know that Nature intended him to 
 enjoy the act without going to the point of ejaculation each time, and by so 
 doing he is not only privileged to enjoy it more frequently but he endears 
 himself to his companion by giving her the full meed of pleasure. He 
 should know that she does not waste vitality by her orgasms but rather 
 invigorates her apparatus. But she should be permitted to lie quiet for 
 some time after, which she can do if he has not laid her liable to impregna- 
 tion. More woe has been caused to women by arising instantly and using 
 a syringe with either hot or cold water, to avoid impregnation, than was 
 ever caused by emmenagogue pills or abortion doctors. He should know 
 that to give pleasure and contain himself the bodies should remain close 
 together. To get the instruction direct from Nature, let the usual position 
 be reversed, when the woman will instinctively cling closer, while the man, 
 remaining passive, has a mental exaltation in the consciousness that he is 
 master of himself and is giving her, whom he loves, the maximum benefit. 
 This has been called male continence to differentiate it from the inconti- 
 nence which is a sure sequel to excessive indulgence to the point of ejacula- 
 tion. 
 
 I have frequently met the assertion, among my brethren, that conti- 
 nence is injurious. I invariably reply with the query, "Why?" Then they 
 begin to dodge ; but I pin them down and find them utterly ignorant of 
 every feature of the matter. I have been practicing and teaching conti- 
 nence for twenty years and have yet to see bad results, while I have been . 
 blessed by many a wife whose husband attended my lectures and practiced 
 their teachings. 
 
 I have also met an argument like this: "But suppose the' young men 
 and women learned these tactics and practiced them?" To such I reply 
 that the last two words of the question is the answer that would prevent 
 harm. If they did not practice them conditions would remain as they are 
 now — bad. 
 
 Christian society is rotten. Conditions could not be worse. It insults 
 intelligence infinite and mundane by denouncing as ''free-lovers" all who 
 would educate their fellows to honor and virtue, and crowds the courts to 
 secure food for gossip and "proof" that the sexual topic is nasty, obscene, 
 etc., when such cases are from their own putrid ranks ninety-nine times out 
 of a hundred. 
 
 As proof that "ignorance is bliss" this same Christian society to-day 
 worships, at a shrine of their own creating, a lovely woman whose character 
 is above suspicion or criticism, whose intellect soars above theirs like an 
 eagle above a field mouse, yet she was born out of wed-lock, but is a pro- 
 duct of two souls as truly married as Nature ever performed the service. 
 I have no fault to find with her. I congratulate her parents on the flatter- 
 ing, practical evidence of Nature's approval. If this be obscene make the 
 most of it. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS TORTIOX. 
 
 A PATHETIC SITUATION. 
 
 241 
 
 Young Doctors From Old Schools Are Kept Down by Their Elders to 
 
 Almost Starvation. 
 
 Quite frequently I receive letters from old school graduates who have 
 been struggling against the adverse conditions created by a fool code of 
 ethics and their older competitors, in which they say, "Of course, I am not 
 yet self-sustaining," etc., or their friends write or call with the same story, 
 asking favors in their behalf. If I were able, financially, to give my time 
 free and pay my own expenses while teaching them a practical profession 
 which affords results to patients and remuneration to the doctors, I would 
 be glad to take them in ; if for nothing else, to show the code the contempt 
 I have for it and to show the old schools how little they are worth as 
 breadwinners. 
 
 But the question comes to me: Why the oft repeated expression "of 
 course," and I am going to answer it. The public has been taught by the 
 older doctors that a young doctor is no good until he has had experi- 
 ence. Now that is either true or false ; if true, the colleges bunko their stu- 
 dents out of four years' time and a large amount of money. If it is false, 
 the colleges owe it to themselves to prove it. I know it is true of the old 
 schools, and the reason is they teach in such a desultory manner that nine- 
 ty per cent of their graduates have only a vocabulary and a swelled head 
 for their labors. The other ten per cent have a pull and get a start by 
 working a year or two for* some old practitioner, or accidentally getting a 
 case which appears desperate and recovers while in their care. The young 
 doctors have made serious mistakes in diagnosis and in prescribing deadly 
 drugs from memory and giving overdoses; being unseasoned, often only 
 on the verge of manhood when graduated, they are not able to maintain 
 their equanimity and the public catches on, to their discredit. Somewhere 
 in the neighborhood of fifty students of the Northwestern and Hahnemann 
 pass my office every day and fully half of the number are tod young to 
 get in my school. Some are dwarfs, some are cripples, and many swagger 
 to and from Greek-letter fraternity houses, usually a cheap boarding ar- 
 rangement, and they flatter themselves they are impressing their neighbors 
 with their mightiness — a form of self-deception which ruins them as mix- 
 ers and loses many dollars for them when they locate. Section 2, Article V, 
 of the "Principles of Medical Ethics," commands them to "maintain a pe- 
 culiar reserve toward the public," and they do it with a zest that would be 
 funny were it not so pathetic in its idiocy. They assume the public to be 
 a lot of fools, and that becomes so offensive it provokes retaliation which 
 takes the awful form of ignoring their existence absolutely. 
 
 "Of course" it is complimentary to my school that they apply to it 
 for a sure means of success after the old schools have failed to qualify 
 
242 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 them to make a living, but I cannot see why I should be asked to do it for 
 nothing or on credit. However, that seems to be the way of all the vic- 
 tims of old school practices, for my boys and girls report hundreds of cases 
 annually who apply for treatment after the other fellows have failed, and 
 they almost invariably declare they have paid doctors about all they are 
 going to, evidently expecting to thus squelch all ideas of a respectable fee. 
 It is worth more to take a case after the others have aggravated it, and 
 they soon learn that fact, too. 
 
 Now comes the worst feature of it all. After their failures with drugs 
 and operations, when their patients leave them and go to a neurologist, 
 who has been taught anatomy and physiology, pathology, dietetics, oph- 
 thalmology, neurology, analysis and rational therapeutics, but not materia- 
 medica, bacteriology and histology, they fly to the alleged laws and want 
 the neurologist prosecuted as a criminal, because they say he has no right 
 to compete with them and cure their patients until he has disqualified 
 himself as they did by patronizing some orthodox school for four years. 
 By what system of reasoning they reach the conclusion that sickness was 
 intended for the benefit of the doctors I cannot even imagine. Were it 
 not for the rascality of politicians, from the highest in authority to the 
 lowest, their insolence would not be tolerated for a week. When a neu- 
 rologist analyzes a case and finds it in a dangerous condition he says so 
 promptly and if the patient wants a dozen doctors of as many kinds he has 
 no objection. The neurologist is the only doctor who analyzes his cases 
 — all others diagnose; that is, guess, and prescribe one of a great variety 
 of formulae; if it fails to show benefit, they guess again, and so on until 
 the patient recovers or expires; if the former, medicine has won a victory; 
 if the latter, it was a hopeless case. More queer reasoning. I insist it is 
 the duty of the doctors, old or young, to go outside of orthodoxy when, if 
 they have common sense, they know the old drug methods are humbugs. 
 
 I want to see absolute freedom of practice extended to all. If any 
 abuse the privilege and practice fraudulently, there are statutes with which 
 to reach them and punish them severely. Then let the public know who 
 they are and they will soon be out of business. 
 
 'Live to learn" is a good motto. 
 
 Some people are not even good imitators. 
 
 Public applause is dangerous — it breeds bigotry. 
 
 The consciousness of a duty well done is sufficient reward. 
 
 All the advancements in this world have been accomplished by depart- 
 ures from beaten paths. 
 
 Personal appearance cuts a great figure in making a success of any- 
 thing. I don't mean you must be pretty, but you must have winning 
 ways. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 243 
 
 "WHERE IGNORANCE IS BLISS." 
 A Hint to Searchers after Happiness — Be not Afraid — Seek and Find. 
 
 Since the fable of the cursing of Adam and Eve for eating of the fruit 
 of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, there have been perpetrated such 
 fool alleged axioms as the one quoted. The world owes whatever of ad- 
 vancement it has made to the vigorous iconoclasts, who have from time to 
 time exposed the fallacy of the wiseacres who were working the "dear peo- 
 ple" under the various disguises, from Moses' excursion to the montains 
 to the cheap virtue of Anthony Comstock. 
 
 In the days of Socrates if an honest man gave vent to his indignation 
 against the outrages upon human rights he was compelled to apologize to 
 the powers that were, issue a recantation to the "blissfully ignorant" or 
 drink hemlock juice. Socrates chose the latter and became an immortal. 
 
 In the days of Thomas Paine, they had modified the punishment to 
 imprisonment and he produced his "Age of Reason" while the state paid 
 his board. 
 
 In the days of Ingersoll they did not dare kill or imprison and had 
 to content themselves with ridicule. The Colonel paid them in their own 
 coin and hell froze over, while heaven advertised rooms to let. To-day, 
 almost anybody can get a pass through the pearly gates — if he has money 
 or influence. If he doesn't like the color of the band-wagon they'll repaint 
 it. A young millionaire tells us that Jesus was joking when he said, "it 
 is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich 
 man to enter the kingdom of heaven." 
 
 In the days current the heretic is so numerous it is practically useless 
 to attempt to suppress him. He is giving full sway to the pent-up in- 
 herent Nature which has always been the chief element of him, and he is 
 asking and answering questions with a rapidity and directness that prom- 
 ises astonishing advancement within the next century. Realizing more 
 fully day after day the monstrosity of creeds and dogmas which kept him 
 in the "bliss of ignorance," he is demanding that he undergo the torture 
 of knowledge. 
 
 If knowledge is wrong what a volume of pity is due God Almighty! 
 If knowledge is right, and god-like, what a deal of hustling our ancestors 
 will have to do in the spirit-land to make up time lost in the ages gone for- 
 ever ! 
 
 Each day brings to me a consciousness of ignorance and lost oppor- 
 tunities and I want to go on record as one who has found no bliss in it. 
 Whatever of positive happiness I have found has been in the acquirement 
 of knowledge and passing it along to my fellow men. But it is so little 
 compared with what might have been that I shall never miss an oppor- 
 tunity to urge others to think, reason, investigate and talk, write and 
 print it. 
 
244 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 NEUROLOGY LIKE A PIANO. 
 It is a Simple Proposition in the Abstract, but It Requires Patient Industry 
 
 to Win. 
 
 Wiseacres who undertake to practice neurology or even that small 
 branch of it known as ophthalmology, without learning it seriatim soon 
 learn that the lesson that "he that vaunteth himself shall fall." Really the 
 philosophy of it is simple ; so simple that many of my pupils have become 
 first enthused, then fearful lest their future patients may take up the 
 dietary, for example, and become competitors instanter. This amuses me r 
 because I know they will know better before they graduate and if any pa- 
 tients should be foolish enough to think that the few instructions which 
 apply to one case will reach all others, the error will become apparent when 
 they try it. Such is the case with old-school drug treatment, because if the 
 patient gets the list he can try all the prescriptions in it and if there was 
 any such thing as medicine curing he would surely find it. That is the 
 chief reason the old doctors have to write their recipes in pig Latin, pigeon 
 English and symbols. It is not the case with neurologists. They tell their 
 patients what they give diets for, what they contain and why they are 
 needed, how long to continue, etc If the rest of the family is sick or well, 
 the same diet can do no harm, but unless other matters are looked after 
 in each case of disorder the best results cannot be expected. I often tell a 
 mother to require the whole family to take the same dietary ordered for her 
 child ; at the same time I tell her that if any of them are chronics it will be 
 necessary to have a thorough examination and other instructions. I ex- 
 plain that neurology is like a piano, simple in structure and any one can 
 strike the keys, or possibly pick out a tune, but it takes an expert to bring 
 in the two-hand action and the demi-semi-quavers. The same description 
 applies to those practitioners who attempt to practice without proper and 
 sufficient instruction. They practice like the average musicians plays — 
 well enough to satisfy some people but they give competent judges, even 
 among the laity, a pain. They are boasters; they assume the "air of 
 peculiar reserve," and slowly but surely starve out. It is they who want 
 laws to "protect the dear public" from "charlatans." God save the mark! 
 They are it. 
 
 A good skeptic is better than a bad believer. 
 
 Some people are smart enough to imitate if not to originate. 
 
 Too much time is consumed in promulgating theories; not enough in 
 demonstrating facts. 
 
 Judging from current medical literature I conclude the only thing that 
 isn't contagious is common sense. 
 
 The fact that popular opinion endorses some things and condemns 
 others is not one whit proof that one is right and the other is wrong. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 245 
 
 HOW TO MAKE GOOD DOCTORS. 
 
 Keep the Field Wide Open for Competition — The Devil Will Get the 
 
 Hindmost. 
 
 A letter from an Ohio physician telling me he was coming to Chicago 
 to attend my college said: 'T will tell you why I haven't been with you 
 sooner. My colleague in this little town is a drinking man and I dared not 
 trust my patients to his care while I absented myself. Recently a new 
 doctor has settled here, and I can now leave and feel that my patrons will 
 be attended properly." 
 
 Isn't that pathetic? Isn't it a shame? A good, honest doctor cannot 
 leave his practice to another because the other is liable to get drunk and 
 neglect it. A drunken doctor protected from the possible consequences of 
 his habit by a practice act that "protects the dear people." 
 
 I advise the public to beware of the political doctor, (the American 
 Medical Association is a political organization and boasts of it), the drink- 
 ing doctor, the club doctor and the gambling doctor. The first is a rascal, 
 the second a mentally weak mortal, the third a dubious quantity, and the 
 fourth a financial and professional failure. 
 
 No professional man ever knew too much — except in his own estima- 
 tion. There is so great need of serious application of the mind to prob- 
 lems not yet solved that I cannot see how one who is recognized as a 
 member of any one of the alleged learned professions can stoop to the level 
 of a poker game night after night, or can waste time gossiping at a club 
 or loafing in a saloon or behind the prescription case in a drug store, or 
 dabbling in the nastiness of politics. 
 
 It is these classes of doctors and lawyers who need laws to protect 
 them from their betters. It is they who would have all energetic, able, 
 honest competitors declared criminals by fool laws, passed by idiotic or 
 venal legislatures. It is they who would sacrifice public health by vaccina- 
 tion and other devilish devices for the sake of revenue. It is they who 
 continue in old ruts from year to year because they are too lazy to study 
 and learn Nature's ways and wishes, and think because they echo the 
 words and manners of smart leaders, they, also, are smart. 
 
 Such doctors are always exploiting operations before mystery-loving 
 laity that doesn't know that only about one doctor in ten can set a broken 
 finger, doesn't know that not one in fifty would dare tackle a laparotomy, 
 doesn't know that the doctor who can relieve without operation is in- 
 finitely greater than he who butchers with the delight of a cannibal. 
 
 Give them the benefit of publicity. 
 
 "Heredity" is one of the worst abused words in our language. It is 
 the scapegoat by which many physicians escape responsibility for failure 
 to cope with congenital defects which they diagnose and treat as diseases. 
 
246 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS 
 
 SERUM THERAPY A CRIME. 
 
 Vaccine Virus and Antitoxin Producers of Vjle Diseases and Lockjaw. A 
 
 Bad History. 
 
 Consistent with their old practice of holding fast to a theory, even 
 though it failed in practice, because they had no substitute, many old- 
 school doctors stick to vaccination and other serums in spite of the terrible 
 consequences and even seek laws to compel well people to submit to inoc- 
 ulation. With impudence and a stubbornness worthy of a better cause 
 they declare that every case so treated that lives owes it to the virus ; while 
 those who die are charged to bad nursing. 
 
 A more nonsensical proposition could not be conceived. It is more 
 than nonsense. It is willful, deliberate, malicious falsehood. 
 
 England and her colonies tried vaccination and found that the increase 
 of erysipelas and other skin diseases, as well as organic troubles, multiplied 
 with amazing rapidity, and while there are left a few mercenary doctors 
 who clamor for it, the majority decided it was worse than a fraud and laws 
 which tried to compel people to suffer inoculation were repealed. 
 
 In our own land, during the civil war out of over 5,000 prisoners in and 
 around Danville, Va., only 2,000 took smallpox when it broke out under 
 the most unsanitary conditions; of these over seventy per cent had been 
 vaccinated and eighteen persons took it who were thoroughly marked from 
 a former attack. I have this history from Dr. J. M. Thurston, of Rich- 
 mond, Ind., who was the physician in charge. 
 
 I know of numerous cases of scrofula produced by it; also blood 
 poisoning, so that the victims lost arms and legs or were scarred about the 
 face for life. 
 
 Antitoxin has an even worse record in the brief time it has been exi 
 ploited. Many of its" victims have died from tetanus while there is not a 
 scintilla of proof that it ever saved one case. 
 
 The doctors who are its most strenuous advocates dare not attempt to 
 answer the following questions: 
 
 If vaccination is an "absolute safe-guard" why do they repeat it? 
 
 If it requires more than one vaccination how soon does the first one 
 cease to be efficacious? 
 
 If "sufficient exposure" will bring on smallpox in "ten to fifteen days," 
 what constitutes "sufficient exposure?" This is like the test for mush- 
 rooms: If you eat them and live they are mushrooms; if you die they aro 
 toadstools. 
 
 The Chicago health (?) board claims to have a "perfect" system of 
 vaccination which "causes no inflammation, swollen glands, high fever or 
 other objectionable results." How do they tell when it has "taken" then? 
 
 If vaccination is a safe-guard why have isolation hospitals, to which 
 they take paints by force? 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 247 
 
 If the disease is ''catching" how is it caught, and where did the first 
 case "catch" it? 
 
 If it is carried on the clothes why do not doctors' clothes carry it? 
 They frequently attend cases and go abroad among their patients without 
 change. 
 
 If it is preventable why do doctors take it? 
 
 The dean of the medical department of the University of Illinois con- 
 fessed he has been vaccinated sixteen times and has had smallpox twice ; 
 does that signify anything in favor of the serum? 
 
 Do the people have any rights that such fiends are bound to respect? 
 
 In the matter of yellow fever the trust doctors claimed to have dis- 
 covered the remedy in sanitation at Havana, Cuba, which sounded reason- 
 able, and worked. But now, that an epidemic has raged in the south for 
 weeks, worse than in 1878, they charge it to a peculiar kind of mosquito. 
 This mosquito must be a female of a certain age, must bite a yellow fevei 
 sufferer, then incubate for a certain number of hours, then bh^ its victim. 
 This was the first story which was supplemented by the reassuring state- 
 ment that this particular sort of female does not bite at night. Later it 
 was discovered they had become Christianized, carried lanterns and bit at 
 night as well as in day time. Then as the fever subsides they are declar- 
 ing that these cases produced by night bites were not so virulent. As a 
 matter of honest truth the doctors are as much in the dark as they were 
 thirty years ago, and the reason is they are searching along the same old 
 lines. ^* 
 
 The most helpful — confidence. 
 
 The most irritating — meddlesomeness. 
 
 Money will buy anything except brains. 
 
 High heels and high collars are the best shoulder braces. 
 
 It is not how much one thinks he knows, but what he can prove, that 
 counts. 
 
 Conservatism is a good thing, but it is like a mustard plaster — should 
 be applied locally. 
 
 Cuss-words are vile, but I know of none sufficiently so to express my 
 opinion of gossips. 
 
 Ill people are unable to perform labor, angry ones are careless and 
 tired ones are incompetent. 
 
 No theory is worthy of confidence until it has been demonstrated prac- 
 tically and none are so great fools as those who accept and demand that 
 others receive as facts the vagaries of their minds. It was this class who 
 crucified Jesus Christ, who compelled Socrates, four hundred years before 
 that event, to drink poison; sixteen hundred years after persecuted 
 Spinoza, and to this day are seeking to make statutory criminals of those 
 who think and teach and prove their philosophy. 
 
248 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 IT IS A DISGRACE TO BE ILL. 
 Of Course There Are Mitigating Circumstances.— Penalities Are Attached 
 
 to Violations of Nature's Laws. 
 Every doctor who has to do with the ills flesh is "heir" to meets all 
 kinds of sick people, but few are practical enough to know that each case 
 is better than any book, after the rudiments of one's profession are mas- 
 tered. The tendency is to get into a rut and let matters go willy-nilly. No 
 good doctor has time or inclination for society, for clubs or for sport. 
 That he should take recreation is a matter of law; but that amusement 
 ought to take precedence over his professional duties is one of the most 
 disgraceful ills that could be proposed. The penalty attached is loss of 
 practice and general retrogradation. 
 
 In the practice of neurology, more than in any other system, is close 
 application necessary. Our analyses of new cases is augmented or ham- 
 pered by the mathematical precision, or lack of it, with which we attended 
 previous ones. Diagnosis is good only when it is corroborated by analysis ; 
 therefore objective and subjective symptoms, mental and physiological 
 must be observed and careful records kept for study from time to time, in 
 comparison with others. The doctor who does not practice for the love 
 of his work primarily cannot hope to be a success financially — unless he is 
 a rascal — and his failure is one of the disgraceful ills. 
 
 The vast majority of doctors are poor in health as well as in worldly 
 
 possessions, because they lack system in their work. I do not know of 
 
 any other profession, or occupation, in the pursuit of which so much physi- 
 
 cal exertion and irregular hours are involved, with so meager returns. 
 
 Many other businesses are conducted on a strictly cash basis and none do 
 
 the extensive credit act the doctors do. This is a disgraceful ill of the 
 
 doctors, and it is a penalty for the violation of the law that "the laborer is 
 
 worthy of his hire." It is, I fear, one of the chronic ills of the old schools, 
 
 possibly incurable ; but I hope to do much toward removing the cause and 
 
 neutralizing the effects before I pass hence. I have grilled doctors and 
 
 their practices, but they will find, ultimately, I am one of their best friends. 
 
 It is their fault that the present baneful conditions exist. First they take 
 
 into their colleges immature material, cripples, nondescripts, who have.no 
 
 capital, either in cash or brains, graduate them and in the struggle for a 
 
 mere existence they teach the public to call the doctor for every little 
 
 belly-ache, "for it might be appendicitis;" medical societies constantly use 
 
 news columns of the papers to keep the people frightened, and, life being 
 
 as sweet to the ignorant as to the learned, to the poor as well as to the 
 
 rich, they demand the attention, night or day, storm or calm, when they 
 
 have nothing to pay for it. and when there is absolutely no need to impose 
 
 on anyone. 
 
 The remedy for this is dual : First, let it be published that it is just 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 24Q 
 
 as much of a disgrace to be ill bodily as it is already conaidered to be "off" 
 mentally. Who ever heard anyone boast of an insane relative? When did 
 you ever hear crazy people swapping lies about their vagaries? Second, 
 let it be understood the doctor's fee is due and payable at the conclusion 
 of his visit. He would better get fifty cents or a dollar in legal tender than a 
 three-dollar "I. O. U." This can be done if the practitioners will unite in 
 demanding it. And, even if they do not unite, those who adhere to the rule 
 will have more money, for less work, at the end of the year, than any of the 
 others. They will have less worry, more time for study, better health 
 and be more competent. Of course there are exceptions to all rules and 
 the tactful doctor will make them; but there is no reason why he should 
 work for those who are wealthy and v/ait years for his pay because he fears 
 if he "duns" the debtor he will lose practice. The sooner I lose the practice 
 of those who can pay but will not, the better I am pleased. 
 
 I do as much charity work as the average doctor, but I put it in the 
 charity column. I keep no books, except a cash book. When a patient 
 comes I hear the tale of woe, fix a price for my services and get it; then 
 the work begins. I get the money in advance for two reasons. First, to 
 be sure of it; second, I often voluntarily agree to guarantee good results, 
 provided, always, the patient follows instructions to the letter. By guar- 
 anteeing I mean that I am so positive my analysis is correct I will assume 
 the risk of all the money loss if I am wrong. I never have had to refund 
 a penny, because the patient is given to understand distinctly that if direc- 
 tions are not followed my methods of measurement of nerve supply and 
 conditions will disclose any lapses and I will refund nothing. The results 
 are they do as they are told, get the natural benefits and are happy. So 
 
 am I. 
 
 One thing I impress on my patients, above all other injunctions, is: 
 "You would not like to have me going about discussing your condition with 
 everyone I met would you?" Of course they reply "No." Then I say, 
 "Well, don't you do it either. If anyone asks you what is the matter and 
 who is your doctor, tell them that is a private matter which you do not care 
 to discuss; and you may say, if you please, that your doctor taught you it 
 is not creditable to be ill, hence your determination to keep quiet about 
 it." Then I have it understood that so long as the case is in my charge 
 I do not care for the opinions of gossips. When I want advice I know 
 where to go for it. Once I had a case of convergent squint which reported 
 the fourth day with a homely case of divergence. She was very unreason- 
 able at first and made all sorts of threats, backing them with repetitions 
 of the advice she had received from her mother, sisters, cousins, aunts and 
 neighbors. I was bluffed for about a minute, when I bethought me of her 
 father and I asked if he was alive. She said he was, and I asked for his 
 opinion. "Well," was the reply, "He said if you were there you would 
 
25O NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 probably tell them all to go to the devil." I jumped at that. "You bet I 
 do. Bully for your father. Tell them he struck my sentiments exactly." 
 Then I pushed her gently toward the door, telling her to keep quiet and 
 report in a week with her apologies, the which she did, as happy a girl and 
 with as straight eyes as any. 
 
 The mitigating circumstances, when the stain of disgrace does not 
 attach, is when the ills are results of causes over which the victim has no 
 control. But the chronics are never such and have need to be impressed 
 with the facts. Children and the aged are, of course, to be treated with 
 consideration, but all should be made to feel, by delicate explanations that 
 the doctor is conferring a favor when he takes a case, and the duality of 
 duties of the patient is to follow instructions and pay for his services at 
 once. 
 
 WHAT'S IN A NAME? 
 In the Surname, Tradition. — In the Given Name We Have an Index to 
 
 Character. 
 
 I have a very practical friend who represents one of the big com- 
 mercial agencies. One day he gave me his abstract method of making 
 financial ratings. He said: "Let us take the sturdy name of Smith, tor 
 example. 'John Smith, Dry Goods and Groceries' on the sign and letter- 
 heads tells me at once that John is no artful dodger by nature, and all I 
 have to look after is his training, which is usually found to be as steady as 
 the name. I have no difficulty in getting replies to my questions and my 
 work is soon finished. I have his confidence, he has mine and the public 
 rarely suffers by it. If John tells me it is none of the public's damned busi- 
 ness what his business is, it is a pretty good sign John is trying to do busi- 
 ness on a bluff and he is rated accordingly. If he suffers injustice it is his 
 own fault. When the sign reads 'John Smith and Brother,' it is natural that 
 we learn which particular brother, how much each is interested, if the fam- 
 ilies are extravagant, etc., but I always feel good when I see such a sign. 
 There is a fraternal feeling aroused in me that makes me favor those peo- 
 ple if duty will permit. If the sign reads 'John Smith and Company' it is 
 legitimate but suggestive. It looks to me as if John needed help or was in- 
 volved in some obligation, and, of course, I must find what it means 
 exactly. Sometimes it means a mighty pretty act of good-heart toward 
 employes, sometimes it is a straight .business necessity, and often it is 
 pure rascality. If the sign reads 'The John Smith Brothers Company' or 
 'John Smith (Agent)' I make my requests for information in the form of 
 demands, much as an officer of the law might. I know I am up against 
 rascals and let them understand it the first thing." 
 
 My own experience has shown that while the surname carries family 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 251 
 
 traditions, true or false, it is rarely an indication of character. Of course 
 when we read of Ulysses Grant III or Marshall Field III, it means that the 
 III, or his relatives or misguided friends, are trying to impress the world 
 that grandpa still lives but has been improved decidedly. Such persons may 
 be very wise, amiable and all that one could wish, but they are presented 
 under disadvantages, to thinking persons. The moment one poses as a 
 distinguished person, just that moment he assumes the responsibility of the 
 position and is expected to stand or fall under criticism. Where is Ulyses 
 Grant II or what does Marshall Field II amount to? 
 
 But that is all right. It is only a weakness of the parents in the first 
 place. It is the given names that tell a story, and a true one. In the days 
 when people were not so plentiful they rarely had more than one name. 
 Later two became necessary — the surnames for family connections and the 
 given name to differentiate between members of the same family. Then 
 it became the custom to christen a child with two given names out of polite- 
 ness to the grandparents of both sides of the house. That was a pretty 
 sentiment but it was "run in the ground" when these prefixes were in- 
 creased in number until they complimented all relatives and friends and 
 overloaded the society columns of the newspapers later. Like other infec- 
 tions, not attended properly, this plague grew until it became a mark of 
 aristocracy and the mother who had not a sou markee to leave her child 
 named it Algernon Mephistophiles ahead of Brown, perhaps, and died bless- 
 ing her fool self for having given birth and a name to a prodigy. Then 
 came the "y" and 'V period, when pretty Edith was distorted into Edythe, 
 when Mary Jane was converted into Marie Gene or Mayme Jayne. And 
 yet the fool-killer remained away. 
 
 Then came, in quick succession, from the simpering sophomore, Elmore 
 Bennington Brundage, and from the mature nothing, damned fool, or ras- 
 cal, J. Lewis Edwards, H. Harry Brown, etc. They should put it O. Sissy. 
 And the fool-killer is here. I am it. 
 
 My experience with the last-described class, covering a period of thirty 
 years, has been unqualifiedly disgusting. I have no hesitancy in saying 
 that I have known more than a hundred such and have found them every- 
 one either man gossips, weak-minded but conceited people, out-and-out 
 rascals or vascillating creatures who are no credit to society or a school 
 and are a source of worry to their friends. I have therefore issued an edict, 
 based upon an unpleasant experience, that so long as I control the institu- 
 tion I do now no one who uses such an appellation need apply for admis- 
 sion, and if any sneak in they will surely be discovered and dismissed. This 
 applies also to those who are inclined to such snobbish, idiotic practices. 
 My school does not undertake to supply brains as well as education. Now 
 you know what's in a name to me. 
 
252 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 OBLIQUE CYLINDERS. 
 
 How They Produce Trouble Because They Are Fitted to False Positions. 
 
 It is not unusual to find people wearing glasses with the axes of cylin- 
 ders at oblique meridians. This is because they were fitted by novices or dog- 
 matists who did not know the first principles of anatomy and physiology, 
 physics or practice. 
 
 R 
 
 L 
 
 oW* 
 
 Figf. 103 
 
 Fig. 103 shows a case in which there is irritation of the general nervous 
 system to the spasm stage. It is exhibiting in the third nerves' branches 
 to the inferior oblique muscles of both eyes, with the result that they pull 
 enough to rotate the eyes fifteen or twenty degrees, so that the two first 
 principal meridians, 90 and 180, and the two second principal meridians, 45 
 and 135 are moved to the dotted lines, and the operator, believing it was true 
 oblique astigmatism, fitted the cylinders to those meridians. The spasm is 
 also present in the other branches of the third nerve which operate the lens 
 and much of the hyperopia is concealed. In such cases I have found in- 
 variably that not over one-half of the hyperopia was corrected. It is often 
 possible to take these and, while the axes are found oblique when correcting 
 each eye separately, to shift both to 90 or 180 or to the second principal 
 meridians at the moment of permitting binocular vision, thus securing com- 
 fort and settling the question at once ; but as a rule it is better to prescribe 
 temporary spheres until the nerve supply measures o. k., then it will be 
 discovered the obliquity has disappeared. 
 
 \ l 
 
 Fig-. 104 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 253 
 
 The same is true of the reverse condition as shown by Fig. 104, when 
 the stage of collapse is reached and the nerve supply being weak, allows the 
 inferior oblique to slack up too much. These cases are easier to controi 
 than the first class but caution is always the better part in doubtful cases. 
 
 CIRCLES OF DIFFUSION. 
 
 How to Find Approximately the Size of Them in One's Own Eyes at Given 
 
 Distances. 
 
 The figure shown herewith is an ideal eye in the matter of dimensions. 
 From the center of the lens to the posterior pole is just the same distance 
 as that from the center of the lens to the line P in front of the eye. This 
 line, then, represents the principal focal plane from which rays starting di- 
 vergent would pass beyond the cornea and lens parallel with the axis. The 
 ray R would be refracted and focus at the posterior pole because it ap- 
 
 I^g. 105 
 
 proaches parallel with the axis. Now, while the eye is fixed on a distant 
 object let another object be placed at farthest point to the left shown on the 
 axis, which is just three inches. The ray from the point, which strikes the 
 cornea at A would be refracted and pass away parallel to the line G L and 
 would strike the axis at 2 if it could get there, as would also its fellow 
 ray below the axis. But as neither can get past the retina, the circle of 
 diffusion formed will have a diameter equal to the space between the two 
 lines at the retina. This shows exactly what the circle of diffusion would 
 be in a hyper ope of 13.00 D. with accommodation at rest. 
 
 An interesting fact in this connection is that the circle of diffusion from 
 the distant rays would be just as great if the eye was adapted to the three- 
 inch point. The same is true of any two points. To make it plainer, if 
 the eyes are fixed on a point, say thirteen inches distant, rays from a point 
 forty inches away would form circles instead of points. Then reverse the 
 proposition and fix at forty inches; the rays from the thirteen-inch point 
 would form circles of the same size. The first ones would focus before 
 reaching the retina and the others would reach the retina before focusing. 
 Of course if some critic wants to split hairs he would declare the rays that 
 focus before reaching the retina will make a trifle the biggest circle, but I 
 will anticipate him and reply that he fails to consider the increased angles 
 
254 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 of the rays from the nearest point which would increase the dispersion 
 enough to offset the other. 
 
 There are a number of physical problems having reference to the eyes 
 that afford physiological and metaphysical lessons which more than repay 
 one for studying them. No one in practice pays enough attention to the 
 laws upon which he works, whether it be physician or tradesman. 
 
 PTERYGIUMS AND CATARACTS. 
 
 Their Causes and Suggestions for Their Rational Treatment. 
 A pterygium is designated technically as a vascular thickening of the 
 ocular conjunctiva. The conjunctiva is the membrane that lines the lids 
 and covers the anterior portion of the globe, including the cornea ; the part 
 that lines the lids is the palpebral portion and that which covers the globe is 
 the ocular portion. These growths are the products of irritation of the 
 nervous system, produced from within by the strain of attempting to over- 
 come hyperopia, and from without by the presence of fine dust, which ac- 
 cumulates in the nasal canthus because the flow of tears carries it there. 
 The irritation of the nerves increases the heat in that vicinity and nature 
 proceeds to build more blood vessels and to enlarge the ones already there 
 in order to keep the membrane cool. They are easily arrested, if taken 
 before they get too much of a start, by correcting the hyperopia, if any 
 exists, and by using strong salt water with a delicate atomizer, twice a day 
 for several days. Sometimes they disappear entirely. If they are neglected 
 too long, and grow up over the cornea they impair vision permanently. 
 Some malignant cases of long standing have to be dissected away. Fig. ioo 
 shows one grown to the edge of the cornea. 
 
 Fig. 100 
 
 Cataracts are opacities of the crystalline lens. They are of several 
 forms, from that of a spider-web to a solid mass. The latter are seen 
 easily and appear under an oblique illumination as a milky spot just behind 
 the pupil. Congenital cataracts are those which exist at birth and are 
 usually as white as ivory; traumatic cataracts are those caused by blows 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 255 
 
 and they may mature in a night; senile cataracts are those which come in 
 the eyes of old people from the systemic changes incident to their age. 
 
 Fig. 101 
 
 Formerly the only remedy was operation and that often failed to re- 
 store sight because the retinal connections with the brain had become 
 atrophied from non-use. It is not advisable to operate as long as the other 
 eye is usable. 
 
 Some success has been had from the use of succus cineraria maritima, 
 some from oil of thuja oxidentalis, and some from a saturated solution of 
 common salt. It requires about three months to make the latter. All of 
 them are used in the same manner, that is, a drop on the cornea, just above 
 the pupil, three times a day. They enjoy about the same per cent of suc- 
 cess as do other chemicals, medicines, etc., and no one knows why they 
 work when they do or why they fail when they do that. Fig. 101 shows a 
 cataract partly developed. 
 
 A BIT OF HISTORY. 
 
 The Humble Origin of the Physician and Surgeon of the Arrogant Old 
 
 Drug Schools. 
 
 Of all professional or tradesmen in the world I know of none who are 
 so exalted, in their own estimation, and in the estimation of the public, as 
 are the masses of physicians and surgeons. They strut about like turkey 
 cocks at breeding-time and make themselves obnoxious to all sensible peo- 
 ple. In the first place the truly great are never ostentatious. Second, the 
 vast majority of the above described mass, while graduated as physicians 
 and surgeons are neither in fact and never can be, because they lack common 
 sense. Third, even the most expert surgeons make the most egregious mis- 
 takes and only the great bookkeeper knows how many lives have been 
 sacrificed by these errors. I have made errors, but I never vaunted myself 
 until this moment when I declare I am a greater surgeon than Drs. McBur- 
 ney, Murphy, Senn and the rest, for the simple reason I am able to save 
 people whole, and with Nature's aid make them well, while the class name<3 
 delight in the scalpel and disregard utterly the mortality feature. 
 
256 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 This bit of history was recalled to me recently when I heard a young 
 squirt from a local old-school college sneer at a neurologist who had been 
 a barber, then studied osteopathy and electricity, found them wanting, and 
 took up the study and practice of neurology as expounded in the school of 
 which I have the honor to be the founder. The aforesaid "squirt" is a 
 measly little cad about five feet three inches in height, with a face that 
 would frighten a torn cat on a dark night, and a flow of language that sug- 
 gests the car barns or newsboys' alley. The doctor he was sneering at was 
 six feet two, as erect as a telegraph pole, with as frank a face as ever looked 
 at a patient, a born doctor if ever there was one. Comparison of the two 
 would be likening a tumble-bug to an arch-angel. 
 
 I haven't much use for barbers, myself. I regard them as a rule in the 
 same category with milliners — gossips, but, having a faint recollection that 
 the barber is a very ancient species I looked up his record and found that 
 he existed away back in the days of Ezekiel. The University Encyclopedia 
 tells the following story about him: 
 
 Barber (Barbo, beard. From Latin barbator, to cut the beard.) "This 
 trade or profession is very ancient and is mentioned by the prophet Ezekiel. 
 (Chap. v. 1.) In China and other oriental countries barbers shave the whole 
 or part of the head. The practice of shaving the beard was common among 
 the ancient Egyptians, Greeks and Romans. Among the ancient Israelites 
 the removal of the beard by shaving or plucking it out was a sign of mourn- 
 ing. In former times barbers served the public in the capacity of surgeons 
 and performed the operation of bleeding. The spiral red stripe seen on the 
 barber pole is said to symbolize the winding of a ribbon around the arm 
 previous to letting blood. In London the barber surgeons formed a corpora- 
 tion with certain privileges. They were incorporated in England in i46r 
 and were united with the surgeons in the reign of Henry VIII (1509 to 
 1547). The connection was dissolved in the reign of George II (1727 to 
 1760) by an act, the preamble of which affirms that the trade of a barber is 
 foreign to and independent of the practice of surgery.' Quite recently the 
 surgeons of the Swedish navy were also barbers for the crews." 
 
 Therefore if it is a disgrace to have been a barber, how much more 
 outrageous is it to have sprung professionally from a race of barbers. 
 
 Let us all cultivate that modesty the seriousness of our position de- 
 mands, and when we hear a surgeon say he would rather operate than eat, 
 avoid him as an insane man. 
 
 Pay as you go and you'll go farther. 
 
 Reason and education are the most dangerous enemies of religion and 
 drug medicine. 
 
 People who misconstrue the action of others, or who gossip on the 
 strength of unjust suspicions about matters which do not concern them, 
 are beneath contempt. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 257 
 
 NEUROLOGISTS MUST SEE PATIENTS. 
 Whenever One Undertakes a Mail Order Business He Is Not a Neurologist. 
 Before m^e lies a book called "The New Field," just received from a 
 friend, and on page 68 I find an endorsement of a specialist whose specialty 
 is "to know what to name a disease and what will cure it without seeing 
 the patient, or hearing or knowing more than his P. O. address." And the 
 author, after saying this doctor is "one of the most learned men we have," 
 added: "Any man, to command such a patronage must be a successful 
 
 man." 
 
 I weep for that author's ignorance. If you don't believe it, come to rns 
 and I'll show where I sit while I weep. I know lots of such "successful 
 fellows." One of them, in Kansas City, who has been so successful that he 
 quit taking city patients because he was too busy counting money that 
 came by mail from suckers, told one of his friends recently, that he would 
 have to get up a new graft as the old one was about worked out. 
 
 All of which moves me to say that to practice neurology the doctor 
 must see his patients, must take nerve measurements, analyze the diet and 
 figure out the whole line of treatment, just as carefully as an architect 
 figures his plans. 
 
 Our system of anaylsis, applied to that specialist's professions makes 
 us ask why it is necessary to know his patients' post office addresses. 
 When I start to be a liar, I'll go whole hog or none. I'm not ready to start 
 yet, however. 
 
 COLOR IGNORANCE AND BLINDNESS. 
 The First Named Is 'Very Common, While the Other Is Exceedingly Rare. 
 
 A practical test of color perception is to ask a great many people to 
 name the color nearest white and keep a record of the replies. It will be 
 found that men and boys know very little of colors and tints, while women 
 and girls are usually well-informed; but even among the latter will be 
 found many who insist that pale yellow or cream-color is the nearest white, 
 when the fact is pale green is correct, because green is the central color of a 
 spectrum; pale blue is below it and pale yellow above, if the prism which 
 separates the elements is base down. Pale blue is where the lower domi- 
 nates and pale green is where the central color prevails, hence the difficulty 
 in distinguishing between the two. 
 
 No test for color-blindness is complete until a persistent effort to edu- 
 cate the subject fails. Of course there are cases so well-defined that it 
 would be safe to bet they could not be educated, but I have seen such 
 who learned readily after correction of errors in their dioptric systems. 
 That there are genuine cases of absolute color-blindness has been proved 
 abundantly, and of course the phenomenon calls for explanation. The old 
 propositions that the rods and cones of the retina have to do with it by pos- 
 
2 5 8 
 
 NK UROLOGY AND MLTAl'll YSICS. 
 
 sessing three sets of color-perceiving elements, red, green, and blue or vio- 
 let, and that there exist three different visual substances, red-green, blue- 
 yellow and white-black appear fallacious to me because I am sure the con- 
 sciousness of vision is not in the retina any more than it is in the cornea 
 or lens, because the so-called dioptric system simply causes an image to be 
 formed on the retina which transmits the impressions to the brain much 
 after the same fashion a counting machine registers on paper in its interior 
 the effects of pressing on external keys. 
 
 In the physical portion of this work I have shown how an aplanatic 
 lens in constructed and how the combination overcomes chromatic and 
 spherical aberrations. Natural philosophy teaches that there is nothing 
 artificial that has no original in Nature, therefore in looking about for the 
 original aplanatic lens we find it in the crystalline humor of trie eye ; while 
 its structure is liquid it is striated, like an onion, beginning with a bi-convex 
 nucleus it is completed with negative menisci, the whole forming a bi-convex 
 lens enclosed between the anterior and posterior capsules. As the artificial 
 product accomplishes certain things, it is reasonable to conclude Nature 
 made the crystalline in the same manner for the same purposes. I hold, 
 therefore, that absolute color-blindness is due to the mal-structure of the 
 crystalline. 
 
 One may be absolutely color-blind from abnormal index of dispersion 
 in the lens, yet have no errors of refraction, but vision could not be normal 
 because of the dispersion. 
 
 Other evidence that color perception is a part of the sensory nervous 
 functions is that many blind people have shown their ability to distinguish 
 color by touch. I once knew a man in Natchez, Miss., whose eye-balls 
 had been enucleated when a child, who could, and often did, tell the color 
 of different roses by touching them so lightly the petals were not injured. 
 He could also tell the color of one's hair in the same manner. Others 
 have reported similar cases. 
 
 One of the most delicate corroborations of my duality discoveries is in 
 this color sense. On five pages following will be found the same figure 
 printed in different colors. The figures are set well toward the top so the 
 space below can be used for the transfer. To try the experiment there 
 must be good daylight and by fixing the eyes steadily on the eye of the 
 figure for a minute or two, then fixing on the center of the open space below 
 at the spot marked, the complementary color, or duality, will manifest itself, 
 If the figure observed is, 
 
 Black, white will appear. 
 
 Red, green will appear. 
 
 Green, red will appear. 
 
 Yellow, violet will appear. 
 
 Violet, yellow will appear. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 259 
 
 And if the figure be in white on a black surface, black would appear when 
 the transfer of the gaze occurred. 
 
 It will be found some people note these changes quicker than others, 
 the complementary color often appearing as a border around the figure as 
 the eyes fix on it. Those who are unable to see the change at all, even 
 after repeated trials, day after day, have evidenced that their color percep- 
 tion is not normal. But that is not remarkable any more than it is 
 that many people cannot learn music or ether refined arts requiring delicate 
 sensory apparatus. 
 
 In applying the principles upon which I have pursued my studies, the 
 following solution of color dualities presents itself: 
 
 All laws, or causes, are accompanied, or succeeded, by effects. White 
 is a combination of all colors ; black is the absence of color. One is positive, 
 the other negative in nature. In the spectrum, we have red, orange, yellow, 
 green, blue, indigo and violet as the "seven elementary colors" of accepted 
 authorities. The red is a decided element, while the orange and yellow are 
 similar, green and blue are in the same relation, practically, as are also 
 indigo and violet; therefore in red and yellow we have the 4-, or acute, 
 elements and in green and violet we find the — , or benign, elements. Of 
 the -f , red is the extreme and of the — violet is. In all positive chemical 
 compounds the major portion being -f- dominates the minor portion which 
 is — , and in all negative combinations the major portion being — dominates 
 the minor portion of -f-» hence in the departures from perfect combinations, 
 which would form white, if the major or -[- portion is red, the minor or — 
 portion would have to be green, and if the major portion is yellow the 
 minor portion would, necessarily, be violet. Then it follows, as a matter 
 of course, that reversing the proportions of elements would reverse the posi- 
 tions of the principals. The extreme -J- element combines with the least 
 — and the extreme — combines with the least +, qualitatively, and which 
 is to dominate in any combination is a -matter to be settled quantitatively. 
 
 The complementary relation between color and sound is illustrated by 
 the red scream of a frightened child and the black roar of thunder. 
 
 That the senses of smell and sound are complementary has been proved 
 in the great perfumery houses of Detroit, where they have what they call 
 the gamut of odors, regular musical staves, treble and bass, on which, in- 
 stead of notes, are written the names of odors. A pianist improvises a 
 sweet little melody and when the odors corresponding to the notes are 
 combined in the same proportions the decoction smells as it sounded when 
 it came from the piano. I mention this here, out of place, because I have 
 no other place for it and it is a fact worth investigating, particularly by 
 those whose esthetic tastes are already highly cultivated ; it would be tedi- 
 ous to others. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 265 
 
 THE MATTER OF CLOTHES. 
 
 Remarkable Progress From Mother Eve to an Iowa Doctor Who Wears 
 
 a Gown. ' ' . H 
 
 It is still an unsettled question whether Adam or Eve devised clothing. 
 But it appears both wore the same kind and that very decollette. If they 
 could return to earth and see the Dubuque, Iowa, doctor who wears a mor- 
 tar-board cap and a gown during offijce hours they would be more ashamed 
 than the records state, I am sure. 
 
 Nature clothed animals with hair and mankind with mentality, and 
 when she sees what fools the latter make of themselves it is remarkable that 
 a second flood does not occur. It is not my purpose, however, to write of 
 fads here, because the space at my command is limited. 
 
 Clothing, since the two suits of our first parents has not grown on trees. 
 It has been the product of the ingenuity of man. At first it consisted of a 
 simple mantle draped about the body to protect it from cold and heat, while 
 the feet were protected by soles of wood held in position by straps of skin. 
 The ancient rulers and the members of their courts attired themselves gor- 
 geously, exposed their "charms'* in a lewd manner, and put in their leisure 
 writing codes of morals for their imitators of to-day. These codes' were 
 interspersed with histories of their practices which modern generations are 
 more prone to emulate. The modern society woman's gown begins just 
 above her nipples and extends ten feet to the rear. She discounts Ajax by 
 defying pneumonia at one end and microbes at the other. She parades her 
 nakedness with absolute abandon and is inexpressibly shocked if a man 
 appears in her presence in a shirt-waist. Oh! inconsistency; thy name is 
 Fashion. 
 
 It is not how much or how little clothing one wears, but the manner 
 in which they do it that offends decency. To the person with a practical 
 mind who realizes that he is not his brother's or sister's keeper, except to 
 the extent of not imposing on him or her, a perfectly formed man or woman, 
 naked or clothed, is a natural object of interest. To people whose minds 
 are filled with false modesty, the marble statuary in the salons of the world 
 are terrifying. It used to be said of Boston women that they wore glasses 
 from modesty, not wishing to exhibit their naked eyes. 
 
 The man with a practical mind, knows the fashion indulged in by many 
 women is deliberate, malicious and outrageous, not only imposes upon 
 Nature, but upon the natural feelings of her fellow men. It is, first, in 
 clothing heavily one part of the body and leaving absolutely naked the part 
 containing the lungs, bronchi and throat, endangering life ; second, by excit- 
 ing carnal desires unnecessarily and impudently without any intention of 
 gratifying them. 
 
 Woolen clothing, especially underwear, is advocated by some, because 
 they say it absorbs the perspiration. We ask, "What do you want to ab- 
 
2 66 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS 
 
 sorb it for?" They reply, "To keep cool." We ask, "How often do you 
 change it?" They reply, "Anywhere from twice a week to once a month," 
 owing to the social status. We say woolen underwear should be changed 
 daily if worn at all. Thin people in delicate health say they, wear it to keep 
 warm. We ask, "Does it do it?" They reply, "No," but insist that if they 
 wore anything else they would freeze to death. We ask, "Did you ever try 
 it?" They say, "Of course not, because I'm alive." We reply, "You'd bet- 
 ter try it, it will at least put you out of your misery, according to your 
 philosophy." 
 
 Society decrees that dudes and dudeens shall wear heavy wraps in sum- 
 mer, but the same blamed fools will wear full dress in mid-winter and have 
 the audacity to wonder why they get sick. 
 
 From a neurological standpoint underclothing is worn as a protection 
 to the outer clothing, as it is easier to wash and is less expensive. It should 
 be of rather light weight all the year, because the outer clothing can be 
 changed in weight suitable to the weather. There are occasions when it 
 is advisable to carry extra clothing, just as there are when an umbrella is 
 a good thing. In any event the person who wears clothes takes a preponder- 
 ance of chances because they are all artificial. It is a very common thing to 
 see a baby or child, and even some grown persons, poked into a sack, feet 
 and all, to go to bed, when everybody, young or old should, rationally, have 
 part of the twenty-four hours absolutely free from clothing, except that 
 furnished by the sheets, etc., on the bed, which may be pulled over in 
 emergency. I sleep as naked as I was born, every night, with a sheet and 
 sometimes a blanket if the night is cold. 
 
 If anything, man is a worse offender in the matter of dress than women, 
 except in the one particular, that his lungs are not exposed ; but he wears 
 more clothes and does not keep his shape or form as well. He wears low, 
 flat-heeled shoes, hence requires no attention to keeping balanced ; the resuU 
 is he gets round-shouldered. He puts on an undershirt, an over shirt, a 
 vest, a coat, while the woman has a little vest for an undershirt, a cheese^ 
 cloth shirt-waist and a little piece of ribbon for a tie. The man wear: 
 woolen or balbriggan drawers and more or less heavy trousers. The 
 woman, if she is sensible, wears short stockings, roomy muslin drawers, 
 with possibly a very light skirt under the dress skirt, to protect the dress. 
 Then she wears a corset, which has been the subject of many anathemas. 
 She needs it for two reasons: First, her skirts are supported by the hips 
 and fastened with a cord or band which could easily be made too tight and 
 cause distress ; second, if her breasts are developed, as they should be, they 
 need support, on account of the lack of training to develop the muscular tis- 
 sue to hold them steadily ; third, the corset being laced properly around the 
 abdomen, supports the viscera and relieves the pressure in the lower pelvic 
 region ; fourth, it holds her straight so that she does not get round-should- 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 267 
 
 ered. Then she wears shoes with reasonably small heels and rather high, 
 which assist in keeping her straight. When she gets the French heels, set 
 in the middle of the feet, they not only endanger her ankles but she acquires 
 an unnatural gait that instead of being attractive is disgusting and pitiful. 
 
 But, after all, clothes make the man, in the estimation of a large ma* 
 jority, and to be successful, even a neurologist must adhere to certain fash- 
 ions, although he need not be foolish. Professional men for generations 
 have worn frock coats. The reason is, they are semi-dress and as doctors, 
 particularly, are making calls constantly, or receiving callers, it is only a 
 matter of respect to their patients; therefore in order to avoid being con- 
 spicuous, all doctors will and should continue the practice. The silk hat, 
 however, is a mistake and a discomfort. It was invented by some devil ta 
 be worn by coachmen, and the dress suit was devised for waiters. 
 
 The whole principle of clothing is for protection from atmospheric 
 changes and from traumatic incidents. If we make the clothing of good 
 material it will protect us from the latter when comparatively light. If we 
 make it so that it can be put on in layers we can adjust the number to thq 
 temperature, but on general principles, the nearer natural we are, the better 
 our health. One of the evidences that we have direct from nature is in the 
 fact that we rarely see a baldheaded woman. One of the reasons is, un- 
 questionably, that she lets her hair grow, while men cut theirs. The other, 
 probably more important, is that she wears no hat. 
 
 The hands are taken care of better than the feet. They are left naked, 
 except in excessive cold, while the feet are constantly incased in not only 
 cloth but leather and sometimes rubber on top of that. Is it any wonder 
 they raise a stink? They need extra care at least in the evening, when 
 they should be bathed as soon as the covering is removed, and to avoid extra 
 tenderness they should be rinsed in cool salt water. 
 
 PHYSICAL DEGENERACY. 
 Many Examples of It Are Found Among Those Who Profess to Practice 
 
 Healing. 
 
 "By their fruits ye shall know them" is one of the old time axioms that 
 is consistent with reason. But when we pause to look at the physical 
 effects of Christian civilization and medicine in comparison with many 
 "heathen" peoples we blush at our assurance in assuming superiority. The 
 reason so few blush is that few think. Both Christianity and medicine have 
 always taught we must allow others to do our thinking — those God's an- 
 nointed fellows who do not have to show credentials because they are ready 
 to admit their position. 
 
 Reader, set up, if you can find space in your mind, an ideally perfect 
 physical man and woman. Then look around among the people you meet 
 and find how many are up to the standard. Or, better still, take those 
 
268 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 whose physical attractions have impressed you favorably and examine them 
 with reference to proportions of development. In the first search you will 
 find slouchy, pimply-faced boys, girls with wrinkles like aged persons, 
 breastless women and haggard men, with round shoulders, as the most 
 conspicuous features. In following the second suggestion you will find an 
 improvement over the others but you will find they are decidedly below 
 standard and will discover that their attractiveness to you was in their 
 mentalities. 
 
 Physical culture fads will never supply the remedy, for two reasons: 
 First, they are not conducted for benefits except to the conductor; second 
 they do not go to the cause of the troubles but merely treat effects ; third, 
 they often do harm; fourth, when they do not affect the body harmfully 
 they make mental nuisances of their votaries. 
 
 Speaking strictly there are no laws of health. There are laws of 
 Nature, which, if obeyed will keep us all in perfect health. We must know 
 the chemistry and mechanics of those laws, the chemistry and mechanics of 
 the body, and we must know them all, not necessarily in minute detail, but 
 in the gross sense. Neurologists hold that they are in no danger of starving 
 because the public may learn too much. Indeed we know from practical 
 experience that the more we teach our patients about themselves the more 
 they want to know and the better patients they are. Old school doctors 
 dare not practice our tactics, even if they knew enough to do so. And, by 
 the way in this class we find lots of degenerates. 
 
 ATTEND NATURE'S CALLS. 
 
 Unnecessary Retention of Urine and Other Excrementitious Matter Is 
 
 Unhealthy. 
 
 Some reader has remarked, long before he reached this article, that I 
 am a fault-finding person. But I doubt if it ever occurred to him that the 
 chief object of the work is to remove causes by first pointing out what they 
 are ; then the second object is to offer rational methods of restoring health 
 where old-school methods have failed, and to show how health may be 
 retained when it has been established. 
 
 One of the commonest faults of civilized people is neglect to obey 
 Nature's hints that she is ready to empty bowels or the bladder. Thou- 
 sands of men, women and children, suffer torture daily by reason of a false 
 modesty which prevents them from making their necessities known in the 
 houses of friends or in public places. They insult their Creator rather than 
 offend (?) a host or tell their trouble to a policeman. If this is not a fault, 
 this book is a failure. 
 
 The complementary fault in this instance is that in small towns and in 
 the country the closets are cold, exposed places, where the act of evacuation 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 269 
 
 is done under most unpleasant conditions, hence is avoided as often as possi- 
 ble. To the class of people who object to many of my propositions be- 
 cause "animals do not do so," I now say : Here is one matter in which ani- 
 mals set a pattern worthy of emulation in one respect, at least. 
 
 Closets should be warm as a living room and should be supplied con- 
 stantly with means of flushing and with soft tissue paper. It is part of 
 life that food be taken and waste discharged. If the latter is not done it 
 soon interferes with the benefits of the former, because normal organic 
 action depends upon harmony of action in them all. 
 
 NATIONAL DISEASES. 
 
 The Same Baneful Influence That Outrages Individuals Works Collec- 
 tively in Politics. 
 
 In the year 1896 the chie* political issue was the remonetization of 
 silver. The Republican party could not endorse the avowed principles of 
 the Democracy, but its managers, realizing that the latter had a strong 
 position before the voters, adopted a platform declaring for bi-metalism, 
 which they told the people was a better proposition than "Bryanism," and, 
 with their customary credulity, enhanced by their doubts about the integ- 
 rity of the Democratic party and lots of money judiciously distributed, the 
 voters gave an overwhelming vote to the Republican candidates. As soon 
 as congress convened a law was passed effectually settling the question by 
 establishing a gold standard. But, fearing a revolt on account of their 
 perfidy, the Republican managers, who were, in turn "managed" by those 
 who were to profit exclusively by the new order of things, again flooded 
 the country with money and cries of "fifty-cent dollars" in 1900 and 1904. 
 As I write this book the results are panning out. The rascals who de- 
 bauched the country, saw a handwriting on the wall and began to plunder 
 with impunity in order to amass fortunes while the opportunity lasted. 
 They became intoxicated, and, like all other drunken people, exposed them- 
 selves. 
 
 The big insurance companies, whose heads were the most vociferous 
 gold standard howlers, insisting they wanted to "protect" their policy- 
 holders, and thus appealing to the tenderest spot in the voters' hearts, 
 have been pocketing millions which according to right and law, should 
 have been placed to the credit of the patrons of the companies. One presi- 
 dent of a big insurance company admitted he gave $150,000 of the trust 
 funds to the Republican campaigns mentioned above, and declared he did 
 it because he thought it his duty to do so to "protect" the owners of that 
 fund from their own votes ! The insolence of it is only comparable to the 
 hold-up man who explains that he robbed his victim to prevent him from 
 spending his wealth foolishly. But that is not the worst of it. Leading 
 
27O NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Republican editors of the country printed endorsements of the crimes in 
 which they admitted they were not lawful but declared were right, because 
 they saved the people from "free silver." 
 
 In the next campaign it will be hard to convince the voters that a 
 fifty-cent dollar is worse than a two-dollar dollar, or that a Democrat is 
 worse than a Republican thief. 
 
 As a matter of fact that fifty-cent dollar story is the veriest bosh. 
 Nature made everything that is upon a double standard and maintains 
 it dually. No nation or person violating the natural laws of order can 
 remain in good health. 
 
 And when disorder occurs it requires a duality of remedies, that is, 
 remove the cause, then neutralize the effects. We have, in National, state 
 and municipal offices a lot of blood-sucking politicians who care no more 
 for the public than they do for Mexican peons ; they are insolent, lazy and 
 thievish. Associated with them are the big, brainy fellows, who take the 
 big profits while the puny ofBce-holders take the leavings and the "glory." 
 This duality is the cause. It must be removed. Then, to neutralize the 
 effects the new incumbents must be controlled by simple, strict laws. They 
 must be taught that faithlessness to their trusts is treason which will be 
 punished without stint. Those who do business in this country under the 
 protection of its laws must be taught that when they become enemies to 
 its principles or give aid and comfort to its enemies they are traitors and 
 will be banished or beheaded. Circulars issued by the New York Life 
 Insurance Company during the American-Spanish war read as follows: 
 
 Rules for Americans — During the first year of the continuance of this 
 policy, if the insured shall die when engaged in the naval service of the 
 United States, or while engaged in the military service in the tropics, or in 
 consequence of such service, the amount paid under this policy shall be 
 one-tenth of its face. The foregoing restrictions will be waived if the 
 insured, immediately upon entering the naval service, or before leaving the 
 United States upon military service, shall pay to the company at its home 
 office an extra premium equal to 5 per cent of the face value of this policy. 
 
 Rules for Spaniards — The New York Life Insurance company declares 
 by these presents that it annuls, under the present circumstances, the re- 
 strictions respecting the service in arms contained in the life policies issued 
 to Spanish subjects. Therefore, what Spanish subject soever who may 
 have a policy in force in the New York Life may, without fear of prejudicing 
 his insurance and without paying other premium than stated in the policy, 
 accept military service during the present war. He may consequently be 
 sure that in the event of his death in war the company will not refuse to 
 pay the insurance on the life of one who died in the performance of his 
 duty. The company declares further that all possible facilities will be 
 given to the Spanish insured in order that they may keep the policy in force. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS TORTION. 27l 
 
 If said holders of policies should find themselves in difficulties regarding 
 the payment of their premiums at the time they become due, the company 
 will make loans for the payment of said premiums whenever the value of 
 the policy permits. 
 
 What do Americans think of that, to be allowed to pass unpunished? 
 See constitution of the United States. 
 
 All these questions must be settled by one of two great parties. Let 
 honest, thinking people get together and let it be known that they will pay 
 for breaches of trusts by crushing the criminal, politically, socially, finan- 
 cially and physically. Then do it. 
 
 CHOP-SUEY PEOPLE. 
 A Class Whose Mentality Is Sadly Deficient — Aptly Termed Moral Per- 
 verts. 
 
 This class of humanity is composed largely of women who are ambi- 
 tious to appear adventurous and up-to-date. They would be adventuresses 
 if they possessed more brains. They are not dangerous, except to young 
 girls whom they may induce or permit to accompany them. They are, as 
 a rule, religious to a turn, but they want to see the slums and the only way 
 to get there without adverse criticism or absolute condemnation is to 
 take up the chop-suey fad. Only a Chinaman knows what the stuff is and 
 only the female curiosity and idiotic recklessness on the part of her male 
 escort could stand for the surroundings and food. 
 
 It may be all right, once in a lifetime, to visit the low quarters and 
 see how the "other half" lives, but when these visits become frequent and 
 a topic of boastful conversation, it strikes me as proof the boasters really 
 belong in that quarter and are out of their bal-li-wick in my company. 
 Just why a Chinaman's grub and society are more desirable than those of 
 negroes is not clear to me, although the chop-suey class would be insulted 
 if invited to a negro restaurant. In the pursuit of my profession, at vari- 
 ous times in my life I have visited chop-suey joints, opium joints, sporting 
 houses, saloons, gambling houses, jails, churches, etc., but I never lingered 
 in them longer than was necessary. I smoked opium once, for an experi- 
 ment, and have been "tight" when I was in the sophomore stage of life, 
 but I have never eaten chop-suey, had a veneral disease or been a member 
 of a church. 
 
 If people choose to be in that class it is none of my business farther 
 than I have a right to express my opinion from the purely professional 
 standpoint of a neurologist and metaphysician. I can see no benefits to be 
 derived. I can see how weak characters are made weaker by association, 
 just as they are made stronger by contact with their superiors, and it ap- 
 pears logical that the chop-suey fiends, more than all others, need guar- 
 dians. 
 
272 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 CATARRH A DISGRACE. 
 It Means the Person Who Has It Is Not Cleanly, Either From: Ignorance 
 
 '- rf ^ j h. - ; : ; m. or Carelessness. 
 
 There is no more necessity for the existence of nasal caarrh (and there 
 is no other kind) than there is for fleas on a dog. It is a shame that people 
 have not been educated, ridiculed, bulldozed, if necessary, into a knowledge 
 of the fact that the nasal passages are the only openings in the body which 
 have no doors, consequently are always open to the accumulation of 
 dust and other irritating bodies. Possibly I should make exception of the 
 mouth, for some keep it open voluntarily all the time they are awake and it 
 Temains that way involuntarily when they sleep. Teach the child to 
 ■sleep with its mouth closed, even if it has to be tied shut. This willi 
 *each it to breathe through the nose as Nature intended. Then teach it to 
 Snuff water up the nasal passages every time it washes its face. Have it 
 use salt-water once or twice a week and it will never have catarrh, which 
 is merely a suppuratory effort on Nature's part to get rid of the irritating 
 presence of the foreign matter. For those who have been neglected until 
 the alleged disease seems well-rooted the same salt-water treatment, prac- 
 ticed persistently, three or four times a day will yield in six weeks or less. A 
 teaspoonful of salt to a glass of water is not too strong. Hurt? Yes, of 
 course, it will hurt. The parts are raw. Keep it up until it quits hurting ; 
 then you know it is well. Catarrh is an internal eczema and we would treat 
 it in the same manner we do eczema if we could get the cloths on the inside. 
 
 The young man with catarrh who calls on his girl cannot hope to win 
 her respect or love, if they are worth winning. 
 
 The girl who receives company with a whif of catarrh breath need not 
 expect them to call again if they are of a class worth knowing. 
 
 If I should be invited to name the unpardonable sin I would respond 
 promptly and name it catarrh. Because there is positively no excuse for it. 
 
 FEVERS AND DIARRHOEA. 
 
 Two Simple Methods of Treatment that Work Like Magic. — They are 
 
 Purely Mechanical. 
 
 Pick up any old materia medica or a current medical journal of the drug 
 schools and they supply abundant evidence of the uncertainty of their meth- 
 ods in the numerous prescriptions for the many "fevers" (we know only 
 one) and for the diarrhoea which is so common in such cases. 
 
 Our method is to seat the patient on the floor, get the left fore-arm 
 under the chin, being careful to avoid pressure on the throat, the right 
 hand at the back of the head, low down, and pressing forward to hold the 
 head erect, then lift the patient bodily from the floor. This will stop a 
 fever caused by a cold, in about half a minute to five minutes. If the 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 273 
 
 fever is from nerve pressure somewhere else (it is always from nerve press- 
 ure), we must find it. Then, for diarrhoea we seat the patient on a chair 
 or stool in such a position we can get our knees in the small of the back, 
 about the lower dorsal and upper lumbar vertebrae, then pull back gently 
 by the shoulders. Two or three minutes of this will be sufficient to stop 
 any case. If it is a baby with summer complaint, let it lie in bed, pass the 
 hand under its back at the proper place and lift gently, but far enough to 
 put on the pressure. The first of the operations described relieves pressure 
 at once and permits the nerve current to resume its normal sway. The 
 second first arrests the short circuit which is causing trouble, then permits 
 the regular rhythmic action to go ahead. Of course one treatment is not 
 always sufficient, but as a rule it is. If it is not, repeat until it does the 
 work. 
 
 COLD HANDS AND FEET. 
 
 A Weak Pulse Is No Evidence of a "Weak Heart," But Due to Nerve 
 
 Obstruction. 
 
 No one who has cold hands and feet constantly is healthy, and drug- 
 ging for such symptoms is rank idiocy. 
 
 One of the most imposing things the old-school doctor does is to feel 
 the pulse (the other is to look at the tongue) . If it is feeble, out comes the 
 strychnine, digitalis, dynamite, etc. It is unnecessary to go further; that 
 patient is in a serious condition ; the more money he has the more serious 
 the case. 
 
 Neurologists know that the wrist is no place to find out what the heart 
 is doing. They go straight for the heart and they do not need a stetho- 
 scope (what a word) either. They know that cold hands and feet mean the 
 nerve current is not circulating in the appendages as it should and they 
 furnish the motive power to work out the joints, where the pressure may 
 be, and while they are at it the spine is given a few gentle twists. They 
 never hurt anyorte. They know that if the heat nerves are not working 
 well the vaso motor nerves are also involved and they just use common 
 sense. After a few exercises the extremities grow warm and remain so 
 until something the patient does upsets the nerve connections again. 
 
 These manipulations are not osteopathy. That is a rough treatment. 
 I have in my classes now a woman who says she matriculated in the Kirks- 
 ville school of osteopathy last winter, and received treatment for spinal 
 trouble during three months, when she abandoned the school because she 
 could not stand the rough manipulations. She is delighted with neurology. 
 
 Remember that bacilli are not the cause of diseases ; they are the effects. 
 He is either a rascal or a coward who does right either through hope 
 of reward or fear of punishment, here or hereafter. 
 
 / 
 
274 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 THOSE 'WASTING DISEASES." 
 
 A Class of Cases Old Methods Cannot Reach — Give the Neurologist a 
 
 Chance. 
 
 Many of the so-called ''wasting diseases" have always been and are 
 a puzzle to the medical fraternity, yet few have attempted to go> outside of 
 beaten paths in their treatment, and when they have done so, they have 
 sought more powerful ''remedies" than were used previously, only to 
 meet failure again. They are unable to understand why simple treatment 
 can possibly win, and refuse to try it. For example, when quinine and 
 arsenic and other dope has failed to relieve ague, they would have a con- 
 niption fit if told to give a teaspoonf ul of common salt fifteen minutes 
 before breakfast several mornings. Yet it is as much of a specific as 
 ever was found, because it has a natural afBnity for the blood and supplies 
 the deficiency in the elements which was the cause of the "disease." We 
 neurologists have watched it with the ophthalmoscope and can note the 
 changes in the blood from day to day. 
 
 The neurological method comprises a working knowledge of the chem- 
 ical composition of the body, of the foods it lives on, and a practical system 
 of analysis of each case which discloses the relative proportions of the 
 elements present, so that when one or more is lacking we can supply it 
 by changing the food from day to day until not only the quality of the 
 blood is improved to standard, but the nerve supply also measures up to 
 its standard.. The physician who is not familiar with the ophthalmoscope 
 (direct method) has no means of determining the condition of the blood 
 that is worth mentioning, and dumping in tincture of iron and strychnine 
 is too slow, uncertain and dangerous to be worthy of consideration. 
 
 The average physician does not seem to realize that the chronic case 
 is the most serious of all. He is on a par with the average patient, who, 
 while a terrible grouch, does not think he is ill enough to cease work un- 
 til he gets to the point where he cannot leave his bed. As a matter of 
 fact, persons with acute troubles either die or get well quickly, and there 
 is no way of telling whether the doctor's treatment killed or cured. The 
 patient might have died just as easy without the doctor, or he might have 
 recovered as readily if there had been no doctors within a hundred miles. 
 
 It is a common thing for persons with "weak lungs" and "weak 
 hearts" and other symptoms of general debility to declare they haven't 
 consumption. And they may be right, often are; but, if they do not take 
 the proper treatment in time they will soon get into a state where it is 
 too late. Common sense would suggest that inasmuch as consumption is 
 only a name for symptoms of general decline in vitality, it might be well 
 to take such simple treatment as can do no possible harm and may do 
 immense good; but few people have common sense. The very ones who 
 
MISCELLANEOUS POKTION. 
 
 275 
 
 declare angrily they have no disease are constantly in a state of alarm and 
 bite eagerly on every patent nostrum that is advertised; then they con- 
 demn rational systems without investigation or trial, as if it really did 
 them good to take their spite out on some one or some thing. 
 
 We do not solicit patronage. We want it understood that when we 
 take a case it is we who are doing the patronizing. We are conferring 
 the favor. Were it not that we cannot live on air we would not think 
 of charging anyone for our services, but the fee is not all of the cost of 
 our treatment. We require of our patients self-denial, practical applica- 
 tion to the study and understanding of their, own conditions, the reasons 
 for their existence, the reasons for everything we order them to do, and 
 the reasons why they cannot hope for results if they do not obey orders. 
 
 No person, young or old, whose physical or mental condition is below 
 normal should eat potatoes, fine flour bread, patent foods, sweets, choco- 
 lates, cocoa, pastry, nor indulge in liquors of any kind. They may eat 
 eggs, oysters, fish or ham, well cooked, game, fowls, veal, mutton, peas, 
 beans, corn and tomatoes. But the trouble with sick people is they do 
 not know how to eat. They resort to drugs to create unnatural appetites. 
 They eat at the wrong time. They eat too much. They do not take 
 variety. And we cannot tell them in a general, way. Each case needs 
 at least one thorough examination and analysis to disclose the exact stage 
 of progress of the disorder, then after following our instructions for a 
 short time the analysis is repeated and the figures compared with the 
 first one when the results show for themselves. No patient is asked to take 
 our word for anything. It is an ideal system, because it is practical, and 
 is practical because it is natural. 
 
 Skeptics are privileged to make themselves ridiculous by ridiculing 
 us, because they could not be expected to endorse something they know 
 nothing about, and some assume, because they are failures, everyone else 
 must be. 
 
 The scarcest — common sense. 
 
 Call a bluffer every time you get a chance. Nothing will rid the 
 world of them so quickly. 
 
 Infinity is that which is beyond human comprehension. The origin of 
 the universe; the future of the human race; the measurement of nothing; 
 analysis of the mind. All that is thought or written of such subjects is 
 wasted, except as it brings us inadvertently upon practical, finite lines. As 
 a means of comparison it is questionable because of the needless and harm- 
 ful controversies resulting. If one declares a proposition true because no 
 one is able to disprove it, that one is treading dangerous ground. Such 
 were the tactics employed in ancient times when people were governed by 
 superstition ; and no other mark passed down the generations is so often in 
 evidence nor so baneful in its influence. 
 
276 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 KNOWLEDGE VS. EDUCATION. 
 
 Reason Has Always Had an Up-Hill Fight Against Great Numbers of 
 
 Superstitions. 
 
 "Truth springs eternal in the human breast," sang the poet; probably 
 not realizing what he was singing about. Had he given the matter a 
 second thought he would have discovered that the reason truth is eternally 
 springing in the human breast is that its very soul revolts at the false 
 training of the human mind which has cost more health than all other 
 causes combined. False notions about everything — eating, drinking, cloth- 
 ing, amusement. Beginning with the false notion that to be happy here- 
 after one must be melancholy here, for to be happy here meant hell here- 
 after, the education of the generations has been deliberately perverted from 
 the natural to the imaginary; from the wholesome to the stale; from the 
 inherent good to the exherent bad. They have been taught that "man is 
 prone to evil as sparks fly upward," which is a lie. A lie that has bred dis- 
 trust, and has arrayed mentality against mentality, even in the same indi- 
 vidual. Truth springs eternally to the front, only to be crowded back by 
 a misfit education which is the opposite to knowledge. 
 
 Of all things I have accomplished in a busy life the one of which I am 
 absolutely proud is the emancipation of my mind from the superstitions 
 of my ancestors and of most of my contemporaries. I now think without 
 fear or favor; I analyze my thoughts and reach conclusions which are as 
 clear as the noonday sun ; to those who really think I can give expression 
 and not be misinterpreted; to those who are still fast in the bonds of the 
 dark ages I give only a part, which, of course, they misconstrue. Some 
 people can read between the lines because the scales have been lifted 
 from their eyes. To them I have redeeming qualities and I thank them for 
 their confidence. I know them, too; though they think I do not. Then 
 there are other some who think I am a quarrelsome old ogre with long 
 hair and whiskers, and claws, and tusks. The first class know, with me, 
 the rascality and cowardice of the herd, and they love to see me wield 
 the lash in my paper and with me see the puppets squirm. .The second 
 class fear the publicity I give them, their holier-than-thou pretenses, their 
 love of the "dear people," and they dodge and cast insinuations which they 
 dare not put into plain language. They know themselves as cowards and 
 they know I know them. I fear them not; they fear me, Why? Because 
 they are victims of ignorance in all that the word implies. They fear to 
 let truth get the ascendancy. I do not. I encourage it. 
 
 Don't eat so much — you'll feel better. 
 
 Talk not, unless you have something to say — better think. 
 If one knows a thing, he can prove it. If he only believes it, he is a 
 chump. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 STIMULANTS— NARCOTICS. 
 
 277 
 
 One of the Greatest Evils of Our Time Is the Drug Habit. Absolutely 
 
 Experimental. 
 
 One of the paradoxes constantly on view is that of the anti-whisky peo- 
 ple who are constantly patrons of the Nerve Tonic and Antikamnia counters 
 of the drug stores. They inveigh against the saloon-keepers until they are 
 exhausted, then hie themselves to the nearest drug store and buy a bottle 
 of "Restorer," or a handful of headache powders. It is too bad that physi- 
 cians dole out as much as they do but when the public begins to prescribe 
 for itself the druggist begins to buy automobiles. 
 
 Stimulants and narcotics are the same devil; one is the obverse, the 
 -other the reverse side. Cut him open and you will find one devil inside — he 
 has a duality too. See? 
 
 The drug stores do infinitely more harm than the saloons, because they 
 are regarded as respectable. Of course they do not have the rough crowds 
 of loafers, but any child can get a prescription filled without question, or 
 it can buy headache powders or almost anything except arsenic, opium, and 
 a few other things. The little ones learn from their parents that for the 
 effects of dissipation a big dose of "bromidia" is a stimulant, so they take 
 it, take another whirl, repeat, etc., until they are beyond the limit angle, 
 when they whine and blame the doctor who cannot repair the damage in a 
 day or two. 
 
 A small dose of a narcotic is a stimulant. A big dose of a stimulant is 
 a narcotic. Beware of both. 
 
 Neurologists have the battle of their lives in inaugurating an era of 
 drugless medicine. To be successful they must have their own way with 
 every case. It is Reason and Education against Superstition and Ignor- 
 ance. But we stand on solid rock while the others are on the sand. 
 
 SOURCE OF BODY HEAT. 
 
 Healthy People Suffer From Neither Heat Nor Cold.— The Reason For It. 
 
 These little five-minute communications are given for the purpose of 
 inculcating the idea of topical study and to illustrate the correlation of 
 things. If the reader will put the ideas into practical use he will do much 
 toward establishing order and proving the simplicity of Nature. You may 
 have observed that some lean and some fat people suffer from cold and 
 heat while others do not. Inquiry and tests will develop the fact that those 
 who feel atmospheric changes keenly are short of nerve supply. The mat- 
 ter of being too fat or too lean is not an ungovernable idiosyncrasy, as 
 many imagine. They are in their respective conditions merely because 
 they do not eat right, with reference to both quality and quantity. No 
 matter how much one eats, if he does not digest and assimilate it there can 
 
278 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 be no fat ; and if he eats the fat-making food in such quantities that it is tak- 
 en into the system it may make excess fat, but in the absence of the muscle 
 and nerve elements the natural result is weakness from the overload and 
 lack of power. 
 
 Then physiological defects and habits may add to the complication and 
 dire trouble follow. The physician who does not know the mechanics and 
 chemistry of the body is as much in the dark as his patients. 
 
 No matter whether one is fat or lean, if his nerve supply is deficient 
 he will feel extreme atmospheric changes. Even those who are perfectly 
 well will feel the cold, for example, on going out in the morning imme- 
 diately after rising, when the day current is not yet turned on. To prove 
 this, go out some morning when the thermometer registers about fifteen 
 or twenty degrees above zero, without first eating, and note how the cold 
 pinches. Then try it the next morning, with temperature the same, but 
 eat something first to start the digestive apparatus going, noting the differ- 
 ence. The reason is clear ; Nature is a true economist. When the need for 
 the stronger current ceases the current shuts off automatically and must be 
 turned on again, or both sensory and motive powers will be deficient. If 
 it is there to turn on all is well; if it is not there all is wrong. Again I 
 assert that the nerve system is the sole source of heat and power, that 
 that blood is to distribute elements needed for tissue building, and muscles 
 are the mediums through which power is applied. 
 
 WHAT NIGHT SWEATS MEAN. 
 
 They are the Natural Product of Physiological Strain and Are Easily 
 
 Controlled. * 
 
 Among the stubborn things the old school doctors meet, few are more 
 persistent than night sweats. However, they permit the patient to go 
 about, if he can, and continue to treat until the case gets beyond control and 
 the undertaker does the rest. 
 
 To the neurologist they mean the patient is below the danger line and 
 analysis always proves the correctness of his diagnosis. 
 
 The voluntary current during the waking hours of a hyperope of i.oo 
 L>. is 23 per cent above the average capacity of his machinery. This strain 
 combined with other physiological excess demands will, eventually weaken 
 the tank-supply of the most hardy and when the demand ceases, during 
 sleep or when the person lies down for a few hours, the residue is not 
 sufficient to keep the sympathetic or involuntary current going to the sweat 
 glands, their mouths open and the perspiration pours out. Sweating is not 
 a cause of weakness. . The weakness is the cause of the sweating. Like 
 many other things, both doctors and laity have this thing wrong end fore- 
 most. 
 
 The neurologist corrects the errors of refraction, the diet, the habits 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 279 
 
 and requires absolute rest, which is the only rational way to give Nature, 
 the only healer, a chance to work. We often meet the objection that pa- 
 tients do not want to wear glasses. We meet it by asking if they would 
 prefer being invalids without glasses to being strong with them. Thus 
 given the choice of two evils only fools would choose the greater. I am 
 ashamed to be compelled to say many physicians ridicule people who wear 
 glasses and declare it a fad. T have even seen books in which the authors 
 declare they diagnose cases by the eyes and yet never give a hint that they 
 know anything about the possibility of hyperopia and the damage done by 
 efforts to overcome it. Some go so far as to assert that good vision proves 
 the eyes perfect, thus establishing their criminal ignorance. 
 
 HOW THE BLOOD CIRCULATES. 
 
 The Arterial and Venous Systems — Things the Student Must Have Well 
 
 in Mind. 
 
 Arteries and veins are formed of three coats each : an internal, serous, 
 or membranous layer; a middle, muscular layer, and an outer, fibrous layer. 
 The vaso-motor nervous system operates them. The arterial action is a 
 continuous, rhythmic motion, as the heart beats start the waves one after 
 the other, hence this system needs no valves. With the venous system it is a 
 different proposition ; the blood is flowing toward the heart in them, but the 
 propelling force is not so direct, therefore Nature has provided valves, like 
 canal locks, or check-valves in water and steam pipes, so that when the 
 compression forces the blood out of one valve it goes into the next one 
 toward the heart. The vena-cava, hepatic, portal, renal, uterine, ovarian, 
 cerebral, spinal, pulmonary, and the minute capillaries of the venous system 
 have no valves because the larger ones are emptied by the action of the 
 organs with which they are connected and the small ones by the action of 
 the larger. 
 
 These vascular systems are connected with each other, and their 
 branches with each other, so that the blood finds its way readily to every 
 part. This connection is called anastomosis. Following is a list of im- 
 portant arteries and their branches : 
 
 Aorta, from left ventricle of, heart, gives off two coronary branches 
 just behind the semi-lunar valves, which supply the tissues of the heart; 
 then comes the arch or thoracic aorta, from which branch the innominate 
 about (1 1/2 inches long), the left common carotid and left subclavian; 
 next comes the abdominal aorta which branches into the two common iliacs, 
 the coeliac axis, superior and inferior mesenteric. 
 
 Innominate, from arch, divides into right common carotid and right 
 subclavian. 
 
 Common carotids divide into the external and internal carotids, and in 
 
280 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 some disorders the external may be seen pulsating rapidly as they pass 
 up the sides of the neck toward the ears. 
 
 Subclavian, go to the neck, thorax, brain. 
 
 Common Iliacs, from aorta, branch into external and internal iliacs, 
 which supply the lower limbs, the pelvic and generative organs. 
 
 Coelia Axis, from aorta, to stomach, liver and spleen. 
 
 Mesenteric, superior, from aorta, to small intestines, caecum and color. 
 
 Mesenteric, inferior, from aorta, {o descending colon and rectum. 
 
 Auricular, from external carotid, to ears and scalp. 
 
 Axillary, from subclavian, to brachial. 
 
 Brachial, from axilliary, to radial and ulnar. 
 
 Radial, from brachial, to forearm, wrist and hand. 
 
 Ulnar, from brachial, to same as radial. 
 
 Palmer, from ulnar to palm and fingers. 
 
 Internal carotid, from common carotid, to forehead, eyes and nose. 
 
 External carotid, from common carotid, to jaws, tongue, ears, external 
 head and the brain. 
 
 Iliac, external and internal, from common iliac, branches to femoral. 
 
 Femoral branches to popliteal. 
 
 Popliteal branches to anterior and posterior tibial. 
 
 Anterior and posterior tibial branch to dorsal pedis and plantar to toes. 
 
 'The four last lines refer to the supply of the hips, thigh, legs and foot. 
 
 Epigastric, from external iliac, to abdominal wall. 
 
 Femoral, from external iliac, pudic, to procreative organs. 
 
 Facial, from external carotid, to pharynx and face. 
 
 Mammary, from subclavian, to breasts. 
 
 Occipital, from external carotid, to neck. 
 
 Ophthalmic, from, internal carotid, to eyes. 
 
 Pulmonary, from right ventricle, to lungs. 
 
 Sciatic, from internal iliac, to muscles back of pelvis. 
 
 Thyroid axis, from subclavian, to muscles of shoulder, neck, thorax,, 
 spine, etc. 
 
 Temporal, from external carotid to ear, forehead, etc. 
 
 Vertebral, from subclavian, to neck and cerebrum. 
 
 There are, of course, veins corresponding to the arteries described, but 
 there are some features of the venous department with which the student 
 should familiarize himself. Some of them, particularly at the base of the 
 skull are enlarged canals into which the blood from the various parts of 
 the head and brain empty and if they fill more rapidly than the jugular and 
 subclavian can carry the blood away, there is pressure on the nerves, head- 
 aches, strokes of "apoplexy" and sometimes hemorrhages, then clots on the 
 brain and paresis or death. 
 
 The jugular and subclavian veins gather the blood of the upper ex- 
 tremities and pour it into the innominate veins which unite to form the 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 2 8l 
 
 superior vena-cava. The right innominate is i 1/2 inches long and the left 
 is 3 inches; the superior vena-cava is 3 inches. The internal iliacs gather 
 up the blood from the feet and legs and deliver it to the common iliacs 
 which unite to form the inferior vena-cava. 
 
 The pulmonary veins carry fresh blood from the lungs to the left 
 auricle of the heart into which they empty through from two to five 
 openings. 
 
 The portal vein is formed from the union of the superior and inferior 
 mesenteric, splenic and gastric veins; it delivers crude blood to the liver 
 through two divisions, and after it has passed through the ramifications 
 of that organ, it is sent through the hepatic vein into the inferior vena-cava. 
 
 The venous system is, therefore, divided into four departments, the 
 Pulmonary, the Systemic, the Portal and the Hepatic: and when the stu- 
 dent knows the particulars about these he is in pretty fair condition for an 
 argument or practice, so far as they are concerned. 
 
 DISTRIBUTION OF NERVE FORCE. 
 
 One of Our Practical Proceedures in Handling an Average Case. 
 
 The first essential in handling any machine is to know its capacity. 
 But no machine will stand working up to its full capacity, and in this respect 
 the human body is not unlike other machines ; therefore we want its average 
 capacity, which we learn from nature by ascertaining the normal demands 
 upon it by the best means at our command ; this we find in the eyes when 
 they are normal, and as such eyes are scarce we take the ideal schematic 
 eye for the basis of our calculation ; thus in emmetropia the demand equals 
 only the sympathetic supply for distant vision ; for near work, 13 inches. 
 
 For accommodation, L. .3.00 
 
 R. 3.00 total 6.00 D. 
 For auto-convergence L. 1.50 
 
 R. 1.50 total 3.00 D. 
 
 . Grand . total 9. D. per second. 
 9 X 60 X 60 X 3 = 97,200 Di in three hours' work. 
 
 Add for other branches of 3d, for 2d, 4th, 6th and 1/3 of 5th, 2,800, and 
 we have a total to the eyes of 100,000 D. daily, for 41/3 pairs of nerves 
 to the eyes. As this is one-tenth of all the nerves in the body the same 
 ratio would mean 1,000,000 D. daily demands for the entire body. 
 
 Dividing this 1,000,000 according to our judgment, from the relative 
 labor the various parts perform, we get the following : 
 
282 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS 
 
 Eyes, via 2d, 4th, 6th and 1/3 of 5th nerves 100,000 D. 
 
 Cranial viscera . . 50,000 D. 
 
 Thoracic viscera ....-..., 150,000 D. 
 
 Abdominal viscera 400,000 D. 
 
 Arterial and venous systems 100,000 D. 
 
 Sympathetic and glandular systems 50,000 D. 
 
 Appendages 100,000 D. 
 
 Incidentals not included in the above > 50,000 D. 
 
 Total 1 ,. . . . 1,000,000 D. 
 
 An important subdivision of this is the abdominal viscera. 
 
 For the stomach , 50,000 D. 
 
 For the liver 100,000 D. 
 
 For the spleen and pancreas 50,000 D. 
 
 For the kidneys 50,000 D* 
 
 For the bladder and procreative organs 50,000 D. 
 
 For the intestines and mesenteries . 100,000 D. 
 
 Total 400,000 D. 
 
 One of the chief points in our practice is in knowing how to determine 
 when any of the departments of the body are overtaxed. The first named, 
 the eyes, are the only ones in which we can find the exact conditions, but 
 by their showing we are able to treat all the others in such a manner as 
 to be on the safe side, so that no possible harm can result and the greatest 
 opportunity for Nature's good offices is afforded. We can sometimes 
 render further assistance by adjusting and manipulating joints and muscles 
 thus the whole story in a nutshell is simple, but to do all these things 
 requires a more thorough understanding of normal anatomy and physiology 
 than is tafught in old-school medical colleges, and to this we add physics 
 and personal skill, which embodies gentleness above all other things. 
 
 This brings us to conditions as we find them. . The eyes are the gauges 
 through which we get accurate data, and as it gives us a basis upon which 
 to figure all kinds of errors, we take a hyperope of 1.00 D., which shows 
 the actual excess demands above the average capacity as follows : 
 
 For accommodation, L. 1.00 
 
 R. 1.00 total, 2.00 D. 
 
 For auto-convergence) L. .50 
 
 R. .50 
 For negative pull, L. .5o 
 
 Via 6th nerve, R. .50 total, 2.00 
 
 Grand total, 4 D. per second 
 4 X 60 X 60 X 16 = 230,400 D. in 16 hours, or just that much more 
 than the emmetrope. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 283 
 
 The fact that we use the same estimate for the balance in both 
 emmetropia and hyperopia gives us, by the law of ratios, absolutely an in- 
 creased demand in hyperopia of 23.04 per cent, by any rational system of 
 figuring. 
 
 In making calculation for any other amount of hyperopia, all that is 
 necessary is to substitute the amounts under the subheads, Accommoda- 
 tion, Convergence and Negative Pull, with this exception, that when the 
 case is a compound one, such as 
 
 L -f- 2.00 — 1. 00 ax. 180 
 R + 2.00 — .75 ax. 180 
 we take the + spheres as they come from the trial frame, ignoring the 
 cylinders, and put under Convergence 1.00 for each eye and Negative Pull, 
 1. 00 for each eye. Or if the prescription as it comes from the trial frame is 
 
 L + 2.50 — 1.50 ax. 180 
 R -f- 1.50 — ,50 ax. 180 
 we proceed in one of two ways : first find which is the fixing eye by having 
 the patient look at a distant object with both eyes open, place his finger 
 against his nose, then push it straight away to arm's length, holding it so 
 that it is directly between him and a light placed twenty feet away, then 
 cover the eyes alternately and note which eye is in line with finger and 
 light; if either is, it establishes which is the fixing eye, and we base our 
 calculation on the asumption that both eyes are accommodating the amount 
 of that one's error. Thus in the above case if the right eye fixed, we as- 
 sume that the occommodation in each is 1.50, but if the left eye fixed we 
 would use that figure for each eye. If neither eye fixes, the light being dis- 
 placed as much for one as for the other, we simply add the two spheres 
 together and multiply by two, thus splitting the difference between the 
 maximum and minimum possibilities. We thus get at the total nerve 
 strain very closely. 
 
 In myopia the way we calculate nerve strain is to find the patient's 
 usual reading distance without glasses, measure the distance in inches, 
 then find his correction and calculate, as follows : 
 
 Suppose the usual reading distance is six inches, but the test shows he 
 is a myope of only 2.00 D. ; we know from the fact that he can not read at 
 twenty inches that the convergent act brings with it automatically accom- 
 modation, thus shortening the distance of his far point until he reaches the 
 limit angle of the automatic relationship, hence he must be using energy 
 as follows : For convergence, L. 3.25 
 
 R. 3.25 total, 6.50 D. 
 
 For auto-accommodation, L. 4.50 
 
 Less his myopia, R. 4.50 total, 9.00 D. 
 
 Grand total, 15.50 D. per second 
 15.50 X 60 X 60 X 3 = 167,400 D. 
 
284 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 This is on the proposition that he works at close work three hours 
 daily. Now by correcting this patient with about — 1.75 so as to be sure 
 and not overcorrect, it reduces his strain to practically that of emmetropia. 
 Of course the extra demands in myopia are only temporary while in hyper- 
 opia they are constant, hence it is rare that we find a myope suffering from 
 the troubles which are found so commonly associated with hyperopia. 
 
 Where one eye is hyperopic and the other myopic we of course base 
 our calculation upon the hyperopic eye, and a quick way to get the total 
 strain per second is to multiply the + sphere by four. 
 
 In making the myopic calculation, if the test discloses compound my- 
 opia, allow only for the spheres, but if it discloses simple myopic astig- 
 matism, allow for the cylinder as if it were a sphere. 
 
 In the matter of the thoracic viscera, the heart and lungs, we may ob- 
 serve respiration and the heart-beats by listening, and calculate the abnormal 
 strain if they are running too fast, but as that might be only temporary it 
 would scarcely be satisfactory, and in many of our patients we will find 
 weakness exhibited, hence they are only diagnostic symptoms. 
 The cranial viscera afford the mental symptoms. 
 
 The arterial and venous systems exhibit externally and by the oph- 
 thalmoscope, and being associated with the heart will partake of its weak 
 nesses, which are of course caused by a weak nerve supply in the cere- 
 bellum. 
 
 The sympathetic and glandular systems exhibit the secondary effects 
 of the nerve supply and show externally by pimples and deposits of gran- 
 ulated chyle. 
 
 The appendages, arms and legs, exhibit in cold hands and feet, also 
 numbness. 
 
 The abdominal viscera is where the most emphatic disorders occur; the 
 acute forms produce serious pains and considerable damage from shock, 
 but when they assume a chronic form they are less dangerous, although in 
 a way more important, because the victims not only suffer but they force 
 everybody around them to participate. 
 
 Overloading the stomach also imposes on all the other organs associ- 
 ated with it, not only requiring a greater effort to perform the work, but 
 even then it is not performed so well, hence the return or product with 
 which to replenish the supply in the nerve tank is not nearly so much as it 
 would be if less food had been eaten and digested perfectly. Almost every- 
 one eats too much, and they eat the wrong way. 
 
 We have given the abdominal viscera 400,000 units to run it normally. 
 If the patient was eating twenty-five per cent more food by his old method, 
 it certainly demanded twenty-five per cent more energy to run his machin- 
 ery, hence if the 400,000 estimate is right he must have been demanding 
 500,000, so we have gained the difference. Then by changing the 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 38 S 
 
 quality of his food to that which yields more muscle and nerve elements 
 we calculate the gain in this v/ay : First, we reduce th^ carbons seventy- 
 five per cent ; second, we increase the nitrates and phosphates one hundred 
 per cent; in other words, instead of four points carbon to one of nitrates 
 and phosphates we have two points of nitrates and phosphates to one of 
 carbon, a gain of one hundred per cent, in the latter and a reduction of 
 seventy-five per cent in the other, making a net gain in the whole of twenty- 
 five per cent, but when we figure that in the reduction of carbon we have 
 reduced the labor from 400,000 to 100,000 units, and increased the product 
 with which to replenish the nerve supply one hundred per cent, with prac- 
 tically no increase in the demand for nerve supply to handle it, it is safe 
 to count the net gain fifty per cent. Therefore if the case has been de- 
 manding 500,000 units daily to do 400,000 units worth of work poorly, and 
 we have saved half of it, he will now do the 400,000 units worth of work 
 with 250,000 units, leaving the extra 150,000 to replenish the tank. In 
 connection with this if we require the patient to take a vacation from his 
 daily work, thus saving at least fifty per cent of the amount assigned to the 
 appendages and to the cranial viscera, we contribute another seven and 
 one-half per cent, and by regulating his habits, etc., we can see where 
 much more supply comes from and it is not at all marvelous that we get 
 the results we do. 
 
 It is equally clear that if the patient fail for any reason to follow in- 
 structions, these savings cannot occur. This point must be impressed abso- 
 lutely. 
 
 It is a very common thing for a patient to report that if he eats a light 
 supper and is up late at work or pleasure, he gets hungry and cannot sleep. 
 While he is under treatment he must not be up late, but if he gets hungry in 
 the night and awakens, he should get up and eat a cracker and an apple, 
 drink a glass of water and go back to bed. After he is discharged well he 
 will not have those attacks, because we increase the meals up to an average 
 that will obviate all such chances. 
 
 The next question that arises is how much food and exercise is suffi* 
 cient to maintain a production of a million units daily. Six pints of + 
 foods, half of it water, milk, tea, coffee or lemonade, is sufficient. The — 
 foods would never do it in any quantity ; it is not in them. 
 
 Briefly, we make part of our nervous calculation at the first examina- 
 tion, then we make the other parts from time to time as the case progresses 
 until we find by the final examination that the machinery is running nor- 
 mally, the alleged diseases have disappeared, the patient is gratified and 
 wiser, and we discharge him cured. 
 
 Always remember that by the old systems was produced the old adage, 
 "The love of money is the root of all evil," and the way we utilize it for 
 good is this : We charge a big fee and get it in advance, so that the patient's 
 
286 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 love of getting his money's worth will force him to follow instructions. 
 Thus we reverse this proposition as we have been doing all others through- 
 out this work, and make the love of money the root of all good. 
 
 GANGLIA AND PLEXUSES. 
 
 The First Are Semi-Independent Nerve Centers and the Second Are Net- 
 Works Formed by the Branches. 
 
 The chief ganglia of the nervous system are the cerebellum and the 
 medulla oblongata. What is known commonly as the sympathetic system 
 comprises two chains of ganglia located on either side of the spinal coir 
 umn, connected by branches ; it begins at the medulla and ends in front of 
 the coccyx. Then, in the anterior portion of the trunk the branches form 
 plexuses, which are also connected by smaller branches, thus completing a 
 double circuit. It is through this system the involuntary current is dis- 
 tributed and in case of vertebral luxations which put enough pressure on the 
 spinal nerves to interfere with circulation, these supplementary lines are 
 utilized ; but the wattage is necessarily reduced and the organic disturbance 
 is great. When the old schools learn this fact the osteopath will have no 
 place in the field because he knows little else. 
 
 The cardiac, carotid, cervical, diaphragmatic, semi-lunar and supra- 
 renal are the principal ganglia after the cerebellum and medulla; they are 
 distributed respectively to the heart, carotid arteries, lungs, stomach, liver 
 and kidneys. 
 
 The cardiac, carotid, cervical, coronary, hypogastric, prostatic, pul- 
 monary, sacral, solar and vesicle, are the chief plexuses. The familiar 
 "solar" plexus is situated just behind the stomach and is formed from 
 branches of the pneumogastric and splanchnic nerves ; the first affords direct 
 and the other indirect communication with the brain, so that shock or strain 
 is sure to be reported promptly. This plexus is really a combination of the 
 coeliac, gastric, hepatic, phrenic, renal, splenic, supra-renal, spermatic, 
 superior and inferior mesenteric plexuses. 
 
 The cranial nerves are really rooted in the medulla. They have num- 
 bers, names, functions and distributions as follows : 
 
 i. Olfactory (sensory), to nose; twenty branches. 
 .2. Optic (sensory), to eyes; form retina. 
 
 3. Motor-oculi (motion), to all eye muscles, save two; eight branches. 
 
 ■ 
 
 4. Trochlear (motion), to superior oblique of eyes. 
 
 5. Trigeminus (m. & s.), to jaws, face and eyes; three branches. 
 
 6. Abducens (motion), to external recti of eyes. 
 
 7. Portio-dura (m. & s.), to face, ears, etc.; many branches. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 287 
 
 8. Auditory (sensory), to ears; two branches. 
 
 9. Glossopharyngeal (sensory), to tongue; six branches. 
 
 10. Pneumogastric (m. & s.), to lungs, stomach, heart, liver, etc. 
 
 11. Spinal Accessory (m. & s.), to the tenth. 
 
 12. Hypo-glossal (motion), to tongue; several branches. 
 
 The spinal nerves are in groups according to the vertebrae from which 
 
 Fig. 106 
 
 they come; 8 cervical; 12 dorsal; 5 lumbar; 5. sacral, and 1 coccygeal. They 
 appear on each side of the spinal column and each has its anterior and 
 posterior divisions. The latter go to the skin and muscles of the back 
 
^gg NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 while the former supply the internal apparatus. Some of the more import- 
 ant of the anterior ones have ascending and descending branches. 
 
 The first four cervical form the cervical plexus, go to the upper extrem-* 
 ities and send some branches to the thoracic viscera. 
 
 The other four cervical and the first dorsal form the brachial plexus, 
 which lies in the neck ; these do the chief work of the upper extremities and 
 supply the pectoral muscles of the trunk. 
 
 The dorsal plexuses, superior and inferior, supply the skin of the trunk 
 and abdomen, the intercostal and abdominal muscles. 
 
 The lumbar plexus supplies the hypogastric and inguinal regions, the 
 procreative organs, the legs and feet. 
 
 The sacral plexus supplies the sciatic, pudic and assists the lumbar 
 plexuses. 
 
 The coccygeal plexus is where the double chain of ganglia complete 
 the circuit. This is why injury to this region from falls, etc., often pro- 
 duces neurasthenia to such an extent that the coccyx has to be removed so 
 Nature can form new connections. 
 
 Reference to Fig. 106 will be a reminder that the pneumogastric and 
 splanchnic nerves are the most important of all; it will also show how 
 easily trouble can be caused by luxations of the 4th to 12th dorsal vertebra. 
 A luxation is a minor dislocation. 
 
 CYCLOPLEGICS, MYDRIATICS, MYOTICS. 
 Something About Drugs for Which the Neurologist Has, Occasionally, a 
 
 Little Use. 
 
 Cycloplegics are drugs which dilate the pupils of the eyes and break 
 down spasm of the ciliary nerves. Mydriatics are those which only dilate 
 the pupils. Those commonly used are: (1), Atropine, an alkaloid of 
 Atropa-Belladonna, or Deadly Night-shade; (2), Homatropine, a product 
 of Atropine; (3), Dubaisine, from Duboisia Myoporoides; (4), Hyoscamine, 
 or Scopolamine, from Scopolia Japonica; (5), Daturine, from Daturia 
 Stramonium; (6), Gelsemine, from Gelsemium Sempervirens ; (7), Cocaine, 
 from Erythroxylon Coca. 
 
 Those in most common use are Atrophia-sulphate and Scopolamine. 
 They are often used in solution of 2 to 4 per cent. The objections to 
 their use are: (1), the length of time required to secure complete mydriasis; 
 (2), the discomfort to the patient from the effect on the general system 
 which it enters via, the tear-duct through the nose and throat; (3), it does 
 not keep longer than a couple of weeks; (4), the dose in unavoidably inac- 
 curate as to strength. 
 
 Homatropine, combined with Cocaine, and put up in gelatin disks is th*» 
 most satisfactory of all because, (1), the accuracy of the dose; (2), it keeps 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 28o 
 
 indefinitely ; (3), it acts quickly ; (4), there is absolutely no danger in its use. 
 
 The disks, as put up by chemists, and kept by all wholesale drug and 
 optical houses, are in bone boxes or glass bottles, each containing fifty 
 disks. The stock numbers of the ones most used are : 
 
 No. 338 Homatropine and Cocaine, 1/50 grain of each in each disk. 
 One disk in each eye, under the upper lid (which should be everted and the 
 disk placed on the conjunctiva, so it will be above the apex of the cornea), 
 will smart slightly for a few moments, during which time the eyes should be 
 kept closed; after twenty minutes the pupils will dilate, and in about one 
 hour the patient should be unable to read ordinary print at any distance, but 
 it does not totally paralyze the accommodation as I have shown elsewhere 
 in this book. The effects pass away in about twelve to twenty-four hours, 
 and there are none of the after-effects which are so common in the use of 
 the solutions. 
 
 No. 336 Homatropine 1/500 grain, is used as the other; dilates the pupil 
 for ophthalmoscopic examinations, and may be used on old people to enable 
 the physician to examine cataracts in order to ascertain their condition. 
 
 No. 323 cocaine muriate, is a local anesthetic, used to deaden the con- 
 junctiva while foreign bodies imbedded therein are removed. Takes effect 
 in about six minutes, and passes off in about twenty minutes ; dilates pupil 
 for several hours. As soon as smarting ceases after inserting, go to work 
 on the object. 
 
 Myotics produce artificial stimulation to the sphincter muscles. Those 
 most used are Eserine, Calabarine and Physostigmine, all Alkaloids of Cala- 
 bar Bean. 
 
 No. 331 Eserine 1/1000 grain to the disk is used as the others, except 
 for the opposite effect. In some instances of iritis with, spasm of accommo- 
 dation there is danger of the iris adhering to the lens, and if it does, Atropine 
 is used to pull it loose, alternating it with Esrine to prevent mutilation 
 of the membranes. Again, in myosis, or enlarged pupil from inaction of 
 the sphincter muscles of the iris, Eserine is used in the effort to stimulate 
 it to action. 
 
 They are worthless except in tonic spasm where there is danger of 
 adhesion of iris and lens, or where the cocaine is necessary to permit the 
 removal of foreign bodies. I have never had occasion to use a myotic. 
 
 QUADRALITY OF MAN. 
 He must be Intelligent. 
 He must be Brave. 
 He must be Generous. 
 He must be Honest. 
 
 The longer one travels in the wrong direction the farther he gets from 
 the point he thinks he aims for. 
 
290 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 BACILLI AND THE DOCTORS. 
 
 An Expert Opinion Secured Several Years Ago, Which Seems to Apply 
 
 To-Day. 
 
 In the year igoo I was fortunate enough to overhear a conversation 
 between two Irish women, one of whom gave the following with reference 
 to the pet fads of the medical trust, microbes and antitoxins. I secured 
 it verbatim and give it here that it may be preserved for future generations. 
 Said Mrs. Gilhooley to Mrs. Finnegan : 
 
 "It bates all, Mrs. Finnegan, what the doctors do be discoverin' from 
 toime to toime these days. Ye naw it was long ago proved be dhrafts on 
 their imagination or some other equally reliable headquarters, that maany 
 diseases come from a bug they call a mickrobe — just why the fling at the 
 Irish Oi dinnaw, but that's what they calls thim just the same. And they're 
 small bastes — tin thousand oithim in wan dhrop av blood, and each wan 
 lousy with smaller wans. 
 
 "How do they git in the blood? Well, that's the paart Oi'm comin' 
 to. It's the most wonderful thing that's happened since Assculazarus dis- 
 covered medicum doctorum. 
 
 "Away over in England, where most trouble begins, near the town of 
 Manchester, there was a farmer with a lot av sick childer, and he thrun the 
 rayfuse on a manure pile. The childer had the bugs, or the bugs had the 
 childer and tired av thim and took the first opportunity to leave, Oi 
 dinnaw which, but no mather, the manure pile got the bugs and whin the 
 first frost come made it so hot for thim they moved on by way of a layer 
 av sand underneath and crawled to the river four miles southeast. From 
 there they swam along down the Hudson till opposite Sing Sing whin they 
 obsarved a dairy faarm and wan av them says, 'Oh ! oh !' or words to that 
 effect, 'here's a chanct for fun.' Then they all left the river through another 
 layer av sand, and made sthraight for the well on the place and concealed 
 thimselves in the dhrops of water so that whin the milkman came to fill up 
 his cans they'd be in it, d'ye see? 
 
 "Pritty soon ivery man, woman, child and poodle dog in that town had 
 bugs — an' don't forgit the quantities av thim, Mrs. Finnegan — tin millions 
 for ivery dhrop av blood in their poor bodies. That's a heap. 
 
 "Well, wan o' thim perfessors of the New York board of health saw it 
 in a rare opporthuriity to do something great for humanity and make a name 
 for himself with the possibility of havin' a holiday set apart in his mem- 
 ory, like the good St. Patrick, so up he comes to Sing Sing and catches 
 a few bugs in a bottle. Then he thought he'd out-Pathrick the blissed ould 
 saint himself by bottlin' thim all, but he soon gave that up on account av 
 the scarcity av help, the majority av Englishmen and- Americans bein' busy 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 291 
 
 in South Africa, the Philipeens and Chiny, and he didn't want to thrust the 
 Germans, becuz they're some buggins thimselves, so he tried killin' av thim 
 wid asafidity and other truck, but the people wouldn't stand fer that, sayhV 
 they'd as soon live in the stock-yards district at once and fer all. 
 
 "Thin he hits upon a scheme that he is shure will work. It is to catch 
 as many as he can with the assistance av the rest av the docthers in the new 
 company he has organized, tame thim and put thim into well people by the 
 hypodrumic injunction and whin the wild divils come there'll be throuble 
 becuz the old residents '11 resint the inthrusion, and — hesto! presto! Kil- 
 kenny cats. D'ye see, Mrs. Finnegan? It's a mane thrick to play on the 
 tame wans, but as the docther says, 'the manes justifies the ind'. 
 
 "He's organized a company composed av all the docthors, or nearly all 
 av thim, in towns where there is boards av health — for that is the place 
 where the greatest danger is, Mrs. Finnegan — they are goin' to have a 
 law passed to make everybody take in the tame wans whether they want to 
 or not, then they're goin' to make more money than the Standard Oil 
 Company. 
 
 "Where did the English farmer's childer get the bugs in the first place? 
 Why, Mrs. Finnegan, how can you ask such a question? Don't you 
 know the devil's in an Englishman, anyhow?" 
 
 SOME OPTICAL STATISTICS, 
 interesting Data Which Offer Suggestions to the Ambitious Practitioner. 
 As the two greatest faults among oculists and opticians are that they 
 rarely get on enough -f- and often give too much — lenses, the following 
 statistics are given just as they come from my files, and are the findings in 
 428 consecutive cases aggregating 856 eyes: 
 
 Simple hyperopia, 387, or about 45 per cent. 
 
 Compound hyperopia, 287, or about 33 per cent. 
 
 Simple hyperopic astigmatism, 44, or about 5 per cent. 
 Simple myopia, 41, or about 5 per cent. 
 
 Compound myopia, 32, or about 4 per cent. 
 
 Simple myopic astigmatism, 7, or about 1 per cent. 
 Mixed astigmatism, 58, or about 7 per cent. 
 
 Exactly 50 per cent were astigmatic. Of these 428 eyes there were, of 
 . Simple hyperopic astigmatism, 44, or about 10-1/2 per cent. 
 Compound hyperopic astigmatism, 287, or about 67 per cent. 
 
 . Simple myopic astigmatism, 7, or about 1 1/2 per cent. 
 
 Compound myopic astigmatism, 32, or about 7 1/2 per cent. 
 Mixed astigmatism, 58, or about 13 1 2 per cent. 
 
 In nearly all cases there was the so-called muscular imbalance, which 
 disappeared soon after the correction of the errors; some at once. Of 
 
2Q2 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 course, in addition to correcting the eyes, rest and regulation of habits was 
 required for the worst cases. About 80 per cent showed exophoria, (the 
 other fellow called it esophoria), and the rest were either orthophoric or 
 exhibited esophoria, (the other's exophoria). 
 
 Of 161 pairs of + spheres prescribed, 27 were weaker than -j- 1.00; 85 
 were + 1.00 to + 1.75 ; 35 were -|- 2.00 to + 2.75 ; 8 were + 3.00 to -f 4.00; 
 6 were + 4.00 to + 11.00. Of these 161 persons, 25 were anisometropes. 
 
 In 18 pairs of — spheres 2 were — .50; 1 — ■ 2.50; 2 — 3-5o; 1 — 4.00; 
 2 — 5.00 ; and 10 were anisometropes. 
 
 In 37 cases of oblique hyperopic astigmatism 25 required + compounds 
 for both eyes; 11 required 1 + compound and 1 sphere; and 1 took 1 -f- 
 compound and 1 cylinder. Of those needing a sphere for one eye, 6 were 
 on the left, and 5 on the right. 
 
 In 8 cases of oblique myopic astigmatism 4 required — compound for 
 both eyes ; 3 took — compound and — sphere ; 1 took — compound and ■ — 
 cylinder. 
 
 There were 4 cases of simple hyperopic astigmatism with oblique axes. 
 
 In 19 cases of mixed astigmatism with oblique axes 11 required com- 
 pound for both eyes ; 4 took 1 compound and 1 -f- sphere ; 4 took 1 com- 
 pound and 1 + cylinder. 
 
 In 133 cases of compound hyperopia axes 90 or 180, 92 required com- 
 pound for both eyes ; 34 took 1 compound and + sphere ; 7 took 1 compound 
 and 1 cylinder. Of those requiring spheres for one eye 18 needed it on the 
 left and 16 on the right. 
 
 In 14 cases of compound myopia axes 90 or 180, 6 required compounds 
 for both eyes ; 6 used a — sphere in one eye ; 2 used + sphere in one eye. 
 
 In 12 cases of simple hyperopic astigmatism 9 required cylinders for 
 both eyes ; 3 took + spheres in one eye. 
 
 In 18 cases of mixed astigmatism axes 90 or 180, 10 required com- 
 pounds for both eyes ; 5 took 1 compound and 1 + sphere ; 2 took 1 com- 
 pound and 1 -f cylinder; 1 took 1 compound and 1 — cylinder. 
 
 Of the 428 cases, 20 were boys under sixteen years ; 82 were girls under 
 twenty; 155 were women; 171 were men. 
 
 QUADRALITY OF A TRUE WOMAN. 
 She must be attractive enough so she will maintain her equality with 
 
 others, and know it. She will not then be jealous. 
 She must be discreet and avoid gossip, particularly that of traducing her 
 
 own sex. 
 She must know how to live within her income whatever that may be. 
 She should know how to cook and do housework. No general is competent 
 
 to command until she knows how to do things herself. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 293 
 
 DUALITIES OF HUMAN ILLS. 
 
 Mental — Real and imaginary. 
 
 Real — Insanity and idiosyncrasies. 
 
 Insanity — Violent and melancholy. 
 
 Idiosyncrasies — Harmless vagaries and dangerous tendencies. 
 Imaginary — Original and grafted. 
 
 Original — Demonstrative and secretive. 
 
 Grafted — Pride and fear. 
 Physical — Congenital and Acquired. 
 
 Congenital — Nerve deficiency and organic deformity. 
 
 Nerve deficiency — Parental ignorance and misfortune. 
 
 Organic deformity — Eyes and other functions. 
 Acquired — Malnutrition and habits. 
 
 Malnutrition — Lack of quality and improper quantity. 
 
 Habits — Neglect and excesses. 
 
 CAUSES OF HUMAN ILLS. 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 Congenital — Conditions previous to birth. 
 
 Infection — May occur at birth or after. 
 
 Malnutrition — Lack of proper food. 
 
 Physical Shock — Accidents, etc. 
 
 Mental Shock — Fright, grief, etc. 
 
 Physiological strain— ^Hyperopia, overeating, etc. 
 
 Mental Strain — Worry, study, etc. 
 
 Habits — Excesses, etc. 
 
 Occupation — Hazardous, etc. 
 
 Atmospherical Influences — General climatic or sudden changes. 
 
294 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 NERVOUS DUALITIES. 
 STRUCTURAL— 
 
 Cerebrum and Cerebellum. 
 
 Pons Varolii and Medulla Oblongata. 
 
 Cerebro-Spinal and Sympathetic. 
 
 White, fibrous matter and Gray, vesicular matter. 
 
 Ganglia, or centers and Plexuses, peripheral network. 
 
 Dura Mater and Pia Mater. 
 
 Lobes and Fissures. 
 
 Ventricles and Commissures. 
 
 Convolutions and Peduncles. 
 
 Nerve Substance and Nerve Force. 
 
 FUNCTIONAI^- 
 
 * 
 
 Mental and Physical. 
 Sensation and Motion. 
 Chemical and Mechanical. 
 Voluntary and Involuntary. 
 Afference and Efference. 
 Heat and Special Sense. 
 Organic Motion and Locomotion. 
 Cranial and Spinal. 
 Intrinsic and Extrinsic. 
 Supply and Demand. 
 
 PATHOLOGICAL— 
 
 Shock and Strain. 
 Irritation and Exhaustion. 
 Spasm and Collapse. 
 Paralysis and Atrophy. 
 THERAPEUTICAL— 
 Rest and Nourishment. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 2QS 
 
 CONSTANTS AND INCONSTANTS 
 A Few Hints for Students Who Want to Get to the Bottom of Things the 
 
 Easiest Way. 
 
 Topical study is the best because it yields the surest returns. If every- 
 one will seek the simplest forms of everything, comprehension will be easier 
 and study will be made more attractive. In the following paragraphs, 
 which refer to matters contained in this book, constants are named first be- 
 cause they belong to the positive class, while the inconstants which follow 
 constitute the negative class: 
 
 Thought and expression. 
 
 Laws and rules. 
 
 Language and ability to use it. 
 
 Knowledge and belief. • 
 
 Physics and metaphysics. 
 
 Truth and falsehood. 
 
 Reason and prejudice. 
 
 Analysis and diagnosis. 
 
 Anatomy and physiology. 
 
 Nerves and nerve-force. 
 
 Indices of refraction and angles of incidence. 
 
 Plane and curved surfaces. 
 
 Parallelism and divergence or convergence. 
 
 Verticals and perpendiculars. 
 
 Horizontals and obliques. 
 
 Refraction by lenses and amount thereof. 
 
 Reflection from lenses and amount thereof. 
 
 Principal foci and conjugate foci. 
 
 Centers and circumferences. 
 
 Axes of cylinders and their positions. 
 
 Static and dynamic refraction of eyes. 
 
 Far and near points of eyes. 
 
 Errors of refraction and corrections often given. 
 
 Principal and secondary meridians of compound or cylinder lenses. 
 
 Food and nutrition. 
 
 Capacity of lungs and volume of air breathed. 
 
 Capacity of heart and quantity of blood. 
 
 Capacity of stomach and manner of utilizing. 
 
 Capacity of doctor and confidence of patients. 
 
 Air is composed of 79.19 parts nitrogen to 20.81 parts oxygen. Learn 
 how to breathe; take in plenty of it and throw out the carbonic acid gas. 
 You will never die from consumption. 
 
 Opportunity never tarries long with him who says "I can't." 
 
296 
 
 NEUROLOGf AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 REASON AND "TAINTED" MONEY. 
 
 There's a Great Day Coming When Grafters Will Cease to Graft. 
 
 "Resolved, That the officers of this society should neither solicit nor 
 invite donations to its funds from persons whose gains are generally be- 
 lieved to have been made by methods morally reprehensible and socially in- 
 jurious." 
 
 This resolution was offered by Rev. Washington Gladden at a meeting 
 of the American Board of Foreign Missions in Seattle, Wash., during Sep- 
 tember, 1905, and it was killed by a vote of 46 to 10. In support of the 
 resolution Dr. Gladden declared: 
 
 "If money cannot be tainted, then it cannot be sanctified. I hope we 
 are not yet ready to say that there can be no such thing as consecrated 
 money." 
 
 Now, therefore, that the board, by its action, has declared there is no 
 such a thing as "tainted" money Dr. Gladden is honor bound to come out 
 with a counter-declaration that "consecrated" money is also moonshine. 
 
 Reason tells us that whenever a church work is conducted as a busi- 
 ness it must have its share of the coin of the realm. Experience has taught 
 that "beggars cannot be choosers," therefore the board did a wise thing 
 in voting down a resolution which might have hampered it in its chase of 
 the millionaires. 
 
 Dr. Gladden said: "The gifts of the Congregational churches to mis- 
 sions are less now than they were ten years ago, although their numbers 
 have increased considerably and their wealth has probably doubled." Rea- 
 son tells us that this is because the members are growing wiser and learn- 
 ing that money does not draw interest in heaven. In other words, they are 
 getting onto the graft. Barring accident I expect to live to see the day 
 when people will live about right from a comprehensive knowledge of the 
 fact that they pay the penalties for violations of Nature's laws right here, 
 instead of hereafter, and when that time comes fanatics will be out of a job. 
 
 THE INHERENT RIGHT TO THINK 
 
 A Bitter Conflict Coming Between Reason and Superstition. 
 
 The old schools of alleged medicine have no greater fight to main- 
 tain their positions than have the old schools of alleged thought. As 
 the first named works under a cloak of pretended benevolence, so the 
 latter acts on the pretense of inspiration from a source not accessible 
 to mortals whose keepers they assume to be. Both will fail as surely 
 as there is an infinite power that plays no favorites, and here is the 
 manner in which their failure will eventuate. 
 
 One class, headed by such Christians as the Standard Oil king and 
 eminent executives who have referred to Thomas Paine as "a nasty little 
 atheist," just now dominates thought, insolently assuming that all who 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION, 2Q7 
 
 differ from them on the money question are dishonest and all who judge 
 the prevailing alleged moral code by its fruits are fit only for dungeons. 
 This class is just now using all the machinery of the government to sup- 
 press free thought, free speech and free press. 
 
 Another class, so numerous that it can, if it will, before its franchise is 
 taken from it, reverse the present order and abolish the inquisitorial system 
 by throwing its entire vote, national, state, county and municipal, to which- 
 ever of the great parties will insert a free thought, etc., plank in its plat- 
 form and nominate candidates for office who will pledge themselves un- 
 qualifiedly to the proposition. It is of no use to form independent parties. 
 The socialists and all small parties are headed by dangerous cranks. But 
 let us, who regard the right to think a more important item of political 
 economy than money, unite in a pledge to defeat any party, which, being 
 in power, grants special privileges to its own votaries and denies other citi- 
 zens their constitutional rights. 
 
 These alleged Christians, who interpret their "Master's" teachings to 
 suit their own pleasure, are the rankest hypocrites the world has ever 
 known. Their tactics are those of the coward, the bulldozer, the assassin, 
 the libertine, the harlot, the gossip. 
 
 I call upon the thinking voter, the man of reasoning powers, un- 
 hampered by fear of anything, and supported by love of liberty to himself 
 and his fellow men, to give this matter his immediate attention, and re- 
 member it is the duality words and works that will win. Let the narrow- 
 minded, superstitious scoundrels know they will lose their official positions 
 if they do not concede justice to all and they will soon lose their "convic- 
 tions" rather than lose their jobs ; all of which will prove conclusively their 
 present insincerity. 
 
 It is a weak cause that shrinks before the fire of criticism. 
 
 If you do not want to owe others, do not let others owe you. 
 
 Freshness is not smartness, because the smart are never fresh. 
 
 Seek natural immunity from disease and other than artificial cures. 
 
 Some people would rather remain ill than get well by rational means. 
 
 The friend who makes a joke of your profession is worse than an enemy. 
 
 Some things are too cheap to be good ; others are too good to ever be- 
 come cheap. 
 
 When one has had his appendix removed, how can he have "recurrent 
 appendicitis"? 
 
 The busy bee finds its pleasure in work. The lazy drone finds it in 
 eating the honey. 
 
 Experience is often an expensive teacher ; but teachers sometimes cause 
 expensive experiences. 
 
 Trying to secure an education by correspondence is like spending the 
 evening with one's sweetheart's picture. 
 
298 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES. 
 
 + Dynamic and -f- Static Symptoms. (1). 
 -f- Cases.. ^ -f Dynamic and — Static Symptoms. (2). 
 
 — Dynamic and + Static Symptoms. (3). 
 
 + Dynamic and — Static Symptoms. (4). 
 -Cases. . / — Dynamic and -\- Static Symptoms. (5). 
 
 — Dynamic and — Static Symptoms. (6). 
 
 By dynamic tests we mean any subjective method which, when applied, 
 induces nervous activity, either voluntary or involuntary. The accommo- 
 dation test is a voluntary dynamic test of the nerve supply ; the refraction 
 test, when made as we make it, without the use of cycloplegics, is a dyna- 
 mic test of the involuntary kind. 
 
 By static tests we mean what is known commonly as the muscle test, 
 and the use of the neurometer. Should these dispute the dynamic tests, we 
 give credence to them because they are involuntary. 
 
 Symptoms are noted both objectively and subjectively and are mental 
 and physical. The value of this system will be appreciated when the stu- 
 dent learns how to determine just what proportion of causes and effects 
 are mental and physiological. 
 
 Note the diagram shows eight divisions or classes of patients; two 
 grand divisions and three subdivisions of each. For the details of this prop- 
 osition see the following six pages. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 299 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES— Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 1. 
 
 When derangements of the nervous system begin to exhibit symptoms 
 the tendency is nearly always upward from the normal standard. We do 
 not see a great many of this class because the public is a careless body 
 and puts off consulting the doctor until the situation becomes serious 
 enough to set up pain or fever, hence these two symptoms are regarded 
 by the Neurologist as Nature's duality of automatic alarms, and the doctor 
 who gives drugs to suppress either exhibit is proceeding in a manner con- 
 ducive to greater troubles. 
 
 Tonic spasm of the nervous system may make its appearance in the 
 eyes, causing intense pains; in the sphincter-ani, producing constipation, 
 indigestion, piles, etc. ; in the sphincter-uteri, making menstruation difficult 
 and painful ; in the neck of the bladder, interfering with complete emptying 
 of that organ and necessitating frequent trials both day and night, reflexing 
 on the kidneys and producing chemical reactions that give the impression 
 of serious renal disorders. Such a general physiological disturbance natur- 
 ally affects the mentality and the victim becomes irritable, which may ex- 
 hibit in fright or temper. 
 
 We apply our systematic methods of analysis and find exactly the 
 value of each symptom, objective and subjective, make our calculations 
 deliberately, then take the diagram and show the patient the situation so 
 comprehensively that we inspire confidence, which is one of the essentials to 
 securing obedience to our instructions. If any are so dull or so unreason- 
 able that they ask us to undertake a case without the patient's hearty co- 
 operation we refuse. But with this class we do not need to be so strict as 
 we must with those who exhibit a preponderance of negative symptoms. 
 
3°° 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES— Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 2. 
 
 This class has, naturally, many of the symptoms exhibited by No. 1, 
 but the static tests will disclose evidence of progress by exposing weak- 
 ness, such as the — impulse in the ocular nerves, occasional nausea while at 
 work, skin devoid of moisture, and historic indications which have more or 
 less weight in the final calculations. The -|- symptoms may include a strong 
 accommodation, tonic or clonic spasm during the refraction test, indiges- 
 tion, dysmenorrhoea, bladder trouble, insomnia, abnormal appetite, to- 
 gether with the mental symptoms of the first class. 
 
 In arriving at final conclusions about this class we make certain deduc- 
 tions from the age figures in the neurometer so that we may prove the ac- 
 curacy of our valuation of the several symptoms by telling the age approxi- 
 mately. 
 
 This class, belonging to the second sub-division of the first general di- 
 vision, presents to the uninitiated a fairly good appearance, our dynamic 
 tests show all + an d we only find — symptoms with our static methods; 
 hence it is easy to locate its subdivision after a little experience. My pupils 
 get the experience while with me, so they have no difficulty when they go 
 out into the field of practice. Indeed the only complaints I have ever re- 
 ceived from them have been that it is hard to persuade their patients to 
 follow instructions as they should to insure success. I have a letter from 
 one of my boys who gave written guarantees to over 2,000 cases the first 
 two years of his practice, in which he writes : "I have just received reports 
 from them in reply to a personal letter from me asking for the favor. All 
 are sound as they ought to be. In all this large number I only refunded 
 their money to five, and they did not follow instructions even approxi- 
 mately. I practiced medicine several years — long enough to become dis- 
 gusted with it — before I came to you. I also investigated, studied and prac- 
 ticed osteopathy and other methods, hence I feel qualified to speak; there- 
 fore I want to say that your methods of analysis and treatment are un- 
 equaled." 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 30I 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES— Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 3. 
 
 This class is hovering near the dividing-line between the -f- and — 
 grand divisions. It is a trifle difficult for the beginner to differentiate be- 
 tween this and the next lower grade, because the symptoms are so nearly 
 alike, but with the assistance of this page and the consciousness that if 
 there is any doubt and the patient be treated as if it belonged to sub-divi- 
 sion No. 4, the operator is working inside the safety line anyhow. 
 
 The same general symptoms of classes Nos. 1 and 2 will be present 
 still, of course; the dynamic tests show weakness, but the static tests dis- 
 pute the story, so we know the case belongs in the general -|- class and 
 we will find other evidence of that fact when the final calculation is made. 
 
 The most delicate test that could be imagined is that by which we es- 
 tablish the safety-lines for each class of patients. It will be seen by refer- 
 ence to the neurometer, pages 82 to 91, that the age indicated by table one 
 is the normal standard; the explanation accompanying shows that there 
 are so few who are normal that a second standard is necessary to judge 
 abnormal cases accurately, hence table two; from it we learn how much 
 to add to the age for the defects in the gauges ; then supplementary tables 
 show how much and when to deduct for general and individual symptoms. 
 The age indicated by the second table is the physical standard of average 
 hyperopes in good health, and any who approximate it belong in the gen- 
 eral -j- class, but we must take into consideration the mentality, the extra 
 hours' work and the effects thereof. For example: A hyperope of 1.00 D. 
 is also working three hours a day over the three allowed for in the neurom- 
 eter; this means an extra demand on the nerve supply equal to .50 D. hy- 
 peropia, so we figure it in connection with the refractive error, making a 
 basis of 1.50 hyperopia, for which table two says add seven years, six 
 months to the showing by table one. Therefore this individual's standard 
 would be two and one-half years below the average. If the age is actually 
 below the figures thus evolved the patient is below his or her own standard 
 and it is a -*■ symptom. If the actual age is more than half way down to the 
 showing by table one that patient is below the safety-line. Or, if one be 
 not working extra hours, but is both intelligent and educated, particularly 
 practical, we charge to the age account, by tables one and two, from five to 
 ten years, owing to the relative intensity of the mentality, and thus get the 
 standard for that person. 
 
302 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES- Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 4. 
 
 This class presents a general appearance somewhat similar to the last 
 described, but to us there is a decidedly haggard expression, dark crescents 
 under the eyes, face is rough and scaly, history of long-continued functional 
 derangements. The dynamic tests show + but the static tests corroborate 
 the history. This suggests that the patient has a strong mentality and will 
 be able to take advantage of every little physical improvement we can pro- 
 duce; but if the person is uneducated the mentality may be able to grasp 
 only enough of the explanation to become suspicious and contrary, hence 
 the necessity of a hard-and-fast rule, in all cases, that they bind themselves 
 to follow our instructions for three or four months, if we find it necessary, 
 and put up the full fee in advance to protect us from injury to our reputa- 
 tion by their neglect. 
 
 This class of cases always presents analytical symptoms, particularly 
 by the static tests, which make necessary deductions from the amount to be 
 added according to table two, of the neurometer, which deductions, in 
 themselves, are evidence the patient is below the individual standard; if, 
 when we have made these deductions, the age is still lower, we have not 
 placed as serious a value on the symptoms as they merit. Thus it will be 
 seen that when our diagnoses are wrong the analyses will correct them just 
 as the law analyzing compound prescriptions for glasses will prove them 
 if they are correct and catch the errors if they are wrong. 
 
 All of our work is based on physical laws, and many of them will be 
 found as accurate physiologically as they are physically, if the student will 
 apply the study required to master their principles. Others will be such 
 guides that they will come to be regarded invaluable. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 303 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES- Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 5. 
 
 This class is one in which the patient is usually alarmed, with suffi- 
 cient cause, too. The matter has been neglected so long that the daily 
 work, which is all dynamic, constantly causes distressing symptoms to pre- 
 sent themselves. If the patient only knew it these manifestations are Na- 
 ture calling on the custodian of that particular tenement to look after the 
 matter of repairs.. The history is bad, the dynamic tests show weakness, 
 but the static test shows zero and the neurometer shows the age exactly; 
 if the history is one of dysmenorrhoea there will now be not only the pains 
 but the menses will appear too often and there will be flooding ; there may 
 be constipation in these cases from sheer lack of nerve force to empty the 
 bowels ; the liver will be torpid and the brain dull or erratic, from the same 
 direct cause. These cases are always below the safety-line, which is the 
 normal standard before deducting for the — symptoms. This class, strange 
 as it may appear, is nearly always from the ambitious, intellectual student 
 body, or from those whose work is of such a nature that close application is 
 necessary and who are in such financial condition that they "can not spare 
 the time or the money to get well." Rather a reflection on the intelligence, 
 is it not? 
 
 In summing up these cases we find, say a defect of 1.00 D. in the eyes, 
 for which we would add ten years to the neurometer figures, and ten more 
 for the mentality. But we find, also, a habitual overloading of the stomach 
 and wrong elements in the food, habits which add to the general strain 
 when the system should be at rest; we find the tests require us to make 
 great deductions from the showing by the tables, but they do not bring 
 the total down below the amount added for the mentality, hence we know 
 the chief cause is in the mental department and is simply neglect, willful 
 or ignorant, of the laws of Nature, which cause is assisted by the physiolog- 
 ical defects we find and correct. 
 
* a NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF CASES -Continued. 
 
 Sub-Division No. 6. 
 
 This class adds to the last described actual collapse; some manage to 
 get to the doctor's office but are unable to stand an examination without 
 nausea or faintness. They may be either hysterical or melancholy. The 
 latter are the most difficult to handle because they become either stubborn 
 or irresponsible, and we prefer to treat only those who are able to do the 
 real treatment themselves. Those who are so far beyond the limit-angle 
 that they are mentally or physically helpless are not in our classes. Of 
 course we can do as much for such cases as any "pathy" practitioner, but 
 we would have to guess at them just as the others do. 
 
 The tests, dynamic and static, will be bad; the history bad; the ap- 
 pearance bad ; and when the account is cast up according to the neurometer 
 the patient will be found to be not only below the safety-line as indicated 
 by the deductions being so great as to wipe out the additions for the men- 
 tality, but to reduce the remainder to a point more than half way from the 
 hyperopic standard to the emmetropic standard. For an example take a 
 person with i.oo D. hyperopia who shows 7.00 D. accommodation with the 
 correction on : the neurometer, table one, shows age thirty, to which would 
 be added, normally, ten years for the hyperopia, making forty; then we 
 would add some more for the mentality but for the abundance of negative 
 symptoms and almost entire absence of positive indications in the general 
 history; next, the deductions made necessary by the evidence secured by 
 the tests, reduces the age figures to a point below thirty-five, and we pro- 
 nounce the case below the danger-line if our calculation proves correct. If 
 patient is really above thirty-five but is under forty our analysis shows a 
 better situation than we diagnosed and we are correspondingly happy; 
 however the case is below the safety-line and we insist upon rigid adher- 
 ence to instructions. If any case, with all the symptoms and appearances 
 of this class declares an age which puts it above the safety-line we suspect 
 something wrong, either with our measurements or with the patient; it is 
 often the latter, is usually a woman who is convinced she is going to die, go 
 crazy, or some other equally absurd proposition. We satisfy ourselves of 
 the situation by repeated examinations and when convinced of the facts, if 
 they be mental, as described, read the riot act in no uncertain manner. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 305 
 
 THE UNVALUE OF ENCYCLOPAEDIAS. 
 
 The Story of "Hystero-Epilepsy" as told by William Pepper in one of the 
 
 Popular Editions. 
 
 Of all the hero-worshipers in the history of the world none have 
 
 equaled the medical profession. The leaders of today pay exclusive honors 
 
 to the dead lest they give a colleague a slight advantage over themselves ; or 
 
 else it is vanity expressed in seeking to connect themselves with those 
 
 whom they conceive great. The following account of "hystero-epilepsy," 
 
 written by the late William Pepper for Johnson's Encyclopaedia is a fair 
 
 sample of the nonsense called fact by alleged authorities: 
 
 "Hystero-epilepsy. A form of hysteria in which the manifestations are 
 of a convulsive nature and therefore resemble the attacks of epilepsy. The 
 causes and nature of this diseased state are in no wise different from those 
 present in other forms of hysteria ; and the fact that such violent seizures 
 take place can only be explained by assuming that the motor cells of the 
 brain are in a highly charged or excitable condition and easily disturbed, 
 whereas in other individuals such a state does not maintain. It is to 
 Prof. Charcot, of Paris, that the world owes the accurate description of 
 this disease, and, what is of greatest importance, the ability to distinguish 
 it from the serious and generally incurable disease which it simulates — viz., 
 true epilepsy/' 
 
 The trouble with these fellows is they are always reminding the world 
 of the debt it owes the mountebanks. They forget they owe the world 
 something for being allowed to live in it. I have been able to prove that 
 there is no such thing as epilepsy, in the sense it is described above ; that 
 the "simulated" epilepsy, mentioned as a form of hysteria, is due to sup- 
 pressed menstruation in girls and that the primary cause is always hypero- 
 pia; while in boys it is from hyperopia and overeating. But the world 
 owes me nothing in particular that I can see. I will give the rest of Dr. 
 Pepper's article to show what a fool a man can make of himself when he 
 gives way to "hysteria." * 
 
 "Like the latter, hystero-epilepsy is a paroxysmal disease, the seizures 
 occurring with greater or less frequency, according to the mental and phy- 
 sical condition of the patient and according to the environments. 
 
 "Very generally the patient has a premonition, taking the form of 
 a peculiar sensation in the abdomen or. elsewhere, and this is usually suf- 
 ficiently in advance of the paroxysm that the patient may place herself in 
 a safe position. In falling the subject of hystero-epilepsy is rarely injured, 
 as so frequently occurs in true epilepsy. There may be at the moment of 
 seizure a sharp, piercing cry, an hysterical cry, after which the patient 
 becomes convulsed. At first the limbs are rigidly contracted, but this 
 soon gives place to irregular contractions" (it surprises me that they 
 would have anything to do with diseases manifesting 'irregular' symp- 
 toms), "with frothing at the mouth and apparently or really loss of con- 
 sciousness. A peculiar feature of the whole attack is its dramatic quality. 
 Charcot particularly called attention to the position assumed by many — 
 that of a cross, both arms being extended outward, the body and legs be- 
 ing rigid and straight. The contractions and the tossing of the body dur- 
 
306 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 ing the latter part of the attack may be violent, but it is noticeable that 
 the patient rarely is injured. Consciousness is apparently lost, but very 
 often a threat will instantly break up the attack, showing that in reality the 
 patient remains conscious throughout. In other individuals there is genu- 
 ine unconsciousness. 
 
 "During the attack, especially in the last part of it, the patient be- 
 comes talkative or noisy. Often she sings or declaims and generally the 
 words are accompanied by gestures, and indeed this apparently purposive 
 action, or as was said before, this dramatic element, is generally noted 
 throughout the attack. After various lengths of time the patient recovers 
 and may fall into a quiet sleep, or may be tranquil and awake. In some 
 instances temporary palsy of a limb or of one side of the body may follow, 
 or, indeed, this may persist for years. Contractures of the muscles of the 
 hand or foot and alterations of sensation are also frequent sequels and are 
 distinguished by their general hysterical features. 
 
 "The work of Charcot which lead to the accurate distinction of hys- 
 tero-epilepsy from true epilepsy is one of the great achievements of this 
 distinguished teacher. Hystero-epilepsy is eminently benign and manage- 
 able in comparison with genuine epilepsy, and its treatment is essentially 
 different. The principal points of distinction are these : the disease occurs 
 more frequently in girls and especially those of a distinctly hysterical na- 
 ture; the attacks are usually ushered in with a cry; is not often attended 
 by danger of injury; is noisy, dramatic and not accompanied by the ex- 
 treme unconsciousness of true epilepsy; urine is not voided during the 
 seizure. Sometimes a dash of cold water, or pressure on the superorbital 
 nerve will instantly terminate the paroxysm ; and by suggestion other parts 
 of the body may be made to assume the same role. 
 
 "The treatment must be conducted as in hysteria of other types by 
 moral training, physical development and by control. Magnets and plates 
 of metal have been found to stop the seizures when applied to the parts 
 involved in the attacks. Manifestly suggestion is the important factor in 
 this treatment. Harsh measures may succeed in breaking up the par- 
 oxysms, but will probably substitute some less apparent form of hysteria, 
 and rarely accomplish anything but harm." 
 
 The foregoing may be taken seriously by the doctor trained to rever- 
 ence the self-styled leaders of the profession but it will only tickle the 
 funny-bones of my pupils, who have been urged to think for themselves 
 and to analyze all statements, no matter whence they may come. If I had 
 written the manuscript for this book in the same long-drawn-out style Dr. 
 Pepper used in telling that incoherent story it would comprise ten thou- 
 sand pages, and would, probably, have been as incoherent; however, I 
 would not have split my infinitives so badly, I am sure. As to Charcot, he 
 may have described the finicky conduct of some French woman, but 
 when he undertook to separate the manifestations of what he pleased to 
 call "hystero-epilepsy" and "true epilepsey" he made himself ridiculous. 
 As a matter of fact, pure and simple, there can be no accurate description 
 of the symptoms of the same causes in different people, differently consti- 
 tuted to begin with, and whoever undertakes it is not wise. Of course there 
 are some general indications, such as irritation or exhaustion of the nerve 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 307 
 
 supply, but persons congenitally weak, or those lacking in nutrition, or 
 those with greater demands on the supply than others will exhibit more 
 acute symptoms than those with even more serious causes. We neurolo- 
 gists pay little attention to single symptoms, because they are only diag- 
 nostic, but when we have made our analyses we know absolutely the value 
 of each and of them all as a unit. 
 
 SOME BLOODY HISTORY. 
 
 How Alleged Christianity and Medicine Have Flourished at the Expense 
 
 of General Public Welfare. 
 
 While Jesus Christ is reported to have said he carne not to bring 
 peace but a sword, etc., his example was so at variance with the story I 
 do not believe it. It is true, nevertheless, that the sword is still with us, 
 and metaphorically, at least, dangles over the heads of us who dare to think 
 and express ourselves with reference to the pretenses and practices of the 
 hypocrites who set themselves up as the conservators of the human race, 
 in the name of God and Christ. 
 
 Six hundred years before Christ, Pythagoras, a Greek philosopher, was 
 born. His fame rests chiefly upon the fact that he was the first to teach 
 that mathematics is the first law of Nature, embodying the principles of 
 all things, and that the organization of the universe is a perfect system of 
 numerical ratios. His chief duality was deliberate thought and fearless ex- 
 pression. But his ideas and words threatened the supremacy of those who 
 ruled through superstitions and fears and promises of rewards hereafter^ 
 and it was made necessary for him to go into retirement to escape vio- 
 lence, and he died soon after. He was the author of the word "philoso- 
 phy," which means "the love of wisdom." 
 
 About the same time there lived, in another part of the world, a phil- 
 osopher named Confucius, who sought, by his example, to accomplish what 
 two other philosophers, Yao and Shun had about eighteen hundred years 
 before that time, viz., blotted evil, poverty and ignorance from the Chinese 
 empire by the virtues of their own conduct. Later, when the throne fell 
 into the control of another class, the people became inoculated with differ- 
 ent ideas and drifted back to the old conditions which Confucius found and 
 endeavored to overcome. When about fifty years old he was appointed 
 magistrate of the town of Chung-tu when he at once put his ideas into 
 practice with such good results that he was promoted from time to time, 
 each step widening his opportunities and the beneficent results. But his 
 opponents, who thrived best under old conditions, fought him upon every 
 pretext without avail until they seized upon his remark "respect the gods, 
 but have as little to do with them as possible" and succeeded in arousing 
 a sentiment against him as a heretic that made it impossible for him to re- 
 tain his office with dignity, so he resigned and passed the remainder of 
 
3 o8 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 his life in the pursuit of knowledge and in dispensing information to those 
 who sought it. He worked by the duality system; his five cardinal virtues 
 being expressed as the duties of ruler and subject, parent and child, hus- 
 band and wife, brother and brother, friend and friend. His was a practical 
 philosophy, not a religion; he has as many followers today as Jesus Christ 
 and much more faithful ones. Christians call the Chinese heathen, mean- 
 ing ignorant, barbaric, etc., when they gave us mathematics hundreds of 
 years before Jesus Christ was born. Christianity is great in precept (pos- 
 sibly) but Confucianism is great in practice. 
 
 About four hundred and seventy years before Christ, there was born 
 in Greece a philosopher, Socrates. He arrayed himself, early in life, against 
 the gnostics and sophists (know-alls) of his time and after a vigorous war 
 for the love of wisdom as against those who claimed to possess all wisdom 
 (just as the priests and doctors of the old schools do today) he was con- 
 demned to die at the age of seventy years, for the crime of not worshiping 
 the gods his enemies worshiped and for corrupting the youth by teaching 
 them to be ambitious in the pursuit of knowledge. (Yet the Christians 
 tell us the world would have been in a bad fix without Christianity.) Be- 
 ing given his choice of means of execution according to the law, he chose 
 hemlock tea and died as fearlessly as he had lived, proclaiming with his 
 last breath his opinion that there is something for each individual to do in 
 another existence. Aristotle credits him with being the author or inventor 
 of induction and the accurate definition of terms. 
 
 At the same time there lived a clown, of the name Aristophanes, who 
 was a religious aristocrat, opposed to democracy, progress, freedom of 
 thought and expression. He was one of the chief persecutors of Socrates 
 and his name has come down to us by the same token that of Booth comes 
 with Lincoln. He was a poet and a cheap wit, skilled in the art of ridi- 
 cule, but that was all. He has many disciples on the daily press of this 
 day, who are working even more harm than he did because they have 
 greater opportunity. But as there is not a line in history to his credit 
 in the matter of uplifting humanity, so there will never be in theirs. 
 He and they were and are as arrogant, selfish bulldozers as any gold-bug of 
 1896, breed of politicians. Nearly all of them are Christians, too. 
 
 Aristotle, another Greek philosopher, born 384 B. C, was a second 
 Socrates, and after the death of his friend King Alexander, to whose son 
 he was tutor, he was accused of impiety and had to flee the country to 
 save his life, or, as he put it: "to save Athens the opportunity to sin 
 against philosophy a second time." Aristotle coined the word metaphysics 
 as referring to mind study because the prefix "meta" means "after" and 
 he argued we should first study physical laws, or the products of an infinite 
 mentality, then study that mentality. 
 
 Jesus Christ was born about five years before the present system of 
 numbering years was adopted. He created the greatest furor of all by 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 309 
 
 making absolutely no pretenses as a philosopher. He announced that he 
 was the son of God and the future judge of the world. He declared boldly 
 that the dominant religions were humbugs and urged people to judge them 
 by their works. He gathered about him a lot of fishermen and others, the 
 poorest elements, instead of philosophers; they aggregated several hun- 
 dreds; from these he selected twelve apostles to attend him and learn his 
 methods. He was a young man. of great magnetism, evidently; then his 
 mysterious proposition appealed more strongly to them than did the mathe- 
 matics of the philosophers and he succeeded in organizing the masses so 
 well that he left an impression on the history of Europe and parts of Asia 
 and Africa since he lived. His conduct was more revolutionary than any 
 of his predecessors, the philosophers, and he was soon regarded as more 
 dangerous. That settled the matter; he was promptly sentenced and exe- 
 cuted by order of the existing religions when he was about thirty-six 
 years old. 
 
 Peter was Christ's first apostle and it was from him that the scheme 
 of organization was acquired, doubtless, which enabled Peter to become 
 bishop of Rome and the first of all the popes, of which there have been 
 two hundred and sixty-one up to the time of going to press. Under the 
 reign of the Roman Catholic church and its offshoots, the protestants, there 
 have been all kinds of deviltry from drawing and quartering to burning at 
 the stake. This part of Christianity still hangs on in spirit when such men 
 as the president of the United States refers to the late philosopher, who 
 wrote "The Age of Reason" as "A nasty little atheist," when, in that won- 
 derful book Thomas Paine declared "I believe in one God and no more." 
 A Christianity that makes a man intolerant is strictly in accord with the 
 history of the church, but not in accord with the example of Christ's life. 
 
 Priscillian, bishop of Avila, Spain, was the first heretic. He founded 
 a sect of his own which became so powerful that, although he was tried, 
 convicted and executed by order of the Council of Treves, under Pope 
 Siricius, the organization was not broken entirely for nearly three hundred 
 years. 
 
 During the period from the twelfth to the sixteenth century the con- 
 duct of the priests became so outrageous that honest men could not keep 
 silent and heretics became plentiful. Then it was that the inquisition be- 
 gan active operations and smeared history with blood. The edict went 
 forth that in ail parishes one priest and three laymen should devote their 
 whole time to hunting for heretics and when any were found their property 
 was to be destroyed or confiscated, and even those under suspicion were to 
 be denied medical attention. Of course this afforded opportunity for per- 
 secution and the first politics of the modern stripe began to be practiced. 
 The results of the campaign were not such as were expected, instead of 
 suppressing thought it set the most ignorant to thinking. The inquisitors 
 advertised their own criminality; the people saw; their eyes were opened 
 
3io 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 and in rapid succession new creeds were promulgated which, while sup- 
 porting what was regarded as legitimate in the old church, protested 
 against the inquisitorial body and its methods, hence they are called 
 protestants to this day. They are only a shade better, if any, than the old 
 Roman Catholic church, in the matter of intolerance. 
 
 Some of the dissenters were more noble than others; for example, 
 Savonaicla, who did not seek to establish a new church and thus secure 
 honors to himself. He opposed vigorously the debauchery of the priests 
 and fought for purity in the Catholic church; he was not a heretic in any 
 sense of the word; but the majority was against him and he was put to 
 death for his labors. He will be remembered long after the popes are for- 
 gotten. 
 
 Martin Luther was a later priest who opposed the gang. He made his 
 first rabid onslaught when he found some of his parishioners, in a new field 
 to which he had been assigned, had been in the habit of purchasing advance 
 indulgences for contemplated crimes. Investigation showed it was a great 
 and general source of revenue. He denounced it, and while the pope may 
 not have favored the practice, he hated Luther for exposing the crimes. 
 In the controversy that followed the dissenter was supported by the Ger- 
 man throne, and when it was proposed to tafce him to Rome for trial he 
 refused because he knew it was like a Chicago justice shop down there. 
 Then the pope issued a bull against him, deposing him from the priest- 
 hood; but Martin, not a whit abashed, burned the bull, tail and ail, and 
 started up a little church of his own which is holding together today. 
 
 John Calvin, a heretic himself, and author of the Presbyterian cnurch, 
 wrote a book, after he escaped to Geneva, in which he defended the right 
 of the church to put heretics to death. He probably figured that he would 
 have to do a little killing himself to make the Presbyterian church a winner. 
 
 Wars grew out of these inquisitions and secessions until the civil gov- 
 ernments had to take a hand to stop them and restore inter-state com- 
 merce, and, finally, in 1648 the peace of Westphalia was accomplished by 
 the terms of which the creeds of the Roman Catholic, the Lutheran, and 
 the Reformed churches were declared, in all civil respects, to be non- 
 heretical. Of course tne pope, true to tradition, issued a bull declaring 
 the agreement without effect and the trouoles have continued to the present 
 moment; but the pope's claws were trimmed and the other fellows were 
 muzzled to a considerable extent. Of course, even in this country within 
 the last two hundred years the Christians have burned dissenters at the 
 stake, alleging them to be witches, but they found that for every witch 
 or wizard burned twenty were born and they changed their tactics to 
 vaccination laws and medical practice acts, which are most virulent in 
 Massachusetts, where the witches were burned. Of course the western 
 and southern people, Christians too, burn or torture a negro degenerate 
 once in a while, which philosophers would not do, but it is not to be 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 3" 
 
 wondered at in view of the history of Christianity, in which everything 
 was done by force. 
 
 As philosophy finds its way to the hearts of the people generally all 
 sorts of persecution will cease. Each man and woman will endeavor to 
 become better acquainted with the Infinite laws that guide all things in 
 a simple manner, and they will make that acquaintance, not through the 
 mediums of priests and prayers but by studying the daily manifestations 
 of those laws and finding the reasons for them in their effects. 
 
 The most impudent thing I can conceive is prayer to the author of 
 the universe to alter those laws to suit the vagaries of the finite mind, hence 
 I do not waste time praying, and I never will. 
 
3 I2 
 
 NEUROLOQI AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 IMPORTANT. 
 
 My time is occupied so completely that I cannot undertake to reply to 
 letters of inquiry (except from graduates of my school) unless I receive 
 some remuneration therefor. Hence, others who desire consultation will 
 inclose draft or money order for $10, together with replies to the following 
 questions : 
 
 From the doctors I want the general appearance, history of case, 
 ophthalmoscopic appearance, diet, habits, vision, L. and R., dynamic and 
 static tests before and after correction of eyes, the prescription for eye 
 glasses and age of patient. 
 
 From the patient I want answers to the following : 
 
 3. 
 
 4. 
 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 
 8. 
 
 9. 
 10. 
 11. 
 12. 
 
 1. Nature of complaint. 
 
 2. What is the effect? 
 How long running? 
 Your opinion of cause. 
 What has been done? 
 Who did it? 
 What did it cost? 
 What benefits resulted? 
 What do you eat? 
 What is your poorest meal? 
 What the best? 
 Is appetite ever ravenous? 
 
 13. How is digestion? 
 
 14. Are bowels evacuated daily? 
 
 15. How often do you take medicine? 
 
 16. What do you take? 
 
 17. What for? 
 
 18. Do you eat much salt? 
 
 19. Do you eat fruit, if so when? 
 
 20. Do you eat much pastry? 
 
 21. How about potatoes and other vege- 
 tables? 
 
 22. Do you have gas on the stomach? 
 
 23. Are you fat or lean? 
 
 24. Give height and weight. 
 
 25. What is your complexion? 
 
 26. Are you like father or mother? 
 
 27. What is your occupation? 
 
 28. What is your rising hour? 
 
 29. What is your bed time? 
 
 30. Have you ever been operated upon? 
 
 31. Can you see equally well with each 
 eye? 
 
 32. Try both eyes together on news 
 print, read as close as you can by straining 
 long enough to read two lines and give dis- 
 tance in inches. 
 
 33. Have you worn glasses, if so was it 
 constantly or for near work only? 
 
 34. Who prescribed them? 
 
 35. If a female, are your menses regu- 
 lar? 
 
 36. Are they painful? 
 
 37. Are they copious or scant? 
 
 38. Are you well developed or flat-chest- 
 ed? 
 
 Have you children? 
 
 How many? 
 
 Are all living? 
 
 If any dead, give particulars. 
 
 Were you well during v pregnancy? 
 
 Had any miscarriages, if so, what 
 
 39. 
 
 40. 
 
 41. 
 
 42. 
 
 43. 
 
 44. 
 cause? 
 
 Talking about the stream of time : those who do things, row up it in- 
 stead of floating down. That is why the rowers and floaters get so far 
 apart. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 3^3 
 
 CONDENSED FEE TABLE. 
 
 Instead of charging patients a fixed fee per visit and letting them come 
 as they please, neurologists charge a lump sum for the case and regulate 
 the visits as analysis demands. 
 
 Eye examinations, $10. 
 
 General examinations, $25. 
 
 I use names according to old-school because they will know what is 
 meant. We only recognize symptoms. 
 
 Abscesses, from $50 to $100. 
 Acidity, same. 
 Albumenuria, $100 to $250. 
 Amenorrhoea, same. 
 Anaemia, same. 
 Angina Pectoris, same. 
 Aphthae, $25. 
 Apoplexy, $100 to $250. 
 Asthma, same. 
 Appendicitis, same. 
 Atrophy, $25. 
 Biliousness, $50 to $200. 
 Bladder Troubles, $100 to $250. 
 Bronchitis, $25 to $100. 
 Calculi, $100 to $500. 
 Catarrh, $50 to $250. 
 Chlorosis, $100 to $400. 
 Chorea, same. 
 
 Conjunctivitis, $25 to $100. 
 Constipation, see biliousness. 
 Consumption, $100 to $1,000. 
 Debility, $100 to $500. 
 Diabetes, $100 to $250. 
 Diarrhoea, $10 to $25. 
 
 Dysmenorrhoea, $100 to $250. 
 Dyspepsia, $200 to $500. 
 Eczema, $50 to $250. 
 Epilepsy, $100 to $400. 
 Emissions, $50 to $100. 
 Enuresis, $100 to $400. 
 Floating Kidney, $100 to $500. 
 Flatulence, see acidity. 
 Gall-stones, see calculi. 
 Gastralgia, see acidity. 
 Gout, $100 to $500. 
 Hemorrhoids, $100 to $250. 
 Hypochondria, $200 to $1,000. 
 Hysteria, same. 
 Impotence, same. 
 Leucorrhoea, $100 to $250. 
 Lumbago, $50 to $200. 
 Neuralgia, $100 to $500. 
 Nymphomania, same. 
 Obesity, $50 to $500. 
 Prolapsus Uteri, $100 to $500. 
 Prostatitis, $100 to $500. 
 Rheumatism, same. 
 
 One reason some good-intentioned people fail to do good is that they 
 carry their fads too far, thus making them ridiculous. The person who is 
 fool enough to believe in vaccination in the face of the damage it has done, 
 has a perfect right to do so ; that person can vaccinate himself all he pleases 
 without protest on my part; but when he wants to force me to take the 
 dose he becomes a criminal. 
 
3H 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 GLOSSARY 
 
 Aberration — Departure from normal. 
 
 Absorption — To take up. 
 
 Acetabulum — The cavity that receives the 
 thigh bone. 
 
 Achromatic — Without color. 
 
 Achromatopsia — Total color-blindness. 
 
 Albinism — Absence of the layer of pig- 
 mentum nigrum in optic choroid. 
 
 Anaemia — A condition of wasting. 
 
 Anchylobelpharon — A stiffening of the eye- 
 lids. 
 
 Aneurism — A wart-like dilatation of ves- 
 sels. 
 
 Anisometropia — Unequal vision in one's two 
 eyes. 
 
 Anopsia — Without vision. 
 
 Amaurosis — Obscure vision. 
 
 Amblyopia — See Amaurosis. 
 
 Ametropia — Imperfect refractive condition 
 of the eye. 
 
 Aphakia — Absence of crystalline lens. 
 
 Aplanatic — Corrected rectilinearly. 
 
 Apparent — Something seen. 
 
 Approximate — Nearly. 
 
 Arcus Senilis — Senile ulcer, degeneration of 
 corneal cells forming gray crescent or 
 circle at edge of cornea, mostly in old 
 people; harmless. 
 
 Astigmatism — Without a point. Caused by 
 irregularity ©f the curvature of the 
 refracting media. 
 
 Asthenopia — Fatigue of ocular nerves, neu- 
 rasthenia. 
 
 Atrophy — Loss of vitality, wasting. 
 
 Biliary — Referring to the liver. 
 
 Binocular — Two-fold vision. To see with 
 both eyes at once. 
 
 Blepharitis — Inflammation of the eyelids. 
 
 Bulimia — Morbid hunger. Occurs after eat- 
 ing too much; is, in fact, nature calling 
 for help to digest what is in the stom- 
 ach. 
 
 Canthi (s, canthus) — Angles formed by the 
 upper and lower eyelids, from the mid- 
 dle to either side. 
 
 Combination — A union of parts. 
 
 Centripetal — Tending toward a center. 
 
 Centrifugal — Tending from a center. 
 
 Convergent — Two or more lines inclined 
 toward a point. 
 
 Chromatic — Pertaining to colors. 
 
 Conjugate — Yoked together. 
 
 Cylindrical — Like a cylinder. 
 
 Catoptrics — Laws of reflection of light. 
 
 Chalazion — Tumor of the eyelid. 
 
 Chromatopsia — Abnormal color sense. 
 
 Cilia — The eyelashes. 
 
 Ciliary Body — Apparatus of accommoda- 
 tion. 
 
 Collyrium — An eye-wash. 
 
 Coloboma — A mutilation. 
 
 Conjunctiva — To join together. The trans- 
 parent membrane which lines the lids 
 and covers the front of the eyeball. 
 
 Conjunctivitis — Inflammation of conjunc- 
 tiva. 
 
 Corectopia — Pupil out of place. 
 
 Coredialysis — A rupture of the iris. 
 
 Cornea — Horny — The projection on the 
 front of the globe. 
 
 Cyclitis — Inflammation of the ciliary body. 
 
 Cycloplegia — Paralysis of the ciliary mus- 
 cles. 
 
 (Cycloplegics — Drugs which paralyze the ac- 
 commodation. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 315 
 
 Disintegration — Separating parts. 
 
 Divergent — Two or more lines radiating 
 from a point. 
 
 Dispersion — To scatter. 
 
 Density — Compact. 
 
 Diaphanous — Transparent. 
 
 Duality — Double. 
 
 Dacro-cystitis — Inflammation of the lach- 
 rymal sac. 
 
 Daltonism — Color-blindness. 
 
 Dioptre — To see through; a unit of measure 
 in optics; one metre. 
 
 Diplopia — Double vision. 
 
 Dynamic — Force. 
 
 Ecchymosis — Black eye. 
 
 Ectopia — Partial luxation of the crystal- 
 line. 
 
 Ectropion — Eversion of eyelids. 
 
 Emmetropia — A perfect condition of the 
 refracting media. 
 
 Embolism — A rupture. 
 
 Entropion — Inversion of eyelids. 
 
 Entozoa — A worm-like parasite, which finds 
 its way into almost any portion of the 
 eye, and destroys tissue by causing 
 small cysts. 
 
 Enucleate — To remove. 
 
 Epiphora — Overflow of tears. 
 
 Esophoria — Convergence of visual axeg. 
 
 Essential — Necessary. 
 
 Equivalent — Equal in value. 
 
 Exophoria — Divergence of visual axes. 
 
 Exophthalmos — Abnormal prominence of 
 eyeballs. Graves' disease. 
 
 Foramen — A passage or opening. 
 
 Fossa — A ditch. 
 
 Fundus — Bottom. 
 
 Finite — Having a limit. 
 
 Formula — A form. 
 
 Glaucoma — Green; a disease of the ciliary 
 processes and optic nerve. 
 
 Glioma — Glue. 
 
 Hypothesis — A supposition assumed for the 
 purpose of presenting an argument. 
 
 Horizontal — From horizon to horizon. 
 
 Hemopia — Half vision. 
 
 Hemeralopia — Day blindness. 
 
 Heterophoria — An abnormal muscular con- 
 dition. 
 
 Heterophthalmos — Congenital differences of 
 color in the iris, or of two eyes. 
 
 Hippus— Alternate contraction and expan- 
 sion of pupil. 
 
 Hordeolus — A stye. 
 
 Horopter— The field of vision included by 
 both eyes at once, without moving. 
 
 Hyaloid— Glass-like; a thin membrane 
 which lines the inner surface of the eye. 
 
 Hyalitis— Inflammation of the vitreous. 
 
 Hyperphoria— One optical axis tends above 
 the other. 
 
 Hypopyon— An abscess from corneal ulcers. 
 
 Inverted — Upside down. 
 
 Index — A pointer. 
 
 Iridectomy — A cutting of the iris. 
 
 lridodialysis — Separation of iris from cili- 
 ary body, as a result of blows. 
 
 Iridodonesis — Trembling of the iris. 
 
 Iris (a rainbow) — The colored portion of 
 the eye surrounding the pupil. 
 
 Iritis — Inflammation of the iris. 
 
 Jugular — Pertaining to the throat. 
 
 Jurisprudence — Relating to law. 
 
 Keratitis — Inflammation of the cornea. 
 
 Keratokonus — Conical shape of the cornea. 
 
 Keratonyxis — Puncture of the cornea. 
 
 Luminous — Emitting light. 
 
 Leucoma — White. 
 
 Leucorrhoea — White, to flow. 
 
 Lagophalmos — Inability to close the eye- 
 lids. 
 
 Locomotor Ataxia — Creeping paralysis. 
 
 Metaphysics — Pertaining to the mind. 
 
 Meridian — A line drawn from one side of 
 a circle to the other through the center. 
 
 Meter — Measure. 
 
 Macula — Spot. The field of sharpest vis- 
 ion. 
 
 Malingerer — One who falsely pretends to 
 have an incurable defect of vision, or 
 other function, to excite sympathy or 
 evade duty. 
 
 Metamorphopsia — Distorted vision. 
 
 Migraime — Sick headache. 
 
 Muscae Volitantes — Floating specks in the 
 eye. 
 
 Mydriatics — Drugs which dilate the pupils. 
 
 Myopia — To close the eye. 
 
 Myotics — Drugs which stimulate the ac- 
 commodation. 
 
 Neurology — The science which treats of the 
 nervous system. 
 
3i6 
 
 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 Negative — Opposed to positive. 
 Nodal Point — A center of curvature. 
 Nebula — A cloud. 
 
 Nephritis — Inflammation of kidneys. 
 Neuritis — Inflammation of the optic nerve. 
 Nictitation— To wink. 
 Nystagmus — A jerking of the eyeballs. 
 Nyctalopia — Night blindness. 
 Oblique — Slanting. 
 Oedema — An exudation. 
 Ophthalmia — Inflammation of the eyes. 
 Ora Serrata — Serrated boundary. The cir- 
 cle of connection between the retina 
 and ciliary processes. 
 Orthophoria — Normal muscular condition. 
 Ophthalmoplegia (interna and externa)— 
 Paralysis of the sphincter muscles of 
 pupils and ciliary; usually from the 
 use of cycloplegics. 
 Parallel — Two lines constantly at equal dis- 
 tance from each other. 
 Perpendicular — At right angles to. 
 Positive — Absolute, direct. 
 Physics — Natural philosophy. 
 Piano— Flat. 
 Palpebrae — The eyelids. 
 Pannus — Corneal vascularization from long 
 
 continued irritation. 
 PapiV i -A nipple. The optic disk. 
 Phak I is — Inflammation of the lens. 
 Phlyctenule — A pimple. 
 Photophobia — Aversion to light. 
 Pinguecula — A small elevation on the ocu- 
 lar conjunctiva; sometimes mistaken 
 for pterygium. 
 Posterior Synechia — Adhesion of iris to 
 
 lens. 
 Presbyopia — Old sight. 
 
 Pterygium — A little wing. Is a hypertro- 
 phy of the conjunctiva and grows on 
 sclerotic and cornea, sometimes inter- 
 fering with vision. May be removed. 
 Ptosis — A falling of the upper lid from 
 
 paralysis of the third nerve. 
 Retina — A net. The visual membrane of 
 
 the eye. 
 Repulsion — To drive away. 
 Refraction — To break. 
 Reflection — To turn back. 
 Right Angle — Perpendicular. 
 Respective — With reference to. 
 Reversed — Turned around. 
 
 Spectral — Refers to colors found by sepa- 
 ration of a ray of light into its ele- 
 mentary colors by a prism. 
 
 Symbol — Having resemblance. 
 
 Spherical — Like a sphere or globe. 
 
 Segment — A slice. 
 
 Sclerosis — Hardening. 
 
 Sclerotic — Hard. The white of the eye. 
 
 Scotoma — Obstruction of vision from hem- 
 orrhages. Darkness. 
 
 Staphyloma — A bulging projection. Ante- 
 rior, comes after corneal ulcers, and is 
 a bluish-white in appearance. Poste- 
 rior, is a projecting backward of the 
 posterior pole of the eye. 
 
 Strabismus — To squint. 
 
 Stroma — Bedding. 
 
 Supercilium — The eyebrows. 
 
 Symblepharon — Adhesion of ocular and pal- 
 pebral conjunctiva, caused by escharot- 
 ics, such as lime, ashes or other alka- 
 lies. 
 
 Synechia — To hold together. 
 
 Synchisis — To flow together. 
 
 Transparent — Passes light so objects can be 
 seen. 
 
 Translucent— Passes light, but objects can- 
 not be seen. 
 
 Tapetum — A carpet. 
 
 Tension — The condition of an organ, mus- 
 cle or nerve when under strain. 
 
 Thrombosis — A plugging of retinal vessels 
 by blood clots. Sometimes causes 
 hemorrhages which bring at least tem-r 
 porary blindness. 
 
 Trachoma — (Rough.) Granular conjunctiv- 
 itis. 
 
 Trauma — A wound. 
 
 Tinea Tarsi — Eczema of border of lids. 
 
 Urea — The chief solid constituent of urine. 
 
 Uveal Tract — The choroid, iris and ciliary 
 body of the eye. 
 
 Vertical — Straight up and down. 
 
 Virtual — Existing in effect. 
 
 Vesicular — Bladder-like. 
 
 Vascular — Pertaining to vessels. 
 
 Vitreous — Glass-like. 
 
 Xanthelasma — Yellow patches of fibrous tis- 
 sue on the lids, mostly of women. 
 Harmless, but may be removed. 
 
 Xerophthalmus — Dry eye. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Introduction j 
 
 Ease and Disease I_V 
 
 Impotence of Old Methods V-VIII 
 
 PHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 Anatomy and Physiology !_ I4 
 
 The Eyes as Double Gauges . 14-26 
 
 Light and Refraction 27-48 
 
 Prescription Writing 48-57 
 
 Condensed Anatomy 58 
 
 CLINICAL PORTION. 
 
 The Eyes as Factors in Analysis 59-67 
 
 Alleged Diseases of Women 67-71 
 
 The Fitting of Glasses 72-81 
 
 The Neurometer 82-91 
 
 A Much-Mooted Question 91-103 
 
 Some Prism Figures 103-108 
 
 Eye Instruments and Machines 108-120 
 
 About Alleged Diseases 121-133 
 
 The Matter of Diet 133-149 
 
 Clinical Hints 150-166 
 
 Pictures of Consumptives and Cross-Eyes 167-179 
 
 METAPHYSICAL PORTION. 
 
 Genetic Psychology 181-185 
 
 Study Causes by Effects 185-202 
 
 Mental Diseases . . 202-206 
 
 Quiz 207-214 
 
 The Consideration of Mentalities 214 
 
 Answers 215-225 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS PORTION. 
 
 The Matter of Fees 229-230 
 
 Neurology's Proclamation 231-233 
 
 Significance of Physiognomy 234-236 
 
 Sexuality vs. Sensuality 237-240 
 
318 NEUROLOGY AND METAPHYSICS. 
 
 A Pathetic Situation 241-242 
 
 "Where Ignorance Is Bliss" . . . . . . 243 
 
 Neurology Like a Piano . 244 
 
 How to Make Good Doctors . 245 
 
 Serum Therapy a Crime 246-247 
 
 It Is a Disgrace to Be 111 . 248-250 
 
 What's in a Name 250-251 
 
 Oblique Cylinders . . . 252-253 
 
 Circles of Diffusion 253-254 
 
 Pterygiums and Cataracts 254-255 
 
 A Bit of History 255-256 
 
 Neurologists Must See Patients 257 
 
 Color-Ignorance and Color-Blindness 257-264 
 
 The Matter of Clothes . 265-267 
 
 Physical Degeneracy . . 267-268 
 
 Attend Nature's Calls . 268-269 
 
 National Diseases 269-271 
 
 Chop-Suey People 271 
 
 Catarrh a Disgrace . 272 
 
 Fevers and Diarrhoea 272-273 
 
 Cold Hands and Feet . . . . . . . . 273 
 
 Those "Wasting Diseases" 274-275 
 
 Knowledge vs. Education 276 
 
 Stimulants — Narcotics 277 
 
 Source of Body Heat 277 
 
 What Night Sweats Mean 278-279 
 
 How the Blood Circulates 279-281 
 
 Distribution of Nerve Force 281-286 
 
 Ganglia and Plexuses 286-288 
 
 Cycloplegics, Mydriatics, Myotics 288-289 
 
 Bacilli and the Doctors . . 290-291 
 
 Some Optical Statistics 291-292 
 
 Dualities of Human Ills 293 
 
 Causes of Human Ills 293 
 
 Nervous Dualities 294 
 
 Constants and Inconstants 295 
 
 Reason and "Tainted" Money 296 
 
 The Inherent Right to Think 296-297 
 
 Classification of Cases 298-304 
 
 The Unvalue of Encyclopaedias 305~3 7 
 
 Some Bloody History 307-3 11 
 
 Important 3 12 
 
 Condensed Fee Table 3 X 3 
 
 Glossary 3 I 4~3 l6 
 
THE 
 OPHTHALMOLOGIST 
 
 IS DEVOTED TO 
 
 PHYSICS SYMPTOMATOLOGY 
 
 METAPHYSICS DIAGNOSIS 
 
 OPHTHALMOLOGY ANALYSIS 
 
 NEUROLOGY THERAPEUTICS 
 
 PATHOLOGY PHILOSOPHY 
 
 SUBSCRIPTION PRICE 
 $2.00 A YEAR 
 
 SINGLE COPIES 20 Cts. 
 
 ADDRESS 
 
 THE OPHTHALMOLOGIST 
 
 CHICAGO, ILL. 
 
One Doctor's Opinion 
 
 fOU ask my candid opinion of the McCormick 
 system. I can tell you this, that I honestly 
 believe there is not any other form of treat- 
 ment in existence that will compare with 
 it. Now when I say this I want you to 
 know that I am not speaking simply of one 
 method of treatment. I have practiced medicine for 
 years, and had a great deal of experience in osteo- 
 pathy; in fact I have spent a great deal of time in 
 hunting things that I could depend upon. Now as 
 to what the rest of his men are doing, I don't know 
 anything about that, but as for me, I can say that 
 I am making a grand success both financially and 
 in relieving people. You cannot possibly have 
 written me at a time that I could have told you 
 any more what I am doing than at the present. 
 
 About two weeks ago I wrote to everyone I had 
 done work for since I located here, and told them I 
 wanted a report of their case, just the results they 
 had received, and the reports that I have received 
 are wonderful. 
 
 Now, you can depend upon it as being positively 
 the only cure on earth for a great many diseases. 
 When a case comes to you of the following troubles: 
 headache, constipation, female troubles, and most 
 all nervous troubles, stomach troubles, etc., you are 
 just as. sure to cure as you can get them to follow 
 your directions and to know you, when I first came 
 to Sedalia, I gave written contracts to refund money 
 if they did not get benefitted, and out of about 2000 
 of these, I had five come back for their money, and, 
 believe me, not a one of the five would follow my 
 directions, but rather than have a fight with them 
 which should have been done, I gave them their 
 money back. 
 
 Now Doctor I can tell you this, that in all my 
 experience in hunting the system that can be de- 
 pended upon I can find nothing that anything near 
 compares to Dr. McCormick 's. 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 J. E. CANNADAY, M. D. 
 
 Sedalia, Mo., Oct. 2, 1905. 
 
 J 
 
 PRINTED BY H, P. SPRINGS. 163a WABASH AVE.. CHICAGO 
 
(<?05 
 
 RETURN OPTOMETRY LIBRARY 
 
 TO— ► 490 Minor Hall 
 
 n 
 
 642-1020 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 
 HOME U$& 
 
 2 ; 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 ( 
 
 ' 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 RENEWALS MAY BE REQUESTED BY PHONE 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY 
 
 FORM NO. DD 23, 2.5m, 12/80 BERKELEY, CA 94720 
 
 ®$ 
 
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 II 
 
 CQ252350t,3